MLRS Operations Manual

FM 3-09.
60 (FM 6-60)
Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS)

Operations
AUGUST 2008
DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION. Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only based on included procedures and
technical data. This determination was made on 29 September 2005. Other requests must be referred to the Directorate of Training and
Doctrine, 1210 NW Schimmelpfennig Road 167, ATTN: ATSF-DD, Fort Sill, OK 73503-9035.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the
document.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

This publication is available at
Army Knowledge Online (www.us.army.mil) and
General Dennis J. Reimer Training and Doctrine
Digital Library at (www.train.army.mil).
*FM 3-09.60 (FM 6-60)
Field Manual Headquarters

No. 3-09.60 (FM 6-60) Department of the Army
Washington, DC, 12 August 2008
Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS)

Operations
Contents
Page
PREFACE..............................................................................................................ix
Chapter 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ................................................................................... 1-1
Section I – Introduction.................................................................................... 1-1
MLRS Employment Concept .............................................................................. 1-1
System Components .......................................................................................... 1-1
Section II – Launcher and Subsystems.......................................................... 1-3
M270 Launcher ................................................................................................... 1-3
M270A1 Launcher .............................................................................................. 1-6
M142 High Mobility Artillery Rocket System....................................................... 1-8
Section III – MLRS Family of Munitions (MFOM) ......................................... 1-14
Launch Pod ...................................................................................................... 1-14
Missile/Launch Pod Assembly Trainer ............................................................. 1-15
Rockets ............................................................................................................. 1-15
Missiles ............................................................................................................. 1-20
Section IV – Associated Equipment ............................................................. 1-26
Ammunition Resupply Vehicle and Trailer (HEMTT/HEMAT) .......................... 1-26
HIMARS Resupply Vehicle and Resupply Trailer ............................................ 1-27
Command and Control System ........................................................................ 1-30
AFATS .............................................................................................................. 1-30
Survey Equipment ............................................................................................ 1-30
Section V – Radar ........................................................................................... 1-31
Distribution Restriction: Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only based on included
procedures and technical data. This determination was made on 29 September 2005. Other requests must be
referred to the Directorate of Training and Doctrine, 1210 NW Schimmelpfennig Road 167, ATTN: ATSF-DD,
Fort Sill, OK 73503-9035.
Destruction Notice: Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the
document.
*This publication supersedes FM 6-60, 23 April 1996.
i
Contents
AN/TPQ-36 Radar ............................................................................................. 1-31

AN/TPQ-37 Radar ............................................................................................. 1-32
Chapter 2 THE MLRS BATTALION .................................................................................... 2-1
MLRS Battalion ................................................................................................... 2-1
Headquarters and Headquarters Battery ............................................................ 2-2
Firing Battery ....................................................................................................... 2-5
Forward Support Company ................................................................................. 2-7
Battalion Duties ................................................................................................... 2-7
Firing Battery ..................................................................................................... 2-12
Forward Support Company ............................................................................... 2-15
Chapter 3 EMPLOYMENT ................................................................................................... 3-1
Section I – Operations in War .......................................................................... 3-1
General Employment Considerations ................................................................. 3-1
TASK Organization ............................................................................................. 3-8
Target Acquisition Employment Options ........................................................... 3-10
Battalion Commander ....................................................................................... 3-11
Liaison Function Options .................................................................................. 3-12
Operations with the Marine Corps .................................................................... 3-12
Offensive Operations ........................................................................................ 3-13
Nonstandard Employment Techniques ............................................................. 3-19
Target Acquisition and Sensor System Interface.............................................. 3-23
Roles of MLRS Unit........................................................................................... 3-25
Sustainment Operations with the Marine Corps ............................................... 3-29
Chapter 4 MLRS UNIT OPERATIONS ................................................................................ 4-1
Section I – Battalion Operations...................................................................... 4-1
Battalion Command Post and Operations Center............................................... 4-1
Automated Systems ............................................................................................ 4-6
Battalion ALOC ................................................................................................. 4-10
Section II – MLRS Firing Battery Operations ............................................... 4-10
Battery Headquarters ........................................................................................ 4-10
Battery Headquarters Operations ..................................................................... 4-11
Battery Defense ................................................................................................ 4-12
Tactical Movement ............................................................................................ 4-14
Section III – Firing Platoon Operations ......................................................... 4-17
Platoon Headquarters ....................................................................................... 4-17
OPAREA ........................................................................................................... 4-17
Launcher Survey Control .................................................................................. 4-21
Launcher Response Posture ............................................................................ 4-24
Detachment of the MLRS Firing Platoon .......................................................... 4-28
Section IV – Reconnaissance, Selection, and Occupation of Position ..... 4-28
Planning ............................................................................................................ 4-28
RSOP Process .................................................................................................. 4-28
Masking Data .................................................................................................... 4-30
Section V – Contingency Operations ............................................................ 4-31
Force Projection ................................................................................................ 4-31
ii FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Contents
Deployment ...................................................................................................... 4-33

Special Operations ........................................................................................... 4-34
Chapter 5 DELIVERY OF FIRES ........................................................................................ 5-1
Section I – Introduction.................................................................................... 5-1
Organization and Structure................................................................................. 5-1
Fire Direction Centers......................................................................................... 5-2
Section II – Accurate Predicted Fire ............................................................... 5-3
Target Size and Location.................................................................................... 5-3
Launcher Location .............................................................................................. 5-4
Weapon and Ammunition Information ................................................................ 5-6
Meteorological Information ................................................................................. 5-6
Meteorological Message Checking Procedures ................................................. 5-7
Section III – Tactical and Technical Fire Direction ........................................ 5-9
Tactical Fire Direction ......................................................................................... 5-9
Technical Fire Direction .................................................................................... 5-13
Section IV – Automated Mission Processing .............................................. 5-13
Automated Tactical Fire Direction .................................................................... 5-14
Fire Mission Cycle ............................................................................................ 5-21
Automated AFOM Processing .......................................................................... 5-23
Fire Mission Execution ..................................................................................... 5-24
Fire Support Planning Function ........................................................................ 5-28
MLRS Fire Plan Processing ............................................................................. 5-30
Appendix A AERIAL TRANSPORT OF MLRS AMMUNITION AND EQUIPMENT.............. A-1
Appendix B ROCKET BALLISTICS ...................................................................................... B-1
Appendix C MLRS BATTALION AND BATTERY TACTICAL STANDING OPERATING
PROCEDURES .................................................................................................. C-1
Appendix D LNO CHECKLIST .............................................................................................. D-1
Appendix E MLRS COMMAND POSTS ................................................................................ E-1
Appendix F HASTY SURVEY TECHNIQUE—GRAPHIC RESECTION ............................... F-1
Appendix G M26, M26A1/A2, AND M28A1/A2 ROCKET CREST CLEARANCE TABLES G-1
Appendix H FIRING SAFETY ................................................................................................ H-1
Appendix I ROCKET BALLISTIC ALGORITHM SOLUTIONS............................................. I-1
Appendix J JSTARS CGS INTEROPERABILITY PROCEDURES FOR THE MLRS
BATTALION ....................................................................................................... J-1
Appendix K ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS .................................................................... K-1
Appendix L RAID PLANNING CHECKLISTS ....................................................................... L-1
Appendix M ATACMS BLOCK II EMPLOYMENT ................................................................ M-1
GLOSSARY .......................................................................................... Glossary-1
REFERENCES .................................................................................. References-1
INDEX .......................................................................................................... Index-1
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 iii

Contents
Figures
Figure 1-1. M270 Launcher .................................................................................................... 1-3
Figure 1-2. M142 HIMARS Launcher..................................................................................... 1-9
Figure 1-3. M142 Chassis Frame .......................................................................................... 1-9
Figure 1-4. Crew Cab ........................................................................................................... 1-10
Figure 1-5. Firing Platform ................................................................................................... 1-11
Figure 1-6. Sponsons ........................................................................................................... 1-12
Figure 1-7. Turret Assembly ................................................................................................ 1-12
Figure 1-8. Base Assembly .................................................................................................. 1-13
Figure 1-9. M142 Reload System ........................................................................................ 1-13
Figure 1-10. Launch Pod ..................................................................................................... 1-14
Figure 1-11. M26 Rocket...................................................................................................... 1-15
Figure 1-12. M77 Submunition ............................................................................................. 1-16
Figure 1-13. M30 GMLRS Rocket........................................................................................ 1-18
Figure 1-14. M31 GMLRS Rocket........................................................................................ 1-19
Figure 1-15. M39/M39A1 Missile ......................................................................................... 1-21
Figure 1-16. M74 Submunition ............................................................................................. 1-21
Figure 1-17. Block II Missile ................................................................................................. 1-23
Figure 1-18. BAT Submunition ............................................................................................. 1-24
Figure 1-19. M985 HEMTT .................................................................................................. 1-26
Figure 1-20. M989A1 HEMAT .............................................................................................. 1-26
Figure 1-21. M1084A1 Resupply Vehicle ............................................................................ 1-27
Figure 1-22. M1095 Resupply Trailer .................................................................................. 1-27
Figure 1-23. MTS Control Station ........................................................................................ 1-29
Figure 1-24. MTS Mobile Unit .............................................................................................. 1-28
Figure 1-25. MTS Mobile Unit in the RSV ............................................................................ 1-29
Figure 1-26. MTS Transceiver Mount .................................................................................. 1-29
Figure 2-1. MLRS/HIMARS Battalion Organization ............................................................... 2-1
Figure 2-2. Headquarters and Headquarters Battery ............................................................ 2-2
Figure 2-3. MLRS Firing Battery ............................................................................................ 2-6
Figure 3-1. Example: MLRS Platoon Operating Base with Internal Firing Points................ 3-28
Figure 4-1. TOC Radio and AFATDS Quantities ................................................................... 4-2
Figure 4-2. Special Formations ............................................................................................ 4-16
Figure 4-3. Operational Area ............................................................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-4. Masking ............................................................................................................. 4-31
Figure 4-5. Urban Targeting Solution................................................................................... 4-35
Figure 5-2. Computer Meteorological Message ..................................................................... 5-8
Figure 5-3. Fire Mission Execution ...................................................................................... 5-14
Figure 5-4. AFOM Platoon Air Hazard Area ........................................................................ 5-16
Figure 5-5. Default Block I and 1A Target Air Hazard Area ................................................. 5-17
iv FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Contents
Figure 5-6. Fire Mission Support Function ........................................................................... 5-18

Figure 5-7. DA Form 7232-R (Example) .............................................................................. 5-22
Figure 5.8. DA Form 7233-R (Example) ............................................................................... 5-22
Figure 5-9. Fire Planning and Scheduling ............................................................................ 5-29
Figure A-1. Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or
Guided Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets / Guided Missile Launch
Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles, One
Container.............................................................................................................A-4
Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles, Two
Containers ...........................................................................................................A-6
Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles, Four
Containers ...........................................................................................................A-9
Figure B-1. Bias and Precision Errors ....................................................................................B-2
Figure E-1. Vehicles at the MLRS Battalion CP, Option 1—Dual CPs ..................................E-1
Figure E-2. MLRS Battalion TOC—Side-by-Side Configuration ............................................E-3
Figure E-3. Vehicles at the MLRS Battalion Trains, Option 1—Dual CPs .............................E-4
Figure E-4. MLRS Battalion ALOC in Built-up Trucks ............................................................E-7
Figure E-5. MLRS Battalion ALOC in a General Purpose Medium Tent................................E-7
Figure E-6. MLRS Battery CP—Split HQ .............................................................................E-10
Figure E-7. MLRS Battery Operations Center in Carrier, CP ...............................................E-12
Figure E-8. MLRS Battery Trains —Split HQ .......................................................................E-13
Figure E-9. Battery LOC .......................................................................................................E-14
Figure E-10. Vehicles at the MLRS Platoon HQ ..................................................................E-14
Figure E-11. MLRS POC in C2V ..........................................................................................E-15
Figure G-1. Mil Relation Formula .......................................................................................... G-1
Figure G-2. Effective Angle of Site ........................................................................................ G-2
Figure G-3. Crest Clearance ................................................................................................. G-2
Figure I-1. M26 Low Quadrant Elevation Trajectories. Conditions: BA-ER-D, sea
level standard (no wind). For illustration purposes only. ..................................... I-9
Figure I-2. M26 High Quadrant Elevation Trajectories. Conditions: BA-ER-D, sea
level standard (no wind). For illustration purposes only. ................................... I-18
Figure I-3. M26A1/2 Trajectories ........................................................................................... I-30
Figure I-4. M26A1/2 (High Quadrant Elevation) Trajectories ................................................ I-45
Figure I-5. M28A1/A2 RRPR Trajectories ............................................................................. I-49
Figure J-1. JSTARS MTI Capabilities ..................................................................................... J-1
Figure J-2. JSTARS SAR Capabilities ................................................................................... J-2
Figure J-3. Decentralized Mission Communications Channels for MLRS/HIMARS .............. J-5
Figure J-4. Example of Block I/IA Amended At My Command Mission MLRS/HIMARS ....... J-7
Figure K-1. Environmental Laws and Regulations .................................................................K-5
Figure M-1. AFOM Platoon Air Hazard Area ......................................................................... M-2
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 v

Contents
Figure M-2. Typical Block II Target Air Hazard Area ............................................................ M-3
Figure M-3. Missile Mission and Flight Profile ...................................................................... M-4
Figure M-4. BAT Submunition Dispense Sequence ............................................................. M-4
Figure M-5. BAT Target Attack Profile .................................................................................. M-5
Figure M-6. BAT Engagement Sequence ............................................................................. M-5
Figure M-7. Manual Calculation of Trigger Events Job Aid .................................................. M-9
Figure M-8. Block II Target Engagement Process .............................................................. M-10
Figure M-9. Block II Mission Functional Flow ..................................................................... M-13
Figure M-10. Block II On-Call Target Establishment Procedures ....................................... M-15
Figure M-11. Block II Trigger Event Establishment Procedures ......................................... M-16
Figure M-12. AFATDS Trigger Event Window .................................................................... M-18
Figure M-13. BAT Acoustic Footprint .................................................................................. M-21
Figure M-14. Block II Linear Target Segmentation—AFATDS View .................................. M-22
Figure M-15. Target Segmentation in NAI and TAI ............................................................ M-22
Figure M-16. Target Dispersal Patterns .............................................................................. M-24
Tables
Table 1-1. M270A1 Launcher Characteristics ....................................................................... 1-6
Table 1-2. MFOM Characteristics ........................................................................................ 1-19
Table 1-3. ATACMS Family of Munitions Characteristics .................................................... 1-26
Table 1-4. Estimated Position Error ..................................................................................... 1-31
Table 3-1. Block I, Block IA, Block II and M48/M57 Comparison .......................................... 3-4
Table 3-2. Launcher Capabilities ........................................................................................... 3-6
Table 3-3. Range Comparison ............................................................................................... 3-6
Table 3-4. Positioning the Battalion Commander ................................................................ 3-11
Table 3-5. Comparison of MLRS Operating Base Techniques ........................................... 3-27
Table 4-1. Appliqué ................................................................................................................ 4-9
Table 4-2. Navigation ........................................................................................................... 4-23
Table 4-3. Alignment Time ................................................................................................... 4-24
Table 4-4. Response Postures ............................................................................................ 4-25
Table 4-5. GPS Initialization States ..................................................................................... 4-26
Table 4-6. MLRS Contingency Packages ............................................................................ 4-34
Table 5-1. Required Accuracies............................................................................................. 5-4
Table 5-2. System Accuracy .................................................................................................. 5-5
Table 5-3. Position Specifications .......................................................................................... 5-5
Table 5-4. Meteorological Message Areas of Validity............................................................ 5-7
Table 5-5. MLRS Risk Estimate Distances (Training Only) ................................................. 5-13
Table 5-6. Ammunition Selection Matrix .............................................................................. 5-20
Table 5-7. Fire Plan Change Reaction Times ...................................................................... 5-31
Table A-1. Transportability by Aircraft.................................................................................... A-2
vi FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Contents
Table A-2. Launch Pod Container (LPC) with Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS)
Rockets or Guided Multiple Launch Rocket System (G-MLRS) Rockets /
Guided Missile Launch Assembly (GMLA) Pods with Army Tactical
Missile System (ATACMS) Missiles, One Container Two Containers ................A-3
Table A-3. Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or
Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles, Two
Containers ...........................................................................................................A-5
Table A-4. Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or
Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles, Four
Containers ...........................................................................................................A-7
Table E-1. Personnel at the MLRS Battalion CP, Option 1—Dual CPs .................................E-1
Table E-2. MLRS Battalion TOC Shifts by Duty Position .......................................................E-3
Table E-3. Personnel at MLRS Battalion Trains, Option 1—Dual CPs ..................................E-4
Table E-4. MLRS Battalion ALOC Shifts by Duty Position .....................................................E-6
Table E-5. Forward Support Company with the MLRS Battalion ...............................E-7
Table E-6. Personnel at the MLRS Battery CP Split HQ .................................................E-10
Table E-7. MLRS BOC Shifts by Duty Position ....................................................................E-11
Table E-8. Personnel at the MLRS Battery Trains ...............................................................E-13
Table E-9. MLRS Battery LOC Shifts by Duty Position ....................................................... E-13
Table E-10. Personnel at the MLRS Platoon HQ ............................................................. . E-15
Table E-11. MLRS POC Shifts by Duty Position .................................................................E-15
Table G-1. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: Sea Level)..................... G-3
Table G-2. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 400 m ASL) ................... G-7
Table G-3. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 800 m ASL) ................. G-11
Table G-4. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 1,200 m ASL) .............. G-15
Table G-5. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 3,048 m ASL) .............. G-19
Table G-6. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: Sea Level) ......... G-23
Table G-7. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 400 m ASL).. ..... G-28
Table G-8. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 800 m ASL).. ..... G-34
Table G-9. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 1,200 m ASL) .... G-40
Table G-10. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 3,048 m
ASL) ................................................................................................................. G-46
Table G-11. M28A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: Sea Level).. ..... G-52
Table G-12. M28A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 400 m ASL) .. .. G-56
Table G-13. M28A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 800 m ASL). .... G-60
ASL) ................................................................................................................. G-64
ASL) ................................................................................................................. G-68
Table I-1. M26 (Low Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data ......................................... I-1
Table I-2. M26 (High Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data....................................... I-10
Table I-3. M26A1/2 (Low Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data ................................ I-19
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 vii

Contents
Table I-4. M26A1/2 (High Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data............................... I-31
Table I-5. M28A1/A2 Rocket (Reduced Range, Practice) Ballistic Algorithm Solutions ..... ..I-46
Table K-1. Material Safety Data Sheet .................................................................................. K-3
Table K-2. Regulatory Training Requirements ...................................................................... K-6
Table K-3. Common Environmental Hazards ........................................................................ K-8
Table K-4. Environmental-related Controls ............................................................................ K-9
Table M-1. Planned Target Location to Engagement Trigger Events Distance ................... M-8
Table M-2. AFATDS Target Type/Subtypes Applicable to Block II .................................... M-14
Table M-3. Engagement of Targets with Gaps Between Subunits ..................................... M-17
Table M-4. Block II (with Basic BAT) Target Area No-Go Environmental Conditions ........ M-23
viii FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Preface
This publication is designed primarily for the multiple launch rocket system (MLRS) battalion, battery, and
platoon. It is also a guide for corps and division Fire Cells/Fires Elements (FC/FEs), fires brigade (FIB), Marine
artillery regiments and their staffs, and fire support coordinators and their supported commanders and staffs.
This publication sets forth the doctrine pertaining to the organization, equipment, command and control,
operations, and tactics, techniques, and procedures for the MLRS battalion, battery, and platoon. It establishes
the responsibilities and general duties of key personnel by focusing on essentials of how the MLRS unit fights.
It keys the MLRS battalion, battery, and platoon leaders to those areas that must be trained to win the fight.
This publication is compatible with full spectrum operations - the Army's operational concept discussed in FM
3-0 Operations.. It does not stand alone. It should be used with equipment technical manuals, soldier’s manuals,
and trainer’s guides.
Tables of organization and equipment (TOE) are based on the doctrinal tactics, techniques, and procedures
(TTP) outlined in this publication. The approved TOEs detail manpower and equipment authorizations for
United States Army units. However, some of the required positions outlined in chapter 2 may not be resourced
as Army units organize under modification tables of organization and equipment (MTOEs). To determine
manpower and equipment authorizations for a specific unit, refer to the MTOE for that unit.
This publication applies to the Active Army, the Army National Guard (ARNG)/Army National Guard of the
United States (ARNGUS), and the United States Army Reserve (USAR) unless otherwise stated.
The proponent of this publication is the United States Army Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC). The
U.S. Army Field Artillery School is the preparing agency. Send comments and recommendations on DA Form
2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) to Directorate of Training and Doctrine 1210
NW Schimmelpfennig Road, Suite 250 ATTN: ATSF-DD, Fort Sill, OK 73503-9035 or email to
atsfddd@conus.army.mil.
Unless this publication states otherwise, masculine nouns and pronouns do not refer exclusively to men.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 ix

This page intentionally left blank.
Chapter 1
System Description
This chapter implements STANAG 2934, chapter 11.
The MLRS is designed to attack the enemy throughout the supported commander’s
operations Area. Complementing cannon artillery and other fire support assets,
MLRS has an all-weather, long-range capability, and a full suite of munitions. The
MLRS battalion can be assigned or attached to a fires brigade (FIB).
SECTION I – INTRODUCTION
MLRS EMPLOYMENT CONCEPT

1-1. The capabilities of MLRS make it one of the most unique field artillery (FA) weapon systems
available for both joint and combined arms operations. Its range, mobility, and lethality allow it to execute
the full spectrum of fire support—providing close support to maneuver units, protecting the force with
counter fire, and attacking operational targets for the division, corps, Marine air ground task force
(MAGTF), or joint task force commander and in support of theater missile defense (TMD).
1-2. Regardless of the tactical mission, MLRS units are positioned and fight well forward and use their
“shoot-and-scoot” capability to improve survivability. Forward positioning is critical to accomplishing unit
missions. When providing support in the offense, MLRS units move to best support the maneuver forces,
stopping to fire as required, and then move rapidly to continue supporting the formation. In the defense,
these systems may support maneuver units by moving laterally along the forward line of own troops
(FLOT). This allows MLRS units to take maximum advantage of their range to protect maneuver units
from the destructive effects of the enemy's indirect fire systems. The mobility and massive firepower of the
MLRS make it well-suited to augment other artillery fires supporting cavalry units engaged in operations
such as screening, covering force, and movement to contact.
1-3. The 70-kilometer (km) range of the guided MLRS (GMLRS) rocket and the 300-kilometer range of
the Block IA Army tactical missile system (ATACMS) provide the brigade, division, corps, MAGTF, and
joint commanders with a long range strike capability. To support strike missions, MLRS units are
positioned close to the FLOT, and in some cases beyond the FLOT, to engage the enemy at maximum
ranges and to continue to attack the enemy throughout the depth of the battlefield. The MLRS units
assigned the mission of firing ATACMS in support of a joint force commander will often operate in a
brigade combat team (BCT) area of operation (AO). Intermixed with maneuver and cannon units, these
MLRS units continually coordinate for positions within the BCT sector.
1-4. The MLRS plays a critical role in contingency operations because it provides a massive infusion of
combat power in small, rapidly deployable force packages. MLRS units are a logical choice to provide fires
for initial entry forces because of the lethality of the MLRS family of munitions (MFOM) coupled with the
air deployability of the system on a variety of aircraft.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
1-5. The MLRS consists of the following components.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-1

Chapter 1
M270 LAUNCHER
1-6. The M270 launcher is a self-propelled armored rocket and missile-firing platform with a crew of 3
(section chief, gunner, and driver). The launcher is composed of the M993 extended Bradley tracked carrier
and the M269 launcher module (LM). The LM contains a built-in self-loading system that holds either 2
launch pod containers (LPCs) or 2 guided missile launch assemblies (GMLAs), but not a mix of both (each
bay of the launcher must be loaded with the same type munitions of the same Department of Defense
[DOD] accounting code [DODAC] or J-code). The LPC holds 6 rockets, and the GMLA holds 1 missile for
an onboard firing capability of 12 rockets or 2 missiles.
1-7. Each launcher has the onboard capability to receive a fire mission, determine launcher location,
compute firing data, orient on the target, and fire. The M270 carrier cab houses the man-machine interface
for the fire control system (FCS). The FCS computes firing data that is applied to the LM via the
stabilization reference package/position determining system (SRP/PDS) and the LM launcher drive system
(LDS). The components apply position survey, vehicle heading reference, and aiming stabilization. The
system uses standard Army communications systems to transmit and receive digital communications. Once
laid and armed, the launcher can fire—
• 12 rockets in less than 60 seconds at up to 6 aim points.
• 2 missiles in less than 20 seconds at 1 or 2 aim points.
M270A1 LAUNCHER
1-8. The M270A1 Launcher is an improved version of the M270 launcher using the fire control system
M270A1 (FCS). The FCS replaces maintenance intensive hardware and software and provides support for
MLRS family of munitions (MFOM) using a global positioning system (GPS) for in flight trajectory
correction. The launcher’s GPS supplements the vehicle’s existing inertial position-navigation system. The
M270A1 FCS modification upgrades the electronic and navigation equipment, reduces operations and
sustainment costs, and revises the software architecture.
1-9. The M270A1 FCS reduces fire mission and reload cycle times. This is achieved by providing a faster
drive system that moves simultaneously in azimuth and elevation. The M270A1 FCS decreases the traverse
time from stowed position to worst-case aim-point by approximately 85 percent. The M270A1 FCS also
decreases the mechanical system contribution to reload time by 38 percent. The reduced time spent at the
launch and reload points increases the survivability of the launcher crew and associated rearm personnel.
Once laid and armed, the launcher can fire:
• 12 rockets in less than 60 seconds at up to 12 aim-points.
• 2 missiles in less than 20 seconds at 1 or 2aim-points.
LPC AND GUIDED MISSILE LAUNCH ASSEMBLIES

1-10. Each LPC holds 6 rockets, and each GMLA holds 1 missile. The pods are stenciled with the DOD
identification code (DODIC). This is the same code that is displayed on the fire control panel (FCP) when
ammunition status is displayed to the launcher crewmembers.
AMMUNITION RESUPPLY VEHICLES AND TRAILERS

1-11. The ammunition resupply capability for the M270/M270A1 configured MLRS units is provided by
the heavy expanded mobility tactical truck (HEMTT) M985 and the heavy expanded mobility ammunition
trailer (HEMAT) M989A1. Each can carry 4 rocket/missile pods for a total of 48 rockets or 8 missiles in a
HEMTT and HEMAT load. M142 High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS) configured MLRS
units have the M1084A1 with material handling equipment (MHE) resupply vehicle (RSV) and M1095
resupply trailer (RST). Each can carry 2 rocket/missile pods for a total of 24 rockets or 4 missiles in a RSV
and RST load.
1-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
COMMAND, CONTROL, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

1-12. The MLRS fire direction center (FDC) has an automated command, control, (C2) and
communications system to provide command and control of subordinate launchers and to facilitate
communication on the battlefield. Major components of the C2 system are the FCS located in the launcher
and the AFATDS located at the platoon/battery.
SECTION II – LAUNCHER AND SUBSYSTEMS
M270 LAUNCHER
1-13. The M270 launcher is a highly mobile, lightly armored, tracked carrier vehicle with an LM mounted
on the vehicle bed (see figure 1-1). The launcher consists of a 3-man crew (section chief, gunner, and
driver). Personal equipment is stored in the crew's equipment storage containers located in the carrier under
the LM cage.
Figure 1-1. M270 Launcher
M993 CARRIER VEHICLE

1-14. The carrier vehicle is a longer version of the Bradley fighting vehicle with nearly 80 percent common
components. It is 6.8 meters (22 feet, 6 inches) long, 2.6 meters (8 feet, 9 inches) high, and 2.597 meters (8
feet, 6 inches) wide. When loaded with M26 rocket LPCs, the launcher weighs approximately 24,036
kilograms (52,990 pounds). It can climb 60 percent slopes, traverse a 40 percent side slope, ford 1.1 meters
(40 inches) of water, and climb 1-meter vertical walls. The launcher has a cruising range of 483 kilometers
(300 miles) and can be transported by C-17 and larger cargo aircraft (see appendix A). The vehicle cab is
constructed of aluminum armor plate, providing ballistic protection to the crew. It is fitted with an M13A1
gas particulate filter unit that protects the crew from chemical and biological agents and radioactive
particles. It also has a vehicle cab overpressure system to protect the crew from toxic rocket and missile
exhaust.
M269 LAUNCHER MODULE

1-15. The launcher module (LM) consists of 2 sections: a mechanical section and an electrical section.
These sections work together to perform all firing and non-firing functions.
LM Mechanical Section
1-16. The mechanical section consists of base, turret, and cage assemblies. The base assembly provides for
the physical mounting of the LM to the carrier. Both the turret and base assemblies house the electronics
and hydraulics of the LDS that actually perform the rotation and elevation functions of the LM. The cage
assembly performs 2 important functions. First, the structure of the cage assembly aligns, holds, and
protects the launch pods. Second, 2 boom and hoist assemblies mounted in the cage assembly give the
launcher crew a built-in ammunition loading and unloading capability.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-3

Chapter 1
LM Electrical Section
1-17. The electrical section consists of 3 subsystems: the primary power supply, the communications
system, and the FCS.
Primary Power Supply

1-18. The primary power supply is the source of power for all launcher equipment. It uses standard
military lead acid batteries to provide 24 volts of power to the launcher components. It also controls the
distribution of power through the use of switching relays.
Communications System
1-19. The launcher communications system includes a single-channel ground and airborne radio system
(SINCGARS), AN/VRC-92F, with embedded communications security (COMSEC) capability. Each
crewmember has a combat vehicle crewman (CVC) helmet that is connected to an AN/VIC-1 or AN/VIC-3
intercom system.
FCS M270 Launcher

1-20. The FCS functions with the other launcher components to provide overall control of the LM. It
monitors, coordinates, and controls all electronic devices used during a launch cycle. The FCS consists of
the FCP, electronics unit (EU, fire control unit (FCU), boom controller (BC), short/no-voltage tester
(SNVT), SRP/PDS, payload interface module (PIM), and communications processor (CMP).
• Fire control panel. The FCP, located in the center of the carrier cab in front of the gunner's seat, has a
data entry keyboard for manual entry operations and for message menu selection. The panel gives
alphanumeric displays in simple language. Located next to the data keys are built-in test (BIT)
indicator lamps for line replaceable units (LRU). These allow rapid detection and isolation of faults in
the FCS.
• Electronics unit. The EU contains the computer program and data processing electronics to receive,
compute, and distribute fire mission parameters. The EU holds all current weapon files and
operational data for the launch and ballistic computation programs in its “bubble” memory
(permanent, nonvolatile). However, only those munitions programs that have been moved into the EU
random access memory (RAM) can be used by the launcher FCS to compute launch and other fire
mission data. The EU automatically identifies munitions type and copies necessary weapon files from
bubble to RAM. If the proper software is not loaded, the crew can use the program load unit (PLU) to
load required munitions data into the EU.
• Fire control unit. The FCU contains the electronic circuits that change the EU outputs into control
signals for other launcher components. It also takes inputs from the other components and changes
them into signals the EU can use.
• Boom controller. The BC permits remote control of the loading and off-loading functions and
positioning of the LM for maintenance.
• Short/no-voltage tester. The SNVT is a built-in test device used during loading operations. It is used
to test the FCS W19 umbilical cables for stray voltage or static electricity. The test ensures that the
cables are safe to connect to the loaded launch pods.
• Stabilization reference package/position determining system. The SRP/PDS is composed of 2
integrated subsystems that are housed in separate compartments: the SRP and the PDS. The SRP uses
an electrically driven north-seeking gyrocompass. The SRP provides heading, elevation, and launcher
slope. The PDS uses 2 encoders on the vehicle final drives and orientation data from the SRP to
determine position location.
• Payload interface module. The PIM provides communications power and interface between the
loaded launch pods and the EU. Initial input of the EU munitions programs requires use of the PLU
and the PIM. If there is a PIM failure, the M270 can still execute rocket missions.
• Communications processor. The CMP controls the flow of the digital coded audio tone messages
sent and received by the launcher communications-FCS interface. It is designed to ensure that the
1-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
FCS does not acknowledge, nor allow itself to be disrupted by, digital messages not addressed to that
launcher. It also rejects weak or garbled signals.
FCS Functions
1-21. The launcher FCS provides the link among the crew, external digital message sources, and the
launcher components. It performs the following significant functions:
• Computes firing data for all fire missions.
• Lays the LM and sets fuzes or programs warheads, as required.
• Monitors and integrates all onboard sensor data.
• In conjunction with the launcher communications system, provides a digital interface between
the launcher crew and the command and control elements.
• Monitors the status of built-in tests.
• Enables the crew to control launcher components.
• Controls LM operations.
1-22. The FCS receives data input in the following ways:
• Current mission data are input automatically through digital-coded, audio-tone, radio messages,
or manually through the FCP keyboard.
• The EU munitions programs are input from a cassette through a PLU.
1-23. The PLU is an electronic device that programs the EU memory. The unit mounts a cassette
containing operational program data. The PLU is connected to the EU through the PIM interface connector
W31P2 using the PLU cable assembly. The PLU requires 22 to 25 minutes to transfer an entire cassette of
data.
1-24. Data communication is the most common and preferred method of input to the FCS. Through radios,
the FCS can communicate digitally with the platoon, battery, or battalion AFATDS. The FCS can receive
MLRS and meteorology (MET) message category formats as well as the SYS;PTM message. Secure data
digital communication between the observers and a launcher FCS must be routed through an AFATDS
because message formats are not compatible. The FCS allows the crew to send and receive fixed-format
messages and free-text messages.
1-25. The primary means of communication is frequency modulated (FM) secure data; however, FM voice
secure communication is available as a backup. In case of data communication failure or when operating
voice, the crew can manually enter all data elements through the FCP keyboard.
1-26. The EU automatically monitors, integrates, and computes data from other FCS launcher electronic
components. It continuously monitors the SRP/PDS data and computes launcher heading (travel direction),
location, and altitude. The FCS determines the firing data when the target information is received. When
the crew enters the appropriate mission command, the FCS commands the LM to lay on the required launch
azimuth and elevation, and set the rocket fuze times or program the warheads. The FCS fires the rockets or
missiles when commanded by the gunner through the FCP.
1-27. The FCS continuously checks its internal components and those of the LM. These checks are made
throughout the mission cycle. If a malfunction is detected, the crewmembers are notified by a fault message
prompt or LRU bit light on the FCP.
1-28. The FCS can currently operate in 5 different language formats: U.S.-English, United Kingdom-
English, German, French, and Italian.
Note: The launcher is unable to fire the mission if a malfunction occurs in a launcher FCS; that
is, in the FCP, EU, FCU, or SRP/PDS. Because no backup means exist to fire the launcher
manually, the fire mission must be redirected to an operational launcher for completion.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-5

Chapter 1
M270A1 LAUNCHER
1-29. The M270A1 launcher (see table 1-1) is a combined fielding of the LMS and the FCS. The LMS
drastically reduces fire mission and reload cycle times. It allows the LM to elevate and traverse
simultaneously at an increased speed. The LMS provides the following operational enhancements:
• Rapid response to time-sensitive targets. Reduces time from launcher lay to aimpoint by 85
percent (time reduced from 93 seconds to 16 seconds for a maximum range mission).
• Increased survivability due to less time at firing points and reload points.
• Increased rates of fire.
1-30. The FCS mitigates obsolescence and reduces operations and sustainment costs by changing the
MLRS FCS. Incorporating the GPS and decentralizing the weapon system command function enhances
operational performance of the launcher. The FCS is designed to conduct self-diagnosis of its associated
components.
1-31. To more adequately support the M270A1 launcher, the M993A1 carrier has been upgraded with 9
hardware improvements plus a monitoring and sensor system (Centry) to become the M993A1. The Centry
system consists of electrical sensors interacting with the carrier’s engine and transmission to provide better
performance and improved troubleshooting procedures for maintainers.
Table 1-1. M270A1 Launcher Characteristics

Weight (air trans) 19,414 kg 42,800 lb
Width 2,972 mm 9 ft, 11 in
Length 6,942 mm 22 ft, 9 in
Height (stowed) 2,666 mm 8 ft, 9 in
Height (full elevation) 5,920 mm 19 ft, 5 in
Included in launcher weight: Not included in launcher weight:
½ tank of fuel CVC helmets for VIC-3
VIC-3 intercom Basic issue items
Radios and mounts, antennas and mounts, Rocket pods, M/LPA trainers
cabling
FCS REFERENCE IETM 1055-647-13&P

1-32. The M270A1 FCS functions with the other launcher components to provide overall control of the
LM. It monitors, coordinates, and controls all electronic devices used during a launch cycle. The FCS
consists of the Low Cost Fire Control Panel (LCFCP) which is comprised of three major components
which includes Gunners Display Unit (GDU),Tactical Processer Unit (TPU), with Mass Storage Unit
(MSU) allowing the operator to interface with the FCS which includes the Improved Weapon Interface
Unit (IWIU), the Boom Controller(BC), the Position Navigation Unit (PNU), the Power Switching Unit
(PSU), the launcher interface unit (LIU) (with power management unit, main processor and
communications processor), and the maintenance support device-field ready (MSD-FR).
• Gunners Display Unit. The GDU, located in the center of the carrier cab in front of the gunner's
seat, has a high-resolution display, full text keyboard, and audio/video alarms. It provides system
interface to the mass storage unit that provides nonvolatile storage for system software and database
information.
• Power switching unit. The PSU which replaces the (EB) the Electronics Box and provides the
vehicle power source interface and high current power switching and distribution. It is controlled by
the LIU.
• Launcher interface unit. The LIU aims and controls the LM. It provides interface for load/unload
operations, and provides embedded communications processing functions. It oversees the overall
operations of the FCS to include providing system power and communication (internal and external)
management functions. The LIU interfaces directly with the M270A1 LMS and provides the
1-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
stabilization and control functions. In addition, the LIU provides control functions for the boom and
hoist features in support of reload operations.
• Improved Weapon interface unit. The IWIU contains the computer program and data processing
electronics to receive, compute, and distribute fire mission parameters. It calculates the ballistic
algorithm, downloads data to MFOM, performs SNVT functions, and provides ground power.
• Position navigation unit. The PNU provides launcher position and navigation data. During fire
missions, the PNU provides the FCS with location, attitude, and launcher rate data for use in
computing ballistics and aiming the LM. The PNU contains an embedded GPS receiver to enhance its
inertial performance and provide effective land navigation for the launcher. The reference package of
the PNU is capable of alignment on the move, a process that takes approximately 15 minutes as long as
the vehicle remains in motion. Stationary alignment time can be as long as 5 minutes or as short as 2
minutes and 30 seconds, depending on initialization data and conditions. The PDS requires manual
updating only in the event that GPS is not available to the system. GPS enables effective land
navigation of the launcher in the absence of SCP information. In the absence of GPS information, the
PNU provides free inertial navigation or navigation with the aid of existing odometer encoder inputs.
• Boom controller. The boom controller permits remote control of the loading and off-loading
functions and positioning of the LM for maintenance. An emergency disable switch has been added
onto the M270A1 launcher boom controller because of the decreased reaction time associated with the
increased speed of the LM. The boom controller on the M270 is not interchangeable with the boom
controller on the M270A1 launcher.
Note: During boom controller operations, all crew members must follow all safety procedures
outlined in the interactive electronic technical manual (IETM) 9-1055-646-13P.
• Power distribution box (PDB). The PDB provides operational interface to the boom/hoist
assemblies, travel lock actuator, and cage down limit switch.
• GPS antenna. The GPS receiver interfaces with the GPS satellite constellation via the antenna
mounted on top of the LM cage assembly.
1-33. The digitized cell requires an additional LRU called the tactical processing unit (TPU). The TPU is
installed inside the cab of the launcher directly over the gunner’s right shoulder. In addition to the TPU, an
improved Mass Storage Unit (MSU) is mounted inside the cab. The MSU uses a removable personal
computer memory card international association (PCMCIA) card technology, further enhancing memory
size and providing the MLRS crewmen a faster method of loading software. The digitized cell acts as an
interface that will allow the MLRS crewmen access to the tactical internet (TI) and situational awareness
(SA). SA is assisted by a display of symbols (icons) representing individual friendly and enemy units that
appear on the map and move in near-real time as the platforms they represent move on the battlefield. This
continually updated SA is a fully automatic function. SA will enhance crew survivability by keeping
crewmen informed of the tactical situation.
1-34. The MSD-FR is an electronic device used to read the IETM and to program the MSU. To program
the MSU, the MSD-FR must be set up as a PLU. It is connected to the FCP using a sport cable assembly.
The MSD-FR mounts a compact disc (CD) containing operational program data. One MSD-FR and IETM
is issued to each section and 1 PLU and software CD is issued to each platoon. The Embedded Program
Load Unit (EPLU) differs from the MSD-FR PLU based version in that it is resident on a Personal
Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) CCA. When the FCS is initialized the
EPLU automatically starts and is accessed from the GDU via the EPLU card placed in the MSU allowing
the operator to load software into the FCS.
FCS FUNCTIONS
1-35. The launcher IFCS provides the link between the crew, external digital message sources, and the
launcher components. It performs the following significant functions:
• Monitors and integrates all onboard sensor data.
• In conjunction with the launcher communications system, provides a digital interface between
the launcher crew and the command and control elements.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-7

Chapter 1
• Monitors the status of built-in tests.

• Enables the crew to control launcher components.
• Computes firing data for all fire missions.
• Lays the LM and sets fuzes or programs warheads as required.
• Controls LM operations.
1-36. The FCS receives data input in the following ways:
• Current mission data are input automatically through digital coded audio tone radio messages
or manually through the FCP keyboard.
• IWIU munitions programs are input to the MSU from a CD through a MSD/FR set up as a
PLU.
1-37. Data communication is the most common and preferred method of input to the FCS. Through the
AN/VRC-92F and EPLRS radios and the Internet controller (INC), the FCS can communicate digitally
with the platoon, battery, or battalion AFATDS. The INC is a component of the AN/VRC-92F radio. The
FCS allows the crew to send and receive joint variable message format (JVMF), fixed-format, and free-text
messages.
1-38. The primary means of communication is FM secure data; however, EPLRS data over the tactical
Internet and FM voice secure communications are both available as backups. In case of data
communication failure or when operating voice, the crew can manually enter all data elements through the
GDU keyboard.
1-39. The IWIU automatically monitors, integrates, and computes data from other FCS launcher electronic
components. It continuously computes launcher heading location and altitude. The FCS determines the
firing data when the target information is received. When the crew enters the appropriate mission
command, the FCS commands the LM to lay on the required launch azimuth and elevation, and set the
rocket fuze times or program the warheads. The FCS fires the rockets or missiles when commanded by the
gunner through the GDU.
1-40. The FCS continuously checks its internal components and those of the LM. These checks are made
throughout the mission cycle. If a malfunction is detected, the crewmembers are notified by a fault
message.
Note: The launcher is unable to fire the mission when a malfunction occurs in a launcher IFCS;
that is, in the GDU, PSU, LIU, IWIU, or PNU. Because no backup means exist to fire the
launcher manually, the fire mission must be redirected to an operational launcher for completion.
M142 HIGH MOBILITY ARTILLERY ROCKET SYSTEM

1-41. The M142 is an air transportable, wheeled, indirect fire, rocket/missile system that is capable of
firing all rockets and missiles in the current and future MFOM. This system includes the launcher,
ammunition trucks and trailers, MFOM and the C2 system.
1-42. The M142 system is deployable by C-130 or larger aircraft. The C-130 aircraft has the capability to
land on short stretches of roadways and assault landing zones (ALZ) that are unusable by larger aircraft.
For a combat loaded C-130 aircraft, the minimum size for an ALZ is 60 x 3000 feet and the desired size is
80 x 5000 feet.
1-43. The M142 launcher consists of the same FCS as the M270A1 that provides operator interface and
technical fire control for the launch of rockets and missiles, a carrier vehicle (automotive portion) capable
of supporting sustained, rapid maneuver, and a LM portion that performs all the functions necessary to
load, aim and fire the launcher.
1-44. The M142 (Figure 1-2) LM holds 1 LPC/GMLA. The M142 firing and reload times are comparable
to the M270A1 Launcher.
1-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
Figure 1-2. M142 HIMARS Launcher
CARRIER VEHICLE
1-45. The M142 launcher carrier is a variant of the fielded Army Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles
(FMTV) 4500mm (177 inches) wheelbase truck chassis. Major components of the vehicle are the 330
horsepower diesel engine, 7-speed automatic transmission, Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS), crew cab
with operator vehicle controls, highway and tactical lighting system and signals, suspension, and flexible
frame.
1-46. The FMTV cab/chassis of the M142 Launcher is designated the M1140; its unique features include:
• A 2-stage rear spring system that provides stability for fire missions and reload operations. This 2-
stage system (Figure 1-3) is common to the tractor-trailer variant of the FMTV fleet.
• A variable displacement/pressure compensating hydraulic pump. The hydraulic pump mates with a
speed-increasing gearbox, which steps up the engine speed to about 5,000 RPM. The gearbox mates to
the Power Take Off (PTO) shaft coming out of the transmission; the shaft rotates at about 1,750 RPM.
This hydraulic pump provides the source of hydraulic power to various sub-systems.
• Addition of doubler plates across the lower and upper frame rails to add stiffness for fire missions and
reload operations. See Figure 1-3
• Replacement of the standard 100-Ampere alternator with a 300-Ampere alternator to provide the
necessary power to the FCS and communications equipment.
Doubler
Plates
Figure 1-3 M142 Chassis Frame
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-9

Chapter 1
Crew Cab
1-47. The FMTV crew cab is modified to provide protection from foreign objects and toxic gasses to the 3-
man crew during firing. Features of the crew cab include:
• A commander’s hatch and “grab” bar on the roof of the cab (Figure 1-4).
• Replacement of all window glass with a transparent shatter resistant material, sufficient to
protect against penetration by foreign objects during firing. Replacement of the 2 rear quarter
panel window glasses and the rear window glass with metal.
• A chemical air filtration unit to filter toxic gasses from the outside air. The air filtration unit
forces outside air through an M-48 Nuclear, Biological and Chemical filter causing an
overpressure condition, which also prevents gasses from entering around the doors or other
small openings.
• Alterations necessary for the FCS, communications equipment and controls, and indicators
required to operate the M142 Launcher functions.
• Louvers over the windshield and panels in the side windows for protection from the flash and
debris of rocket/missile firings.
1-48. An armored crew cab designated the Increased Crew Protection (ICP) cab under development and
will replace the current cab.
Grab Bar
Figure 1-4. Crew Cab Commander’s Hatch
Louvers
Window Glass
Replaced
Figure 1-4. Crew Cab
LAUNCHER MODULE
1-49. The LM is mounted to the chassis of the vehicle and provides the necessary structure and
mechanisms for loading, launching and unloading of all the MFOM. The LM consists of: a platform
assembly for aiming the LM in elevation and on which 1 LPC/GMLA is mounted; a turret assembly for
aiming the LM in azimuth; a base assembly that interfaces with the carrier vehicle; a hydraulic power
control system, the Reload System (RS) and sponsons containing the FCS and other electronic components;
and blast panels to protect the sponsons.
1-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
PLATFORM ASSEMBLY
1-50. The platform assembly consists of the firing platform, 2 outboard sponsons, and reloading system. It
provides the mechanical interface to the LPC/GMLA for the purpose of aiming and firing the weapons.
The platform is capable of securing 1 LPC/GMLA, consisting of either 6 rockets or 1 missile. When
aiming, the platform assembly can be driven in both azimuth and elevation simultaneously. Two
operational speeds are provided; 1 for a tactical environment and 1 for maintenance. The maintenance
speed is also used during BC reloading operations of the launcher. When operating with the BC, the
platform is driven in only 1 axis at a time.
FIRING PLATFORM
1-51. The firing platform (Figure 1-5) secures the ammunition pods to the launcher and provides the
mechanical alignment of the pod to the PNU. The hold down mechanism is used to secure the ammunition
pods to the firing platform and is basically the same design found on the M270A1 launchers. However, the
material used to manufacture the front hold down hook has been changed to stainless steel to accommodate
the firing characteristics of the M142.
1-52. Two manually operated jury struts are integrated into the firing platform for the purpose of securing
the LM in place at an elevation of approximately 170 mils (10 degrees). The LM is secured with the jury
struts as part of the non-standard procedure of loading LPC/GMLA from the RSV or RST.
1-53. Two elevation travel locks are mounted to the bottom front of the firing platform to secure the firing
platform to the turret assembly during travel.
Figure 1-5. Firing Platform
SPONSONS
1-54. The platform assembly consists of the firing platform, 2 outboard sponsons, and reloading system. It
provides the mechanical interface to the LPC/GMLA for the purpose of aiming and firing the weapons.
The platform is capable of securing 1 LPC/GMLA, consisting of either 6 rockets or 1 missile. When
aiming, the platform assembly can be driven in both azimuth and elevation simultaneously. See figure 1-6.
1-55. The curbside sponson houses the BC, PNU, HIMARS Launcher Interface Unit (HLIU), PDB and the
Hydraulic Reload Manifold. Access to these components is accomplished through compartment doors on
the side and rear of the curbside sponson. In addition, the on-board GPS antenna is mounted on the top of
the curbside sponson.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-11

Chapter 1
1-56. The roadside sponson houses the Improved Weapon Interface Unit (IWIU) and provides additional
storage area for the crew. The IWIU is accessed through a compartment door on the rear of the roadside
sponson.
1-57. Blast panels are fixed to the front surfaces of each sponson and provide protection from rocket blasts.
Figure 1-6 Sponsons
TURRET ASSEMBLY
1-58. The turret assembly (Figure 1-7) houses the elevation drive components and interfaces the platform
assembly to the azimuth drive components located in the base assembly. The turret mounts to the outer
race of the azimuth geared bearing and rotates the firing platform under the direction of the FCS. Mounted
to the turret assembly are components of the Hydraulic Control System (HCS) consisting of the elevation
manifold and the elevation cylinder. The turret assembly also houses an elevation resolver to track
elevation movement of the LM in relationship to the carrier vehicle.
Figure 1-7 Turret Assembly
1-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
BASE ASSEMBLY
1-59. The base assembly (Figure 1-8) provides the mechanical interface between the LM and the carrier
vehicle. In addition, the base houses all the azimuth drive components for the system. These components
consist of the azimuth-geared bearing, azimuth drive unit, and azimuth resolver.
Figure 1-8 Base Assembly
RELOAD SYSTEM
1-60. The RS for the launcher (Figure 1-9) is incorporated into the design of the platform assembly. It
consists of a boom and hoist assembly similar to that on the M270A1 launcher. The RS is located over the
top of the LPC/GMLA and does not impede C-130 aircraft loading/off loading. The M142 uses a hydraulic
hoist motor for its RS.
Figure 1-9 M142 Reload System
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-13

Chapter 1
SECTION III – MLRS FAMILY OF MUNITIONS (MFOM)
LAUNCH POD
1-61. Each M270/M270A1 holds either 2 LPCs or 2 GMLAs (not a mix of the 2) in the LM (see figure 1-
10). Each M142 holds 1 LPC or GMLA. Each launch pod contains either 6 rocket tubes or 1 missile
housing in a containerized shipping, storage, and launch frame. Rockets and missiles are factory assembled
and tested. Rockets are stored in fiberglass containers; missiles are stored in an aluminum enclosure with
fiberglass camouflage panels on the exterior. Both rockets and missiles are then mounted on the frame.
Both the rocket tubes and the missile housing are connected by cable to common electrical connectors. Not
only are handling, transports, and loading fixtures similar, the LPC and GMLA are also visually similar.
1-62. The launch pod is 4.04 meters (13 feet, 2 inches) long (without skids) and 1.05 meters (3 feet, 5
inches) wide. The height of the pod is 0.84 meters (2 feet, 9 inches) with skids and 0.72 meters (2 feet, 4
inches) without skids. When loaded with rockets (tactical or practice), each LPC weighs 2,270 kilograms
(5,095 pounds). The GMLRS Unitary Rocket LPC is 4.01 meters (m) (158 inches) long, 1.02 m (40.1
inches) wide, and weighs 2274.8 kilograms (5015.1 lbs).
1-63. A Loaded GMLA weighs 2,095 kilograms (5,111 pounds), and an inert training GMLA weighs 1,360
kilograms (2,998 pounds).
CAUTION
Do not mix the GMLA pod shoes for Block I with any other ATACMS
missile Blocks IA and II M48/M57. The GMLA pod shoes for GPS
guided missiles are 1 inch thicker than those for the Block I and for
rockets. The added thickness of the pod shoes ensures that the
improved missile guidance set (IMGS) for GPS guided missiles is not
damaged during handling and shipment. The Block II pod shoes are
also made of a more resilient (softer) material, which adds protection
for the shock sensitive BAT submunitions. The operator must exercise
care when transporting GMLAs with different pod shoe sizes to prevent
unbalanced loads.
1-64. Four aluminum bulkheads provide rigidity to the frame and support for the rocket tube or missile
housing. Tie-down and lifting D-rings are located on the top of the frame at the 4 corners. A lifting rod is
installed and used by the launcher boom and hoist assemblies to lift the container.
1-65. Stacking pins at the top 4 corners of the frame permit stacking of the launch pods. The pods can be
stacked 2 high during transport and 4 high during storage. They can be handled by forklift because they
have 2 inner bulkheads that serve as support members. Each launch pod is marked for the center of gravity
and proper lift areas.
Figure 1-10. Launch Pod
1-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
1-66. The detachable skids mounted to the bottom 4 corners of the frame must be removed from the pod
before it is loaded into the LM. A quick-release pull pin allows easy removal of the skids. The GMLA also
has a lifting rod cover that must be removed before being loaded into the LM. Skids should be replaced
prior to downloading and unfired pods to protect the connectors.
MISSILE/LAUNCH POD ASSEMBLY TRAINER

1-67. The training missile/launch pod assembly (M/LPA) facilitates MLRS crew training. The external
appearances of both versions of the M/LPA (M68 and M68A2) resemble the tactical M26 LPC.
• M68 M/LPA trainer. (Compatible only with the M270 launcher.) This trainer provides the
crew with the capability to operate the M270 launcher’s FCS with the family of munitions in a training
environment. It is used to train crewmembers in fire mission and reload operations. Using the trainer,
the crew can select any of the tactical weapon types along with a variety of simulated weapon peculiar
failure modes. The trainer also provides diagnostic capability to check the electrical interface between
the trainer and the FCS.
• M68A2 M/LPA trainer. The M68A2 is updated to support Precision Munitions . The upgrade
consists of hardware and software modifications that allow the M68A2 to function with the M270A1
and M142 launchers. The M68A2 assists in providing realistic training to the MLRS crewmen. The
training tasks include fire mission execution, reaction to munitions malfunctions, and reload
operations. The M68A2 represents the entire MFOM, to include ATACMS Block II and unitary.
ROCKETS
1-68. The MLRS unguided rockets are tube-launched, spin-stabilized, free flight projectiles. The rockets
are assembled, checked, and packaged in a dual-purpose, launch-storage tube at the factory. This design
provides for tactical loading and firing of the rocket without troop assembly or detailed inspection. Major
components of the rocket assembly include 4 stabilizer fins, a propulsion section, and a warhead section
(see figure 1-11).
1-69. Propulsion for the rocket is provided by a solid propellant rocket motor. An umbilical cable, passing
through the aft end of the launch tube, links the FCS to an igniter in the rocket nozzle. The motor is ignited
by an electrical command from the FCS.
1-70. Each rocket is packaged with the 4 fins folded and secured by wire rope retaining straps. As the
rocket moves forward upon firing, lanyard devices trigger a delayed strap-cutting charge. After the rocket
leaves the launch tube, the charge cuts the straps. This allows the fins to unfold and lock. The M28A1
training rockets have an additional fin release device to ensure deployment.
Figure 1-11. M26 Rocket
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-15

Chapter 1
1-71. The MLRS rocket follows a ballistic, free flight (unguided) trajectory to the target. The propulsion
provided by the solid propellant rocket motor is the same for each rocket, so rocket range is a function of
LM elevation. The 4 stabilizer fins at the aft end of the rocket provide in-flight stability by maintaining a
constant counterclockwise spin. The initial spin is imparted to the rocket through spin rails mounted on the
inner wall of the launch tube.
M26 ROCKET
1-72. This is the basic rocket for MLRS. It is used against personnel, soft and lightly armored targets
normally with a target location error (TLE) of 150 meters or less. Larger TLEs may reduce effectiveness.
Each rocket dispenses 644 M77 dual-purpose improved conventional munitions (DPICM) sub munitions
over the target area.
M26 Warhead Function

1-73. Warhead event is initiated by an electronic time fuze (M445) that is set remotely by the FCS
immediately before ignition of the rocket motor. The fuze triggers a center burster charge. This causes the
warhead to rupture, the polyurethane filler to shatter, and the sub munitions to be spread over the target
area.
M77 Submunition Description

1-74. The armed M77 sub munitions detonate on impact (see figure 1-12). The antimateriel capability is
provided through a shaped charge with a built-in standoff. The M77 can penetrate up to 4 inches of armor.
Its steel case fragments and produces antipersonnel effects within a radius of 4 meters.
1-75. The sub munitions’ dud rate increases significantly at ranges less than 10 kilometers.
Figure 1-12. M77 Submunition
M26A2 EXTENDED RANGE ROCKET

1-76. The extended range rocket (ER-MLRS) M26A2 is an evolution of the basic M26 rocket that extends
the range to 45-plus kilometers. (MET data no older than 30 minutes is required to achieve maximum
accuracy at 45 kilometers.) This greater range capability is achieved through a 20-percent reduction in the
number of sub munitions and a modified rocket motor. It has the same accuracy as the basic M26 rocket. .
The effectiveness of the M26 rocket is maintained in the ER rocket even though the sub munitions payload
has been decreased. This is due to the improved center core burster.
1-16 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
M28A1/M28A2 ROCKET (TRAINING)

1-77. The M28A1 and M28A2 rockets (reduced range) are also available for live firing at Army training
installations. These practice rockets have a monolithic (relatively uniform and predictable) trajectory and a
reduced range (8 to 15 kilometers). The M28A1 and M28A2 are restricted to firing in surface winds of less
than 30 knots. This results in a much smaller surface danger zone than the M26, thus allowing it to be fired
on many cannon artillery firing ranges. The M28A1 has a blunt nosed, high-drag warhead section that
contains an impact activated smoke charge. The M28A2 does not have an impact activated smoke charge.
These training rockets have the same motor assembly as the M26 and automatically balance the LPC
during firing similar to the M26. This automatic balancing function can be overridden using the rocket
selection option in the FCS.
M30/M31 Guided MLRS Rocket

1-78. The M30/M31 GMLRS rocket provides the U.S. Army with a long range, all weather, day and night,
rocket artillery system capable of defeating a variety of targets. Target types for the M30/M31 are the same
as for those of the M26 and M26A2 rockets. These targets include but are not limited to artillery, multiple
rocket launchers (MRLs), air and missile defense (AMD), and lightly armored maneuver units. The
M30/M31 can engage targets at a range of 15 - 70 kilometers (km). The M30/M31 rocket gives the MFOM
improved capability in the areas of system accuracy, range, and payload types. The much greater accuracy
of the M30/M31s allows for rockets to be fired on targets that in the past would not be possible. Engaging
targets nearer friendly troops, built up areas, and civilian population is now a consideration.
1-79. The M30/M31 guided rockets are packaged in and fired from an LPC with the same height, width,
and length characteristics as the MLRS LPC. The guided unitary rocket is equipped with a GMLRS motor,
a guidance package, and carries a warhead/payload that may attack a variety of targets to include those that
require low collateral damage. Design of the rocket allows handling and maintenance within the current
system. The guided unitary rocket is fired from both the M270A1 and the M142 launcher.
M30/M31 GMLRS ROCKET COMPONENTS
Propulsion Section
1-80. The propulsion section of the M30/M31 is similar to that of the M26A2 but does incorporate some
unique characteristics. The rocket motor has the same physical dimensions of the M26A2 rocket motor,
but incorporates a spinning tailfin section (the tailfins on the M26 and M26A2 rockets are stationary). The
purpose of the spinning tailfin section is to reduce the effect that the wash from the canards have on the
rocket’s flight. The solid fuel used in the rocket motor of the M30/M31 is the same fuel used in the
ATACMS. This is a slower burning fuel than that used in the M26 and M26A2 rockets, which provides the
M30/M31 its extended range.
Embedded GPS Receiver

1-81. The embedded GPS Receiver (EGR) provides the M30/M31 rockets with very accurate navigational
updates by the use of orbiting satellites. These updates (made in flight) improve the rocket in–flight and
terminal accuracy, regardless of range to target. The EGR determines precise position, velocity, time of
day, and range information. Although it has greater accuracy while in the GPS aided mode, the M30 is not
GPS dependent and will achieve a high level of accuracy in the non-aided mode.
Warhead / Guidance Section

1-82. The M30 warhead section contains 404 PI-M77 DPICM grenades, a center core burster (CCB), and a
polyurethane support.
1-83. The M30/M31 uses an internal guidance and control assembly (GCA) that makes in-flight
adjustments, guiding the rocket to the target. The GCA consists of the internal measurement unit (IMU),
guidance and control (G&C) computer, GPS antenna and receiver, control actuation system, canards,
electrical safe/arm device (ESAD), umbilical cable, and battery. The GCA section occupies the forward
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-17

Chapter 1
portion of the rocket and provides the commands to navigate the rocket to its aim point. The IMU and GPS
are tactical grade, non-developmental items (NDI). Adjustments in the flight pattern are made by the use of
4 small non-folding canards located in the ogive portion of the nose cone. The canards are controlled by
electromechanical actuators in response to navigation and control commands from the GCA. The GCA
also provides the electrical commands to activate the payload ESAD, initiating the CCB, and dispensing the
sub munitions over the target for the M30 or the warhead fuze for the M31. The GCA components are
powered by an on-board thermal battery that is activated just prior to launch. Figure 1-13 shows the
components of the M30; figure 1-14 shows the components of the M31.
1-84. The M31 warhead payload is an explosive filled steel canister designed to burst into fragments of a
controlled size. The canister weighs approximately 196 pounds and contains 51.5 pounds of PBXN 109
insensitive explosive and a tri-mode fuze.
1-85. The warhead is capable of 3 fuze modes; proximity, point detonating and delay.
1-86. The proximity fuze mode causes warhead detonation at approximately 7 meters above the target, the
point detonating mode causes detonation upon impact, and the delay mode causes detonation as the nose
cone penetrates about 1 meter into the ground, this places the explosive filled canister partially below the
surface of the ground.
Figure 1-13. M30 GMLRS Rocket
1-18 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
Figure 1-14. M31 GMLRS Rocket
Table 1-2. MFOM Characteristics
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-19

Chapter 1
MISSILES
1-87. The ATACMS missiles are designed to carry a variety of sub munitions, including “smart” munitions
and lethal mechanisms to provide a wide range of future capabilities. Currently, the Army has the M39
ATACMS Block I, M39A1 Block IA, M39A3 Block II, and M48/M57 missiles.
Notes: When firing the ATACMS and the FIRE switch is toggled, battery squibs are activated
within milliseconds. When the SAFE/ARM switch is safe, the firing sequence will be halted. As
the squibs have been activated, the FCP will display a misfire. The missile cannot be used for
another fire mission. Treat the missile as if it malfunctioned by downloading it and notifying the
ammunition transfer point (ATP) personnel for disposition instructions. The missile can be
repaired by depot level maintenance.
If the tactical situation is such that the loss of an ATACMS missile to the enemy is imminent
and evacuation is not feasible or possible, destroy the missile by using demolition charges in
accordance with TM 9-1425-648-13&P. If the ATACMS missile becomes unserviceable due to
external damage or weapon failures, contact the ATP for disposition. MLRS ammunition is not
to be left unattended on the battlefield.
COMMON MISSILE ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS

1-88. All ATACMS missiles have 4 sections: the guidance and control section, propulsion section, control
section, and the warhead assembly (see figure 1-15).
Propulsion Section
1-89. The solid rocket motor furnishes the energy necessary to launch the missile and sustain missile flight
for a sufficient time to meet altitude and range requirements. The solid propellant motor consists of a motor
case, propellant, insulation/liner, nozzle, and igniter arm/fire assembly.
Control Section
1-90. The primary functions of the control section assembly are to position the missile fins, provide the
missile electrical power while in flight, and support selected pyrotechnic functions. The fins are folded
when the missile is installed in the GMLA. Electro-mechanical actuators automatically unfold and lock the
spring-loaded fins in flight position when the missile leaves the GMLA to control the missile during flight.
ATACMS BLOCK I
1-91. The Block I warhead is used against personnel and soft stationary targets normally with a TLE of
150 meters or less. Larger TLEs may reduce effectiveness. Each missile dispenses a cargo of approximately
950 antipersonnel/antimateriel (APAM) M74 grenades. The missile has 3 programmable dispense patterns
(small, medium, and large) and has off-axis launch capability to enhance crew/launcher survivability from
enemy counter fire. The M39 Block I missile (ATACMS Block I) has a minimum range of 25 kilometers
and a maximum range of 165 kilometers.
Note: When firing Block I, the operator will experience a 13-second delay after initiating the fire
command before the missile engine ignites.
M39 Warhead Function

1-92. Warhead event is initiated by an electronic time fuze (M219A2) that is set in the same manner as the
M445 electronic time fuze of the M26 rocket. The fuze detonates shaped charges mounted to the skin and
bulkheads. This, in turn, severs the skin. The M74 grenades are distributed over the target area by
centrifugal force and air stream currents. Arming of the M74 grenades is accomplished by the spin action
induced on the individual grenade.
1-20 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
Guidance and Control Section

1-93. The Block I Guidance and Control Section (GCS) provide all navigation, guidance, autopilot, and
internal communications functions for the missile while in flight and for all ground operations. The
missile's inertial sensors, electronics, and software provide continuous determination of missile position,
attitude, and motion.
Figure 1-15. M39/M39A1 Missile

M74 Submunition
1-94. The M74 grenade is filled with composition B explosive filler and is covered by a steel shell (see
figure 1-16). Upon impact and detonation, each grenade breaks up into a large number of high-velocity
steel fragments that are effective against targets such as personnel, truck tires, missile rounds, thin-skinned
vehicles, and radar antennas. This submunition is not effective against armored vehicles. The M74 grenade
also contains incendiary material and has an antipersonnel radius of 15 meters.
Figure 1-16. M74 Submunition
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-21

Chapter 1
ATACMS BLOCK IA
1-95. The Block IA missile is a conventional, semi-ballistic missile that employs warheads delivering
either 300 APAM (M74) sub munitions against “soft” stationary targets at ranges from 70 to 300+
kilometers or a 500 lb blast fragmentation warhead to 270 + km. The ATACMS M74 payload was
decreased to increase the missile’s range (weight for range trade-off) while the lethality was maintained by
the integration of a GPS-aided IMGS to improve the missile’s accuracy. The Block IA is fired from the
M270A1 or M142 launcher. Block IA has off-axis launch capability to enhance crew/launcher
survivability.
Note: If the Block IA missile is fired from a non-GPS aided launcher, the missile will only
achieve Block I accuracy.

1-96. The guidance and control section contains the IMGS with an EGR for more accurate in-flight
guidance corrections and improved accuracy. The IMGS performs all inertial navigation, guidance, mission
control, and built-in-test functions. The IMGS is also the central communications control point within the
missile. The IMGS contains the inertial sensor assembly, an electronics assembly, and the EGR that
improves missile accuracy over extended ranges.
Inertial Sensor Assembly

1-97. The inertial sensor assembly (ISA) contains 3 ring laser gyros and 3 accelerometers with associated
electronics. The ISA senses movement and acceleration within the 3 axes (pitch, roll, and yaw) of the
missile. The inertial sensor computer (ISC) provides the ISA output to the IMGS.
Electronics Assembly
1-98. The electronics assembly contains 2 onboard computer systems that process all ISA and EGR data,
and perform all the guidance and control functions.
Embedded GPS Receiver

1-99. The EGR provides the missile with very accurate navigational updates from orbiting GPS satellites
during flight. These updates improve missile in-flight and terminal accuracy, regardless of the range to the
target. The EGR has an external, two-element, beam-shifting antenna system and electronics to acquire,
track, and process GPS satellite information on the ascending and descending phases of the trajectory. The
beam shifting also allows the missile to pull forward or aft appropriately to enhance tracking performance
in a high electromagnetic countermeasure (EMC) or jamming environment. The inertial navigation system
(INS) will continue to guide the missile to dispense should the missile be jammed. The EGR determines
precise position, velocity, time of day, and pseudo-range information. The launcher initializes the EGR
with GPS data. If this does not occur, the improved INS guides the missile to the target area. The missile
may still acquire GPS satellite data in flight. In this case, the missile's delivery accuracy improves.
Warhead Assembly
1-100. The warhead section contains approximately 300 M-74 antipersonnel, antimateriel grenades (the
same sub munitions used in the Block I missile). Block IA has 3 programmable dispense patterns (small,
medium, and large). The method of dispense is identical to the Block I missile (the missile spins in its
descending trajectory).
ATACMS BLOCK II
1-101. The Block II missile is a conventional, semi-ballistic missile that deploys BAT sub munitions at
ranges between 35 and 145 kilometers. The Block II missile contains 13 BAT sub munitions and is
identified by the JTC weapon code. The missile is divided into 4 sections: guidance and control, warhead,
1-22 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
propulsion, and control. (See figure 1-17.) Propulsion and control sections are the same as the Block IA
missile. The guidance and control, and warhead sections are described below.

1-102. Components in this section provide all navigation, guidance, autopilot, and internal
communications functions for the missile during ground operations and flight. The major components are
the IMGS II and the sequencer interface unit (SIU). The IMGS II consists of the EGR, the navigation and
guidance computer, the ISC, and the submunition interface processor (SIP). The inertial sensors, aided by
the GPS receiver, continuously update position, attitude, and motion to the IMGS II.
1-103. The IMGS II processes guidance and autopilot functions. It also provides all communications with
the launcher electronics for launch control, ground support equipment for maintenance, and the control
system electronics unit (CSEU) for missile fin actuator control. The SIU serves as the electronic interface
between the IMGS and the BAT sub munitions. The SIU applies power to the sub munitions during the
missile built-in test (BIT). It also turns on the submunition batteries and commands the munitions’
dispense.
Warhead Section
1-104. The warhead section consists of the BAT submunitions, a skin severance system, and a payload
dispensing system. It contains a formed stainless steel skin with a central support structure and front and
rear bulkheads. 3 aluminum extrusions connect the bulkheads and provide a central wire route. The
warhead section also includes an electronic safe and arm device (ESAD).
Figure 1-17. Block II Missile
BAT Submunition
1-105. BAT is an autonomous submunition that employs passive acoustic and infrared sensors to find,
attack, and destroy tanks and other armored combat vehicles (ACVs) moving in formations. The
submunition is an unpowered, aerodynamically stable “glider” that is approximately 36 inches long, 5.5
inches in diameter with wings folded, and weighs 44 pounds. BAT includes the following components.
(See figure 1-18.)
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-23

Chapter 1
• Air vehicle. The air vehicle consists of the airframe (nose, wings, flaps, fins, mid-body, aft-
body, and umbilical), deceleration and stabilization subsystem (DSS), actuator mechanism,
encapsulation and dispensing protection subassembly (EDPS), and flight sensors.
• Central electronics unit (CEU). The CEU contains the computer processing hardware,
software, and firmware that perform calculations required to accomplish mission functions.
The submunition CEU software and infrared (IR) sensor software are externally
programmable and uploaded before launch.
• Sensor. The acoustic sensor consists of the acoustic probes, preamplifiers, and electronic
components to detect and locate targets.
• Infrared seeker. The IR seeker contains the seeker optics, dual band IR components,
electronics, processor, and software to detect, acquire, and track targets.
• Power supply. The power supply provides enough power for the longest possible flight
mission.
• Munitions section. The munitions section contains the warhead, safe and arm circuits, and
fusing/firing components.
• Software. Both the CEU and IR sensor software is loaded before use. It can be updated and
externally programmed.
Figure 1-18. BAT Submunition
Note: The ATACMS Block II missile should not be launched in the non-GPS aided mode from
the M270A1 or M142 launcher due to the decreased accuracy from only inertial guidance.
M48/M57 ATACMS Quick Reaction Unitary

1-106. The ATACMS quick reaction unitary (QRU) missile is a modified Block IA missile with a
warhead that integrates the 500-pound unitary high explosive warhead used in the Navy HARPOON
missile. The modifications enable the engagement of point targets while minimizing collateral damage.
Note: The ATACMS QRU missile can be fired only from a GPS aided launcher. The QRU
requires the successful transfer of GPS keys/data upon arming the missile. If the transfer of data
fails, a failure prompt will be displayed to the operator.
1-24 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
Table 1-3. ATACMS Family of Munitions Characteristics
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-25

Chapter 1
SECTION IV – ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
This section implements STANAG 2934, chapter 11.
AMMUNITION RESUPPLY VEHICLE AND TRAILER

(HEMTT/HEMAT)
1-107. The M985 HEMTT is a 10-ton, 8-wheel, or 8-wheel-drive truck with a 5,400-pound lift capacity
materiel-handling crane (see figure 1-19). A secure FM radio provides voice command and control
capability. The rear-mounted crane can traverse 6,400 mils to the left or right. Both the HEMTT and the
HEMAT can be loaded and unloaded with the crane. The HEMAT does not have to be unhooked from the
HEMTT. The truck carries 4 launch pods with a gross vehicle weight of 59,000 pounds. Its operating range
is 300 miles, and it can climb a 30 percent slope. The HEMTT has a 445-horsepower diesel engine with an
automatic transmission. It can be transported by C-130 aircraft in an unloaded configuration and by C-
5A/C-5B and C-17 aircraft in a loaded tactical configuration. (See appendix A.)
Figure 1-19. M985 HEMTT
1-108. The M989A1 HEMAT can carry 4 launch pods and has a fully loaded gross weight of 31,000
pounds (see figure 1-20). A launcher can tow the trailer in an emergency.
Figure 1-20. M989A1 HEMAT
1-26 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
HIMARS RESUPPLY VEHICLE AND RESUPPLY TRAILER

Movement Tracking System
1-109. The M1084A1 with MHE RSV (Figure 1-21) is a FMTV variant capable of carrying 2
LPC/GMLA. The RSV can tow the M1095 RST (Figure 1-22) which is capable of carrying an additional 2
LPC/GMLA. With the assigned 2-man crew and the on-board MHE, the crew is capable of loading and
off-loading LPC/GMLA to and from the RSV and RST. The RSV is equipped with secure radio
communications capability that is compatible with the M142 launcher. Additionally, the RSV can be
equipped with a MTS for controlling movement. MTS is a global satellite communications system that
provides text messaging and vehicle tracking capabilities. It allows a commander to determine where his
vehicles are, what their status is, and to communicate with them in near real-time.
1-110. Because the system is satellite-based, as long as the MTS satellite transceiver has an unhindered
view of the satellite, it will be able to communicate with other on-line MTS systems
1-111. The MTS is made up of 2 configurations, the Control Station and the Mobile Unit.
Figure 1-21. M1084A1 Resupply Vehicle
Figure 1-22. M1095 Resupply Trailer
1-112. The Control Station provides command functionality for the MTS and is operated by the battalion
ammunition management section and the battery support platoon headquarters. The control station
configuration (Figure 1-23) consists of a laptop computer with a compact disc-read only memory (CD-
ROM) drive for National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA) map loading, a satellite transceiver with
100-foot cable, a Precision Lightweight GPS Receiver (PLGR) and a portable printer.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-27

Chapter 1
Figure 1-23. MTS Control Station
1-113. The Mobile Unit (Figure 1-24) is designed for permanent installation in a vehicle using an
installation kit designed for that vehicle, and consists of a satellite transceiver and ruggedized computer
with appropriate cabling and a PLGR. It provides text messaging and NGA theater maps for displaying
MTS-equipped vehicles. Each RSV is equipped with a Mobile Unit. Figure 1-24 shows a Mobile Unit
mounted in the RSV cab.
Figure 1-24. MTS Mobile Unit
1-28 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
Figure 1-25. MTS Mobile Unit in the RSV
1-114. The satellite transceiver is placed on a magnetic mount (Figure 1-26) that is permanently mounted
behind the cab. The mount does not increase the height of the vehicle when the transceiver is mounted.
Any mobile unit can be configured to function as a control station.
Figure 1-26. MTS Transceiver Mount
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-29

Chapter 1
COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM

1-115. Tactical command and control and technical fire direction of MLRS units is provided through the
C2 system. The C2 system includes the combination of the radios and computer systems involved in the C2
process. MLRS units primarily use the AFATDS functionality as internal battalion, battery, and platoon C2
devices, AFATDS as the primary devices at echelons above battalion to which the battalion reports. The
AFATDS communicates digitally with the FCS, which is the onboard computer on the launcher. The FCS
provides both technical firing data and launcher fire control. The AFATDS can also communicate digitally
with the following systems:
• Forward observer system (FOS).
• Pocket size Forward Entry Device (PFED).
• Firefinder radar (AN/TPQ-36 and AN/TPQ-37).
• Meteorological measuring set (MMS).
• Airborne target handover system (ATHS).
• Joint surveillance and target attack radar system (JSTARS) common ground station.
• Fire support team (FIST) digital message device (DMD).
• Tactical fire direction system digital message device (TFDMD).
• Tactical Airspace Integration System (TAIS).
AFATS
1-116. AFATDS is the field artillery’s fires warfighting function C2 system within the Army tactical
command and control system (ATCCS). It provides decision aids and an information system for the
control, coordination, and synchronization of all types of fire support means. The objective AFATDS
supports all parts of the fire support system: fire support C2 operational facilities (OPFACs), personnel,
target acquisition, battlefield surveillance, and weapon systems. AFATDS acts as the force field artillery
C2 system .
1-117. The AFATDS functionality provides automated fire support, fire unit status, ammunition
accounting, fire unit database management, fire unit selection, fire unit scheduling, ATACMS platoon and
target air hazard area computation, meteorological coordination, and geometry processing in support of the
MLRS mission.
1-118. AFATDS is interconnected by the area common user system (ACUS), the Army data distribution
system (ADDS), and combat net radio (CNR) communications. AFATDS operates with other services
using joint variable message formats (JVMF) or the United States message text formats (USMTF). The
system complies with standardized message formats derived from the North Atlantic Treaty Organization
(NATO) standardization agreement (STANAG) 2934 and bilateral agreements with the United Kingdom,
Federal Republic of Germany, and other nations, as applicable.
1-119. AFATDS consists of hardware devices, software modules, and necessary communications
equipment to provide seamless C2. The objective version provides full fire support planning, technical and
tactical fire direction, and advanced automated decision aids, all of which significantly contribute to
effective AFOM employment. Units that were previously fielded with AFATDS will receive a software
upgrade package to install into the latest version of the hardware. Each subsequent build will increasingly
automate all fire support tasks, ending with the objective system that will be fully automated.
SURVEY EQUIPMENT
POSITION AZIMUTH DETERMINING SYSTEM
1-120. The survey section of the MLRS battalion is equipped with 3 position azimuth determining
systems (PADS). The PADS is a self-contained surveying system that rapidly determines accurate location,
azimuth, and altitude. The system, operated by 2 Soldiers, gives the MLRS battalion a highly mobile
survey capability.
1-30 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

System Description
GPS
1-121. The Defense Advanced GPS Receiver (DAGR) is a highly accurate satellite signal navigation set
(AN/PSN-13). The set operates as a part of GPS. Up to 5 satellites are tracked continuously and
simultaneously. The AN/PSN-13 has an antenna, keyboard, backlit display, receiver, processor unit, and a
battery.
Note: PADS is always the preferred method of survey over the DAGR because of greater
accuracy.
1-122. The AN/PSN-13 is designed for battlefield use anywhere in the world. It is sealed watertight for
all-weather and day or night operations.
1-123. Capability is included for installation in ground facilities and air, sea, and land vehicles. The
AN/PSN-13 is operated (stand-alone) using prime battery power and an integral antenna. It can be used
with an external power source and an external antenna.
1-124. GPS receivers rely on electronic line of sight with the satellites. Dense foliage, buildings,
mountains, and canyons will mask the signal. All GPS receivers automatically try to track visible satellites
as low as 5 degrees above the level horizon. Each receiver has a function that displays the direction and
vertical angle to the satellite. This display indicates if masking is a problem. Move to another location when
1 satellite signal is masked and another satellite is not visible.
1-125. Multipath (reflected signals) may occur if the GPS antenna is tilted away from a satellite. This may
cause the reflected signal from the satellite to have more signal strength than the direct signal, causing
several hundred meters of position error.
1-126. The PLGR is only useful for position control for MLRS when it provides a figure of merit (FOM)
of 1. The FOM is a number from 1 to 9 located in the upper right portion of the display, which shows the
total estimated position error (EPE) as shown in table 1-4.
Table 1-4. Estimated Position Error

FOM Value Estimated Position Error
1 25 m
2 50 m
3 75 m
4 100 m
5 200 m
6 500 m
7 1,000 m
8 5,000 m
9 > 5,000 m
SECTION V – RADAR
AN/TPQ-36 RADAR
1-127. The AN/TPQ-36 is optimized to locate shorter range, high-angle, lower velocity indirect fire
weapons, such as mortars and shorter range artillery. It can also locate longer-range artillery and rockets
within its maximum range. The planning ranges used as a baseline to position the AN/TPQ-36 are 12
kilometers for artillery and mortars and 24 kilometers for rockets. The minimum range of the AN/TPQ-36
is 750 meters. These planning ranges are where the highest probability of detection lies for the systems
design.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-31

Chapter 1
1-128. The AN/TPQ-36 version 8 electronics upgrade provides reduced emplacement and displacement
times, faster access to data, increased memory, and digital map storage capability. It has a new high-speed
signal processor capable of processing 20 targets per minute, providing for remote operations up to 100
meters from the antenna transceiver group and an enhanced probability of detection. These changes are
accomplished with a new hard disk drive, a flat panel display/control unit, a signal data processor, and a
portable laptop computer mounted in a lightweight multipurpose shelter.
AN/TPQ-37 RADAR
1-129. The AN/TPQ-37 is optimized to locate longer range, low-angle, higher velocity weapons, such as
long-range artillery and rockets. However, it will also locate short-range, high-angle, lower velocity
weapons (mortars and artillery) complementing the AN/TPQ-36. The planning ranges used as a baseline to
position the AN/TPQ-37 are 30 kilometers for mortars and 50 kilometers for rockets. The minimum range
of the system is 3 kilometers. These planning ranges are where the highest probability of detection lies for
the system design.
1-32 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Chapter 2
The MLRS Battalion
MLRS units are organized and equipped to provide field artillery (FA) rocket and
missile fires for the supported commander and to reinforce the fires of other fires
battalions. One MLRS battalion is organic to a fires brigade (FIB). Additional MLRS
units may be attached or assigned to a FIB.
MLRS BATTALION
2-1. The mission of the MLRS battalion is to provide field artillery rocket and missile fires in support
of the brigade combat team (BCT), division, corps, theater army, and joint or multinational forces.
“The battalion may be further attached to a Marine artillery regiment, other Army or joint controlling
headquarters or a multinational force.”
2-2. The MLRS/HIMARS battalion is composed of a headquarters and headquarters (HHB) battery,
and 3 MLRS firing batteries with 6 launchers each. A forward support company (FSC) from the
brigade support battalion is typically attached or assigned. (See figure 2-1). The battalion can operate
as a single unit or it can detach batteries or platoons to perform separate tactical missions.
Figure 2-1. MLRS/HIMARS Battalion Organization
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-1

Chapter 2
HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS BATTERY

2-3. The HHB provides command, control, administrative, and service support for organic and
attached elements. It also procures, distributes, administers, and coordinates supply transactions for
all classes of supply, and coordinates unit maintenance support not within the capabilities of the
firing batteries. The HHB operates as a tactical and administrative headquarters. The headquarters
element will be positioned for the most effective control of the battalion assets commensurate with
the terrain, combat mission and responsiveness to the higher headquarters and supported units. The
HHB is organic to the MLRS battalion and is organized and equipped to coordinate administrative,
logistical, maintenance, and communications support for the battalion headquarters and 3 firing
batteries (see figure 2-2). The functional elements of the HHB are discussed below.
Note: In some cases, the personnel and equipment authorizations may differ from a unit’s
modification table of organization and equipment (MTOE).
Figure 2-2. Headquarters and Headquarters Battery
BATTALION COMMAND SECTION

2-4. The battalion headquarters provides command, control and supervision for all tactical and
administrative operations of the battalion. The section consists of the battalion commander, the
executive officer (XO), and the command sergeant major (CSM). The headquarters controls and
coordinates battalion activities.
HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS BATTERY
Battery Headquarters
2-5. The battery headquarters provides command, control and supervision for the battery. The HQ
consists of the battery commander, first sergeant (1SG), and 1 driver.).
2-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

The MLRS Battalion
Battery Supply Section

2-6. The supply section draws and issues all classes of supply except I, V, VIII, and IX. The supply
section consists of a supply sergeant and an armor. Battery supply sergeants use SAMS-E to order
replenishment from the BSB. The forward support company carries the supplies forward with the next
LOGPAC, or immediately, if needed. Barrier materiel may also be requested as ESPs
S-3 SECTION
2-7. The S-3 section coordinates all tactical, technical and logistical operations and planning for the
battalion. The section employs the batteries to meet the needs of the supported units. It develops warning
orders (WARNORDs), operations orders (OPORD)/field artillery support plans (FASP), and fragmentary
orders (FRAGORDs); maintains the tactical situation maps and overlays; and coordinates tactical
movements and positioning. The S-3 supervises the tactical operations center (TOC) and the operations
section. The section is staffed with the operations officer and the operations sergeant; 2 master
gunner/assistant operations sergeants; chief surveyor; a chemical officer; a chemical, biological,
radiological, nuclear (CBRN) noncommissioned officer (NCO); senior radio operator-maintainer; 2 fire
direction specialists, and 2 radio operator-maintainers.
FIRE DIRECTION CENTER (BATTALION)

2-8. The fire direction center (FDC) has tactical control over, and provides tactical fire direction to, the
firing batteries. The fire direction officer (FDO) supervises the FDC. It is staffed with a chief fire direction
computer, 2 fire direction computers, 4 battery display operators, and 2 fire direction specialists -.
S-2 SECTION
2-9. The S-2 section processes battlefield information and coordinates intelligence requirements within
the battalion and with the supported maneuver units and military intelligence assets. The S-2 supervises
the section, which includes a targeting officer, the intelligence sergeant, an intelligence analyst, and a fire
direction specialist. The intelligence section—
• Provides intelligence and security information.
• Conducts FA-focused intelligence preparation of the battlefield (IPB).
• Tracks the priority intelligence requirements (PIR) related to fire support.
• Develops the PIR related to the battalion protection warfighting functions.
• Manages all attached field artillery target acquisition systems and Army, joint, and national sensor
system down-links under the battalion's operational control.
• Coordinates with the S-3 for survey support for attached target acquisition (TA) assets.
• Processes and correlates targeting data to include predicting and monitoring assigned high-payoff
target (HPT) locations and passing this information to the controlling FA headquarters and the
battalion FDC.
• Coordinates the battalion ground and air defense plans with the batteries, and nominates zone
coverage and cueing schedules for all attached radars.
SURVEY SECTION
2-10. The survey section provides survey support for the battalion and operates under the control of
the S-3/operations section. This section consists of the 3 PADS team chiefs, 3 PADS vehicle drivers,
and 3 FA surveyors for the M270, 1 Pads team chief and 1 Pads vehicle driver for M270A1/HIMARS
and one surveyor.
LIAISON SECTION
2-11. The 2 sections provide liaison to the appropriate HQ in accordance with the U.S. command or
support relationship or assigned NATO field artillery tactical task. Two teams are necessary to
accommodate frequent changes in tactical mission assignment, adequately support joint and
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-3

Chapter 2
multinational forces, and provide liaison when supporting Marine air ground task force (MAGTF)
operations or conducting theater missile defense (TMD). Each section consists of a liaison officer
(LNO), liaison sergeant, and liaison specialist. The liaison teams may also augment existing fires cells
(FCs) or fires elements (FEs).
S-6 SECTION
2-12. The S-6 section is responsible for the maintenance and repair of the battalion communications
systems. This section attaches teams forward with firing batteries. The S-6 section consists of the S-6,
a signal support systems chief, 3 forward signal support noncommissioned officers (NCOs), 1 signal
information service specialist, and 1 signal support system specialist.
AUTOMATION MANAGEMENT SECTION

2-13. The automation management section is responsible for management of the battalion local area
network (LAN). The section is composed of 2 LAN managers.
RETRANSMISSION TEAM
2-14. The retransmission (RETRANS) team establishes and maintains the frequency modulated (FM)
retransmission station, as required. Dual retransmission capability is essential to maintaining both FM
voice and data communications over extended distances. The section is composed of the team chief
and 2 radio retransmission operators.
BATTALION S-1 SECTION

2-15. The battalion S-1 section provides administrative and legal support and helps the battalion
commander provide for the welfare of the battalion personnel. The battalion S-1 supervises the section.
The section includes a senior human resources sergeant, 3 human resources sergeants, a paralegal
specialist, and 3 human resources specialists.
UNIT MINISTRY TEAM

2-16. The ministry team (UMT) facilitates and coordinates religious support for the battalion
commander and is composed of the chaplain and chaplain’s assistant. UMT duties include providing
worship opportunities; administering sacraments, rites, and ordinances; providing pastoral counseling;
ministering to casualties; and providing spiritual fitness training to enhance soldier morale and unit
cohesion. The chaplain personally delivers religious support to the battalion. The chaplain’s assistant
performs religious support duties and coordination for religious programs, worship, and crisis
intervention.
MEDICAL SERVICES
Medical Platoon Headquarters

2-17. The platoon HQ coordinates the operations, administration, and logistics of the medical platoon.
The medical platoon leader, field medical assistant, and section NCO comprise the HQ. The medical
treatment section provides battalion medical support. This section includes the medical treatment team,
combat medic team, and ambulance team.
Medical Treatment Team

2-18. The medical treatment team provides unit level combat health support to the battalion. The
medical treatment team includes a physician assistant, a health care sergeant and 2 health care
specialists.
2-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

The MLRS Battalion
Medical Evacuation Squad

2-19. The medical evacuation squad provides evacuation of casualties from the battalion aid station to
the nearest supporting medical company treatment facility or evacuation point. This team consists of 1
ambulance team leader and an ambulance aide/driver.
Combat Medic Section

2-20. This section consists of 6 trauma specialists. A trauma specialist is allocated to each firing platoon
to perform immediate life saving measures to casualties.
SUPPLY AND SERVICES
Battalion S-4 Section

2-21. The battalion S-4 section establishes the administrative and logistics operating center (ALOC) and
coordinates the overall logistical activities of the battalion. It works closely with the operations section in
monitoring the resupply of ammunition and fuel. The battalion S-4 supervises the battalion S-4 section
and the battalion ammunition officer (BAO), and serves as an ALOC shift leader. The section includes a
property book officer, a senior maintenance supervisor, a supply sergeant, an assistant supply sergeant, a
property book NCO, and 2 supply specialists. .
Ammunition Management Section

2-22. The BAO monitors the ammunition status of the battalion and manages all aspects of ammunition
resupply. The section is composed of the ammunition officer, ammunition sergeant, and a vehicle driver.
FIRING BATTERY
2-23. MLRS firing batteries provide medium-range rocket and long-range missile fires in support of the
brigade, division, corps, theater Army, joint or multinational forces, and MAGTFs, or in the conduct of
TMD to destroy, neutralize, or suppress the enemy. The firing battery is organic to an MLRS battalion,
and may be further attached to a Marine artillery regiment, multinational forces in support of multinational
initiatives, or other controlling headquarters, as required.
2-24. Whether the MLRS battalion is organic, assigned, or attached to a FIB, the MLRS firing batteries
are organized the same and are structured for semi-independent operations. The MLRS firing battery
consists of a battery headquarters, a battery operations center (BOC), a support platoon, and 2 firing
platoons (see figure 2-3).
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-5

Chapter 2
Figure 2-3. MLRS Firing Battery
FIRING BATTERY HEADQUARTERS

2-25. The battery headquarters (HQ) provides command and control over all elements of the battery.
The HQ is composed of the commander, 1SG, and a vehicle driver. The battery commander, 1SG, and
the BOC provide the necessary C2 of the battery.
BATTERY OPERATIONS CENTER

2-26. The BOC provides tactical fire direction planning and directs battery operations in coordination
with the battery commander. It plans, coordinates, and executes tactical movements and positioning,
maintains situational understanding for the battery. The operations officer supervises the BOC, which
is staffed with a battery operations sergeant, an FDC section chief, 2 battery display operators, 4 fire
direction specialists, and the CBRN NCO.
FIRING PLATOON HEADQUARTERS X2

2-27. The platoon headquarters conducts site reconnaissance and supervises launcher positioning and
operations. It performs all command, control, and logistic coordination functions for the platoon. Each
platoon operation center (POC) includes the platoon leader, platoon sergeant, a reconnaissance
sergeant, a battery display operator, 2 fire direction specialists, and a driver. The headquarters performs
tactical fire direction, when required. The firing platoon leader provides command and control for the
firing platoon. Each platoon HQ typically controls 3 firing sections.
FIRING SECTION X6
2-28. The 6 firing sections are normally equally divided between the 2 platoon HQ. The firing section
is responsible for tactically positioning the launcher for survivability and engaging the enemy with
indirect fire. Each firing section lays, aims, loads, and fires the launcher. The section performs all
technical fire control, operator maintenance, and launcher organizational maintenance. Each firing
section includes a section chief, a gunner, and a launcher driver.
2-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

The MLRS Battalion
SUPPORT PLATOON
Support Platoon Headquarters

2-29. The support platoon HQ supervises organizational supply and maintenance activities, to include
Class V re-supply, in support of battery operations. The platoon headquarters includes a platoon leader, a
platoon sergeant and a vehicle driver. The platoon leader commands and controls the support platoon. The
platoon consists of 2 ammunition sections, a supply section.
Ammunition Section x2
2-30. Each ammunition section provides Class V (rocket, missile, and small arms ammunition) support
to the battery. The section chief supervises the ammunition section. Each section includes an assistant
section chief and 10 MLRS ammunition specialists.
Supply Section
2-31. The supply section includes the supply sergeant and an armor. The section requisitions and
distributes supplies for the battery elements, distributes Class III to battery elements and provides small
arms repairs.
FORWARD SUPPORT COMPANY

2-32. The forward support company (FSC) is organic to the BSB and assigned to the MLRS battalion.
The FSC provides field maintenance, subsistence (Class I), and supply distribution for the battalion. The
FSC consists of a company headquarters, a field feeding section, a field maintenance platoon and a
distribution platoon. It can operate from the battalion field trains, combat trains, or split and operate from
both trains. The distribution platoon provides distribution of all classes of supply except Class VIII
(medical). Class VIII is distributed by the medical platoon. It is not designed to carry an authorized
stockage list (ASL), except as necessary to support issue and turn-in operations. It may carry critical
LRUs and combat spares as authorized or directed. The field maintenance platoon can function
consolidated or split, depending on the METT-TC. The field maintenance platoon consists of a
maintenance control section, service and recovery section, base maintenance section, and 2 maintenance
support teams (MSTs) to support the firing batteries.
BATTALION DUTIES
2-33. The following discussions cover the major duties of personnel in MLRS units. They are not
intended to be all-inclusive but rather to highlight major functions unique to the system.
BATTALION COMMANDER
2-34. The battalion commander, aided by the battery commanders and staff, controls all the tactical,
training, logistical, and administrative activities of the battalion. He directs employment of the battalion in
accordance with assigned missions. He works closely with the commanders of supported and supporting
units to accomplish the battalion's mission. He establishes policies to promote discipline and morale
within the battalion.
COMMAND SERGEANT MAJOR

2-35. The command sergeant major (CSM) is the senior NCO in the battalion. The CSM is responsible
for executing established policies and enforcing standards pertaining to performance, care, conduct,
appearance, personnel management, and training of enlisted soldiers. The CSM provides advice and
makes recommendations to the commander and staff on all matters pertaining to enlisted soldiers and their
families.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-7

Chapter 2
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
2-36. The XO directs, supervises, and ensures coordination of the battalion staff and sections. The XO
oversees all logistical functions and acts on behalf of the commander to direct the logistical support of the
battalion. He commands the battalion in the absence of the commander.
S-1
2-37. The S-1 is the coordinating staff officer for all matters concerning human resources support
(military and civilian). The S-1 provides technical direction to fires battalion units in the areas of:
personnel readiness management (PRM), personnel accounting and strength reporting (PASR), personal
information management (PIM), casualty operations, postal operations, essential personnel services
(EPS), reception, replacement, return to duty, rest and recuperation, and redeployment (R5), HR
planning, and morale, welfare, and recreation (MWR) operations. The S-1 coordinates with the battalion
UMT, medical platoon and is the staff point of contact for equal opportunity, retention, inspector
general, and morale support activities. The S-1 shares responsibility with the S-4 for manning
sustainment cell operations and serve as a shift leader in the ALOC. The responsibilities of the S-1 also
include—.
• Plan, direct and manage HR core competencies (PASR, PIM, PRM, R5, MWR, EPS, postal
operations, casualty operations, and HR planning)
• Coordinate all aspects of Health Service Support, military pay, and religious support within the
battalion. (Ensure activities support tactical plans, their branches and sequels, and the commander's
desired end-state.)
• Prepare personnel estimates and annexes to plans and OPORD.
With the S-4, prepare paragraph 4 of the battalion OPORD, FASP (if used), and the logistics
support plan/tab.
Annex I: Service Support
Annex K: Provost Marshal (if required)
Annex N: Contiguous Area Operations (if required)
Annex U: CMO (if required)
Annex V: Public Affairs
• Manage the personnel strength of the battalion and all subordinate units
• Provide oversight for internal Army Records Information Management System (ARIMS)
compliance. (Note: the Military Personnel File is maintained at the FIB S-1.)
• Provide or coordinate forms and publications management, official mail distribution, Privacy Act
and Freedom of Information Act inquiries, and manage Congressional Inquiries (CI) within the
battalion and subordinate units
• Establish and document battalion human relations policies and SOPs
• Coordinate with the HR Ops cell of the supporting FIB or Sustainment Brigade to obtain external
HR support for the battalion.
• Coordinate essential personnel services as directed for all assigned or attached personnel (for
example, promotions, evaluations, ID cards, awards and decorations, leave and pass, records
management, retention, line-of-duty investigations, congressional inquiries, and family inquiries).
• Prepare casualty reports in compliance with all local, theater, and Army policies
• Ensure compliance with command responsibility for casualty correspondence (for example, letters
of condolence and sympathy)
• Coordinates command interests programs as directed; for example, voting assistance program, CFC,
AER, community support programs.
2-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

The MLRS Battalion
• Coordinate legal support of certain personnel activities to include service transfers and discharges,
line of duty investigations, conscientious objector processing, summary court officer
appointments, and military justice
• Coordinating—
Finance services
Enemy prisoner of war (EPW) operations.
Combat health services
S-2
2-38. The S-2 is responsible for battalion intelligence and supervision of the intelligence section. The
principal duties in this area include the following:
• Assists the S-3 in supervision of the TOC.
• Conducts artillery IPB process.
• Develops enemy artillery order of battle and predicts/disseminates enemy artillery locations.
• Develops enemy situation and TA portions of MLRS Bn Operations Order (OPORD) to include
radar deployment order if radar sections are provided to the battalion.
• Develops enemy intelligence requirements related to division MLRS battalion.
• Positions, tasks, and supervises any provided TA assets in conjunction with the S-3.
• Plans, coordinates, and manages any provided Army sensor support.
• Performs target analysis in support of the counter fire fight.
• Analyzes intelligence data received from Army Battle Command Systems (ABCS).
S-3
2-39. The S-3 is responsible for training, planning, and execution of battalion operations. He supervises the
activities of the operations section and manages all aspects of the battalion TOC. The principal duties in this
area include the following:
• Advises the commander on FA organization for combat, MLRS battery positioning, TA asset
positioning and radar zones, and FA attack guidance.
• Provides survivability and movement criteria to the battalion based on mission, enemy, terrain and
weather, troops, time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC).
• Coordinates position area and movement management with batteries and maneuver units, as
required.
• Develops the MLRS BN OPORD.
• Prepares and publishes standing operating procedures (SOPs).
• Supervises FA rehearsals.
• Calculates ammunition basic load based on mission requirements and required supply rate, and
manages battalion ammunition consumption.
S-4
2-40. The S-4 coordinates and manages logistical support for the battalion. He coordinates with the FSC
commander for the execution of support functions, to include ensuring that requisitions for all classes of
supplies have been submitted in a timely manner. He performs as a shift leader in the ALOC. The S-4’s
duties include:
• Advise the commander and staff on all S-4 areas, to include: Logistics C2—centralized versus
decentralized logistics operations, battalion trains concept and positioning.
• Ammunition estimates, distribution, and resupply operations.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-9

Chapter 2
• Transportation requirements and main supply route (MSR) selection and operation.
• Prepare logistics estimates and plans using logistics preparation of the battlefield (LPB)
methodology. With the S-1, prepare paragraph 4 of the battalion OPORD, FASP (if used), and
the logistics support plan/tab.
• Supervise, manage, and coordinate battalion supply and sustainment operations, to include
ammunition and refueling.
• Distribution operations for all classes of supply except Class VIII (medical) within the battalion.
• Recommend logistics priorities and employment of S-4 assets that support the commander’s
intent and mission accomplishment.
• With the S-1, establish and maintain the ALOC. Supervise operations of the ALOC.
• Ensure the S-4 section and the ALOC establish and maintain situational awareness—of the
general situation, FA operations, and sustainment.
• Review the battalion’s essential tasks for critical logistical requirements (for example,
expeditionary support packages (ESPs) of ammunition and vehicle refuel).
S-6
2-41. The S-6 is the principal staff officer for all matters concerning signal operations, automation
management, network management, and information security. The principal duties in this area include the
following:
• Plans and coordinates battalion communications systems integration into supported maneuver unit
and force FA headquarters systems.
• Manages and controls use of battalion information network capabilities.
• Recommends signal support priorities for battalion information operations.
• Manages radio frequency allocations and assignments.
• Performs communications reconnaissance and survey to assist in positioning key battalion
elements.
• Writes MLRS BN OPORD signal paragraph.
• Supervises signal support personnel.
• Establishes automation systems administration and security procedures for automation hardware
and software employed by the battalion.
• Serves as battalion COMSEC custodian.
• Coordinates battalion LAN configuration.
OPERATIONS OFFICER
2-42. The operations officer assists in developing WARNORDs, OPORDs, and FRAGORDs; maintains
the tactical situation maps and overlays; and plans and coordinates tactical movements and positioning. He
develops the execution matrix. The operations officer works directly for the S-3 and is a TOC duty officer.
FIRE DIRECTION OFFICER

2-43. The battalion fire direction officer (FDO) is primarily responsible for supervising all tactical fire
direction in the battalion. On the basis of guidance from the commander and S-3, the FDO decides where
and how the battalion (and any reinforcing units) will fire. The principal duties in this area include −
• Secure and supervise input of appropriate parameters into the AFATDS database.
• Analyze requested targets for attack by field artillery in terms of desired effects, method of fire,
and types of ammunition required.
• Ensure complete dissemination of fire plans to subordinate elements.
2-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

The MLRS Battalion
• Conduct rehearsals of fire plans with subordinate and reinforcing firing units as well as attached
acquisition assets and sensor system down links.
• Establish and maintain digital communications within the battalion, its attachments, and the
controlling force field artillery headquarters if one is designated by the supported commander.
LIAISON OFFICER
2-44. The liaison officer (LNO) directs the liaison team and represents the MLRS battalion commander
with supported units. The LNO also advises the supported commander on battalion capabilities, limitations,
and disposition; recommends employment options and helps coordinate fires of the MLRS battalion with
other fire support assets; and keeps the MLRS battalion commander informed on the current situation of the
supported unit and on future requirements.
CHEMICAL OFFICER
2-45. The chemical officer advises the commander and staff on CBRN defense matters and serves as shift
leader in the battalion TOC. The chemical officer prepares the CBRN portion of plans and orders and
prepares CBRN estimates and SOPs. He is the chief CBRN trainer for the battalion.
AMMUNITION OFFICER
2-46. The BAO coordinates with the XO, S-3, S-4, and support platoon leaders in requesting ammunition,
and planning and executing the ammunition distribution plan within the battalion. He supervises the
ammunition management section. The BAO recommends the method of control for battalion ammunition
resupply operations. The BAO may consolidate some of the resupply vehicles at battalion to provide long-
haul capability and deliver ammunition to the firing batteries. The principal duties in this area include the
following:
• Coordinates ammunition resupply operations with higher headquarters.
• Performs mission analysis to verify that ammunition handling capabilities can support operations.
• Ensures ammunition accountability.
• Ensures that proper ammunition basic load mix is distributed to firing batteries.
• Monitors the command and administrative/logistics net for ammunition requirements.
• Manages ammunition turn-in.
CHAPLAIN
2-47. The battalion chaplain advises commanders on moral and ethical matters. He develops a religious
support plan, and coordinates and conducts garrison services, field services, and soldier welfare ministries.
He provides counseling, as required, for all soldiers and helps maintain the moral and spiritual well being of
all personnel. He operates from the battalion trains.
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT
2-48. The physician assistant (PA) advises the commander on all health-related issues, is responsible for
immediate medical services for field casualties within the battalion, and coordinates all medical support
with higher headquarters in coordination with the S-3 and S-1. The PA supervises the operations of the
battalion medical treatment team.
PROPERTY BOOK OFFICER

2-49. The property book officer (PBO) coordinates all supply activities in the battalion and is responsible
for maintaining property accountability and the battalion property book. The PBO helps the battery supply
sergeant request and receive supplies by coordinating with supporting supply activities; works closely with
the operations section in monitoring the resupply of ammunition and fuel; and supervises the battalion
supply section in the absence of the S-4.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-11

Chapter 2
HHB COMMANDER
2-50. The HHB battery commander is responsible for the training, combat readiness, morale, and welfare
of the headquarters battery. The HHB commander is responsible for maintaining personnel and equipment
readiness within the HHB battery. He ensures supply, maintenance, and administrative support for HHB
elements. The HHB commander may conduct position area reconnaissance, selection, and occupation of
position (RSOP) for the battalion HQ. He develops the defense plan for the TOC.
HHB FIRST SERGEANT

2-51. The HHB 1SG is the senior NCO in the battery, and provides leadership and guidance to the battery's
enlisted personnel. He is the primary administrative and logistics coordinator for the battery. The HHB 1SG
is responsible for all internal and external administrative and logistical duties.
FIRING BATTERY
BATTERY COMMANDER
2-52. The firing battery commander is responsible for the training, combat readiness, morale, and welfare
of the firing battery. The principal duties in this area include the following:
• Directs the employment of the battery in accordance with assigned missions.
• Establishes standards and provides guidance for current and future operations.
• Plans and conducts reconnaissance of the unit headquarters position.
• Designates general areas for each platoon.
• Ensures proper terrain coordination with higher headquarters to facilitate timely position
occupations by battery vehicles and personnel.
• Establishes and maintains training standards for the battery.
FIRST SERGEANT
2-53. The firing battery first sergeant (1SG) is the senior NCO in the battery. The 1SG provides leadership
and guidance to the battery's enlisted personnel and is the primary administrative and logistics coordinator
for the battery. The 1SG is responsible for supervising internal and coordinating external administrative and
logistical duties activities with the exception of rocket/missile ammunition and maintenance. The principal
duties in this area include the following:
• Guides and supervises internal battery support activities such as battery supply PMCS.
• Directly supervises the battery clerk and combat medics.
• Coordinates with the BOC and LOC (support platoon leader/sergeant) for overall battery
administrative and logistics support of the firing platoons.
• Ensures that the above support is timely, adequate, and efficient.
• Develops and supervises the battery defense.
BATTERY OPERATIONS OFFICER

2-54. The battery operations officer is the S-3 of the firing battery. He supervises the BOC, and plans and
coordinates tactical movement and positioning with the commander's guidance. The operations officer
processes intelligence information and maintains situational understanding of battery operations. He
coordinates logistics efforts with the support platoon leader. The principal duties in this area include the
following:
• Supervises C2 of battery elements.
• Establishes and maintains communications with battery elements and higher headquarters.
• Coordinates with controlling artillery and/or appropriate maneuver headquarters.
• Coordinates position areas.
2-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

The MLRS Battalion
• Supervises fire control section within the BOC. Responsible for timely transmission of fire orders
to the firing platoons or launchers.
• Oversees selection of firing elements to fire.
• Monitors fire support coordination measures (FSCMs).
• Maintains status of battery elements.
• Tracks the battle and monitors situation reporting.
BATTERY OPERATIONS SERGEANT

2-55. The battery operations sergeant, is the primary assistant to the battery operations officer, who
directly supervises the FDC and FDC operations and organizes the BOC for 24-hour operation, directs its
setup, and controls the battery radio nets. In coordination with the operations officer, the fire control
sergeant monitors all radio transmissions and ensures that all pertinent information and fire missions are
quickly relayed to the proper agencies, maintains the fire direction capabilities map, supervises upkeep of
FDC operations records and reports, and keeps the operations officer informed
FDC SECTION CHIEF

2-56. The FDC section chief provides technical fire direction expertise and assists in training FDC
personnel, and controls the battery radio nets. In coordination with the operations officer and NCO, the fire
control sergeant monitors all radio transmissions and ensures that all pertinent information and fire missions
are quickly relayed to the proper agencies, maintains the fire direction capabilities map, supervises upkeep
of FDC operations records and reports, and keeps the operations officer informed.
FIRING PLATOON LEADER

2-57. The firing platoon leader commands and controls the firing platoon. In a tactical environment, he
develops and communicates OPORDs and ensures that his unit prepares for combat. The firing platoon
leader is responsible for platoon operations including RSOPs, tactical movement, firing position
occupation, survivability actions, CBRN protective measures enforcement, and situation reporting to
higher and adjacent headquarters. He implements guidance and direction from the battery commander .
2-58. The platoon leader designates platoon launchers to fire selected munitions. He also designates the
operational status of the launchers and determines their employment sequence based on guidance from the
battery commander, BOC, and mission requirements. The platoon leader then sends this information to the
BOC, which selects the launchers to fire. The principal duties in this area include –
• Ensuring timely and accurate system and soldier status reporting to higher headquarters. Relays
accurate and timely information pertaining to current and future operations, enemy and friendly
situations, and fire missions to and from platoon elements.
• Ensuring platoon ability to sustain continuous day/night operations under all conditions, including
a CBRN environment.
• Selecting POC site, SCPs, and platoon operational areas.
• Planning and issuing platoon OPORD as required.
• Training the POC.
• Conducting platoon rehearsals.
• Coordinating platoon combat support.
FIRING PLATOON SERGEANT

2-59. The firing platoon sergeant supervises the platoon HQ, including operations with the platoon
AFATDS, and ensures that all reports submitted to the BOC are accurate and timely. In the platoon
operations area (OPAREA), the firing platoon sergeant controls the ammunition vehicles and monitors
ammunition resupply. He must be prepared to reconnoiter firing points, reload points, and ammunition
holding areas (AHAs). The firing platoon sergeant maintains the status of launcher sections; plans and
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-13

Chapter 2
coordinates the defense of the platoon elements; and assists the platoon leader in command, control, and
execution of the platoon mission.
RECONNAISSANCE SERGEANT
2-60. The reconnaissance sergeant is the platoon leader’s driver and assists him in the reconnaissance of the
platoon area. The reconnaissance sergeant advises the platoon leader on the placement of the launchers,
resupply points, and the launcher firing points. The reconnaissance sergeant also checks the mask in the
firing point areas.
FIRING SECTION CHIEF

2-61. The firing section chief is responsible for all activities involving the launcher. This includes selecting
the hide area and firing point in accordance with guidance given by the platoon leader/sergeant; ensuring
the launcher is properly emplaced and prepared for action; measuring and reporting immediate mask to the
firing platoon HQ; and observing and checking the functioning of equipment during firing, movement, and
reload operations. He immediately reports errors, unusual incidents, or equipment malfunctions to the
platoon HQ.
SUPPORT PLATOON LEADER

2-62. The support platoon leader commands and controls the support platoon. He is the primary logistics
coordinator for the battery. The support platoon leader is responsible for coordinating battery support to
include ammunition resupply, maintenance, food service, and supply efforts. The responsibilities include
working closely with the firing platoon leaders, BOC, and battalion ALOC in the coordination of logistical
support for the battery. The principal duties in this area include the following:
• Coordinates with the controlling headquarters to determine the location and status of support
activities. These activities include the supporting maintenance activity; nearest water and ration
distribution point; nearest petroleum, oils, and lubricants (POL) distribution point; supporting
shower and laundry points; and supporting Class II and Class VII activities.
• Coordinates with the firing platoon leaders for the distribution of ammunition and fuel to the firing
platoons.
• Establishes logistics operations center (LOC).
• Supervises ammunition resupply operations with the supporting ammunition transfer point or
ammunition supply point.
• Monitors refueling operations.
• Establishes and sets up the battery logistics release point (LRP).
• Positions ammunition sections within the battery ammunition holding area.
• Coordinates with the battalion ALOC for maintenance support and directs battery maintenance
efforts.
SUPPORT PLATOON SERGEANT

2-63. The support platoon sergeant is the primary assistant to the support platoon leader, who selects and
reconnoiters routes to and from the ammunition transfer point (ATP) and ammunition supply point (ASP),
directs and commands convoy movements of ammunition vehicles, and coordinates with the battalion
ammunition officer for all Class V resupply. He keeps the ammunition document register and
accountability files. If an LRP is used, the support platoon sergeant helps the support platoon leader
supervise it.
SUPPLY SERGEANT
2-64. The battery supply sergeant directs supply personnel in establishing supply and inventory control
management functions and also maintains property under the standard property book system. He reviews
2-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

The MLRS Battalion
daily and monthly records of issues of operating supplies, provides technical assistance to the armorer and
assists and advises the commander.
FORWARD SUPPORT COMPANY

FORWARD SUPPORT COMPANY COMMANDER
2-65.The FSC commander is the only school-trained and experienced logistician in the MLRS fires
battalion. He knows best how to employ the FSC in support of the tactical plan. The FSC commander
should be involved in the planning process to assist the S-4 in determining logistics requirements and
integrating the concept of support with the tactical plan.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 2-15

Chapter 3
Employment
MLRS units are employed to provide field artillery (FA) rocket and missile fires in
support of the brigade combat team, division, corps, army, joint or multinational
forces, and MAGTFs, or in the conduct of theater missile defense (TMD) to destroy,
neutralize, or suppress the enemy. Successful MLRS operations start with a sound
organization for combat that maximizes MLRS capabilities to support the elements of
full spectrum operations - offense, defense, and stability /civil support (in the US)
operations .
This section implements STANAG 2934, chapter 4.
SECTION I – OPERATIONS IN WAR
GENERAL EMPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

3-1. The division, corps, and joint task force (JTF) commanders' areas of operation normally include all
areas occupied by enemy forces that may jeopardize completion of the current mission. Often, MLRS can
engage enemy forces to the full depth of those areas of operations.
SYSTEM CAPABILITIES
3-2. The flexibility of the MLRS makes it an important fire support asset to combined arms commanders
at all levels. The battalion's automated C2 capabilities; the organizational structure; and the system range,
firepower, and munitions all contribute to this flexibility.
3-3. The battalion C2 system can interface automatically with most other C2 systems, as well as TA and
sensor systems.
3-4. The MLRS organizational structure allows assignment of tactical missions down to the firing battery
and platoon levels, if required. The MLRS firing batteries are equipped to operate independently from
parent battalion control. The MLRS firing platoons may execute separate standard or nonstandard tactical
missions for limited periods. Augmentation of platoon assets increases this semi-independent capability.
3-5. The MLRS range, firepower, and munitions give fire support planners flexibility in supporting the
commander's concept of operation.
MISSION AND ENEMY

3-6. The commander's scheme of maneuver, the enemy's capabilities, and predicted courses of action
identified by the IPB are the next considerations in employing MLRS. Emerging doctrine considers is
based on effects achieved, not necessarily on who provides them or their location within the area of
operations.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-1

Chapter 3
FIRES IN THE UNASSIGNED AREA

3-7. Division commanders designate decisive, shaping, and sustaining operations within the AO if
necessary. Designating these areas provides a tool for analyzing spatial relationships between enemy and
friendly combat forces. The field artillery provides fires throughout the area of operations (AO).
3-8. The targeting methodology for planning and executing fires is decide, detect, deliver, and assess
(D3A). This methodology requires that targets and their areas of engagement be planned during the decide
phase. The D3A methodology and the doctrine for planning and executing fire support in shaping
operations are addressed in FM 6-20-10.
3-9. Long-range fires are planned and scheduled as opposed to immediate, unscheduled fires on targets of
opportunity. In the planning process, the following must be considered:
• Rocket and Army Tactical Missile System (ATACMS) stockage levels and locations.
Management and delivery of munitions depend heavily on fire planning decisions made early in
the planning process.
• TA and sensor system availability and cueing to detect and/or track targets.
• C2 linkage to the MLRS firing unit, and target acquisition and sensor systems.
Fires in the Unassigned

3-10. The MLRS can support the commander's area shaping operations with rockets and ATACMS missile
fires. With ranges of out to 300 kilometers, the ATACMS is well suited for attack of long-range HPTs,
including those with extremely short dwell times where minimizing the time from acquisition to firing is
critical. The range capability also allows engagement across the front laterally. The warhead description
and capabilities of the ATACMS missile are addressed in chapter 1.
Fires in Close Combat

3-11. MLRS rocket range exceeds most cannon munitions and allows force commanders the opportunity to
complement cannon fire with a lethal indirect fire capability, enhancing maneuver force protection and
influencing the outcome of operations. MLRS can be used for counter fire, raids, suppression of enemy air
defenses (SEAD), and engaging deeper targets than those that can be ranged by cannon artillery that impact
close combat. The targets best suited for MLRS rockets in the close combat are personnel, light materiel,
command posts (CPs), and artillery. The M31 guided MLRS (GMLRS) unitary warhead munitions offer a
significant destructive capability while reducing the possibility of collateral damage. However, the MLRS
M26/M26A2 rocket has a large "footprint" (dispersion of sub munitions in the target area), which requires
detailed planning when delivered close to friendly troops. Planners should also consider the probability of
dud sub munitions in the target area. The same planning factors used for 155 millimeter or Air Force-
delivered DPICM should be used for MLRS. Planners must consider the risk when firing DPICM MLRS
rockets into areas that friendly units could occupy or pass through during future operations.
Fires in the Contiguous Area

3-12. The objective of fires in the contiguous area is to protect and ensure the functioning of force and
capabilities to ensure freedom of action and continuity of operations. Use of MLRS fires in support of units
in the contiguous area is may be limited if M31 GMLRS rounds are not available. The unguided MLRS
munitions are best suited for area rather than point targets. Unguided MLRS rockets, because of the nature
of these munitions (DPICM) and the large number of wheeled vehicle and "soft" friendly assets in the
contiguous area may not be the fire support (FS) munitions of choice for contiguous area operations.
Special circumstances may dictate, however, that MLRS be used in support of division or corps response
force operations and/or tactical combat force operations. For example, the risk of friendly troops in the
vicinity of MLRS targets may be acceptable in light of the overall situation. Additionally, targets may be
out of range of cannon artillery, and other fire support, such as mortars and aviation, may not be available.
3-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
POSITIONING
3-13. Proper and well coordinated positioning and employment of MLRS units increase their effectiveness.
The ability to accomplish its assigned essential or field artillery tasks is the primary consideration for
positioning an MLRS unit. Other considerations include—
• Minimum as well as maximum range.
• Communications to higher, adjacent, and subordinate units.
• Firing signature.
• Availability of suitable terrain.
• Facilitation of future operations.
3-14. When required by assigned fire support or field artillery tasks, MLRS units fight positioned forward,
as close to the FLOT as possible, to maximize the system’s ability to attack at long range. Positioning
launchers forward and intermixing them with other fire support systems and maneuver units in the brigade
combat team (BCT) sector degrades the ability of the enemy to template MLRS operations and locations.
Positioning forward, however, does increase the risk to soldiers because MLRS units have a limited ability
to defend themselves against ground attack.
3-15. When positioning forward, minimum range is a consideration. Positioning forward also increases
coordination requirements because, when it fires, the MLRS signature increases the vulnerability of all
elements in the immediate vicinity of the launchers to enemy fires.
3-16. Shoot and scoot tactics and ATACMS off-axis capability are used to reduce the enemy's ability to
acquire and engage MLRS launchers with indirect fires.
3-17. The lethality and range of MLRS make it an HPT for threat ground maneuver and special operations
forces, which hunt down launchers that cannot be attacked by counter fire.
3-18. Digital communications are essential for effective MLRS operations. Communication requirements,
particularly FM electronic line-of-sight, are a key consideration when selecting position areas.
PLANNING AND COORDINATION
Planning
3-19. Employment of the MLRS requires thorough planning and coordination. Operations orders, fire
support plans/annexes, and field artillery support plans should all include detailed tasks and instructions for
MLRS units. These instructions should include types and amounts of ammunition by unit, platoon, and/or
launcher posturing, and FCS configurations for specific launchers. Planners should consider the need for
launcher redundancy in the allocation of targets. If resources allow, assign both primary and backup
launchers to ensure timely target attack.
Rehearsals
3-20. Rehearsals are an integral part of the planning process for all operations. A rehearsal should both
practice and test the plan. If at all possible, the rehearsal should be conducted with the force commander's
rehearsal. A combined rehearsal will improve responsiveness of fires and the synchronization of all the
force commander's resources for the battle.
Rocket Fires
3-21. Rockets will normally be fired at targets within the division area of operations by an attached or
reinforcing MLRS battalion or a fires brigade (FIB). These units supporting the division are normally under
the control of the division FC or a FIB, which may be designated by the supported commander as the force
artillery HQ. See table 4-3 for information on MLRS rocket capabilities.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-3

Chapter 3
Missile Fires
3-22. The employment of ATACMS missiles will normally be retained at corps and higher levels. An
attached or reinforcing MLRS battalion may, however, fire missiles that have been apportioned to the
division to support its mission. Therefore, all firing elements and platforms of the MLRS battalion must be
prepared for ATACMS missions. The planning tasks and functions necessary for the employment of
ATACMS will be managed under centralized control, normally at echelons above division (EAD). Corps
and other EAD can integrate the necessary target and intelligence information and coordinate/deconflict
targets at operational depths.
Execution
3-23. The key to effective employment of ATACMS is planning and coordination (prior to execution).
Execution functions for fixed or non-mobile targets may also be initiated under centralized control.
Responsiveness may be improved by tailoring linkages to allow shorter paths (decentralized execution)
from target acquisition sources through FIB or MLRS battalion nodes to the launcher for the attack of time-
sensitive targets. If the force commander desires to decentralize execution for certain targets (typically high
priority fleeting targets that are vulnerable to attack for very short periods of time), he will normally
designate a subordinate commander (unit) as the execution authority.
Targets
3-24. The target sets for ATACMS Blocks I and IA include soft, sitting, and/or emitting high priority
targets. The targets include major command and control nodes, air defense weapons and radars, logistics
storage facilities, helicopter operating bases, surface-to-surface missile systems, multiple rocket launchers,
and major troop assembly areas.
Note: Accurate reporting of platoon center locations is paramount because these locations are
used to develop and coordinate Air Force restricted operations areas (ROAs). (See chapter 5.)
3-25. Block I, Block IA, Block II and M48/M57Comparison. The most important differences among Block
I, Block IA, Block II M57, are range, payload, guidance, and default submunitions dispense pattern size.
(See table 3-1.) Pattern size can be found in the DP field of the FM;CFF message. There are 3 dispense
patterns for Blocks I and IA: small, medium, and large.
Table 3-1 Block I, Block IA, Block II and M48/M57Comparison

M39 Block I M39A1 Block IA M48/M57 QRU
Range (km) 25-165 70-300 70-270+
950 M74 300 M74 grenades 500 lbs unitary
Payload
grenades charge
Guidance Inertial GPS aided GPS aided
Default Large Medium N/A
Dispense
Pattern Size
Fire Support Coordination Line

3-26. Missile fires will often be located beyond the fire support coordination line (FSCL) because of the
range of the weapon and expected target types. During planning and coordination, there should be emphasis
on establishing procedural controls and the need to deconflict these fires with the joint force, particularly
the air component. Coordination of attacks beyond the FSCL, if established, is especially critical to
commanders of air, land, and special operations forces. Forces attacking targets beyond an FSCL must
inform all affected commanders in sufficient time to allow necessary reaction to avoid fratricide, both in the
air and on the ground. Finally, this coordination assists in avoiding conflicting or redundant attack
3-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
operations. In exceptional circumstances, the inability to conduct this coordination will not preclude the
attack of targets beyond the FSCL.
Launchers
3-27. The M270 launcher can fire the Block I missile. However, because the missile depends on data from
the launcher for its initial position and azimuth data, the time since the launcher's last SRP realignment and
PDS update is very important. The crew must ensure that the launcher's position/azimuth data is current so
the missile gets the most accurate data possible. M270A1/M142 launchers normally receive their position
and azimuth data from global positioning system (GPS). Assuming GPS is functioning normally, these
launchers will always have accurate data for Block I missiles.
3-28. Block IA missiles employ a GPS-augmented inertial navigation system that provides greatly
improved accuracy. There will be a mix of old and new launchers in the force until the M142 launchers is
fully fielded. Until then, mission planners should consider using units equipped with the M270A1 or M142
launcher in the following situations:
• Consider using the M270A1or M142 launcher for missions requiring quick response and the
M270 launchers for the “stay hot, shoot fast” technique (see chapter 5). This technique is typically
used to posture launchers on a firing point at an aim point to attack fleeting targets. It consists of
sending an “at my command (AMC)” mission to the launcher. The launcher acknowledges the
mission, moves to the firing point, lays on the target grid (aim point), then reports “ready” and
time of flight. If the target is detected at or near the aim point grid, the mission is executed in the
normal manner using a “fire” message (or an amended mission that adjusts the grid and changes
the method of control to “when ready [WR]”). This technique eliminates launcher movement from
hide position and elevation time. While the M270 launcher should only remain at aim point for up
to 2 hours, the M270A1 or M142 launcher can remain on an aim point indefinitely. While this
technique saves reaction time, units must assess the threat, including special operations forces
(SOF) and aircraft.
• The MLRS uses 2 basic types of fire missions: planned (scheduled) and targets of opportunity
(unscheduled). If planners anticipate many targets of opportunity suitable for MLRS fires, they
should designate an MLRS unit equipped with the M270A1 or M142 launchers to attack those
targets. The launcher's quicker response time may result in the ability to engage more targets.
• Planners should also consider using units equipped with M270A1 or M142 launchers for fires
when the unit will need to quickly change munitions (for example, rockets to ATACMS). Because
the M270A1 or M142 launchers contain all required software to process and fire all rockets and
missiles onboard, they are the logical choice to provide fires when frequently alternating from
rockets to missiles. Additionally, the LMS allows for improved employment/reaction times for fire
missions, improved survivability because of decreased displacement time, and increased
operational tempo and ammunition throughput because of decreased reload time and overall
mission cycle times. The increased memory and embedded GPS gives the M270A1 or M142
launcher the capability to fire GPS-enhanced munitions.
3-29. Maneuver and force FA commanders must consider the following items when planning for MLRS
fire support.
Fire Missions
3-30. MLRS fires typically require longer reaction times than cannon systems. Thus, the MLRS is better
suited for planned missions. Both scheduled and unscheduled missions are used in the offensive and
defensive phases of the battle.
Configuration Time
3-31. Configuration time for the M270 launcher is dependent on the requirement to load weapon files into
the launcher fire control system (FCS). If ammunition requirements for a particular operation can be
anticipated, the corresponding weapon files should be loaded before fire missions begin. Then, as fire
missions require transitioning from one of the anticipated munitions to another, no additional time would
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-5

Chapter 3
be required for software configuration of the FCS. If, however, different ammunition were requested that
required loading a new weapon file, configuration time would increase.
Note: When planners have both M270 and M270A1 or M142 launchers available, see
paragraphs 3-27 and 3-28 for planning considerations.
Reaction Time
3-32. The MLRS units normally require at least 30 minutes to process and execute a fire plan. Using
methods other than the non-nuclear fire plan function of AFATDS can reduce this time (for example,
establish a series of time on targets [TOTs], use AMC method of control, and so forth).
Launcher Response Time

3-33. The MLRS response time on any given mission may vary from 2 to 20 minutes.
Munition Load
3-34. Table 3-2 indicates the types of munitions each launcher is capable of shooting:
Table 3-2. Launcher Capabilities

Launcher Rockets ATACMS
M26 M26A2 ER- M30/31 M39 M39A1 M48/M57
MLRS GMLRS Block I Block IA QRU
M270 X X X
M270A1 X X X X X X
M142 X X X X X X
3-35. The unit mission dictates an ammunition load and resupply necessities. Mission changes may require
exchange of part or all of the unit ammunition stocks. Because of launcher response times in units equipped
with the M270 launcher, a battery will normally have no more than 2 types of munitions while a platoon
will normally carry only 1 type of ammunition.
Munition Range
3-36. The ammunition minimum and maximum ranges must be considered in positioning elements and
assigning missions. (See table 3-3.)
Table 3-3. Range Comparison

System Minimum Range Maximum Range
MLRS M26 Rocket (DPICM) 8 km* 32.5 km
MLRS M26A2 Rocket (ER) (DPICM) 13 km 45 km
MLRS M30 Rocket (Guided) (DPICM) 15 km 70 km
MLRS M31 Rocket (Guided) (HE) 15 km 70 km
ATACMS M39 Missile Block I (APAM) 25 km 165 km
ATACMS M39A1 Missile Block IA (APAM) 70 km 300 km
ATACMS M39A3 Missile Block II (BAT) 35 km 145 km
ATACMS M48/57 Missile Quick Reaction 70 km 270 km
Unitary
km = kilometer
3-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
* Sub munitions dud rates increase at ranges less than 10 km. The system software will allow firing
at ranges down to 5 km.
Rehearsals
3-37. Units must establish procedures for rehearsals as a part of their tactical standing operating procedures
(TSOPs). As a minimum, the SOPs should identify:
• Who will participate in the rehearsal.
• What should be rehearsed.
• What the sequence of the rehearsal will be.
• What the priority of methods for rehearsals will be.
Participants
3-38. The rehearsal should include significant events (such as the maneuver scheme, target acquisition
employment, and obstacle emplacement). The battalion S-3, S-2, FDO, radar personnel (if applicable), and
unit FDCs are all essential participants. When possible, the firing batteries and platoons, down to individual
launcher level, should participate as well. The battalion benefits from the rehearsal by obtaining
information for movement, schedules of fire, munitions requirements, and a more complete understanding
of the operational time involved with the scheme of maneuver.
3-39. If the force commander does not conduct a rehearsal and rehearsal time is available, the S-3 and/or
liaison officer (LNO) should conduct a rehearsal. The existing maneuver operations plan (OPLAN), the fire
support plan, the fire support execution matrix (FSEM), the fires battalion OPORD, and the FA support
plan and matrix should be used. The FSEM is ideal for use in the rehearsal because the rehearsal is
normally conducted by performing and/or reciting the following:
• Actions to occur.
• Possible friendly initiatives.
• Possible reactions to enemy initiatives.
• Control measures.
• Significant events that are to occur in relation to time or to phases of an operation.
3-40. Benefits derived from a rehearsal conducted by only unit personnel depend on how well the leader
conducting the rehearsal understands the force commander's concept of the operation. The battalion
operations section pays particular attention to displacements. The battalion FDC issues fire orders.
Attached radars work situational cues with the cueing agents. Each firing unit conducts tactical and
technical fire direction through launcher level. If alternative friendly courses of action hinge on enemy
actions and if time permits, the alternatives should be rehearsed.
SURVIVABILITY
Movement
3-41. MLRS units move or reposition on a continuing basis to mitigate attack by counter fire and facilitate
engagement of enemy formations and targets. Units conduct RSOP on a continual basis to enhance unit
survivability and to facilitate future operations. The necessity to conduct RSOP and select alternate and
supplementary positions at a fast pace has evolved into what is termed shoot-and-scoot tactics. Shoot-and-
scoot tactics, combined with the wide dispersion of elements, help avoid detection and minimize
vulnerability. However, shoot-and-scoot tactics require more planning and coordination because of
competition for terrain. The battalion staff coordinates continually through the appropriate fire support
channels for the use of terrain. Firing battery commanders and platoon leaders must, however, often
continue that coordination face-to-face with maneuver unit commanders throughout all phases of the
operation.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-7

Chapter 3
Mission
3-42. Although a launcher firing missiles will be a higher priority enemy target, it may be less vulnerable
to counter fire than it is when firing rockets. Factors that contribute to reduced vulnerability when a
launcher is shooting missiles include both shorter times from initial launch to movement away from the
firing point and randomly selected off-axis firings.
Detection
3-43. The key to MLRS survival on the battlefield is the avoidance of detection. Enemy forces can detect
MLRS units firing either rockets or missiles by multiple means.
Air-Ground Observation
3-44. Until it fires, an MLRS launcher is normally difficult to detect by air-ground observation. During
firing, however, the large signature of the launch provides easy location of the firing point by direct
observation.
Counterbattery Radar
3-45. At lower firing elevations (less than 300 mil), MLRS rockets are difficult to detect by counterbattery
radar. At firing elevations greater than 300 mils, the rockets can be more easily acquired because of their
higher trajectory. Factors that further reduce MLRS vulnerability to enemy radar acquisition include the
ATACMS off-axis launch, low radar cross-section, and semiballistic-guided flight program.
Sound Ranging
3-46. The vulnerability of MLRS to detection by sound ranging exceeds that of cannon artillery. Enemy
sound ranging techniques are highly advanced and extremely accurate.
Flash Ranging
3-47. The MLRS is readily detected by flash ranging because of the large visual signature of the launcher
firing. Enemy flash ranging techniques are highly advanced and extremely accurate.
Radio Direction Finding

3-48. Proper communications procedures can reduce detection by enemy radio direction finding. Terrain
masking, fewer and shorter transmissions, and use of low radio power, directional antennas, and frequency-
hopping capabilities can improve survivability.
TASK ORGANIZATION
3-49. The flexibility of the MLRS battalion offers significant fires capability to the combined arms
commander. The battalion automated C2, 10- to 300-kilometer range of munitions, and target acquisition
capabilities all contribute to this flexibility.
3-50. The MLRS organizational structure allows assignment of tactical missions down to the firing battery
and platoon levels, if required. The firing batteries are equipped to operate independently from parent
battalion control for limited time periods. The firing platoons may also execute separate standard or
nonstandard tactical missions.
3-51. The force commander establishes the C2 of MLRS units through task organization or the assignment
of a field artillery tactical task in accordance with STANAG 2934:
• Establish a command or support relationship by placing the unit in a specific tactical
organization.
• Assign a field artillery tactical task in accordance with STANAG 2484. MLRS batteries and
platoons may also be assigned tactical tasks for limited periods.
3-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
COMMAND AND SUPPORT RELATIONSHIPS

3-52. The force commander normally establishes 1 of the following relationships with a tactical unit for
each field artillery unit:
• Organic.
• Assigned.
• Attached.
• Operational control (OPCON).
3-53. One MLRS battalion is organic to the FIB. Additional MLRS battalions may be assigned, attached or
placed OPCON to the FIB.
FIELD ARTILLERY TACTICAL TASK ASSIGNMENT

3-54. The MLRS battalion is capable of complying with the standard Army command and support
relationships identified in FM 3-0 or with the conducting the standard STANAG 2484 NATO FA tactical
tasks and responsibilities of general support, general support reinforcing, reinforcing, and direct support as
well as nonstandard missions.
3-55. The MLRS battalion may be assigned any standard tactical mission consistent with the commander's
fire support guidance. Assignment of a command or support relationship or a NATO FA tactical task
directs the MLRS battalion commander to meet each of the directed and inherent responsibilities of the
relationship or FA tactical task addressed in FM 3-0. The NATO FA tactical tasks are discussed in the
following paragraphs.
GS
3-56. An MLRS unit assigned a GS mission provides FA support for the force as a whole. This is the most
centralized mission for the force commander. It provides fires that are immediately responsive to his needs.
The force commander's planned fires are best provided by those MLRS units with a GS mission. Assigning
a GS MLRS unit a priority of fires allows the supported commander to influence specific areas of the
battlefield.
GSR
3-57. The GSR mission requires the MLRS unit to furnish fires for the force as a whole as its first priority
and to reinforce the fires of another FA unit as its second priority. A GSR unit remains under the tactical
control of the force FA headquarters and responds on a first-priority basis to the needs of that headquarters.
The GSR mission gives the force commander flexibility to meet the needs of various tactical situations. For
example, the MLRS battalion with a GSR mission allows the weighting of a BCT with additional artillery.
The ability to provide DS cannon battalions with additional fires results in a lethal cannon and
rocket/missile mix.
Reinforcing
3-58. The reinforcing mission requires the MLRS battalion to augment the fires of another FA unit. In the
reinforcing role, the MLRS battalion responds on a first-priority basis to the needs of the reinforced unit.
The battalion establishes digital and voice communications with the reinforced FA headquarters and
maintains communications with the force FA headquarters. The battalion must also make provisions to
establish liaison with the reinforced artillery unit. Reinforcing a DS cannon battalion may require the
liaison function to occur at both the reinforced FA battalion headquarters and the brigade combat team FC.
The battalion should ensure that reinforced units are aware of the capabilities and limitations of the MLRS
battalion to include ammunition expenditure and resupply rates.
DS
3-59. The DS mission requires the unit to provide first priority of fires to the supported unit. The DS
mission is the most decentralized tactical mission. Fires and effects are planned and coordinated with the
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-9

Chapter 3
maneuver unit, and the unit commander positions the battalion where it can best support the maneuver
force. Often, establishing appropriate priorities of fire by modifying the GS, reinforcing, or GSR missions
will be adequate to handle those instances where MLRS must be extremely responsive in support of a
specific maneuver force. When possible, MLRS units should reinforce the habitually associated DS cannon
unit rather than assuming the DS mission on their own. However, MLRS units may assume a DS mission.
The following factors should be carefully considered when assigning MLRS units a DS mission:
• The MLRS battalion lacks the organic fire support coordination personnel normally associated
with a DS FA battalion. The liaison sections organic to corps MLRS are not designed to satisfy
this function.
• MLRS battalions may have to shift rapidly from GS to DS mission and back.
• Unguided rockets are best used against area targets and to complement cannon fires.
• Unguided rockets are inherently less precise than cannon projectiles. They have a much larger
circular error probable (CEP) and are, therefore, much less predictable. Inherent random
inaccuracies (bias and precision errors) are discussed in appendix B.
• Cannon fires are normally more responsive than MLRS fires for targets of opportunity. The
M270A1 or M142 launcher, however, improves system responsiveness. Appropriate planning
and coordination may substantially reduce response times as well.
• The MLRS has extensive ammunition resupply considerations that may adversely impact its
ability to sustain continuous fires.
• The MLRS lacks some munitions normally required for a DS mission (such as illumination and
smoke). Alternate sources of illumination and smoke must be coordinated, as required.
• Special consideration must be given to communications and net planning.
• While the DS mission decentralizes the unit fires, the mission provides the force commander an
important shaping tool.
• GMLRS provides improved accuracy and greater range. GMLRS also reduces the dud rate to
support the DS mission more effectively.
Nonstandard Mission
3-60. If the commander's concept of fires cannot be satisfied with 1 of the standard FA tactical missions, a
nonstandard tactical mission may be assigned. These missions amplify, limit, or change 1 or more of the
inherent responsibilities or spell out contingencies not covered by those responsibilities. A nonstandard
mission may be assigned if there is not enough artillery to cover all the contingencies or if an FA battalion,
FA battery, or an MLRS platoon is required to meet the responsibilities of more than 1 tactical mission.
Examples of some nonstandard missions include the following:
• An MLRS firing battery answers calls for fire from an aerial observer. The AFATDS can
communicate digitally with an aerial observer in an OH-58D through the helicopter ATHS, or
the battery FDC can also receive voice calls for fire from aerial observers.
• A FIB MLRS battalion is attached to a Marine Corps or multinational Army force artillery
headquarters. However, the MLRS battalion is positioned and has its fires planned by the
reinforcing FIB headquarters.
• An MLRS battalion is GSR to a DS cannon battalion but is positioned by, and has its fires
planned by, the reinforced FA unit headquarters.
• An MLRS battalion is in a GS role with a quick fire net to the BCT reconnaissance squadron.
TARGET ACQUISITION EMPLOYMENT OPTIONS

CENTRALIZED CONTROL
3-61. If the force FA headquarters designates a separate counter fire headquarters, that headquarters will
control the TA radars. If not, the force FA headquarters will control the radars. Centralized control of
radars optimizes coverage to support the commander's concept of the operation. The S-2, assisted by the
3-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
counter fire officer, will designate each radar’s general position area, a sector of search, and Firefinder
zones. In addition, they will—
• Establish cueing guidance.
• Designate cueing agents.
• Control movement of radars.
• Designate to whom the radars pass targets.
DECENTRALIZED CONTROL
3-62. AN/TPQ-36 radars are normally assigned to the fires battalion/ DS FA cannon battalions. A quick
fire net may be established from the TAB AN/TPQ-37s to an MLRS battalion.
COMBINED CONTROL
3-63. Any combination of centralized and decentralized operational control of radars may be used
according to the tactical situation. Regardless of the control option used, logistical support for the radar
must be considered and maintained during the radar’s tactical employment. Normally, radar sections may
be attached to another field artillery unit for administrative and logistical support.
BATTALION COMMANDER
3-64. The duty location of the MLRS battalion commander at any given time is where he can best execute
the battalion's mission. Tactical mission assignments influence the commander's positioning decisions. For
example, if the battalion has a DS support relationship to the combat aviation brigade, the MLRS battalion
commander might be at the side of the brigade commander in the aviation TOC. In a GS role, the battalion
commander may position himself in the (corps/division) main FC, tactical command post FE, or the MLRS
battalion TOC, depending on the tactical situation and intelligence feeds required. When the MLRS
battalion has a GSR or reinforcing role, the battalion commander may be best situated at the unit supported
by the reinforced FA battalion. In a situation where the mission, the battalion commander may position
himself at the covering force/screening force TOC. (See table 3-4.)
Table 3-4. Positioning the Battalion Commander
Tactical Mission Recommended BN CDR Location
GS MAIN FC, TAC FE, MLRS/HIMARS BN TOC
GSR MAIN FC, TAC FE, MLRS/HIMARS BN TOC, MVR BDE of reinforced FA
Reinforcing BCT TOC of reinforced FA
DS With supported unit commander
Legend
BDE = brigade GSR = general support reinforcing
BN = battalion HIMARS = high mobility artillery rocket system
DS = direct support MLRS = multiple launch rocket system
FA = field artillery MVR = maneuver
FC = Fires Cell TAC = tactical
FE = Fires Element TOC = tactical operations center
GS = general support BCT = brigade combat team
3-65. As the tactical missions and tactical situation of the battalion change during the course of a battle, so
will the point on the battlefield where the battalion commander can best influence the action. Relocating on
a fluid, dynamic, and noncontiguous 21st century battlefield may prove challenging as the battalion rapidly
transitions from a GS role to DS and back to GS again.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-11

Chapter 3
LIAISON FUNCTION OPTIONS

3-66. The liaison function is required to accommodate frequent changes in tactical mission assignment.
Liaison provides the MLRS battalion commander needed flexibility to meet rapidly changing and widely
separated (geographically) missions. Liaison enhances the capability to provide fires across the
division/corps front.
3-67. The MLRS battalion has 2 organic liaison teams to perform the liaison function.
3-68. If the MLRS battalion and reinforced unit are digitized, and both units maintain communications and
situational understanding, the actual physical presence of a liaison team at the reinforced unit may not be
required. If the 2 units collocate CPs or FDCs, the liaison requirement is met and no liaison is required. If a
liaison team is required at the reinforced unit, it should be equipped with a high-mobility, multipurpose
wheeled vehicle (HMMWV), 2 SINCGARS radio transmitters (voice and digital FM), and an AFATDS.
3-69. If an MLRS battery is required to perform the liaison function, it may be accomplished by the
following options:
• Maintain situational understanding and digital communications with the reinforced unit.
• Collocate the BOC with the reinforced unit.
• Form an ad hoc liaison element with internal assets.
3-70. Liaison responsibilities include the following:
• Pass information on the tactical situation to the reinforcing unit CP.
• Establish digital and voice communications as required:
• Exchange orders, situation reports, and intelligence reports.
• Pass fire missions.
• Establish quick fire nets as required.
• Pass unit locations, ammunition status, weapon strength, target lists, and fire plans. (See FM 5-
0.)
OPERATIONS WITH THE MARINE CORPS

3-71. This section discusses operational considerations when supporting MAGTF operations.
SIZE OF FORCE
3-72. The most appropriate force alignment is no less than an MLRS battery supporting a Marine
expeditionary brigade (MEB) and an MLRS battalion supporting a Marine expeditionary force (MEF). The
smallest MLRS unit to deploy in support of United States Marine Corps (USMC) operations will be a
battery. However, the number of launchers in the battery may be tailored to a specific mission. Subdivision
below the battery level could limit the operability, flexibility, response, and sustainability of MLRS fires.
MLRS units will be selected to support USMC requirements based on METT-TC considerations.
3-73. Each deployment package must be supplemented with an additional logistical package (see PARA 3-
173) owing to the lack of Army support available and the likelihood that the unit would be entering an
immature theater. Additionally, the MLRS battery requires liaison and staff augmentation. Elements of an
MLRS battalion headquarters could effectively perform the function of interfacing with a USMC
controlling headquarters on operational and logistical matters.
DEPLOYMENT
3-74. The method of deployment/entry largely depends upon METT-TC considerations corresponding to
the specific contingency operation. It is a function of the size of the force, time available, availability of
secure airfields and port facilities, and whether an amphibious landing is to be an uncontested or benign
beach or port.
3-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
BATTLE COMMAND
3-75. The MLRS unit should be under the command and control of the force field artillery headquarters. In
the case of a MEB, this would be a Marine artillery battalion. In the case of a MAGTF of larger size, this
would be the Marine artillery regimental command operations center. Although MLRS units best provide
general support fires, the MAGTF commander will ultimately direct tactical mission assignment.
Communications
3-76. Army and USMC radio systems (AM and FM) are compatible. MLRS units supporting USMC units
not equipped with SINCGARS will operate in a non-frequency hopping mode.
Artillery Computer Systems

3-77. There are few compatibility issues with regard to data communications.
COMSEC
3-78. Army and Marine Corps COMSEC systems are compatible. The MLRS battery, when operating
separately, requires three internal communications nets and 1 for liaison. The entire MLRS battalion
requires a minimum of 14 internal communications nets in order to function. The USMC is responsible for
providing these communications nets in the signal operating instructions (SOI).
Target Acquisition
3-79. The USMC has both Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) and organic AN/TPQ-36 radar sections for
use in both intelligence gathering and acquiring targets.
UAS
3-80. The USMC currently has the Pioneer system. This unmanned aircraft (UA) will penetrate into enemy
airspace out to a range of 185 kilometers to conduct reconnaissance missions. It has an endurance of 4
hours of flight time.
AN/TPQ-36 Weapons Locating Radar

3-81. The AN/TPQ-36 is optimized to locate high-trajectory indirect fire weapons (such as mortars to a
range of 15 kilometers), but it can also locate cannon and rocket artillery to a range of 24 kilometers.
AN/TPQ-37 Weapons Locating Radar

3-82. The AN/TPQ-37 is optimized to locate low-trajectory indirect fire weapons (such as cannon artillery)
to a range of 30 kilometers and rocket artillery to a range of 50 kilometers. Supplementing the force FA
headquarters with multiple Army AN/TPQ-37 radar sections would significantly add to the target
acquisition capability of the MAGTF.
Liaison
3-83. During joint operations, liaison is normally reciprocal. This would require the controlling USMC
headquarters to provide a liaison to the MLRS unit headquarters as well.
OFFENSIVE OPERATIONS
3-84. The offense will continue to be the decisive form of combat. The main purpose of the offense
remains to defeat, destroy, or neutralize the enemy force. Armed with a combination of superior long-range
delivery systems, lethal "brilliant" munitions, and a comprehensive command and control system, the
MLRS battalion provides the commander with the capability to interdict selected HPTs or entire target sets
at depths previously accessible only to piloted aircraft, cruise missiles, or special operations forces. When
synchronized with the array of other assets capable of providing fire support, including fixed and rotary
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-13

Chapter 3
wing aircraft and nonlethal electronic attack assets, the MLRS battalion allows the commander to shape the
AO to set the conditions for decisive offensive maneuver. Once those conditions have been established, the
maneuver units will attack and dominate the enemy in the close combat, using both fires and maneuver. An
MLRS unit must be prepared to support the 4 basic types of offensive operations:
• Movement to contact.
• Attack.
• Exploitation.
• Pursuit.
3-85. Detailed discussions for each type of operation and the responsibilities of the FSCOORD for each of
them are located in FM 6-20.
MOVEMENT TO CONTACT
3-86. Units conduct movement to contact to gain or regain contact with the enemy. Once contact is made,
the commander can further develop the situation.
3-87. A movement to contact will likely be executed as a series of tactical moves by subordinate elements
as a precursor to the execution of an attack. In this circumstance, a combination of preparation fires and/or
programs, series, or groups of targets may be employed to protect the force and ensure its freedom of
maneuver during movement to, and occupation of, forward assembly areas and attack positions. Fire
support tasks include:
• Plan artillery movement to facilitate tactical movement, maintain force momentum, and provide
adequate immediately responsive support (for example, units "set" and ready to fire) for
executing contingencies.
• Destroy enemy reconnaissance, surveillance, and target acquisition.
• Anticipate/plan for hasty attack contingencies.
• Plan, on order, FSCMs throughout the unit operation area
• When situational understanding is less than optimum, plan "worst case" fires where enemy
could significantly impact friendly operations.
• Plan and execute preparation fires to ensure freedom of maneuver.
• Employ smoke, as required, to screen friendly movement and/or support the deception plan.
3-88. The MLRS can provide support during both movement and follow-on operations once contact is
made. With its long range and tactical mobility, MLRS is suited to augment other artillery fires to protect
the force and ensure its freedom of maneuver.
3-89. The MLRS must be integrated into march columns to ensure responsive supporting fires during the
initial action. By planning for delivery of immediate mass MLRS fires, the commander can help the
supported unit as it seizes and retains the initiative. Fires are thus characterized by decentralized control
and must be extremely responsive to compensate for the relatively small amount of maneuver power
forward.
ATTACK
3-90. The purpose of the attack is to defeat, destroy, or neutralize the enemy or seize the ground it
occupies. Successful attacks depend on the skillful massing of combat fires and forces, when necessary,
while sustaining a tempo the enemy force cannot handle. The attack focuses on a powerful and violent
assault upon the objective. The unit will likely mass all available firepower on the enemy at the beginning
of the assault. This requires detailed planning, precise execution, and tremendous discipline in the fire
support force at all levels. The commander's intent and time available to plan will drive the selection of
available attack options—hasty attack, deliberate attack, spoiling attack, counterattack, raid, feint,
demonstration, or any combination of these. Fire support tasks include—
• Establish critical friendly zones over tactical assembly areas, attack positions, and command
posts.
• Plan and execute counter fires to ensure freedom of maneuver and protect the force.
3-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
• Mass effects of fires against HPTs to meet criteria established by the force commander to set
conditions for crossing the line of departure.
• Synchronize artillery movement to facilitate tactical movement, maintain force momentum, and
provide adequate, immediately responsive support for executing contingencies.
• Plan logistics support that facilitates tactical movement, maintains force momentum, and
provides adequate, immediately responsive support for executing contingencies.
• Plan, on order, fire support coordination measures to facilitate execution of branches and
sequels to the plan.
3-91. MLRS can best be used in support of attacks by delivering fires against reserve or reinforcing
formations, delivering preparation fires, delivering counter fire, providing SEAD, massing against
counterattacks, and reinforcing the DS artillery of attacking brigades. MLRS, if employed properly, is an
excellent choice in support of raids or spoiling attacks.
EXPLOITATION AND PURSUIT

3-92. Exploitation and pursuit operations follow successful attacks. Exploitation occurs when the attacker
extends the destruction of the defending force by maintaining continuous pressure. The ultimate objective
is the disintegration of the enemy to the point where he has no alternative but surrender or die. Exploiting
forces disrupt enemy C2, seize objectives in the enemy rear, cut lines of communication, and isolate and
destroy enemy units. As the enemy's will to fight erodes and their formations begin to disintegrate,
exploitation may develop into pursuit. The pursuit is an offensive operation against a retreating enemy
force. The objective is the complete destruction of that force. Fire support tasks include—
• Plan artillery movement to facilitate tactical movement and maintain force momentum.
• Use firepower of air platforms to maximum extent possible to maintain momentum of the
attack.
• Task organize follow and support forces with sufficient artillery to deal with bypassed enemy
forces.
• Activate/continually update fire support coordination measures throughout the division
operation area.
• Synchronize fires with employment of dynamic obstacles in chokepoints to continue destruction
of retreating enemy forces.
• Continue neutralization of enemy fire support and air defense systems to facilitate ground and
air maneuver.
3-93. Both exploitation and pursuits involve rapid movement forward. The 70+-kilometer range provided
by the GMLRS, the 300-kilometer range of ATACMS, and the system enhancements provided by the
M270A1 and M142 launcher system enable MLRS to support these operations efficiently. Because of the
fluid nature of these attacks, MLRS use must adhere to positive clearance of fires procedures.
3-94. Some considerations in these types of offensive operations include positioning MLRS units close to
the line of departure or FLOT, ensuring that MLRS units travel well forward with maneuver units, and
planning for ammunition and ammunition resupply throughout the operation.
FIREFINDER RADARS
3-95. The primary role of target acquisition radars in the offense is to protect the friendly force by locating
targets for engagement. In offensive operations, particular attention must be given to planning target
acquisition to facilitate future operations. The TA planners must ensure a smooth transition from one phase
of the operation to the next by providing continuous coverage of the zone of operation. The FSCOORD
must specifically concern himself with coordinating the use of the terrain for the radar and recommending
fire finder zones.
3-96. Because, in the offense, intelligence provides many enemy positions in advance and the friendly
force is uncovered as it maneuvers, the first fire finder zone considered for use is the call-for-fire zone
(CFFZ). Establishing a CFFZ will facilitate immediate counter fire to suppress enemy artillery disrupting
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-15

Chapter 3
the friendly scheme of maneuver. Critical friendly zones may be phased along the maneuver axis of
advance and activated when entered by friendly forces. This is particularly important in those areas where
friendly forces are most vulnerable (for example, river-crossing sites and areas open to easy visual
observation).
3-97. Command, control, and cueing should be decentralized during offensive operations. The FA
controlling headquarters should designate cueing agents that can cue the radar by calling it directly. The
controlling headquarters must inform the radar section concerning who these agents are and which ones
have priority. This is necessary to streamline acquisition and counter fire effort when committed maneuver
forces may be particularly vulnerable to enemy indirect fire.
3-98. One additional consideration in the offense is that TA assets may move forward so far or so fast that
survey may initially be unavailable in some positions. Therefore, the TA assets may have to use hasty
survey techniques for control until survey is available.
DEFENSIVE OPERATIONS
3-99. The immediate purpose of defensive operations is to defeat an enemy attack. The greater intent of the
defense is to force the attack to culminate, to gain the initiative for friendly forces, and to create the
opportunity to shift to the offensive. The defender seeks to mass overwhelming combat power at the times
and places of his choosing. It shifts that mass, as required, to support the main effort in a defensive scheme
that will deny the enemy the ability to achieve its objectives.
3-100. The two primary forms of defensive operations are mobile and area defense. An effective defense
consists of both active and passive components combined to deprive the enemy of the initiative. Mobile
defenses orient on the destruction of the attacking force by permitting the enemy to advance into a position
that exposes it to counterattack by a mobile reserve. Area defenses orient on retention of terrain by
absorbing the enemy in an interlocking series of positions and destroying it largely by fires.
MOBILE DEFENSE
3-101. Mobile defense orients on the destruction of the enemy force by employing a combination of fire
and maneuver, offense, defense, and delay to defeat its attack. Units strive to execute a dynamic defense,
achieving a synergy from a combination of firepower and maneuver that dominate the enemy, rob it of the
initiative, and negate its ability to continue offensive operations.
3-102. Maximizing the advantages conferred on the defender in owning and knowing the terrain, the unit
sets the tempo of operations throughout the depth of its AO. Defending forces blind or deceive enemy
critical reconnaissance elements to prevent disclosure of friendly dispositions, capabilities, and intent. The
defending unit tracks the enemy throughout its attack, identifying critical enemy nodes such as C2, radars,
logistics trains, and fire support systems for attack. The defender commits the minimum force possible to
positional defense.
3-103. A mobile striking force is established that uses maximum combat power to strike the attacking
enemy at the most vulnerable time and place—when the attacker is attempting to overcome that part of the
defending force acting as the tactical anvil. At the decisive moment, the defending unit unleashes its
firepower and maneuver forces to strike the attacker simultaneously throughout the depth of its forces to
defeat it in detail.
AREA DEFENSE
3-104. Units conduct an area defense to deny the enemy access to designated terrain or facilities for a
specified time. In an area defense, the bulk of defending forces deploy to retain ground, using a
combination of defensive positions and small, mobile reserves. Commanders organize the defense around a
relatively static framework provided by defensive positions, seeking to destroy enemy forces close in with
interlocking direct fires and at depth with massed precision fires. Precision in selection and design of
engagement areas, and control and distribution of both direct and indirect fires, are keys to a successful
defense. Even while conducting an area defense, units will take the fight to the enemy and inflict levels of
damage that will force it to quit the field.
3-16 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
OPERATIONS IN DEPTH
3-105. Although the shaping of the AO is important to the success of all combat operations, in the defense
it is an absolute requirement if the unit is to survive and win. Operations in depth prevent the enemy from
gaining momentum or reinforcing success it may experience in its attack. The unit seeks to avoid the
attrition nature of sequential operations through integrated, simultaneous application of combat power
throughout the depth of the AO, striving to defeat an enemy rapidly with minimum friendly casualties. The
unit employs specific resources to identify and track HPTs and critical combat forces and functions. When
those targets, forces, and functions are located, the unit masses fires and/or forces at the right place and
time to destroy them and achieve the commander’s intent.
3-106. The design and successful application of firepower in depth allows the unit to seize the initiative,
retain and exercise the spirit of the offense, and set the conditions for decisive operations. Sudden strikes by
both fire and maneuver from a variety of directions, synchronized with other disruptive effects on the
enemy such as jamming, smoke, and deception, will unhinge or obviate an attack even before it has begun.
Successful synchronization of the battle plan and achievement of optimum effects demand the detailed
integration and precise timing of both the scheme of maneuver and concept of fires.
FIRE SUPPORT
3-107. Units employ firepower at extended depths to accomplish a wide range of tactical and operational
tasks. Fire supporters use ATACMS munitions to attack virtually any target set at ranges of up to 300
kilometers. In combination with air interdiction, this land force firepower capability holds every enemy
capability at risk throughout the depth of the AO. Conventional operations, spearheaded by the division
aviation brigade in the form of joint air attack or combined arms teams, remain a significant tool for
eliminating critical enemy functions (such as enemy artillery groups or ground maneuver forces).
3-108. Lethal and non lethal fires are delivered by direct and indirect fire systems, close air support
(CAS), attack helicopters, and electronic means. Collectively, judicious use of the firepower resources
wielded by the unit will enable it to set the conditions for dominant maneuver and successful decisive
operations. The unit employs its firepower at extended depths to accomplish a wide range of operational
and tactical tasks. In defensive operations, the commander normally maintains more centralized control of
all artillery assets, including MLRS, to ensure they are immediately responsive to the force commander.
However, MLRS units may be attached to, or under the OPCON of covering force units. The duration of
the attachment or OPCON and other instructions and restrictions should be delineated in the OPORD.
3-109. MLRS units can support defensive operations with fires by providing the following:
• Counter fire and SEAD fires.
• Fires on enemy C2 assets and maneuver assembly areas to disrupt command, control, and
attack preparations.
• Engagement of enemy forces as far forward as possible. Attack of targets with MLRS DPICM
strips enemy forces of light armor and infantry support and causes mobility and firepower
kills to heavy armor.
• Long-range missile fires on targets arrayed in depth, unassigned area targets, uncommitted
forces, and other HPTs.
3-110. A Firefinder to MLRS sensor-to-shooter link through battalion to the launcher is most effective
during defensive operations. This link allows rapid detection and destruction of enemy artillery and mortars
as they fire in support of their maneuver advance.
3-111. The positioning of MLRS in the security area to range more deeply is appropriate and must be
carefully considered and planned. Considerations include the following:
• Increases security risks to MLRS units.
• Complicates communications requirements with force FA headquarters.
• Makes logistical support more difficult.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-17

Chapter 3
3-112. Other considerations:

• Availability of suitable firing positions and routes.
• MLRS units should not be positioned on major avenues of approach. Enemy breakthroughs
may jeopardize the unit or force it to displace prematurely.
FIREFINDER RADARS
3-113. The primary role of TA radars in the defense is to protect those units and installations the
commander deems critical to a successful defense. TA planners must also consider how to execute a
transition from defensive to offensive operations (such as counterattacks). Positioning, task organization,
and on-order missions should facilitate the transition.
3-114. In the defense, the first consideration is to protect critical units or installations by using critical
friendly zones (CFZs). The second consideration concerning the use of zones is determining areas in which
to use CFFZs. Based on a thorough IPB and other target indicators, CFFZs should be used to monitor
suspect areas from which friendly forces anticipate artillery fire that could jeopardize the mission. This
facilitates effective counter fire to suppress or neutralize those targets. Artillery target intelligence zones
(ATIZs) may be used in areas in which we are not sure about enemy artillery. They may also be used in
areas that are out of range of friendly organic artillery but the force commander wishes to monitor closely.
Censor zones may be placed around friendly artillery whose fires might cause Firefinder radars to acquire
the artillery as hostile fire. For example, this could easily occur in the case of nonlinear operations.
SUPPRESSION OF ENEMY AIR DEFENSES

3-115. SEAD operations target all known or suspected enemy air defense sites that cannot be avoided and
are capable of engaging friendly air assets. The FC/FE integrates SEAD fires into an overall fire plan that
focuses fires according to the commander’s guidance. Synchronization of the SEAD fires with the
maneuver plan is accomplished using procedural control (an H-hour sequence), positive control (initiating
fires on each target as the lead aircraft passes a predetermined reference point or trigger), or a combination
of the two. Regardless of the technique, the FSCOORD conducts detailed planning and close coordination
with the appropriate combined arms staff members, the MLRS battalion S-3/FDO, and the higher HQ FC.
3-116. To support an aviation brigade attack package with SEAD, the aviation brigade FSCOORD (at
division) or the corps FC—
• Determines SEAD requirements to support the aviation brigade.
• Provides target list to tactical and main tactical operations center FCs/FEs and the FIB fire
control element.
• Coordinates cross-cueing UAS with electronic intelligence (ELINT) and signals intelligence
(SIGINT) assets focusing on air routes or corridors.
• Coordinates delivery of fires for preplanned SEAD based on UA over flights and
ELINT/SIGINT detection.
• Uses MLRS battalion to attack targets located by Longbow Apache that they cannot kill
themselves. Initiates sensor-to-shooter link to minimize response time.
• Coordinates critical friendly zones on SEAD firers.
• Employs fire support coordination measures to support aviation brigade engagement areas
when required.
COUNTER FIRE
3-117. The planning and execution of the digitized counter fire fight is aggressive and proactive. The
combination of the AFATDS, MLRS, and cannon weapon systems and a vast array of sensors that include
the highly responsive and successful AN/TPQ-36 and AN/TPQ-37 radars enable an unprecedented level of
proactive and reactive counter fire. The multitude of sensors that includes radars and UAS provides
accurate, near real-time targeting information. This enhanced targeting and lethality of munitions, improved
digital C2, and ability of platforms to service targets result in a successful counter fire fight.
3-18 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
3-118. The AFATDS provides the next generation of automated C2 for fire support and field artillery
requirements. The AFATDS is designed to achieve a synergistic effect of all available fire support weapons
by broadening, modernizing, and improving the supportability and survivability of fire support C2 for the
tactical forces.
Proactive Counter fire

3-119. The FIB may control proactive counter fire. Considerations for conducting proactive counter fire
are as follows:
• Effort typically managed by the FIB S-2.
• Intelligence feeds into common ground station (CGS), cross-cueing radars/UAS are critical.
• All available artillery units participate.
• Coordinated fire line (CFL) positioned close to facilitate quick engagements.
• Digital interface between S-2 and MLRS battalion S-2/FIB LNO is critical.
• No fire area (NFA) management for SOF, long-range surveillance detachment (LRSD),
reconnaissance troops, and scouts is critical.
• Maximize use of AFATDS to clear fires.
Reactive Counter fire

3-120. The FIB may control the reactive counter fire cell. Considerations for conducting reactive counter
fire are as follows:
• CFL close to facilitate quick engagements, maintaining common sensor boundary.
• Firefinder control is METT-TC dependent.
• Zone manager.
• Brigade CFZs and CFFZs included in plan.
• Ensure that mission fired report, artillery target intelligence sent to analysis and control
element (ACE) forward.
• NFA management for SOF, LRSD, reconnaissance troops, and scouts is critical.
• Reinforcing FIB LNO team provides interface between AFATDS operations, if required.
• Clear missions short of CFL, beyond the FSCL, and across brigade boundaries with TAC CP
FC/FE.
NONSTANDARD EMPLOYMENT TECHNIQUES

3-121. Force commanders can employ MLRS units in numerous ways for special missions. These
missions include conducting proactive counter fire strikes against enemy indirect fire systems, attacking
unassigned area targets as part of a spoiling attack (raid), and moving forward with maneuver security
forces to conduct SEAD missions or attack other HPTs. There are some unique considerations for planning
and executing such operations. The considerations listed below are not all inclusive, but are intended as a
planning aid.
MISSION
3-122. The force commander's intent for the mission must be clearly understood. Questions for the MLRS
unit commander to consider during the planning process are as follows:
• What is the commander's concept for fires?
• How much time is available to complete the mission and conduct the planned withdrawal?
• What are the proposed firing and C2 locations? What are the routes to those locations? What
are the withdrawal routes?
• What is the acceptable level of risk in completing the mission (has the commander established
criteria for aborting the mission)?
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-19

Chapter 3
• What are the target descriptions? How many and what type/size are the targets?
• What are the acquisition sources?
• Are ground maneuver units available to assist in protecting both firing units and associated
radars?
• Was the commander's intent established in the commander's criteria?
• Is the controlled supply rate (CSR) sufficient to accomplish current and follow-on missions?
• Will a secondary launcher be required?
• Is there a follow-on mission?
FORCE PROTECTION
3-123. MLRS units are HPTs for the enemy. On the basis of the nature of the mission, the attack location,
the enemy situation, and the acceptable level of risk, force protection requirements will vary. Questions to
determine the required level of force protection are as follows:
• What is the threat?
• If a maneuver protection force is required, what is the size and structure of the force? How
can that force best protect the MLRS unit?
• What is the risk of receiving counter fire? Is there a need to have acquisition assets and
additional firing units for counter fire?
• What is the current and projected air defense posture? Should the protection force include
dedicated air defense weapon systems?
3-124. Although the need for external force protection is normally great, MLRS units must always plan
for self-defense. Planning and requesting fire support, situational awareness, appropriate positioning, and
movement all contribute to self-defense. When necessary, digging-in should also be considered. The key to
acquiring external force protection is to work with the force commander to reach an agreement acceptable
to all. Depending on the situation, a company team size force, including air and missile defense (AMD),
should be requested for the MLRS battalion. Procedures for using such a package should be included in all
battalion and battery TSOPs. A combination of roving patrols throughout the position area and reaction
forces may be appropriate.
COORDINATION
3-125. Coordination is essential during any operation, particularly for raids and other special missions.
The following questions can be asked to determine coordination requirements:
• Is there a need for, and have we established, liaison with the supported and supporting forces
(force maneuver TOC, security force HQ)?
• Have the routes been cleared with the appropriate headquarters?
• Are there adequate communications assets and nets? What frequencies?
• If the attack force must pass through the FLOT of another unit, then a passage of lines will be
necessary. Has coordination for passage of lines (if required) been conducted during the
planning phase?
LOGISTICS
3-126. The size of the force during special missions should be minimized. This allows the unit to
accomplish objectives and continue with the follow-on mission quickly. Units should include only
minimum essential logistics support as well. Consider the following logistics questions:
• How much and what type of ammunition is required?
• Should a MST accompany the force? If so, what should go?
• How much fuel is required? Will refueling be required to complete the mission?
• Will launchers require reloading? If so, how often and where will reloading be conducted?
3-20 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
COMMAND AND CONTROL

3-127. The composition and distribution of the supported force, the MLRS unit inherent responsibilities to
the force field artillery headquarters, and the mission and organization of the MLRS unit will determine the
command and control requirements. Consider the following questions to determine command and control
requirements:
• How many C2 nodes does the mission require? Will the unit operations center be sufficient?
Will it require augmentation?
• If a maneuver protection force is required, how is it controlled? Will it provide a liaison to the
MLRS unit C2 element?
• Will the MLRS unit be linked directly to the corps or division FC using a “quick-fire”
net/channel?
• Will a primary and alternate launcher be assigned?
• What acquisition assets are available for counter fire (for example, AN/TPQ-36 and AN/TPQ-
37)?
• Are electronic warfare (EW) assets (jammers) going to be committed to the effort to mask the
electronic signature?
RAID
3-128. A raid is an operation, usually small scale, involving a swift penetration of hostile territory to
secure information, confuse the enemy, or to destroy installations. It ends with a planned withdrawal upon
completion of the assigned mission (FM 1-02). Artillery raids use artillery fires as the primary target attack
mechanism. Raid missions support mission objectives by sending firing elements forward to engage enemy
HPTs that are currently beyond the maximum range of the MLRS weapon system.
3-129. As with any military operation, all leaders must consider METT-TC when planning and executing
MLRS raids. Additionally, the controlling headquarters should make a risk assessment to determine the
value of the raid, assuming it is a success, versus the risk to such an important fire support asset.
Unit Selection
3-130. The battalion TOC typically receives the raid mission from higher headquarters. If the firing
element is not specified, the battalion commander determines which unit/firing element will conduct the
raid mission on the basis of—
• Weapon system availability (desired effects on target).
• Ammunition availability (number and type of rounds).
• Location of firing element (proximity to firing points).
• Tactical situation.
• Other mission requirements.
• Fire plan(s).
• Are C-130 or C-17 aircraft available for insertion of the launchers? If so M142 launchers
should be selected
Behind FLOT Briefing

3-131. Some raids are conducted behind the FLOT and, therefore, require only minimal external
assistance. For example, a maneuver security force may not be necessary. For missions such as these, the
battalion commander or S-3 includes the following when briefing the raid mission-firing element:
• Situation. Friendly, enemy, attachments, and detachments.
• Mission. Who, what, when, where, and why to include the size of the element to conduct raid,
method of control, and target and firing point (FP) grids.
• Execution:
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-21

Chapter 3
• Route to OPAREA.
• Start point (SP)/CP/release point (RP) locations.
• Firing point OPAREA.
• Rally point after mission.
• Target grids.
• Firing window or TOT.
• Number/type rounds per target.
• Number of launchers authorized.
• Call signs and frequencies.
• FSCMs.
• Abort authority.
• Abort code word.
• Emergency destruction criteria.
• Fire support assets available.
Cross-FLOT Briefing
3-132. If the raid will be conducted cross-FLOT, the commander of the maneuver security force (force
protection package) should be present during the mission briefing. In addition to those items listed above, a
cross-FLOT briefing should include:
• Link-up point with maneuver element guides.
• Force protection (air and missile defense [AMD], EW, FS assets, and security).
• Passage lane/passage point.
• Procedures/signals for passage of lines.
• Maneuver call signs and frequencies.
• Force commander name and rank.
• Service support:
• Maintenance support/contact team requirements.
• Survey support available.
• Reload requirements.
• Amount of ammunition to be brought forward.
• Refuel support.
• Command and signal:
• RETRANS location and frequency.
• Command and control (FDC vehicle, OE-254).
Execution
3-133. Consider the following for execution of the raid:
• Firing units will carry forward only the number of vehicles necessary to accomplish the
mission as designated by battalion. (Depending on the importance of the target, a primary and
alternate launcher will be assigned and laid on the target in case of technical/mechanical
difficulties.) Launchers will move forward with the mission in the buffer and a hard copy of
the mission in case manual fire mission processing is required.
• Firing unit(s) will arrive at the link-up point.
• The officer in charge (OIC)/non commissioned officer in charge (NCOIC) of the raid party
will brief the maneuver unit commander or representative at link-up point or via FM
communications, as directed.
3-22 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
• Once the briefing is conducted, the leader of the raid unit or a maneuver escort will bring the
firing elements to the link-up points.
• Security force will move forward and clear the route to the FP.
• If possible, report link-up, movement/checkpoints, and position to the battalion TOC or the
BOC. If necessary, a vehicle will be brought forward with the raid element to act as a relay
between the raid element and the controlling raid headquarters. Communications will be
maintained between the supported unit headquarters, the battalion TOC, and the raid OIC.
The raid OIC must be prepared to accept target updates prior to the designated time.
• Once the maneuver security force has cleared the route and OPAREA, the firing element will
be called forward to the firing points.
• The mission(s) are fired.
• Firing elements will then withdraw to a previously designated rally point.
• If a follow-on mission is required, the launcher(s) will proceed to a predetermined
ammunition reload site(s), reload, and fire the follow-on mission(s). When rounds are
complete, the firing element will withdraw to the rally point.
• Battalion will provide abort criteria.
3-134. The checklists in appendix M may help in preparing for a raid.
TARGET ACQUISITION AND SENSOR SYSTEM INTERFACE

3-135. The MLRS C2 system interfaces directly with most digital communications systems; therefore, it
is easily linked to any TA or sensor systems equipped with digital communications. This linkage allows
faster response for attack of detected targets. Five of the most likely sources of target information are the
Firefinder radar, the OH-58D helicopter, the UAS, and the JSTARS or Guardrail SIGINT systems.
FIREFINDER RADAR
3-136. The MLRS AFATDS at all levels can interface directly with the Firefinder. This link gives the
force FA commander an extremely fast, responsive, and effective counter fire capability. MLRS-Firefinder
operations can orient on the force commander's battlefield priorities while still providing counter fire to the
force as a whole. Use of zone management and common sensor boundaries, based on specific commander's
guidance, is essential for providing targeting zone and report criteria for the radar section and engagement
and effects criteria for the MLRS unit. (See FM 3-09.12 for more detailed information.)
SENSOR-TO-SHOOTER OPERATIONS
3-137. The introduction of the complete suite of MLRS and ATACMS munitions provides the MLRS
battalion (those equipped with the M270A1 or M142 launchers) with the capability to deliver lethal fires
out to 300 kilometers. When combined with the suite of JSTARS and UAS sensors, the aviation brigade
and the Firefinder radar, the battalion offers a dynamic tool in its conduct of near real-time sensor-to-
shooter operations.
3-138. The fleeting nature of some enemy systems requires sensor-to-shooter links. The information links
must be established between sensors and shooters to enable the timely execution of missions, especially
time-critical missions.
3-139. Planners for MLRS battalion sensor-to-shooter operations should consider total system capabilities
and errors associated with finding, processing, and attacking the target with MLRS munitions. Such
considerations include—
• Target type and vulnerability.
• Target location error.
• Target posture.
• Target dwell time.
• Attack system responsiveness.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-23

Chapter 3
• Munitions effects.
• CEP.
3-140. Sensor-to-shooter engagements should be integrated with other combat activities. The decision to
conduct dedicated sensor-to-shooter operations with MLRS battalion assets should be weighed against
requirements for support of the force as a whole. Once the decision is made to incorporate MLRS assets
into sensor-to-shooter operations, planners have 4 options ranging from centralized to decentralized control
and execution. See FM 6-20-40 and FM 6-20-50 for a detailed discussion of sensor-to-shooter operations.
• Option 1. The sensor provides input directly to a launcher. (This is not possible with the
M270; FCS can only communicate with the AFATDS.) The launcher receives what is, in
effect, a fire order from an agency/device designed to input spot reports and/or requests for
fire.
• Option 2. The sensor bypasses normal reporting channels and communicates with a C2
organization, such as the MLRS BOC, to which it would not send data under normal
circumstances.
• Option 3. The sensor enters the fire support system at an echelon higher than in option 2, such
as the FIB TOC.
• Option 4. The sensor bypasses normal reporting channels and communicates with a C2
organization to which it would not send data under normal circumstances. The information
enters the fire support system at the echelon tasked to provide the quick-fire channel, such as
the battalion TOC.
Firefinder Sensor-to-Shooter Operations

3-141. Limitations. Direct Firefinder-MLRS interface places the following limitations on Firefinder and
MLRS usage:
• The Fire finder’s minimal ability to discriminate between mortars and artillery prevents full
use of the commander's engagement criteria.
• Firefinder digital non-secure communications are highly susceptible to EW.
• The direct link of Firefinder and MLRS prevents complete target analysis for artillery
intelligence evaluation and counter fire assignment.
• Firefinder can generate more targets than 1 MLRS battery can handle with its 6 launchers.
Even a moderate, but constant, stream of Firefinder targets will place an enormous strain on
the MLRS resupply system.
• Firefinder can generate more target information than the MLRS battalion TOC can process.
To be responsive and engage legitimate targets, the TOC must be augmented with targeting
personnel.
3-142. The best situations for optimum use of direct Firefinder interface are—
• Reduction of time from acquisition to firing is paramount (fleeting targets).
• Enough MLRS assets are available to handle the high volume of counter fire targets generated
and/or enough ammunition is available to support the fire mission load.
• Enough additional MLRS and other FA assets are available to engage all targets generated by
other sources.
• Enemy EW capability is low.
• The force FA commander determines that only MLRS is necessary in the engagement of
counter fire targets.
• Counter fire is determined to be the most critical requirement.
OH-58D(I) Helicopter Kiowa Warrior

3-143. The OH-58D(I) Kiowa Warrior fills the armed reconnaissance role for attack helicopter and air
cavalry units. The OH-58D performs reconnaissance, security, C2, target acquisition/designation, and
3-24 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
defensive air combat missions. The Kiowa Warrior adds armed reconnaissance, light attack, and
multipurpose light helicopter capabilities to the basic OH-58D.
3-144. A highly accurate navigation system permits precise target location that can be handed off to other
engagement systems via the ATHS. The laser designator can provide autonomous designation for the laser
Hellfire or remote designation for other laser-guided precision munitions.
3-145. The AFATDS at platoon, battery, or battalion can communicate digitally with observers in an OH-
58D through the helicopter's ATHS. This link gives near real-time target acquisition.
UAS
3-146. The Army and Marine Corps currently use a variety of unmanned aircraft systems. There is no
organic data communications interface between these UAs (and their C2 system) and the MLRS unit
AFATDS. However, data communications can be established if the UAS company is supplemented with
the Marine digital message system (AN/PSC-2A) or augmented with 1 of the 2 liaison sections from the
corps MLRS battalion headquarters with their organic AFATDS.
COMMON GROUND STATION (CGS)

3-147. MLRS battalions may be provided with a CGS to reduce sensor-to-shooter times during
decentralized execution of delivery. The CGS receives target information directly from the JSTARS
airborne platform, UA, and broadcast nets. These systems provide near real-time information on target
location, description, speed, and direction of travel.
3-148. The CGS is a highly mobile self-supporting system. Its primary mission is targeting, battle
management, surveillance, and data processing. The CGS provides the link with MLRS, which gives the
corps and division commanders immediate responsive attack capability against unassigned area targets,
located by the E-8C radar system, UA, and broadcast intelligence.
3-149. Targeting information received at the CGS is unfiltered raw data. Targeting or intelligence analysts
have not processed it for deception and target importance. Extensive commander's guidance is necessary
for the battalion to engage HPTs effectively using data from the CGS. For a more detailed discussion, refer
to appendix J.
CIVIL SUPPORT
3-150. MLRS Units may be given a mission of Civil Support Operations in the U.S. See FM 3-28.1
Multi-Service Tactics, techniques, and Procedures for Civil Support (CS) Operations for this non-standard
mission.
STABILITY OPERATION
3-151. Stability operations will not always be peaceful actions. Determined opponents may resort to
fighting or other aggressive acts in an attempt to defeat our purposes and promote theirs.
3-152. The stability operations environment is complex and requires disciplined, versatile Army forces to
respond to different situations, including transitioning rapidly from stability operations to wartime
operations.
ROLES OF MLRS UNIT

3-153. The primary function for MLRS in stability operations is in the resolution of conflict phase. MLRS
units may also participate in a noncombat support role as a show of force/resolve or in a direct action role
by attacking HPTs.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-25

Chapter 3
NONCOMBAT ROLES
3-154. In a noncombat support role, the MLRS unit may use its organic communication capability to
support the supported commander’s command and control structure. The unit's resupply vehicles offer
unique logistical support capabilities.
3-155. As a show of force/resolve, the presence of the MLRS system in support of peace enforcement or
peacekeeping missions demonstrates the nation's commitment to the mission.
COMBAT ROLES
3-156. Supporting peacekeeping or peace enforcement operations in a direct action role, the MLRS
system can engage HPTs at extended range. When working with the Firefinder radar system, MLRS can
effectively neutralize mortar and artillery firing positions in accordance with rules of engagement (ROE)
established by the joint task force.
3-157. The Army conducts attacks and raids to create situations that permit seizing and maintaining
political and military initiative. Normally, the United States executes attacks and raids to achieve specific
objectives other than gaining or holding terrain. Attacks by conventional ground, air, or special operations
forces, acting independently or in concert, are used to damage or destroy high value targets (HVTs) or to
demonstrate U.S. capability and resolve to achieve a favorable result. The following are tactics, techniques,
and procedures specific to stability operations.
Minimize Movement
3-158. During stability operations, the greatest threat to the force will usually be from small groups and
terrorists conducting raids and ambushes. Occupation of a defensible firing position affords the MLRS unit
greater survivability than does standard MLRS tactics of hide, shoot, and move.
Collocate with Other Units

3-159. Occupying positions in conjunction with other task force units provides the MLRS unit with an
increased degree of protection against enemy small unit attacks. Coordination is the key to success.
Harden Positions
3-160. Using engineer assets to harden the MLRS position will improve survivability. Weather and terrain
will dictate whether the unit builds berms or digs in. In either case, the key to success is prior planning and
coordination with the supporting engineer unit.
Direct Link with Firefinder Radar

3-161. When supporting the task force with countermortar/counterbattery fires, a direct link may be
established between the MLRS unit and the Firefinder radar to improve reaction time. A positive method of
clearing fires must be established and enforced.
Command and Control

3-162. Command and control is another major concern during support and sustainment operations;
friendly forces must engage only hostile forces. Killing noncombatants can turn survivors into enemies
instead of neutrals or friends. Tight control, based on ROE, is the norm. MLRS responsiveness is often
degraded because a time lag is inevitable after a provocation while a determination is made if the ROE
warrant a fire mission. The ROE must clearly specify when the use of fire support is appropriate and
justified. Clearance of fires is infinitely more complicated when operating in urban areas.
Precision Guided-Munitions
3-163. The MLRS can deliver fires that employ guided munitions such as GMLRS or ATACMS.
Unguided munitions are suitable for area fires but may not be the best choice to attack a point target. For
3-26 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
example, the MLRS unguided M26 rocket may not be the best weapon to attack mortars. In certain
circumstances, the collateral damage of MLRS may be too great. Dud submunitions present an additional
concern about using MLRS in this situation. Dud DPICM and APAM bomblets are a threat to personnel,
whether Soldiers or civilians. The low collateral damage from the M31 Guided MLRS Unitary makes it an
excellent munitions’ for urban environments.
Operations/Firebase
3-164. MLRS platoons may choose to occupy some type of operations base or firebase, just as most other
units do in support and sustainment operations. Depending on the situation, platoons may share operating
firebases with other units or occupy one by themselves. Another major consideration for unit leaders in
deciding the type and location of operating base to establish is the positioning of firing points. Firing points
may be inside or outside the firebase. (When selecting firing points inside the firebase, the commander
must consider launcher danger areas when firing.) Consider the following when determining whether to
occupy an operating base with another unit:
• Location. As in every situation, the potential locations of targets should determine where the
platoons should emplace. Therefore, the required location of the launchers may impact the decision
to collocate or not (for example, are other units in the immediate vicinity of where the platoons are
required to position?).
• Coordination. Alarms, warnings, and protective positions must be coordinated with all parties on the
base, especially when launchers are intended to fire from inside the base, and engineer support to
adequately protect soldiers and equipment is not available. Firing points outside the operating base
make coordination of these activities with another unit easier.
• Defense. A base established by a larger unit provides a platoon greater defensive strength and
logistical support. However, an operating base with a large number of units faces a tremendous
challenge in maintaining a viable perimeter as individual units leave and reenter the perimeter for
patrolling, resupply, or other duties. However, if a platoon occupies an operating firebase by itself, it
has little self-defensive capability.
3-165. If the unit decides to collocate with others, it may consider occupying bases established by a
maneuver battalion, a brigade headquarters and headquarters company (HHC), or the brigade support area,
predominantly consisting of a forward support battalion. Table 3-5 summarizes the advantages and
disadvantages of each position option.
Table 3- 5. Comparison of MLRS Operating Base Techniques

Type of Base Advantages Disadvantages
Maneuver Unit Good perimeter defense. Difficulty adjusting the perimeter
Consolidated life and equipment when units leave.
support possible. Firing points outside a protected
Deepest fires. area.
Brigade Headquarters Better perimeter defense than an Firing points outside a protected
MLRS platoon alone. area.
Consolidated life and equipment
support possible.
Ease of command and control.
BSA Better perimeter defense than MLRS Firing points outside a protected
platoon alone. area.
Ease of logistical support. Longer distance to likely targets,
depending on the BSA location.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-27

Chapter 3
Table 3- 5. Comparison of MLRS Operating Base Techniques

Type of Base Advantages Disadvantages
MLRS Platoon/ Firing points in a protected area. Limited perimeter defense.
Battery No perimeter adjustments required. Longer travel time/distance to
Less coordination with adjacent units additional logistical support.
in the same operating base.
Firing Points Inside

3-166. When determining whether to locate firing points inside or outside the operating firebase,
consider—
• Firing from inside the perimeter provides the best security for the launchers, especially when
engineer support is available. Figure 3-1 portrays a platoon-operating base with internal firing
points.
• Burms protect vehicles, equipment, ammunition, and launchers not on firing points.
• Launchers can be in single or consolidated hide positions.
3-167. Fighting positions protect the perimeter. Burms inside the perimeter act as backstops for the back
blast. The three burms forming a "Y" in figure 3-1 facilitate 6,400-mil firing. The "Y" has three firing
points, 1 in each corner. The launcher occupies the firing point that best allows target attack.
Figure 3-1. Example: MLRS Platoon Operating Base with Internal Firing Points
3-168. Just as in other OPAREAs, the launcher remains in a hide position (burmed for protection) until it
receives a fire mission. It then occupies a firing point (burmed to deflect back blast) long enough to fire.
After the fire mission, the launcher moves to a hide position.
3-28 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Employment
Note: The “stay hot, shoot fast” technique discussed in chapter 6 may also be applicable in
support and sustainment operations when platoons are using operating bases (such as the one
described above) and extremely responsive fires are required for fleeting targets.
3-169. Firing from inside an operating firebase requires engineer support to ensure that the flame and
smoke and the flying dirt, rocks, and blast panels do not injure people or damage equipment. Even with the
firing point burms, for individual safety, soldiers inside the base must occupy launchers or fighting
positions during fire missions. A warning device or signal to alert soldiers of a fire mission is a must.
Soldiers within 50 meters of the launcher should mask, even if in a protected position, for protection from
smoke inhalation.
Firing Points Outside

3-170. This option for firing points eliminates the impact of rocket back blasts inside the operating base.
However, security of the launcher becomes a major issue. A launcher cannot defend itself. It has no
defensive armament, and the three-man crew is fully employed operating the system. Additional personnel
(such as military police [MP], infantrymen in personnel carriers, or an ad hoc group of MLRS personnel
riding in other vehicles) must accompany a launcher if it is to have any protection. Just as in an operating
base, these security elements must protect themselves from rocket back blasts. Positioning to the side of the
launcher outside the danger area is the easiest solution.
3-171. The BOC, POC, and fire mission requester must remember that the response time for a fire
mission also increases if the firing point is outside the operating base. The travel time to the firing point
makes successfully engaging a fleeting target less likely. The controlling BOC or POC must determine the
travel times and ensure that its higher HQ understands this additional factor.
3-172. Care is also necessary to ensure that such a fire mission does not become an ambush opportunity
for the threat. If a pattern develops for provocations resulting in MLRS firings, and the firing points are
marked so an enemy can predict a route, an enemy could easily set a trap. It does not take a great deal of
enemy firepower to destroy a HMMWV and a launcher.
SUSTAINMENT OPERATIONS WITH THE MARINE CORPS

3-173. There are some fundamental differences between the Services in their approach to logistics. The
MEF has a force service support group (FSSG) of 8 battalions that are task organized based on their
missions. The MEF normally conducts operations within 50 miles of its support base, which is generally
established around a major seaport or airhead. The FSSG is resourced to support all classes of supply and
deploys within 60 days of sustainability. The FSSG supports the ground combat element (GCE) via a
smaller mobile sustainment, sustainment operations, or support element that provides direct support and
remains close to the GCE.
RESPONSIBILITIES
ARMY
3-174. Corps MLRS battalions are supplemented with attached MSTs for intermediate DS (third echelon)
vehicle, fire control, and communications maintenance.
3-175. MLRS units normally deploy with a 15-day package of supplies. They receive a supplemental
PLL/ASL stockage that equates to the support package of the Marine air ground task force (MAGTF) prior
to, or during, deployment.
3-176. MLRS units have organic ammunition resupply vehicles. They retain responsibility for
ammunition resupply from the supporting CSSE forward to the firing units. Excessive distances (80+
kilometers) between the firing units and the CSSE adversely impact on operations by reducing the resupply
rate. This ultimately results in a logistically driven reduction in the rate at which an MLRS unit can engage
targets.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 3-29

Chapter 3
Marine Corps
3-177. The USMC provides classes of supply I, II, III, IV, VI, VII (common only), and VIII.
Additionally, they requisition and position MLRS ammunition (both rockets and missiles) at the FSSG, and
provide all small arms Class V at the forward ASP. Similarly, the MAGTF processes Class IX requests
from the MLRS unit and its attached MSTs for replenishment of PLL/ASL. The MAGTF provides
overflow DS maintenance, some GS maintenance support, and responsibilities for retrograde of all depot
level repairable to the appropriate depot level agency (see figure 7-4).
3-178. The supply system is a Department of Defense (DOD) system and should not have a significant
impact. The challenge is the incompatibility of the Army unit level logistics system (ULLS) and the USMC
asset tracking for logistics and supply system (ATLASS). There will be a need for Army MLRS units to
manually enter PLL/ASL replenishment part requisition statuses into the ULLS, based on manual feedback
from the supporting force support element (FSE). Similarly, Army MLRS units will need to submit manual
requisitions using USMC forms to the supporting FSE so they can enter the requisition into ATLASS. An
MLRS logistics liaison at the FSSE can facilitate the process.
3-30 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Chapter 4
MLRS Unit Operations
This chapter addresses MLRS unit operations. This includes organization of the
battalion staff for tactical operations as well as firing battery operations. Instructions
covering features of combat operations, which lend themselves to definite or
standardized procedures without loss of effectiveness, should be covered by TSOP. A
guide and checklist for preparing an MLRS battalion TSOP is at appendix C.
SECTION I – BATTALION OPERATIONS
BATTALION COMMAND POST AND OPERATIONS CENTER

4-1. The MLRS battalion staff is organized for tactical operations by establishing the battalion CP and the
ALOC. The battalion CP provides command and control for the battalion elements.
CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
4-2. The MLRS is an extremely unique and flexible system. Therefore, the MLRS battalion commander
must consider several options when organizing the staff and command post(s) for tactical operations. In
addition to the factors of METT-TC, the commander must consider survivability, dispersion, support
requirements, past experience, and TSOPs. The commander can devise almost any option to accomplish the
unit mission.
Option 1—Dual CPs

4-3. The HHB is divided into a battalion CP and a battalion trains. At the battalion CP, the operations,
intelligence, and fire direction sections act as the TOC and provide C2 for the battalion elements and the
primary communication link to the controlling force field artillery (FA) headquarters. Signal personnel may
stay with the TOC. The TOC also monitors and, if necessary, coordinates for logistical support for the
forward elements of the battalion.
4-4. At the battalion trains, the ALOC coordinates and controls support operations. The battalion XO
supervises the ALOC. The HHB HQ, trains, and the ALOC are all located in 1 area. The ALOC can be
subdivided, if necessary, into the unit maintenance collection point (UMCP) and the BSOC. The UMCP
can be located 1 to 2 kilometers from the ALOC to diminish and isolate the noise and light discipline
problems associated with extensive maintenance operations. The BSOC may be located in a supported
maneuver BSA, the FIB BSA, or other convenient location. The BSOC is predominately made up of S-1
personnel, with a small contingent from the S-4. This configuration provides liaison for optimum logistics
and replacement personnel support with the supported unit. See chapter 7 for more on logistical support
information.
4-5. This type of organization emphasizes a reduced signature of the battalion HQ and increased
responsiveness of the battalion sustainment operations. The POL resupply, maintenance, medical treatment,
ammunition resupply, and other support operations are handled by the ALOC and/or trains personnel.
Signal personnel may stay with the TOC.
Option 2—Consolidated CPs

4-6. The entire HHB, both TOC and ALOC with trains, is located in 1 position area. This option derives
the greatest measure of local defense from organic elements and simplifies TOC and ALOC coordination,
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-1

Chapter 4
operations, and procedures. However, if battalion ammunition resupply operations and maintenance
operations are centralized at battalion level, the size and operational signature of the combined TOC,
ALOC, and trains may facilitate the enemy locating, targeting, and attacking the CP. It can also create
logistics and communications problems with support areas in the contiguous area as the unit moves forward
and the lines of communication are stretched.
Option 3—Mixed CPs

4-7. The HHB is split into a battalion CP and a battalion trains as with option 1. The commander moves
some of the trains support elements to the battalion CP location and places them under the control of the
TOC. He leaves the rest under the control of the ALOC to operate from the trains area. The primary
objective is to move critical support as far forward as possible, within operational and/or situational
constraints, and to provide greater security for the battalion CP.
BATTALION TACTICAL OPERATIONS CENTER

4-8. Within the battalion CP, the operations, fire direction, and intelligence sections make up the TOC.
The TOC must also coordinate battalion survey requirements and establish liaison as required by the
mission. The battalion CP is positioned on the battlefield to facilitate communications between higher
headquarters elements, subordinate units, and adjacent unit CPs. An MLRS battalion TOC is configured
with three command and control vehicle (C2V) platforms (operations, FDC, and intelligence). Radio and
AFATDS quantities per section are illustrated in figure 4-1.
Figure 4-1. TOC Radio and AFATDS Quantities
OPERATIONS RESPONSIBILITIES
4-9. Operations responsibilities include the following:
• Issue plans and orders.
• Coordinate survey operations.
4-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

• Establish liaison, as required.

• Plan and coordinate all unit movements.
• Coordinate positioning with controlling FA headquarters or maneuver FC.
• Record all significant events on DA Form 1594 (Duty Officer’s Log).
• Maintain operational overlays.
• Maintain a situation map.
• Monitor and project ammunition status and/or requirements.
• Establish communications on appropriate nets..
• Exercise staff supervision of unit CBRN operations.
• Ensure operations security (OPSEC).
INTELLIGENCE RESPONSIBILITIES
4-10. Intelligence responsibilities include the following:
• Enemy situation awareness.
• Terrain analysis.
• Intelligence information processing and coordination.
• Weather updates.
• Management of target-related information.
• Map control.
• Physical security.
• Counter fire targeting.
SURVEY RESPONSIBILITIES
4-11. The chief of party is the primary advisor for survey operations within the battalion. He is primarily
concerned with providing survey control to the firing batteries, while also attempting to satisfy the needs of
target acquisition assets, the supported maneuver unit, and other combat support units in the area. Specific
duties include—
• Coordinate and supervise battalion survey operations.
• Develop the survey plan with guidance from the S-3.
• Coordinate directly with battery commanders concerning survey requirements.
• Perform general reconnaissance and observation as required by the S-3.
Note: The survey PADS teams must also assist the S-3 and S-2 in acquiring combat information
as they perform their normal mission. They are particularly useful in gathering information about
the terrain.
LIAISON RESPONSIBILITIES
4-12. One of the 7 inherent responsibilities of an artillery battalion assigned a reinforcing or a GSR tactical
mission is to provide liaison to the unit being reinforced. MLRS fires battalions 2 liaison teams as
described in chapter 1.
4-13. Liaison is the contact or intercommunication maintained between elements to ensure mutual
understanding and unity of purpose and action. It is the most commonly employed technique for
establishing and maintaining close, continuous physical communication between units.
4-14. Liaison activities augment the commander's ability to synchronize and focus combat power. Liaison
activities include establishing and maintaining physical contact and communications. Liaison activities
ensure the following:
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-3

Chapter 4
• Mutual cooperation and understanding between commanders and staffs.

• Coordination on tactical matters to achieve mutual purpose, support, and action.
• Exact and precise understanding of implied or inferred coordination measures to achieve
synchronized results.
4-15. Overall, liaison becomes another tool to help commanders overcome friction, gain assurance that
supporting and supported commanders understand implicit coordination, and achieve synchronized results.
Effective liaison enhances the commander's confidence in planning and mission execution.
4-16. Supporting FA commanders may have insufficient liaison teams to meet all requirements. In such
cases, they must prioritize and provide liaison teams for the most critical requirements. To meet
requirements beyond organic capabilities, commanders have several options, to include forming teams “out
of hide.” However, the number of vehicles, radios, and digital communication devices available limits this
option. As long as the functional requirements are met to the satisfaction of the commanders involved,
exchange of liaison officers (LNOs) is not absolutely required. If the 2 units choose to collocate CPs or
FDCs, the liaison requirement has been met and no liaison officer is required. If both units are automated
and digital communications are adequate, a liaison officer may not be necessary. If no means are available
to establish full-time liaison, periodic coordination between units may have to suffice.
4-17. When an MLRS battalion is assigned a GS or GSR support relationship or a GS or GSR tactical
mission, it can be positioned in a BCT’s area of operations (AO). The MLRS battalion commander may
consider sending 1 of his liaison teams to the brigade combat team (BCT) FC. This team can help the
battalion commander track the maneuver situation and keep the force commander informed of the location
and status of a sizable friendly force in his area but not under his control. When supporting a MAGTF, the
Marine controlling FA headquarters will provide reciprocal liaison to the MLRS unit.
4-18. Because the liaison officer/sergeant represents the commander, the liaison officer/sergeant must be
able to—
• Understand how the commander thinks.
• Interpret the commander's messages.
• Convey the commander's vision, mission, and concept of operations and guidance.
• Represent the commander's position.
4-19. The liaison officer's professional capabilities and personal characteristics must encourage confidence
and cooperation with the commander and staff of the receiving unit. The liaison officer must—
• Be thoroughly knowledgeable of the unit mission and its tactics, techniques, and procedures
(TTP); organization; capabilities; and communications equipment.
• Be familiar with the doctrine and staff procedures of the receiving unit headquarters.
• Be familiar with the requirements for, and the purpose of, liaison; the liaison system and its
corresponding reports, reporting documents, and records; and the training of the liaison team.
• Observe the established channels of command and staff functions.
4-20. Artillery CPs that dispatch liaison teams are called sending units. Gaining units are called receiving
units.
Sending Units
4-21. Sending units are responsible for ensuring that liaison personnel are competent, thoroughly trained,
and—
• Remain up to date on current and future operations, are thoroughly briefed, and understand what
information to pass to the receiving unit.
• Remain current with sending unit operations.
• Have the appropriate credentials for authenticating the liaison team to the receiving unit
commander. This is especially critical if the team is provided to an allied force.
• Have appropriate security clearances and courier orders.
4-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

• Have reliable transportation, communications, automation, and COMSEC equipment with

appropriate codes. The sending unit must plan to replace equipment and COMSEC material, if
necessary.
• Provide TSOPs to receiving units that outline liaison team missions, functions, procedures, and
duties.
• Inform the receiving unit of the contents of reports sent to the sending unit.
• Have weapons and ammunition for personal protection.
• Arrive at the receiving unit at the appointed place and time.
Receiving Units
4-22. The receiving unit is responsible for—
• Notifying the sending unit of the time, place, and point of contact for the liaison team.
• Briefing the arriving liaison team on the status of current operations.
• Providing the sending unit operational details, including movement and logistic information, that
impact on sending unit operations.
• Ensuring that liaison teams have access to the commander and key staff officers and have the
ability to communicate information critical to the sending unit.
• Providing communications and COMSEC equipment when the liaison team operates in the
receiving unit radio nets and telephone system.
• Providing the following administrative support:
A copy of the receiving unit TSOP.
Workspace, electrical power for automation equipment, and maintenance support, to include
fuels and lubricants.
Life support facilities, rations, maps, small arms ammunition, and Class II and Class IV
supplies.
Medical support and physical security.
Liaison Duties During the Tour

4-23. During the liaison tour, the liaison officer or team—
• Arrives at the designated location at the designated time.
• Promotes cooperation between the sending headquarters and the receiving headquarters.
• Accomplishes its mission without becoming actively involved with the receiving unit staff
procedures or actions.
• Is proactive in obtaining information.
• Facilitates comprehension of the sending unit commander's intent.
• Helps the sending unit commander assess current and future operations.
• Remains informed of the unit current situation and makes that information available to the
receiving unit commander and staff.
• Expeditiously informs the sending unit of upcoming missions, tasks, and orders of the receiving
unit.
• Passes information on the tactical situation to the sending battalion CP.
• Ensures that both units establish radio nets for—
Exchanging orders, situation reports, and intelligence reports.
Passing fire missions.
Quick-fire nets, as required.
Passes unit locations, ammunition status, weapon strength, target lists, and fire plans between
the 2 units.
• Informs the receiving unit commander of the content of the reports it transmits to the sending unit.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-5

Chapter 4
• Keeps a record of reports, listing everyone met (including the person's name, rank, duty position,
and contact information) as well as primary operators and their contact information.
• Attempts to resolve issues proactively.
• Notifies the sending unit promptly if unable to accomplish the liaison mission.
• Reports departure to the receiving unit commander after mission complete. (See appendix D.)
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS
BATTALION
4-24. The MLRS battalion automated command and control systems consist of the fire control system
(FCS) at the launcher and the AFATDS at platoon, battery, and battalion.
4-25. The FCS provides a link between the crew, launcher external digital traffic, and the launcher
components. The FCS monitors, coordinates, and controls all electronic devices used by the launcher
during the launch cycle. The FCS computes fire data for fire missions and communicates digitally with the
AFATDS.
4-26. The AFATDS performs tactical fire direction processing at platoon, battery, and battalion level. The
AFTADS receives, processes, and transmits fire unit, ammunition, and target data. It maintains databases
that include fire units, munitions, and tactical fire plans.
4-27. AFATDS is the fire support C2 system within the ABCS. It provides decision aids and an
information system for the control, coordination, and synchronization of all types of FS means. It acts as
the force field artillery C2 system.
4-28. AFATDS is located at FA command posts from platoon to FIB to echelons above division. It is
employed in varying configurations at different operational facilities. AFATDS is interconnected by the
ACUS, the ADDS, or CNR communications. AFATDS operates with other services using the variable
message format (VMF), joint tactical data link or, to a lesser degree, the USMTF messages. The system
also complies with standardized message formats derived from North Atlantic Treaty Organization
(NATO) Standardization Agreement (STANAG) 5620 and bilateral agreements with the United Kingdom,
Germany, and other nations, as applicable.
COMMANDER’S GUIDANCE
4-29. The key to exploiting AFATDS capabilities is integrating the commander’s fire support guidance
into the AFATDS database. Targeting guidance tells AFATDS which targets to process or deny. AFATDS
automatically filters and screens mission requests and recommends denying those missions that do not meet
the established commander’s guidance. It prioritizes multiple missions to ensure that the most important
missions are processed first. It also checks incoming fire missions against fire support coordinating
measures and unit zones of responsibility. If violations occur, AFATDS notifies the operator and
electronically requests clearance from the unit that established the control measure. AFATDS then
determines how to attack the target, applying guidance by system preference (FA preference, FA attack
methods, mortar, naval gunfire, or air attack).
4-30. The system preference table allows the operator to tell AFATDS the weapon the commander deems
most appropriate for each target type. The weapon systems are ranked from 1 to 4 in priority for
consideration.
AFATDS FILTERING FUNCTION

4-31. Filters tell AFATDS which targets not to attack. One filter is target decay time; this defines how
long, after a target type is acquired, it is still suitable for engagement. This filter highlights for the
commander those targets with short dwell times and prevents firing on targets that may have moved. Other
filters include—
4-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

• Target duplication filter. This filter allows fire supporters to specify the distance (in meters) that
separates targets or similar targets to determine if they are duplicates. This prevents different
sensors or observers from firing separate missions on the same target. If 2 missions violate target
duplication, AFATDS will process the first mission and recommend denial on the second.
• Target build-up area filter. This filter allows the commander to specify the number of targets
within an area that must be identified before engagement. It is particularly useful for counter fire
elements that want to focus on developing a template for enemy area before attacking it.
• Target exclusion filter (part of the target management matrix [TMM]). This filter allows the
commander to specify targets he does not want fire support to consider for attack.
4-32. AFATDS target selection standards (TSS) contains the same information normally used in a TSS
matrix, including the TLE for potential sensors. This filter, generally used for intelligence reports, specifies
a report age to prevent firing on targets that are too old.
AFATDS SCREENING FUNCTION

4-33. After a target clears the filters, AFATDS screens the mission to assign a mission value. This focuses
fires by ensuring that the most important targets are engaged first. In AFATDS, this screening guidance
includes mission prioritization, the high-value target list (HVTL), and the TMM.
AFATDS MISSION PRIORITIZATION

4-34. AFATDS prioritizes missions by assigning each a “mission value” of 0 to 100 based on 4 weighted
criteria to determine the overall mission value. The 4 criteria are—
• On-call precedence allows the commander to decide that targets from the fire plan (stored in the
on-call target list) have a higher priority than a target of opportunity. (A commander may not want
targets of opportunity to disrupt the execution of preplanned, rehearsed targets in specific target
areas of interest [TAIs] or engagement areas.)
• Priority of fires enables the commander to establish a preference among a pool of potential
sensors/observers.
• If a target falls within a TAI, AFATDS will increase its mission value.
• AFATDS can weight targets based on their relative importance to the supported commander's
mission. The target type value is identified in the HVTL and the TMM.
4-35. A commander can define the desired effects in the HVTL for each target category by specifying
effects or any percentage of destruction from 0 percent to 100 percent. He can also assign a weighted value
from 0 to 100 to each target category.
4-36. The HVTL is a starting point for the development of the HPTL and is a component of the TMM.
HPTs are HVTs that must be attacked to achieve success during friendly operations. The HPTL in the
TMM applies additional guidance to weight the target types.
4-37. The TMM used in AFATDS provides the same information normally seen on an attack guidance
matrix (AGM). It separates HPT types from non-HPT types. A commander can define the effects for each
HPT type or any percentage of destruction up to 100 percent. He can also weight the value of each HPT
type from 0 to 100. This is a second target value (for HPTs only) that AFATDS uses to compute an overall
mission value.
4-38. As a result of mission prioritization, each target is assigned a mission value. Cutoff values set the
minimum thresholds that targets must attain to be considered for attack by certain fire support assets. The
commander assigns these to tell AFATDS which weapon systems to consider (and not to consider) as
attack options for certain targets.
4-39. In the TMM, the commander can specify which target types require target damage assessment (TDA)
or should not be fired upon but handed off to the IEW officer for exploitation. The commander can specify
when targets will be engaged as “acquired,” “immediate,” or “planned.” The commander can also exclude
target types in the TMM display from consideration for attack by fire support assets.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-7

Chapter 4
ATTACK ANALYSIS
4-40. The next step AFATDS takes is to determine how to attack the targets. The commander can assign a
preferred system (for example, FA, mortars, naval gunfire) to each target type. He can also build a series of
tables in AFATDS to further define preferences (shell/fuze combination, for example) for each system
against specific target types.
FIRE MISSION PROCESSING

4-41. Another powerful capability AFATDS offers is the ability to eliminate the traditional mission delays
associated with processing fire missions through multiple layers of fire support coordination. Not every
mission needs to stop at every fire support node in the mission thread (digital route). By tailoring AFATDS
intervention points (IPs), the commander can specify which missions stop for review (human intervention)
at intermediate fire support nodes (battalion/task force and brigade fires cells [FCs]) and which
automatically process through the fire support system to a firing unit for rapid response. The following are
examples of fire mission processing:
• All fire missions for “armor, medium” or “missile, heavy” targets process rapidly without human
intervention, a decision based on the type of target.
• Control IPs of fire missions, based on the mission value and every request for fire against a target
type with a value of less than 50 stop for human review.
• Specify IPs by types of missions such as screening, adjust fire or illumination missions before they
are processed.
• All fire missions AFATDS-assigned to the mortar platoon are processed automatically without
human intervention.
4-42. The commander may want only fire missions that violate the filtering or screening guidance to have
an IP. This adds a human review of an AFATDS decision before a mission is denied or coordination is
requested. If the commander does not want a computer denying a supported commander's request for fire,
he can establish an IP in AFATDS to review all missions the system recommends be denied.
4-43. Designing IPs in AFATDS offers tremendous flexibility. Tailoring IPs may be an alternative to
quick-fire channels and has the potential of offering near real-time sensor-to-shooter capabilities. These IPs
(filters) can be designed based on the following:
• Specific target type.
• Assigned mission value.
• Mission type.
• Attack option (mortars, FA, air, naval gunfire).
• Target duplication, exclusion, IEW routing, build up targets, or coordination required.
4-44. AFATDS is capable of receiving targets from a variety of sources. By filtering and screening
potential targets for engagement, AFATDS automates many of the functions currently performed manually
by the FAIO and other staff members.
4-45. The following paragraphs summarize the ATCCS devices that the MLRS battalion may interface
with and/or operate.
MANEUVER CONTROL SYSTEM

4-46. The maneuver control system (MCS) provides Army tactical commanders and their staffs (corps
through battalion) automated, online, near real-time systems for planning, coordinating, and controlling
tactical operations. It is the maneuver component of ABCS. It receives, processes, and displays the
increasing volume and variety of tactical command and control information available. MCS has a wide
array of capabilities that allow for more efficient battle planning and execution. MCS capabilities range
from modifying unit task organization to creating complex map overlays. MLRS elements at brigade and
battalion/squadron level will interface with MCS through their AFATDS.
4-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

FORCE XXI BATTLE COMMAND BRIGADE AND BELOW (FBCB2)

4-47. FBCB2 interfaces with the ABCS and is located at the brigade level and below. It provides
mounted/dismounted tactical combat and service support units the ability to gain situational understanding
of the battlefield. FBCB2 provides accurate and real-time information about friendly, enemy, neutral, and
noncombatant locations—a common relevant picture of the battlefield scaled to specific level of interest
and special needs.
4-48. For the purposes of FBCB2, situational awareness is a state of understanding and knowledge gained
through a graphical common operating picture of the battlefield consisting of the enemy situation, friendly
situation, and logistics. The common operating picture that FBCB2 provides presents a new way to
visualize the battlefield. This digital visualization provides a picture with dimensions that mitigate surprise
and uncertainty. FBCB2 does this by providing soldiers with a common ability to see where they are, see
where other soldiers are, see over the “next hill,” see the enemy, and know what each of them is doing.
This situational awareness contributes to mobility and force synchronization, and reduces the possibility of
fratricide. This automated portrayal of the common operating picture becomes more critical as darkness,
weather, and obscurants reduce visibility; when operating with night vision devices; or when operating in
terrain where visibility is reduced (for example, heavily forested terrain, urban terrain, or rolling terrain).
4-49. Every vehicle in the FBCB2-equipped team has a computer that displays a digital image of the map.
Symbols (icons) representing individual friendly and enemy vehicles or units appear on the map and move
in near real-time as the platforms they represent move on the battlefield. This continually updated
situational understanding is a fully automatic function.
4-50. The Army intends to incorporate FBCB2 functionality to a platform in 2 separate ways:
• FBCB2 hardware (computer, radios, GPS receiver, mounting equipment) and software are added
to an existing platform. Any platform can have FBCB2 functionality through this mechanism. This
type of installation is termed stand-alone FBCB2 or an appliqué (see table 4-1).
• Embedded battle command (EBC) software embedded to operate on a computer that is already in
a platform. EBC will be inserted into AFATDS and M270A1/M142 launchers to facilitate
situational understanding on the future battlefield.
Table 4-1. Appliqué

Communications
Battle Command Battle Command
Situational Awareness Interface/
Execution Support
Processing
•Own position •Overlays •Five-paragraph •Connectivity with
•Position of friendly units •Messages (joint VMF) OPLAN other net members
and platforms –Spot/SALUTE •Logistics reports •Unit task organization
•Position of enemy units –Call for fire •Personnel reports •Maintenance/
and platforms –Strike warning •Roll-up reports embedded training
•Warnings of dangerous –SITREP •Simulation interfaces
•EPW/
conditions in the –Overlay message
detainee reports
operational environment –Field order
–CBRN 1 •Video image
•Supporting data (such processing Network
as terrain/elevation) management/
•Frame grabber/file
•Supplemental data transfer administrative
(such as unit functions
•COA
status/readiness,
connectivity) Command and Control
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-9

Chapter 4
Table 4-1. Appliqué

Communications
Battle Command Battle Command
Situational Awareness Interface/
Execution Support
Processing
Legend
COA = course of action OPLAN = operations plan
EPW = enemy prisoner of war SALUTE = size, activity, location, unit, time, and
msg = message equipment
CBRN = nuclear, biological, and chemical SITREP = situation report
VMF = variable message format
BATTALION ALOC
4-51. The ALOC monitors and coordinates all tactical logistics functions affecting the MLRS battalion and
its subordinate or attached units. The battalion XO supervises the functions with the forward support
company commander, S-1, S-4, BAO, and select members of the special staff directly coordinating and
controlling the service support activities.
SECTION II – MLRS FIRING BATTERY OPERATIONS
BATTERY HEADQUARTERS
4-52. The MLRS firing battery is the basic unit of employment of the MLRS. This section addresses
battery employment and operations. Instructions covering features of combat operations that lend
themselves to definite or standardized procedures without loss of effectiveness should be covered by TSOP.
(For a guide and checklist for preparing an MLRS battery TSOP, see appendix C.)
BOC
4-53. The battery HQ provides command, control, and coordinates logistical support to the battery. The
command element and the BOC provide the command and control. The forward support company or other
headquarters has the assets to enable the battery to function independently of any battalion control for
limited time periods.
4-54. The BOC operates in the FDC tent extension. The BOC provides C2 for the battery and the primary
communications links with battalion headquarters elements. The BOC personnel maintain situation maps
and overlays. They also maintain SCPs, ammunition, maintenance, and similar status charts, and posts
other operational information. The battery and battalion command (voice) net radios can be remoted as
necessary.
Operations
4-55. The MLRS BOC is the C2 center of the battery. The BOC directs all battery operations in
coordination with the battery commander. It directly controls the FDC and CBRN operations. It monitors
ammunition and launcher status, requests survey support, and directs battery internal and external logistics
and support operations. The BOC passes movement orders and other information to the subordinate platoon
headquarters.
Fire Direction Center

4-56. The MLRS firing battery FDC operates as a sub-element of the BOC. It controls all battery level
tactical fire direction.
4-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Logistics Operations Center

4-57. The battery LOC is the primary C2 center for administration-logistical operations, maintenance, and
battery defense. LOC staff coordinates external support and direct internal administration-logistical
operations to include resupply. These tasks are accomplished in accordance with priorities set by the BOC.
The support platoon leader/sergeant and/or 1SG directly supervise LOC operations.
Logistics Release Point

4-58. The battery logistics release point (LRP) is established normally by the battery 1SG to push routine
supplies forward and to facilitate other routine administration. Firing platoon sergeants normally meet the
1SG at the LRP on a daily basis or in accordance with the unit SOP.
BATTERY HEADQUARTERS OPERATIONS

CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
4-59. The MLRS battery commander must consider the factors of METT-TC in addition to survivability,
dispersion, communications, support requirements, past experience, and TSOPs when determining which
configuration to use. There are basically 2 options for employment of the battery headquarters—dual and
consolidated.
Consolidated CPs
4-60. Food service, supply, and maintenance sections may be consolidated with the BOC at the battery
headquarters. This option facilitates local defense and simplifies BOC and LOC coordination and
communications. When consolidated, wire communications should be established between the LOC and
the BOC. The BOC is the focal point for support requests, planning, and coordination.
Dual CPs
4-61. The battery establishes a battery trains with a LOC serving as a logistics command post. The LOC
activities are still directed by the BOC. The commander decides which assets to deploy with the LOC, and
which to leave with the BOC.
CONSIDERATIONS
4-62. Commanders should consider the following when organizing their command posts.
Terrain
4-63. The BOC requires elevated terrain for good communications. The logistics elements (ammunition,
maintenance, food service, and supply) require a good road network and firm ground. If these 2 needs
cannot be met at the same location, the commander may choose to separate the elements (for example,
place the BOC on a hill and the trains in a nearby town).
Enemy
4-64. The commander may choose to split operations because of enemy counter fire or air attack
capability. A consolidated BOC's large signature may jeopardize the entire headquarters. However, split
CPs are more vulnerable to ground attack.
Communications
4-65. Distance between the LOC and BOC increases C2 and defense challenges and requires the LOC to
monitor the battery command or other designated frequency. Radios that can monitor the net are scarce and
restrict the use of certain vehicles. When the LOC is located near the BOC (within 200 meters), wire line
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-11

Chapter 4
communications can be used between the 2 operations centers. This reduces C2 problems and the electronic
signature.
BATTERY HEADQUARTERS POSITIONING CONSIDERATIONS
Battery Operations Center

4-66. Locate the BOC on elevated terrain for better communications. It should be in the center of the
headquarters position for maximum protection against ground attack.
Food Service
4-67. The forward support company food service serving area should be located on firm, accessible
ground; have good drainage; and be upwind from the field latrine.
Supply
4-68. The supply section requires firm terrain as well. The supply vehicle (not including the POL vehicles)
is placed to cover a portion of the headquarters perimeter. The supply and POL vehicles are placed for easy
access to and from the position.
Ammunition Holding Area

4-69. The ammunition holding area (AHA) should be adjacent, or as near as possible, to the main supply
route (MSR). It should be large enough to hold all of the battery resupply vehicles, allow for a minimum
turning radius to allow for safe maneuver of all unit resupply vehicles, and provide enough overhead
clearance to allow for boom operations. It should be easily located, in darkness or daylight, by the support
platoon personnel. Placed close to the MSR, the AHA controls the main access route into the battery area.
BATTERY DEFENSE
THREAT CAPABILITIES
4-70. MLRS is an HPT for enemy ground forces as well as indirect fires.
Detection
4-71. The threat detects friendly forces by first studying friendly force doctrine and then processing
SIGINT, imagery intelligence (IMINT), and human intelligence (HUMINT).
4-72. Signals Intelligence. Using signal intercept and radio direction-finding (RDF) equipment, the enemy
collects various FM and AM radio transmissions. Tactical FM radios operating on low power can be picked
up by enemy RDF units at distances in excess of 10 kilometers. High-power signals can be detected at
distances up to 40 kilometers. However, directional antennas and reduced radio usage will improve
survivability. Radars can detect firing weapons to a 200-meter accuracy. Seismic and sound ranging can
produce targets within 150 meters although their accuracy is diminished by other battle noise.
4-73. Imagery Intelligence. This effort consists of photographic imagery, thermal detection, radar location,
and laser imagery. Unless assigned as a special mission, IMINT processing requires 6 to 8 hours. Target
location error from IMINT is 200 meters.
4-74. Human Intelligence. Long-range and reconnaissance patrols, spies, partisans, and enemy prisoners of
war (EPWs) are all HUMINT collectors. Although HUMINT relies primarily on visual observation, the
peculiar equipment, predicted activities, bumper marking, spoils of war, and rubbish left behind add to the
accuracy of the targeting effort.
4-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Attack
4-75. MLRS units are vulnerable to threat counter fire, air attack, ground forces, and electronic warfare.
The MLRS unit’s greatest protection is its ability to disperse, hide, fire, and then move out quickly: shoot
and scoot.
HEADQUARTERS POSITION DEFENSE

4-76. The primary method to enhance survivability for an MLRS firing battery is concealment to avoid
detection (passive defense). The battery headquarters should use natural and manmade camouflage, noise
and light discipline, and terrain to reduce the risk of detection from the ground or air.
4-77. The second method to enhance survivability is to establish a strong defensive position with a plan to
displace as soon as possible. The battery headquarters should position machine guns, antitank weapons, and
grenade launchers to orient on likely enemy avenues of approach. LPs and OPs should be positioned to
provide sufficient early warning to the battery.
4-78. The BOC must stay attuned to the current tactical situation and ensure that information is
disseminated to all battery elements. Especially important is information pertaining to enemy locations and
disposition, friendly units in or near platoon OPAREAs, the CBRN threat, the locations of friendly and
enemy minefields, threat detection activities, and the likelihood of threat ground forces such as patrols
operating in the area.
Defense Against Air Attack

4-79. Concealment is also the best defense against air attack. However, if the unit is detected and attacked,
the key to survival is dispersion while engaging attacking aircraft with a large volume of fire. Fortunately,
MLRS units are naturally dispersed, therefore providing enemy aircraft an elusive target. Normally, the
MLRS unit will fall within the supported unit's air defense umbrella and may have air defense assets
attached. This does not preclude returning fire with all available direct fire weapons.
Defense Against Armored or Mechanized Force

4-80. The best defense against an armored or mechanized ground attack is for the MLRS platoon to move
to a position from which it can continue the mission (alternate OPAREA) without a direct confrontation
with the enemy.
Defense Against Dismounted Attack

4-81. Dismounted enemy elements will attack using:
• SOF using indirect fire.
• Ambushes.
• Guerrilla-type attacks (normally not exceeding platoon size and often conducted at night or in
adverse weather).
• A diversionary attack and then a main attack.
• Dismounted infantry.
4-82. The best defense against a dismounted ground attack is to displace to an alternate position. In some
situations, where the counter fire threat is minimal, launchers may operate from mutually supporting hide
areas (HAs). These HAs may allow launchers to observe each other and provide early warning of
dismounted ground attack.
Equipment and Materiel Destruction Procedures

4-83. The battery commander must ensure that the unit’s TSOPs include procedures for the destruction of
unit equipment and materiel. The battery commander designates personnel to perform the destruction and
ensures that adequate emergency destruction (ED) material is available. See TM 9-1425-648-13&P and FM
3-34.214 for guidance in preparing unit TSOPs.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-13

Chapter 4
TACTICAL MOVEMENT
4-84. The MLRS battery movement options resemble those of other FA units. The BOC directs and
controls the displacement of subordinate platoons. The battery commander is usually directed to displace
by battery, battery echelon, or platoon. Some considerations in selecting an option for displacement follow:
• Maneuver unit scheme of movement.
• Continuous fire support (fire plans/targets).
• Overall tactical situation.
• Immediate and future requirements of the supported unit.
• Characteristics of the terrain to be traversed.
• Distance of march.
• Time available.
• Enemy capabilities.
• Command and control capabilities.
MOVEMENT OPTIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS
Move by Platoon
4-85. This is the most common and preferred method of displacement for MLRS batteries. One firing
platoon at a time is displaced, either as a complete platoon or by individual vehicle infiltration.
Move by Battery Echelon

4-86. In this method, 1 or 2 of the major elements of the battery are moved in 2 or more groups. For
example, 1 firing platoon and the battery HQ may move as a group. Then the second firing platoon, the
support platoon, and the rest of the battery are moved.
Move by Battery
4-87. Distance, mission, route priorities, or the overall tactical situation may dictate a battery-level move.
Jump Battery Operations Center

4-88. If the entire battery is not moving at once, the BOC must ensure that battery C2 and fire direction
processing continue while it moves. The preferred method for ensuring continuity is to pass control to 1 of
the firing platoons. The platoon AFATDS enters the appropriate digital nets with the battalion AFATDS
and the FIB AFATDS, and the supported maneuver HQ AFATDS. Once this link is established, the platoon
assumes the role of the BOC and battery FDC (see chapter 8).
TACTICAL MARCHES
4-89. A tactical march is the movement of a unit or elements of a unit under actual or simulated combat
conditions. There are several methods for moving an element in a tactical configuration. Each method has
specific advantages and disadvantages. The battery commander decides which method or combination is
best.
Open Column
4-90. The open column is used for daylight movements when there is an adequate road network that is not
overcrowded, when enemy detection is not likely, when time is an important factor, or when the travel
distance is great. A vehicle interval in an open column is generally 100 meters.
• The advantages of the open column are as follows:
Speed (the fastest method of march).
Reduced driver fatigue.
4-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Improved vision on dusty roads.

Ease in passing individual vehicles.
Ease in dispersing vehicles as a passive defense measure against an air attack.
Less chance of the entire unit being ambushed.
Less vulnerability to indirect fire.
• The disadvantages of the open column are as follows:

Greater column length requires more road space and more time to close on the OPAREA.
Other traffic often becomes interspersed in the column.
Communication within the column is complicated.
Close Column
4-91. In close column movement, the vehicle interval is less than 100 meters. Close column is used to
maintain maximum command and control during periods of limited visibility or when moving through
built-up or congested areas.
• The advantages of the close column are as follows:
Simplicity of command and control.
Less time to close on the OPAREA.
Reduced column length.
Concentration of defensive firepower.
• The disadvantages of the close column are as follows:

The column is vulnerable to enemy observation and attack.
The strength and nature of the column are quickly apparent to enemy observers.
Convoy speed is reduced.
Driver fatigue is increased.
Infiltration
4-92. When the battery moves by infiltration, vehicles are dispatched individually or in small groups
without reference to a march table. Though this technique is time consuming and the vehicles are difficult
to control, it is used when the enemy has good target acquisition means and quick reaction capabilities.
• The advantages of infiltration are as follows:
Vehicles are less vulnerable to hostile observation.
Opportunities for cover are increased.
Defense against air and artillery attack is enhanced.
The enemy is deceived as to the size of the unit.
• The disadvantages of infiltration are as follows:

It is time-consuming.
It is difficult to command and control.
Vulnerability of small elements is increased.
Terrain March
4-93. The terrain march is an off-road movement to reduce vulnerability and avoid traffic. A unit using this
type of movement should travel close to tree lines, along gullies, and close to hill masses. When enemy
observation or interdiction by artillery fire or air attack is likely, a terrain march should be conducted. A
unit may move safely on a road for some distance and change to a terrain march at a point where enemy
observation becomes likely or vehicle congestion makes an inviting target.
4-94. Consider the following factors when deciding to use the terrain march:
• Displacement time may be increased.
• Ground reconnaissance is required.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-15

Chapter 4
• Soil conditions and other natural obstacles may complicate this type of movement.
• Wheel or track marks to the new position may be left.
• Extensive coordination is required to avoid traveling through other unit areas.
4-95. When employing the terrain march, MLRS units may move in open column, in close column, or by
infiltration.
Special Formations
4-96. On the basis of the theater of operations and the tactical situation, the battery commander may
choose to move his platoons in a special formation (such as a wedge or multiple wedges). This is most
appropriate in a desert environment where there are few obstacles to movement, visibility exceeds several
kilometers, movement is over extended distances, and/or there is a need to provide rocket fires while
moving. Commanders should consider placement of vehicles to protect C2 elements and make most
efficient use of available weapon systems for defense (see figure 4-2).
Note: The width and depth of the formations in figure 4-2 are a function of METT-TC and
command and control considerations.
Figure 4-2. Special Formations
4-16 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

SECTION III – FIRING PLATOON OPERATIONS
PLATOON HEADQUARTERS
4-97. The MLRS firing platoon generally conducts operations under battery control, occupies a separate
area of operations, and conducts its own RSOP. The MLRS firing platoon can be considered analogous to a
cannon firing battery for fire support, positioning, and logistics considerations. Tactically, the platoon
leader must do all of those tasks usually associated with the cannon battery commander. The leaders of the
firing platoon must be innovative and creative in their approach to operations. The unique tactics of an
MLRS firing platoon place great responsibility on personnel to meet their missions. Instructions covering
features of combat operations, which lend themselves to definite or standardized procedures without loss of
effectiveness, should be covered by TSOP. A battery TSOP normally guides preparation of MLRS platoon
TSOPs. (For a guide and checklist for preparing an MLRS battery TSOP, see appendix C.)
COMMAND AND CONTROL

4-98. The platoon leader and platoon sergeant are responsible for the command and control of platoon
operations and for advising the battery commander and/or BOC on their launcher and ammunition status.
The battery commander and/or BOC directs the platoon leader and sergeant concerning the specific number
of operational launchers that are posturing for specific munitions and ready to fire status. The platoon
leader and platoon sergeant are responsible for coordinating all logistical support with the LOC. The POC
personnel monitor all traffic between the BOC and the launchers by using the platoon AFATDS. Loss of
the platoon FDC would severely hinder platoon command and control. The POC personnel maintain a DA
Form 1594 and a DA Form 7232-R (MLRS FDC Fire Mission Log). A reproducible copy of DA Form
7232-R is located at the back of this manual. An example of DA Form 7232-R is shown in chapter 6. Fire
mission logs should be maintained for 1 year as a record of live-fire missions conducted.
PLATOON OPERATIONS CENTER

4-99. The POC is located in an M1068 with an AFATDS. The POC is manned by MLRS fire direction
personnel and is supervised by the platoon leader or the platoon sergeant. The reconnaissance sergeant may
also work in the POC when he is in the platoon HQ position. The platoon leader or platoon sergeant should
locate the POC on elevated terrain for communications and should center it in the platoon HQ position for
maximum protection against ground attack and ease of platoon internal wire communications.
SUPPORT
4-100. The POC is the hub of platoon support activities. Any attached MSTs stay with the platoon HQ
and are deployed in accordance with unit TSOP. Launchers in an inoperational (INOP) status normally
move to the platoon HQ area to reduce the security, command, control, and resupply burdens.
OPAREA
4-101. An MLRS platoon position area should normally be large enough to allow a 3-by-3-kilometer
OPAREA (see figure 4-3). Exact size of the OPAREA is a function of METT-TC and a result of risk
assessment. The tactical situation and competition for terrain may require that platoons modify the size of
the OPAREA. However, smaller areas severely restrict the platoon leader's employment options, the length
of time the platoon can occupy, and the survivability of the platoon. The launcher signature, noise, smoke,
and fire make each firing position easily identifiable from great distances, especially in open terrain. After
use by MLRS launchers, the firing point (FP) may be subjected to intense enemy counter fire; therefore,
firing points are considered highly dangerous. Except for cases of tactical necessity, launchers should use a
firing point only once.
4-102. The MLRS platoon does not require sole use of the terrain within its position area. With proper
coordination, maneuver units can pass through the OPAREA without disrupting operations. Other units
may use parts of the platoon OPAREA. However, commanders may resist sharing space with MLRS
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-17

Chapter 4
because of the danger from potential counter fire. This is particularly true of less mobile units.
Coordination of terrain must, therefore, be thorough and continuous.
4-103. Units in the general vicinity should be aware of launchers in the area and avoid them—see and
avoid. If a unit encounters a launcher in position, it should avoid locating nearby. The danger area around
the launcher, due to blast and flying debris during a launch, is 300 meters to the front and 400 meters to the
rear of the launcher. The supported force commander, rather than attempting to specify each individual
position and/or area, may specify no-go areas for MLRS. MLRS units would then be expected to plan their
positions around the no-go terrain. Regardless of the method or the extent of planning, battery commanders
and platoon leaders/sergeants must coordinate face-to-face with commanders in close proximity of their
planned position areas.
4-104. There are 6 types of positions within the OPAREA; each type may have several locations. The
platoon leader or platoon sergeant must identify all OPAREA position types, except hide areas, by grid
during a reconnaissance.
Figure 4-3. Operational Area
FIRING POINTS
4-105. Each platoon OPAREA should have at least 9 FPs, three for each launcher. Each launcher section
chief is responsible for final selection and verification of the firing points. The following are considerations
when selecting a firing point:
• The platoon leader is responsible for selecting firing areas. The section chief then selects the FP
locations (the launchers should not fire from terrain with slopes greater than 89 mils).
• There should be no immediate mask in the probable direction of fire.
• Hide areas (HAs) should normally be located within 100 meters of the FP; however, longer
distances are acceptable if response times can be kept short.
• The FP may be on a “reverse slope” of a terrain feature. Although masks should still be
considered, reverse slopes break line-of-sight with the FLOT and may reduce the threat of attack
by enemy direct fire systems during firing operations.
4-18 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

• The FP may be located on a road. The road should lead directly to the reload point (RL) or the
next FP to reduce ground signature, response time, and time required to move.
• Communications must be established with the BOC and the POC.
• The FP should be 500 meters from other FP (800 meters preferred) and 800 meters from other
positions or elements, except HAs.
• For attack of time-sensitive targets with missiles using M270, the launcher may be placed AMC
for extended periods of time (up to 2 hours), when using the M270A1 or the M142 the time period
is indefinite. FPs for these missions should also serve the purpose of a HA and provide
concealment. These FPs should be selected to enhance survivability while the launcher is laid on
target awaiting the command to fire.
4-106. The following are additional FP considerations for M270/M270A1 launchers:
• The launcher should be able to park within 150 meters of the firing point grid recorded in the
launcher's database and within 100 mils of the commanded heading.
• The launcher's slope must not exceed 266 mils for rocket missions (89 mils or less is
recommended) and 89 mils for missile missions. The FCS continuously displays launcher slope
to assist the driver in parking the vehicle.
• Once the vehicle is stopped, the driver should move the vehicle back and forth slightly or pivot
the vehicle in place slightly to allow the tracks to settle into place. This reduces the chance of the
vehicle moving during firing.
4-107. The following are additional FP considerations for M142 launchers:
• The wheeled M142 travels faster on improved roads but can be slowed or denied access by
rough terrain and wet or soft soil that would not impede the M270/M270A1.
• Excessive dry vegetation on the FP can ignite causing damage to exposed wiring and air lines
on the under carriage.
• Initial parking at proper heading is critical to meet timelines. Re-parking the M142 is more time
consuming than pivot steering the M270/M270A1.
• FP slope tolerances are critical— 89 mils with no tolerances / buffer for rockets up to 266 mils.
HIDE AREA
4-108. The launcher section chief selects the HA—an area in which to hide the launcher while awaiting a
fire mission. The hide area should be covered and concealed, and close to the designated FP (normally not
less than 20 meter and not more than 100 meters away). A launcher in the HA must be able to communicate
with the BOC. The HA may be on a road leading to the FP to reduce the ground signature and to speed
response time.
4-109. Hide area operations may degrade or disrupt the M270A1/M142 launcher GPS performance due to
line of site obstruction. This is especially the case when the hide position is under dense foliage or a
structure (such as a barn or bridge). However, degraded GPS performance is not as critical to the mission as
the launcher’s ability to survive in a hostile environment. The launcher should be able to acquire good GPS
information within 2 minutes of leaving the hide location. Travel time from hide to the firing point (often 2
to 5 minutes) is adequate for the launcher receiver to be operationally “hot” before launcher lay. The
launcher crew can decrease the firing time by tracking at least 1 satellite in the hide area. When possible,
use the DAGR to check hide areas and firing points for good satellite acquisition.
RELOAD POINT
4-110. The RL is where the launchers upload launch pods and the HEMTT-HEMATs/ RSV-RST off-
load. This is the most vulnerable point for each element. Each platoon OPAREA should have at least 2
RLs. Select RL points based on the following conditions:
• Cover and concealment for a HEMTT-HEMAT and launcher in the position at the same time.
• Maneuver room for the 100-foot (30.48-meter) turning radius of the 55-foot-long (16.76-meter)
HEMTT-HEMAT and boom operations.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-19

Chapter 4
• Located at least 800 meters from FPs and at least 500 meters from any other element.
• Firm ground or pavement for supporting vehicles and launch pods.
• Covered and concealed route from AHA to RL.
• Trafficability.
4-111. The RL must have sufficient maneuver room for the M270/M270A1 launcher. The 55 foot (16.76
meter) long HEMTT-HEMAT requires a 100 foot (30.48 meter) turning radius. The HIMARS RSV-RST
has a turning radius of 30 meters. .
4-112. The following are additional RL considerations for the M142 launcher:
• Slope is critical in RL selection. The M142 cannot violate the 89mil slope limit during reload.
• The RL must allow the M142 to download and upload without re-parking.
• The RL should enable the M142 to drive forward into position, reload and drive forward to exit
the RL (a drive through RL is preferable to an RL that require the launcher to back up).
SCP
4-113. The SCP is where the launchers update the PDS or PNU. At least 2 SCPs should be established in
the OPAREA. These should be collocated with the RLs to reduce travel time of the launchers. The same
considerations, except in the area of Class V resupply, apply for SCPs as for RLs.
PLATOON HEADQUARTERS
4-114. Platoon HQ is where the command post, the platoon leader's HMMWV, the platoon sergeant's
HMMWV, and, if attached, the MST vehicles are positioned. Normally, INOP launchers (being serviced,
crew resting, and so forth) are also positioned in the platoon HQ. Each platoon OPAREA should have a
primary platoon HQ location and an alternate location, if possible. The platoon HQ location is based on the
following:
• Optimum communications with the BOC and launchers.
• Cover and concealment.
• Communications mask between the position and the enemy.
• Defensibility with the AHA.
• Trafficability.
AHA
4-115. The ammunition section positions its vehicles in the AHA while awaiting transload or delivery of
ammunition. It can be collocated with the platoon HQ if the ground threat is greater than the air attack or
counter fire threat. Otherwise, the AHA should be located 100 to 300 meters from the platoon HQ and
astride the main entrance route into the platoon HQ for entry control. The AHA is not an issue point for the
firing sections. The AHA selection considerations are as follows:
• Cover and concealment.
• Trafficability.
• Vehicle maneuver room for turning around and boom operations. See paragraph 4-111.
• Proximity to the MSR.
• Defensibility with platoon headquarters.
• Arc blast area in the event of sympathetic detonation, either through mishandling or enemy
action, of the munitions stored there. See chapter 7 for more information.
4-20 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

LAUNCHER SURVEY CONTROL

M270 LAUNCHER
Survey Control Points

4-116. Although cover and concealment are factors in SCP selection, utility should be the primary
consideration. The SCP must be readily accessible so the driver can stop the launcher with the rear edge of
the left drive sprocket aligned next to the SCP marker. The area and SCP marker must allow the driver to
position the launcher without ground guidance or excessive maneuvering. The SCPs should be collocated
with a reload point, if possible. This allows rapid return of the launcher to operational status.
PDS Calibration Referenced in TM 9-1425-648-13&P

4-117. Calibration of the PDS (at least every 30 days, or after replacement of stabilization reference
package/position determining system (SRP/PDS), change in operating conditions, or after track or
suspension maintenance) corrects for errors caused by differences in track tension or by wear of sprockets
and track components. It accounts for the characteristics of each specific launcher. The crew calibrates the
launcher PDS, in accordance with the technical manual. The launcher, under specific operating conditions,
requires 2 SCPs, 4 to 6 kilometers apart with a straight route of travel between them, located to at least
fifth-order accuracy. One point is used to initialize the PDS for location. The launcher is driven to the
second SCP at about 40 kilometers per hour, and the first set of calibration corrections is determined. The
launcher is then driven back to the starting SCP, where a second set of calibration data is computed. If both
sets of calibration data are within tolerance, the system is functional and an averaged set of data is used.
4-118. Calibration is not normally conducted in the platoon OPAREA. The battery operations officer
plans the calibration course(s) for the battery as part of his survey plan. Calibrations are normally centrally
located behind the firing platoons. A valid calibration can be conducted with any weapon loaded when the
appropriate cables (W19 and/or W20) are connected to the pod.
Note: Umbilical cables MUST be connected to the launch pod containers (LPC) while
performing calibration.
PDS Update Referenced in TM 9-1425-648-13&P

4-119. Errors that are a function of time and total distance from 11 to 28 minutes for the Army tactical
missile system (ATACMS)are corrected by means of PDS updates. The PDS allows an error of up to 0.4
percent of the distance traveled. Crews should update launchers every 6 to 8 kilometers of travel.
SRP Alignment TM 9-1425-648-13&P

4-120. Errors that are a function of time are corrected through the use of periodic SRP realignments.
Realignments are required every 11 to 60 minutes of launcher movement, depending on the munitions type
and whether or not the SRP is compensated (see SRP/PDS). If the launcher is moved with the SRP turned
off or not stabilized, the position location capability is lost. The system must then be updated at an SCP and
the SRP realigned before the launcher can respond to any fire mission requests. Initial alignment of the
system takes about 8 minutes. However, allowing the SRP to stabilize 2 ½ additional minutes after “SRP
READY” is displayed will increase the time before realignment from 15 minutes to 60 minutes for rocket
munitions and from 11 to 28 minutes for the Army tactical missile system (ATACMS).
M142/M270A1 LAUNCHERS
Survey Control Points (TM 9-1055-1646-13&P)/(TM 9-1055-647-13&P)

4-121. SCPs are required for M142/M270A1 operations. The exact number depends on the unit SOP
because launchers often use SCPs located at reload points. The M142/M270A1 does not require calibration.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-21

Chapter 4
If battalion survey assets (PADS) are insufficient to perform the survey requirements expeditiously, an
M142/M270A1 launcher can be used to establish SCPs at the entrance to each position area and at the
reload point. Establishing and using SCPs allow firing platoons to operate for extended periods (in the
inertial mode) if GPS is lost.
M142/M270A1 Navigation
4-122. Vehicle navigation data (easting, northing, altitude, and heading) is determined by the PNU. The
PNU will then determine navigation data in the GPS aided mode, the preferred navigation mode. When
GPS data is not available, the PNU determines navigation data in the non-aided mode. The PNU gyros
continuously measure the angular relationship between the vehicle and true north to determine vehicle
heading, which is displayed as the grid azimuth toward which the front of the vehicle is pointed. At the
same time, the accelerometers measure the acceleration (motion) of the vehicle in three axes (roll, pitch,
and yaw), which is used to determine vehicle easting, northing, and altitude. Data from the vehicle
odometer encoders is also used by the PNU in determining location data. The NAV indicator in region 2 of
the GDU will appear as a solid box when the launcher is GPS-Aided for navigation. The NAV indicator
will appear as broken lines when the launcher is not GPS-Aided for navigation.
Note: Unlike the M270 launcher, the M270A1/M142 is still operational when 1 encoder fails.
4-123. Each time the vehicle stops for at least 2 seconds, the PNU starts a zero velocity update (ZUPT),
which removes accumulated errors. The ZUPT takes 40 seconds to complete. If GPS data is available, the
PNU will use it along with the gyro and accelerometer data.
4-124. System start-up will always bring the PNU to the non-aided mode of navigation. Once in the non-
aided mode, GPS keys may be entered, which begins the warm or cold start of the GPS receiver in the
PNU. The warm/cold start will result in the PNU automatically switching to the GPS aided mode of
navigation. As GPS data is lost and reacquired, the PNU will automatically switch between the GPS aided
and non-aided modes of navigation.
4-125. When navigating in the GPS aided mode, the location and altitude remain accurate within 10
meters, regardless of distance traveled between latitudes 80 degrees south and 84 degrees north. The ZUPT
is performed automatically and no operator prompts are posted. System parameter updates are not required
while navigating in this mode. If GPS data is lost and cannot be reacquired within 30 seconds, the PNU
switches to the non-aided navigation mode.
M142/M270A1 Non-aided Navigation Mode

4-126. When navigating in the non-aided mode, accuracy is affected by the passage of time, the
availability of survey, distance traveled, and operator response to prompts that are posted on the FCP. In
the non-aided mode, a ZUPT is required at least every 9 minutes and 30 seconds. A “CNTDN ZUPT
TIMER” is posted on the FCP. When the ZUPT countdown timer reaches zero, the advisory “ZUPT
REQUIRED” is displayed along with the prompt “STOP LAUNCHER.” A pulsed alarm also sounds as a
reminder to stop the launcher.
4-127. When the vehicle has stopped for 2 seconds, “ZUPT IN PROGRESS” is displayed with a 40-
second countdown clock. ZUPT requires no operator action other than stopping the launcher. “ZUPT
COMPLETE” is displayed when the ZUPT is completed. Once the vehicle moves, the ZUPT countdown
timer is displayed. The ZUPT countdown timer only runs when the vehicle is in motion. If the 40-second
ZUPT is interrupted, the original ZUPT countdown timer is displayed with whatever time remained prior to
stopping.
4-128. When navigating in the non-aided mode, the PNU also requires a system parameter update every
12 kilometers of distance traveled. The prompt “UPDATE SYSTEM PARAMETERS” is posted on the
FCP at 12 kilometers distance traveled (DT). An alarm also sounds.
4-129. If ZUPT is performed at 9-minute, 30-second intervals but SCPs are not available for system
parameter updates, location and altitude remain accurate within 10 meters for a DT of approximately 40
4-22 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

kilometers. For DT greater than 40 kilometers, the accuracy is 0.04 percent of the DT. If ZUPT is not
performed, location and altitude remain accurate within 10 meters for a DT of 6.7 kilometers. For DT
greater than 6.7 kilometers, the accuracy is 0.15 percent of the DT. DT is measured from the location at
which the PNU entered the non-aided mode or from the location of the last system parameter update. Table
4-2 provides a consolidated list of navigation accuracies and ZUPT times. Table 4-3 lists the alignment
times associated with each launcher position.
Operational Considerations
4-130. Hide area operations may degrade or disrupt GPS performance due to line-of-site (LOS)
obstruction. (See paragraph 4-108, Hide Area.) If a launcher fails to obtain (or maintain) a GPS signal
while in its selected hide area, it should be moved to a more suitable hide location, depending on the
tactical situation.
Table 4-2. Navigation

Manual Position
Mode GPS Status ZUPTS Accuracy
Updates
Aided GPS keys loaded. Yes. Not required. Within
4 or 5 satellites. Automatic. 10 m.
Encoder input. Not displayed.
PNU gyros and
accelerometers.
Non-aided No GPS keys. Yes. Yes. Within 10 m
Less than 4 satellites. Displayed. Prompted–12 km. if ZUPTs.
INOP status. Operator stops Every 9 min
GPS channel malfunction. launcher. 30 seconds.
Every 9 min 30 Updates
seconds. every 12
40-second km.
duration.
Legend
GPS = global positioning system min = minute
INOP = inoperational PNU = position navigation unit
km = kilometer ZUPT = zero velocity update
m = meter
CAUTION
If launchers with GPS guidance are available, launchers without GPS

guidance should not fire ATACMS Block 1A or Block II. The launcher
passes the GPS data to the missile before firing, which enables the
missile to acquire GPS satellites after launch, thus significantly
improving the missile's accuracy. Launchers without GPS guidance
should fire only rockets and ATACMS Block 1 until GPS is restored.
However, if a Block 1A/II missile(s) must be fired from a non-GPS
aided launcher the missile will be inertially guided and will achieve
only ATACMS Block 1 accuracy. This will result in a corresponding
decrease in effectiveness, especially at extended ranges.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-23

Chapter 4
Table 4-3. Alignment Time

Status Approximate Time
Stationary stored position 5 minutes
Stored position data 2 minutes
Mobile GPS keys must be loaded 15 minutes
LAUNCHER RESPONSE POSTURE

4-131. A launcher response posture dictates its readiness to respond to fire missions. The commander
determines how his unit launchers will be posturing.
4-132. The commander normally directs the platoons to have a specific number of launchers in hot
operational (OPER) status. The number is based on guidance from the controlling FA headquarters,
METT-TC, total launchers available, ammunition available, crew available, and fatigue. The platoon gives
the BOC information on crew and launcher status and decides which launchers to posture, as directed. The
platoons usually rotate their launchers through hot status, changing individual launchers and maintaining
the total number of required hot launchers. Commanders may designate the response posture of entire
platoons.
5-1. The 2 methods of posturing, tactical and technical (see table 4-4), are discussed below.
TACTICAL POSTURING
4-133. Through several generations of software for the FCS and AFATDS, the terms hot, cool, and cold
have come to indicate launcher action response posture.
Hot
4-134. Hot status indicates the launcher is fully capable of firing. Usually, the status is based on the
launcher's electrical and mechanical systems, not on its location or ammunition load. A launcher may be
hot and, therefore, mechanically capable of firing. However, it may not be on or near an FP or perhaps it
may not have any, or enough, or the right type of ammunition aboard.
Cool
4-135. Cool status indicates that a launcher is capable of firing but only after the SRP is aligned.
Note: Cool status applies to M270 only.
4-136. Cool status indicates the launcher SRP/PDS has been turned off but that all other systems are on
and fully functional. To reduce long-term wear on the components, the crew enters the FCS auxiliary menu,
selects self-propelled loader launcher (SPLL) COOL (SPLL COOL), and turns the SRP/PDS off. About 8
minutes are required to align the SRP and return it to operational capacity when it is turned on again.
4-137. The FDC is notified of SPLL COOL status when the crew sends a launcher list (LCHR LST)
message, indicating that the launcher is INOP–SPLL COOL. The FDC will not select an INOP launcher to
fire.
Cold
4-138. Cold status indicates the launcher is not mission capable (NMC) for maintenance reasons or that 1
or more essential systems are shut down. This status is typically entered for maintenance, preventive
maintenance checks and services (PMCS), or crew rest. If a cold launcher is mission-capable, it may take
30 minutes or more for it to respond.
4-24 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

4-139. Unlike the M270 launcher with three posturing modes, the M142/M270A1 launchers have only 2
posturing modes: hot and cold. The M270A1 and M142 have an improved navigational unit, the PNU. The
PNU is always in a state of operation as long as the FCS is powered up, therefore eliminating the cool
posturing option.
Table 4-4. Response Postures

Posture
Location Response Time Remarks
Tactical Technical
Oriented:
awaiting FIRE
FP Immediate command or
OPER amended CFF at
extended aim
HOT FP 2 minutes ONC
HA 3 to 6 minutes
Moving from RL
6 to 8 minutes Munitions loaded
to FP/HA
MOBL
Moving from FP No munitions
15 to 35 minutes
to RL loaded
HA 12 to 20 minutes M270 only
COOL SPLL COOL
Platoon HQ 20 to 30 minutes M270 only
30 minutes or PMCS, rest, or
OPER N/A
more refueling
COLD Unscheduled
maintenance or
INOP N/A N/A
otherwise out of
action
Legend
CFF = call for fire ONC = on call
FP = firing point OPER = operational
HA = hide area PMCS = preventive maintenance checks and services
INOP = inoperational RL = reload point
MOBL = mobile SPLL = self-propelled loader launcher
TECHNICAL POSTURING
4-140. The launcher crew makes 1 or more entries into the FCS to notify the BOC of the launcher status
and location. These LCHR LST messages are entered as launcher OPER or INOP. Additional explanatory
entries and the launcher's current location and altitude are entered.
OPER
4-141. Upon entering OPER into the LCHR LST message, the crew must choose a numeric code to
further identify the launcher status. For OPER messages, these are location codes. When LCHR LST is
sent, the AFATDS displays the launcher status (OPER or INOP), current ammunition loaded and quantity,
the number of priority and standard missions, code location (for example, FP) and the last met that it
received. Unit TSOP may assign code messages; however, only the code number will appear on the
AFATDS. For example, OPER 06 might indicate that the launcher is fire mission-capable but is displacing
with the platoon to a new OPAREA.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-25

Chapter 4
INOP
4-142. The crew usually sends an INOP LCHR LST message to the BOC when the launcher is NMC.
Instead of indicating locations like OPER codes do, INOP codes indicate reasons for the launcher being
INOP. The codes may be assigned messages under unit SOP. The messages are displayed on the AFATDS
weapons data when LCHR LST is transmitted. For example, INOP 07 might mean that the launcher is
INOP if the crew is conducting PMCS or refueling.
Launcher List
4-143. After entering the OPER or INOP codes, the crew must verify and enter the launcher's grid
coordinates and altitude for transmission to the AFATDS. The LCHR LST is transmitted after the location
fields are edited. LCHR LST messages can also be used to send additional information. If a fire mission is
stored in the FCS, the crew edits and transmits the fire mission target number. If no fire mission is stored,
the target number is sent blank. The number and type of rockets onboard also can be sent. This updates the
AFATDS on the launcher ammunition load. If the launcher module (LM) has been laid for a fire mission,
the crew can transmit the azimuth of fire, quadrant elevation (QE), and fuze time. If the LM is not laid,
these data are all zeros.
Fire Direction System Posturing

4-144. The FCS Weapon Status window in AFATDS shows launchers as OP, PART, MOBL, COOL, or
INOP. The MOBL, COOL, or INOP launchers are not considered by the AFATDS when selecting a
launcher to fire. The AFATDS continuously displays each launcher status and the code location and/or
reason for the status in Weapons data. This provides easy reference for the BOC personnel in determining
the battery's overall and individual launcher status and location. The AFATDS can transmit a command
message to a launcher, directing the crew to bring the launcher to a hot (OPER) status. This message
automatically turns on the SRP/PDS to begin the process. See table 4-5.
M142/M270A1 LAUNCHER INITIALIZATION STATES

4-145. Upon initialization of the M270A1/M142 fire control system that includes entering GPS keys, the
GPS receiver in the PNU initializes from 1 of 2 states—warm or cold, also referred to as warm start and
cold start. The initialization state is dependent on the quantity and quality of the navigation data available
for use during initialization. Previous navigation data, if available, is stored on the MSU and used during
GPS receiver initialization. Navigation data includes receiver location, time, almanac, and ephemeris. GPS
receiver initialization is not possible without keys and usable signals from at least 4 satellites.
Table 4-5. GPS Initialization States
STARTUP CATEGORY
DATA PARAMETER
COLD WARM HOT
Position Error 100 km 11 km 200 m
Velocity Error 75 m/sec 5 m/sec 2 m/sec
Time Error 1 year 1 min < 10 μs
Almanac Age none < 3 months N/A
Ephemeris Age none None 4 hours
Time to Fix 17 min 60 sec 20 sec
Success Probability 90% 90% 95%
4-26 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Table 4-5. GPS Initialization States
STARTUP CATEGORY
DATA PARAMETER
COLD WARM HOT
Legend
km = kilometer m/sec = meter per second
m = meter sec = second
min = minute μs = microsecond
Warm Start
4-146. A warm start is possible if the following criteria are met:
• FCS is initialized with time (Zulu) that is within 5 minutes of synchronization with the GPS.
• FCS is initialized with a location that is accurate within 5 kilometers.
• Almanac and ephemeris data are stored on the MSU.
4-147. The GPS receiver will use this data to search for satellite signals. If 4 or more usable satellite
signals are acquired and can be tracked, the GPS receiver will initialize and the PNU will become GPS
aided in approximately 2 minutes. GPS aided is the desired navigational mode of the M270A1/M142.
Cold Start
4-148. If time, almanac, and ephemeris criteria are not met for a warm start, the GPS receiver will
initialize from a cold start state. This may take as long as 17 minutes to complete. Launcher location that is
accurate within 5 kilometers is also required for a cold start initialization. Initializing the PNU at an SCP in
the non-aided mode and conducting the GPS receiver cold start while moving may reduce the time required
for cold start. The GPS receiver becomes GPS aided as a result of the cold start initialization and the
navigation data recorded on the MSU, which makes future warm starts possible.
Reacquisition
4-149. If satellite signal is lost and reacquired in less than 20 seconds a warm/cold start is not required. If
reacquisition does not occur within 20 seconds, a warm start is required and will take approximately 2
minutes.
Note: If the location stored on the MSU prior to movement varies by more than 5km from the
location determined by the PNU when it becomes GPS aided, the gunner will receive the
following prompt on the GDU: “POSITIONING VIOLATION RECYCLE AND UPDATE
SYSTEM PARAMETERS.” The Gunner must power down the system and restart with a
location grid within 5km of the current launcher location. The FCS will not allow fire mission
processing until this is accomplished. Ideally, the launcher should remain in at least a warm start
condition while in the hide area. This allows the launcher to reestablish satellite track quickly
while moving to the firing point. This maximizes the opportunity to fire the missile in a GPS
aided mode.
Weapon GPS Receiver Initialization Data

4-150. Initialization data is transferred from the PNU to the GPS receiver embedded in the ATACMS
missile, immediately after “launcher lay.” The accuracy of time, location, and ephemeris data makes rapid
initialization of the missile GPS receiver possible. This data transfer and initialization of the missile GPS
receiver is referred to as hot start. This initialization can be completed in approximately 20 seconds.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-27

Chapter 4
DETACHMENT OF THE MLRS FIRING PLATOON

4-151. The MLRS firing platoon can provide fires without its parent MLRS battery or battalion.
Logistical support of the detached platoon is, however, a significant challenge. For a short time, a cannon
battalion could provide limited support while the platoon's assigned ammunition section provides short-
haul Class V resupply. Detailed support must be planned and specific resources allocated to support the
platoon before this type of mission is executed.
SECTION IV – RECONNAISSANCE, SELECTION, AND OCCUPATION OF

POSITION
PLANNING
4-152. Frequent moves are common to MLRS operations. Survival on the modern battlefield necessitates
such tactics. The battery commander must anticipate movement and plan in advance for displacement. He
must keep the controlling headquarters advised of all factors that will impact on the movement of a platoon,
the headquarters, or the battery as a whole.
4-153. Because MLRS units are dispersed, firing platoons conduct their own RSOP. The battery
commander and the first sergeant conduct the reconnaissance and selection for only the battery HQ
positions.
4-154. Platoon OPAREA reconnaissance is the responsibility of the platoon leader and the primary duty
of the reconnaissance sergeant. The platoon reconnaissance party may also include the platoon sergeant in
the platoon leader's absence and/or the ammunition section chief (or his representative) to advise on AHA
positioning.
RSOP PROCESS
4-155. The keys to successful RSOP are discipline, teamwork, and rehearsal. A mission analysis is
conducted to determine what the unit is required to do and how long it has to do it. The factors of
METT-TC are considered and troop-leading procedures (TLPs) are initiated. TLPs provide a mental
framework to ensure complete preparation, dissemination, and execution of the battery mission. The
process provides a checklist for the commander from receipt of the mission to execution. The steps may
occur out of order or simultaneously after receipt of the mission:
• Receive the mission. Upon receipt of a warning order, FA FASP or OPORD, the commander
must analyze the mission to identify fire support tasks. He examines each task to determine
specific ammunition, logistics, and unit preparation requirements. He should identify the pre-
combat checks (PCCs) that the sections must accomplish in priority. A battery SOP should have
PCCs that support routine tasks. These checklists streamline mission preparation. Finally, the
commander needs to set a time line for all critical events from issuing the warning order to
execution.
• Issue the warning order. The commander takes his battery mission, fire support tasks, PCC
priorities, and time line and issues a warning order to maximize battery preparation time. Even
incomplete information can allow the sections to accomplish most of their required preparations.
A modified five-paragraph order works well.
• Make a tentative plan. The commander must gather information to make his plan by focusing on
battery level METT-TC and IPB, if available. The commander is concerned with positioning,
movement, logistic support, rehearsals, and defense as he makes his plan.
• Initiate movement. If the mission requires repositioning, the commander should start his battery
movement as early as possible to make best use of available time.
• Conduct reconnaissance. Depending on METT-TC, the reconnaissance may be a simple map
reconnaissance. Ideally, it will consist of ground reconnaissance, establishing and verifying
survey control, fully preparing the position to receive the battery, and developing the battery
4-28 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

defense. Coordination for survey, engineer support, route security, adjacent unit coordination,
and fire support can also be accomplished.
• Complete the plan. The commander must organize the information into a coherent order to issue
to his sections. The level of detail will vary but must, at a minimum, convey the essential
information to accomplish the critical fire support tasks. Prepare a terrain sketch or map board
to use to issue the order. Rehearse to ensure a focused and clear delivery.
• Issue the order. Key players must be present for the brief. Headquarters and BOC personnel
should attend so they understand their role. Be concise but specific in the sub-unit missions to
each section. Once complete, use back-brief techniques to make sure your orders and priorities
are understood. Have key leaders back brief you after they have had time to analyze and
implement their part of the plan. State the specific items you will check or have another leader
check. Update your time line and rehearsal schedule.
• Supervise. This is the most important step. Leaders must conduct precombat inspections (PCIs)
and spot-check the plan to ensure that standards are met. In the defense especially, leaders must
ensure that weapon range cards, fighting positions, observation posts, and knowledge are to
standard. Use subordinate leaders to assist, but the commander must conduct the priority PCIs.
4-156. The time available will dictate the method of reconnaissance employed. The reconnaissance party
is selected by the battery commander/1SG based on the mission and unit TSOP. Ammunition personnel are
often included in reconnaissance parties to offer advice on vehicle placement and provide additional
defensive firepower.
4-157. METT-TC and unit TSOP will dictate the size and composition of the advance party. Personnel on
the advance party prepare the selected position for occupation by the main body and conduct a security
sweep. Battery headquarters personnel conduct advance party operations. Firing platoons prepare their
positions during reconnaissance operations.
4-158. After the advance or reconnaissance party, with its jump BOC or forward platoon HQ, has
emplaced and is ready to transfer C2, the main body moves and occupies the new position. For a complete
discussion of RSOP procedures, refer to FM 3-09.21.
Platoon OPAREA Considerations

4-159. One of the advantages of MLRS is that the system requires very little, if any, position preparation.
The MLRS firing platoon uses no advance party. The position preparation that does occur is either
completed during the reconnaissance or does not impact on operations and is completed after occupation.
4-160. The firing platoon has considerations beyond those discussed under the battery headquarters
section:
• Communications with the BOC.
• Open areas for firing points.
• Dispersion requirements of platoon position types; for example, FPs, HAs, RLs, SCPs, platoon
HQ, and AHA.
• Maximum cover and concealment for the platoon.
• Trafficability within the OPAREA and location of the MSR.
• Availability of a road network to reduce ground signature.
• Traffic patterns for reload and other operations.
• No major terrain or manmade features interfering with OPAREA operations.
• Establish easily identifiable displacement routes from the OPAREA.
Occupation
4-161. When the platoon sergeant arrives with the main body of the platoon, the platoon leader must
ensure that all launchers reload, update SRP/PDS (as required), receive OPAREA data, and are thoroughly
briefed on the OPAREA. The platoon sergeant should ensure that all combat, command and control, and
support vehicles are positioned in accordance with the platoon leader's guidance.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-29

Chapter 4
Security
4-162. Because of the limited number of personnel, lack of crew-served weapons, and large size of the
platoon area, defense against a ground attack is limited. The platoon is a high-priority target for enemy
ground maneuver and special operations forces. Because the platoon is often positioned as close as possible
to the FLOT in the BCT sector, security must be a high priority to avoid exposing the launchers and nearby
friendly units to enemy ground or indirect fire attack. The keys to survivability are the avoidance of
detection and passive defense. The platoon sergeant is in charge of the platoon area security and performs
the following tasks:
• Coordinates with DS cannon and maneuver units within the OPAREA for direct fire support and
early warning of imminent attack.
• Uses mines and trip flares, if available (which requires extensive coordination).
• Gives a rendezvous grid to each launcher for use in case of hasty or emergency displacement.
• Places all crew served weapons on the most likely avenues of approach to the platoon HQ
(usually with LP and/or OP at the entry control point in the AHA).
• Has launcher chiefs dismount 1 man in the HA to provide local security, except during a fire
mission.
MASKING DATA
4-163. Masks are terrain features that have enough altitude to interfere with the trajectory of the rocket or
missile. There are 2 categories of masks: immediate and downrange. Immediate masks are within 2,000
meters of a launcher firing point and are measured and input to the FCS by individual section chiefs.
Downrange masks are beyond 2,000 meters and are measured and input to the AFATDS by the platoon
leader and/or battery operations officer, in accordance with unit operating procedures. Downrange masks
are measured and applied in 2 ways: crest clearance tables and automated downrange mask checks.
CREST CLEARANCE TABLES

4-164. The tables at appendix G allow leaders to establish a minimum planning range beyond a crest for
launchers in a specific firing area to ensure that rockets will clear the crest and that warhead events will not
occur until the crest is cleared. This is most significant when deployed in mountainous regions. The
planning range derived from the tables can be used to establish the size of the area beyond a crest that
cannot be attacked from a particular firing point or OPAREA with rocket munitions.
AUTOMATED DOWNRANGE MASK CHECKS

4-165. Downrange masks can be entered in the AFATDS as three-dimensional boxes around the terrain
feature. They are then used by the AFATDS during tactical fire direction to determine whether the target
can be ranged from the launcher firing point (or platoon center) without striking a major terrain feature.
The operations officer and/or platoon leader conducts a terrain profile analysis of the area and identifies
terrain features that may interfere with the trajectory. He measures each of the terrain features in terms of
altitude, width, and grid coordinates (see figure 4-4). He then ensures entry of this data into the AFATDS.
4-166. A consideration in using this method is that the three-dimensional box will normally be much
larger than an existing terrain feature. This means that, although a terrain feature may not physically
interfere with the trajectory, the described downrange mask may cause the AFATDS to detect a violation.
Leaders can reduce this effect by selecting the smallest acceptable value for downrange mask width.
4-30 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure 4-4. Masking
SECTION V – CONTINGENCY OPERATIONS
FORCE PROJECTION
4-167. MLRS units must be capable of deploying anywhere in the world with little or no notice to provide
long-range artillery fires for contingency forces. The following discussion is not intended to be all-inclusive
but rather to highlight considerations when planning for contingency operations and deployment.
4-168. Force projection usually begins as a contingency operation—a rapid response to a crisis. Alert may
come without notice, bringing with it a tremendous stress on soldiers and systems, accompanied by
pressure from various external sources. In any event, rapid yet measured response is critical.
4-169. The following are considerations when preparing a force projection package.
DEPLOYMENT READINESS
4-170. Deployment readiness requires much leader time, focus, and energy. It also takes a great deal of
soldier time to train for deployment, maintain deployment administrative and logistical sustainability, and
continually follow up. A key to success is each unit’s deployment SOP. The SOP should be a thorough
document designed to prepare the unit for deployment. SOPs should provide a “cookbook” approach to
deployment procedures. The SOP ensures continuity as leaders change and prevents a rather complex
process from being misunderstood. Consider including each of the following items when preparing the
SOP:
• Concept of deployment.
• Required preparation procedures.
• Deployment assistance.
• Notification-hour sequence.
• Checklists.
• Report formats.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-31

Chapter 4
Training for Deployment

4-171. Demanding and relevant training for deployment is important. It includes the tactical training
necessary to cover contingencies in addition to rehearsing actual deployment procedures often. Soldiers
should review tie-down procedures for transporting the unit via land, sea, or air. Practice includes all units
rehearsing their parts in the alert sequence. When alerted to deploy, MLRS units must build on home
station training by focusing on missions and conditions they expect to encounter in a particular
contingency. Leaders must conduct mission essential individual and collective training during deployment
and after arriving in the theater of operations.
Administrative and Logistical Readiness

4-172. In addition to tactical and deployment task proficiency, administrative and logistical sustainability
to execute deployment require constant command emphasis. Primary factors include personnel, medical,
and equipment readiness. Units must establish, maintain, and report prioritized lists of the following
information:
• Personnel and equipment shortages.
• Non-mission capable, combat-essential equipment.
• PLL zero balances.
4-173. Battalions must also verify that soldiers have completed weapon qualification, required individual
and collective training such as CBRN common skills training, and that they have completed 100 percent
soldier readiness processing for overseas movement, which may include the following:
• Personnel deployability.
Updated DD Form 93.
VA Form 8286.
Wills and powers of attorney.
Properly sealed identification card.
Identification tags.
Privately owned vehicle disposition instructions.
Approved family care plan (if required).
• Medical/dental deployability.
Immunizations.
Human immunodeficiency virus test.
Physical exam.
Panoramic x-ray.
Dental category 1 or 2.
4-174. Relatively minor discrepancies in personnel deployability criteria may be exacerbated in the face
of deployment. Family care plans must be initiated and continuously reviewed. Family situations often
change, and a care packet that is not properly maintained may contain outdated information.
4-175. Finally, the unit must establish and update unit movement plans, rear detachment plans (for
example, disposition of personal property and privately owned vehicles), recall plans, and alert rosters.
Recall plans should be practiced often and revised as necessary.
INTELLIGENCE
4-176. Early deploying units usually face a maze of complex information requirements—some relating to
the enemy, others to local laws, availability of facilities, and similar considerations. Force projection
operations need accurate and responsive tactical intelligence. To satisfy their intelligence requirements,
MLRS commanders must determine the available sources and establish connectivity with appropriate
agencies.
4-32 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

FORCE TAILORING
4-177. Force tailoring is the process of determining the right mix of units and the sequence in which they
are to deploy. MLRS commanders must be ready to deploy subordinate elements of their unit to support a
particular force projection package.
JOINT OPERATIONS
4-178. Joint operations occur when multiple Service and functional components combine efforts under a
JTF. The synchronization of air, land, sea, space, and special operations forces is critical to effectiveness
and ultimate mission accomplishment. MLRS units may support any of a number of components during
joint operations. One of the most likely is MLRS support of a Marine air ground task force (MAGTF). The
exact size and composition of the MLRS unit to support MAGTF operations will be a function of METT-
TC. Normally, an MLRS battery or battalion will support a MEF or MEF Forward (MEF [Fwd]) based on
METT-TC.
COMBINED OPERATIONS
4-179. Combined operations occur when 2 or more nations combine their efforts in a military operation.
Force projection operations will almost always involve operations with other nations. MLRS commanders
and soldiers should be sensitive to cultural differences that may impact their operations.
DEPLOYMENT
4-180. MLRS units are capable of deploying by air, land, or sea as part of an all Army force or as part of a
combined arms force. Time lines for deployment will always be driven by METT-TC. Generally, this time
line will be developed based on reverse planning at higher headquarters. Factors that affect reverse
planning include, but are not limited to, aircraft availability; type, size, and amount of equipment; and
personnel and equipment attached. Movement officers have to be experts, and automated unit equipment
lists must be tracked meticulously.
METHODS
Air
4-181. The MLRS M270 and M270A1 systems can be deployed by C17 and larger type aircraft. A M142
can be deployed by C130 and larger type aircraft. MLRS commanders must ensure that their soldiers are
familiar with aircraft loading procedures as well as with Air Force rules and regulations regarding transport
of equipment. Units must maintain current strategic load plans for all types of aircraft. The air load
planning system enables computation of the required number and type of aircraft to carry the specified
equipment and troops to be airlifted. Table 4-6 identifies the aircraft required to lift a representative battery
and battalion.
Sea
4-182. MLRS units must also be prepared to deploy their equipment by sea. This is especially true for
follow-on forces. MLRS commanders should ensure that their units are familiar with all facets of sealift
operations.
Land
4-183. Units must often move their equipment to a seaport by rail or heavy equipment transport (HET),
and then load the equipment onto ships. MLRS commanders must be familiar with specific vehicular
requirements for transport and ensure that their soldiers are trained on proper loading techniques.
DEPLOYMENT PACKAGES
4-184. Because contingency forces are tailored to meet specific mission requirements, it is possible that
only parts of an MLRS unit will deploy as part of a force projection package. These packages assume that a
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-33

Chapter 4
slice of C2 up to the battalion level will accompany each package. (The liaison vehicle is often used.) This
allows for more rapid integration of follow-on elements of the battalion by having the structure in place. It
also facilitates activities such as operational and logistics liaison with support from the battalion. Table 4-6
gives examples of possible MLRS packages that could support contingency operations. These tables are
general in nature and do not include detailed ancillary personnel and equipment requirements. These tables
do, however, include approximate numbers of direct support maintenance equipment and personnel.
Table 4-6. MLRS Contingency Packages

MLRS Battery Package MLRS Battalion Package
Major Items of Equipment Qty Major Items of Equipment Qty
Launcher 6 Launcher 18
M1068, CP 5 M1068, CP 13
M88A1 recovery vehicle 1 M88A1 recovery vehicle 4
M985 HEMTT 12 M985 HEMTT 36
HMMWVs 14 HMMWVs 26
M978 fuel tanker 2 M978 fuel tanker 7
Cargo trucks 10 Cargo trucks 26
Personnel Personnel
MLRS Unit 126 MLRS Unit 424
MST 40 MST 73
Air Frames Air Frames
C5A 5 C5A 17
C17 9 C17 17
SPECIAL OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS IN MOUNTAINOUS TERRAIN
4-185. More ammunition may be required to support the force in mountainous terrain because of reduced
munitions effects.
4-186. Additionally, mountainous regions may affect MLRS employment because of the low trajectory of
MLRS rocket munitions. Leaders should use the crest clearance tables in planning platoon OPAREAs (see
appendix G).
4-187. C2 is degraded in mountainous regions because of decreased effectiveness of FM radio
communications. Movement control is more difficult on winding mountain roads, as is occupation and
displacement. Terrain marches may be impractical or impossible.
4-188. Logistics resupply is more difficult because of the limited number of roads and slower convoy
speeds. Survey may not be as accurate, and terrain masks may limit target acquisition. Cross-country
restrictions force the enemy to use roads and trails, which will enhance interdiction fires. Ambushes are
likely in this type of terrain.
OPERATIONS IN JUNGLE TERRAIN

4-189. MLRS is not normally appropriate for jungle operations. Jungle terrain is more suited to light
cannon artillery. The MLRS generally requires open firing areas and freedom of movement to maximize
both its effectiveness and survivability. Jungle operations also present problems because of the high
humidity and dense vegetation. Humidity may reduce electronic equipment and launcher LRU operability.
Dense vegetation degrades M77 munitions effects. In a thick canopy, DPICM is not effective.
4-34 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

4-190. Communication is degraded because of high humidity, vegetation density, and electronic line-of-
sight restrictions. Antennas may have to be elevated to overcome line-of-sight restrictions.
4-191. Immediate masks are prevalent in jungle terrain. Selection of platoon OPAREAs and launcher-
firing points is hampered by soft terrain and thick vegetation. Terrain marches may be restricted.
4-192. Logistics resupply is hampered by reduced mobility, and survey control is more difficult to
establish. Target acquisition accuracy is degraded because of heavy foliage. Launchers should be
positioned closer together to provide for better security.
NORTHERN REGION OPERATIONS

4-193. Northern operations are characterized by frozen earth, snow-covered terrain, intense sunlight, and
prolonged darkness. Rocket and missile smoke trails last longer in cold weather, thus making launchers
more readily identifiable to enemy TA assets.
4-194. Radio communications can be unreliable in extreme cold, and equipment may become inoperative.
4-195. Frozen, snow-covered terrain may limit the number of available positions for platoon OPAREAs.
Mobility is slowed for headquarters elements, as wheeled vehicles and trailers generally are not suited for
operations in northern areas. In extreme cold, metal tends to become brittle and parts breakage increases.
Convoys must travel in a close column during whiteout conditions and prolonged darkness.
4-196. Reduced mobility and difficulty in determining grid locations hamper logistics resupply.
Snowstorms and intense cold can adversely affect target acquisition equipment.
MILITARY OPERATIONS ON URBAN TERRAIN

4-197. The massive growth of urban areas and manmade changes to the landscape significantly affect the
conduct of future battles. Commanders at all levels must be aware of the unique advantages and
disadvantages associated with operations conducted in and around cities, towns, villages, and similar built-
up areas. Special techniques may be used in attacking the defilade areas between buildings. Increasing the
target altitude used in the AFATDS and FCS will allow the submunitions to achieve a more vertical fall
prior to detonation and thus clear buildings and other obstructions (see figure 4-5). Commanders must,
however, consider the precision error and large submunitions dispersion patterns when applying this
method of attack due to the high probability of extensive collateral damage. Low-level winds at the target
area will add to the precision error. At longer ranges, large altitude adjustments may yield a “NO
SOLUTION ERROR” in the launcher FCS.
4-198. C2 of a firing platoon operating in an urban area is demanding. Decentralization to the maximum
feasible extent may be required. The reduced ability to communicate necessitates more detailed orders and
TSOPs. The height and density of structures reduce the planning ranges for all organic radio equipment.
Imaginative positioning of antennas for the platoon HQ, such as intermingling them with existing civilian
antennas or in treetops, may increase transmission range and enhance survivability. Existing civilian
communication networks may be used to supplement the organic capability of the unit.
Figure 4-5. Urban Targeting Solution
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-35

Chapter 4
4-199. MLRS units should not position launchers in built-up areas. Buildings can serve as concealment
for hide areas, but the low trajectory of the system necessitates open areas for firing. Any urban area used
for hide or CP positions should—
• Be free of civilians.
• Be away from the center of the built-up area.
• Have several routes of escape.
• Be off the main high-speed avenues.
• Afford as much cover and concealment as possible.
4-200. The use of existing structures (such as barns, auto repair shops, and warehouses) as hide areas or
CP locations maximizes protection and minimizes the camouflage effort.
4-201. More time must be allotted for reconnaissance. Depending on the density of buildings in the area,
the reconnaissance party may have to use infantry techniques for house-to-house fighting to clear and check
the buildings.
DESERT OPERATIONS
4-202. Deserts are arid, barren regions that cannot support any quantity of life because of lack of fresh
water. They are characterized by temperature extremes (136 degrees Fahrenheit (F) in Libya or Mexico to
bitter cold in the Gobi Desert) with fluctuations exceeding 70 degrees F. Fire support considerations vary
according to the type of desert; however, considerations common to all include munitions effects due to the
temperature extremes and a lack of identifiable terrain features. The three types of deserts are discussed
below.
Mountain
4-203. The desert is characterized by barren, rocky ranges separated by flat basins that may be studded by
deep gullies created during flash floods.
Rocky Plateau
4-204. The desert has slight relief with extended flat areas and good visibility. It is characterized by steep-
walled, eroded valleys (wadis). These are extremely attractive for concealment and limited cover but are
subject to flash flooding.
Sandy or Dune
4-205. The desert has extensive flat areas covered with dunes subject to wind erosion. The dune size, the
texture of sand, and the leeward gradient may diminish haul capacity or prohibit movement entirely.
4-206. Map reading is difficult and resections are impossible, unless a number of prominent points are
available. Position data from PADS, the launcher FCS, and the DAGR are critical.
4-207. Lack of vegetation makes camouflage difficult. In all cases, the MLRS unit is visible to the ground
observer. From about 400 meters in the air, the camouflaged command posts appear bigger than the
surrounding dunes or mounds of sand and vegetation. Moving directly from position to position using
special formations is not only feasible but often preferable.
4-208. High temperature and ever-present sand cause failures in mechanical and electronic equipment.
Fuel and air filters must be cleaned after each operation, sometimes twice per day. Optics become opaque
unless protected. Static electricity caused by hot winds interferes with refueling operations, radio traffic,
and launcher reload operations. Turning radii of tracked vehicles is limited because of the buildup of sand
between the idler wheel and the track.
4-209. See FM 90-3 for additional information on desert operations.
AMPHIBIOUS ASSAULT
4-210. Inherent in the concept of an amphibious assault is the projection of a fighting force into an area on
shore that is assumed to be heavily defended. The force must build in combat power from zero strength to a
4-36 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

point where it is effective and credible. To provide adequate support, an MLRS unit must be prepared to
fire immediately upon landing.
4-211. Although MLRS units are not intended to fulfill amphibious assault requirements, they may be
required to conduct transit from ship-to-shore via landing craft. The force or MAGTF commander must
consider the limitations of MLRS unit equipment with respect to each of the landing craft capabilities
because MLRS unit equipment is not currently “through-surf” capable.
Landing Craft, Air Cushion (LCAC)

4-212. This preferable method of ship-to-shore transit for the MLRS unit allows the launchers to
disembark on dry land, affording maximum protection to MLRS system electronic components.
Landing Craft, Mechanized (LCM-8)

4-213. The commander must consider that use of the LCM-8 will likely expose the launcher to partial
immersion, potentially damaging components with salt water. However, these craft can be used for all
ancillary-wheeled vehicles.
4-214. Positioning coordination with the supported maneuver force is critical on beachheads. Units must
remain flexible to change the predetermined positions as the situation develops on the beachhead.
4-215. Units must plan to embark and debark with all available MTOE equipment. Vehicles must be
prepared for fording. Wheeled vehicle tires may be partially deflated for improved performance on beach
sand. Salt water and sand increase the need for preventive maintenance. Unit basic loads must be
transported forward with the unit. An adequate ship-to-shore resupply of ammunition must be part of the
plan and coordinated by the controlling FA headquarters S-4.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 4-37

Chapter 5
Delivery of Fires
The delivery of field artillery fires depends on locating an appropriate target,

analyzing that target to determine the proper method of attack (tactical fire direction),
converting the call for fire into firing data (technical fire direction), and delivering
the required ordnance on the target to meet the needs of the supported commander.
The versatility of the MLRS automated systems allows smooth, rapid, and accurate
fire planning, target processing, and engagement. This chapter addresses those
functions of the battalion that are directly associated with the delivery of fires.
SECTION I – INTRODUCTION
ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE

ORGANIZATION
5-1. Organizations supported by MLRS units normally include brigade, division, corps, and EAC and/or
JTF. A number of fire support planning and execution agencies support the targeting process for, and
request fires from, MLRS units. These agencies include, but are not limited to, the following:
• National/joint Service target acquisition sensors and processing facilities.
• Division and corps FSCs.
• Brigade and battalion FSCs.
• Intelligence collection, analysis, and dissemination nodes of the all-source analysis
system/analysis control element.
STRUCTURE
5-2. Command and control requirements for MLRS units are centered on a fire support structure that
supports the concept of operation. This structure includes acquisition, C2, and fire control systems from the
sensor system through the delivery system.
Rockets
5-3. Rockets will normally be fired at targets within the division area of operations (AO) by an attached
or reinforcing MLRS battalion or an attached fires brigade (FIB). These units supporting the division are
normally under the control of an attached FIB with input from the division FSC.
Missile
5-4. The employment of Army tactical missile system (ATACMS) missiles will normally be retained at
division and higher levels. However, the FIB MLRS battalion may fire missiles that have been apportioned
to the FIB to support its mission or that have been directed to be fired by the FIB in support of a division
mission. Therefore, all firing elements and platforms of the MLRS battalion must be prepared for
ATACMS missions.
5-5. The key to effective employment of ATACMS is planning and coordination (prior to execution). The
planning tasks and functions necessary for the employment of ATACMS will be managed under
centralized control normally at division or echelons above division (EAD). Execution functions for fixed or
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-1

Chapter 5
non-mobile targets may also be initiated under centralized control. Responsiveness may be improved by
tailoring linkages to allow shorter paths (decentralized execution) from target acquisition sources through
FIB or MLRS battalion nodes to the launcher for the attack of fleeting targets. If the force commander
desires to decentralize execution for certain targets (typically high priority fleeting targets that are
vulnerable to attack for very short periods of time), a subordinate commander (unit) will normally be
designated as the execution authority.
PROCESSING BY ECHELON
5-6. It is essential that requests for fires be entered as expeditiously as possible into the FS system. This is
done manually or in a semiautomatic mode using a variety of systems. The AFATDS performs
corps/division FSC, fires brigade, MLRS battalion, battery, and platoon functions. All fire planning and
FDC personnel work with different functions of the system appropriate to the assigned echelon:
• Corps/division FC (AFATDS).
Functions as the primary fire planning and execution system for AFOM missions.
Determines target values and priorities.
Determines commander's criteria for effects/effects processing.
Conducts weapon-to-target pairing.
Determines units to fire based on coordinated airspace.
Acts as the primary fire planning agency for ATACMS.
Considers target values and priorities.
Considers commander's criteria for effects.
Checks for FSCM violations.
• FIB computer (AFATDS).

Performs fire planning function.
Performs tactical fire direction and status reporting.
Sets ammunition expenditure and supply limits.
Relays fire mission message to MLRS battalion FDC.
• Battalion computer (AFATDS).

Distributes fire missions based on specified fire units.
Assists batteries in coordination of positions.
Distributes and disseminates fire plans (target lists) to batteries.
• Battery computer (AFATDS).

Checks for mask violations.
Assigns missions to launchers based on current status.
Distributes fire plans.
Maintains launcher status.
FIRE DIRECTION CENTERS

BATTALION
5-7. The battalion FDC tactically controls the fires of the battalion with the AFATDS. The battalion FDC
is the net control station (NCS) for the operations/fire (OPS/F) and fire direction (FD) nets and the primary
link with the supported commander’s FSC (or force field artillery (FA) headquarters if 1 is designated) for
all delivery of fires by the MLRS battalion.
5-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
5-8. Selection of targets for the MLRS battalion is the responsibility of the controlling FA headquarters or
FSC Fire plans are sent to a battalion as target lists with specific implementing instructions (for example,
H-hour and times relative to H-hour in a series). The battalion selects platoons to execute the fire missions
then transmits the targets or the complete plans to the battery for execution. Targets that fall in the category
of unscheduled fires are distributed on the basis of battery or platoon status (range to target, number of
missions in progress, launcher availability, and ammunition type and status).
BATTERY
5-9. The MLRS battery is concerned solely with the delivery of fires. The AFATDS enables the battery to
command and control all battery assets and, if necessary, assume control of battalion functions. The battery
engages targets in 1 of 2 modes—scheduled or unscheduled fires. These modes determine the way the
AFATDS processes missions.
5-10. The battery AFATDS usually performs the fire direction tasks automatically. Battery FDC functions
include the following:
• Target analysis and selection of type and number of rockets and/or missiles to fire based upon
established guidance.
• Downrange mask checks.
• Fire support coordination measures and air corridor checks.
• Selection of launcher to respond.
• Transmission of fire orders.
• Recording the missions.
PLATOON
5-11. The AFATDS enables the platoon to command and control all platoon assets and, if necessary,
assume control of battery functions. When fire mission data is received or manually entered, the fire control
system (FCS) automatically processes and acts on the information. Once executed, the actual firing of the
munitions is initiated with inputs from the FCS operator. The method of fire control determines when the
FCS permits these actions. (See section III.)
SECTION II – ACCURATE PREDICTED FIRE

5-12. Providing lethal, responsive fires in support of maneuver is dependent on the ability to achieve
accurate first-round fire for effects on targets precisely when needed. To achieve responsive fires, MLRS
units must conduct thorough and effective fire planning, and maximize the capabilities and the versatility of
automated systems (AFATDS, FCS) used for tactical and technical fire control.
5-13. To achieve accurate first-round effects on a target, MLRS units must compensate for nonstandard
conditions as completely as time and the tactical situation permit. There are 5 requirements for achieving
accurate first-round effects: accurate target location and size, firing unit location, weapon and ammunition
information, meteorological information, and computational procedures. If these requirements are met, the
firing unit will be able to deliver accurate fires. If the requirements for accurate predicted fire cannot be met
completely, accuracy will be degraded accordingly.
TARGET SIZE AND LOCATION

5-14. Establishing the range from the launcher to the target requires accurate and timely detection,
identification, and location of targets. Determining their size and disposition on the ground is also
necessary so accurate firing data can be computed. Determining the appropriate time and type of attack
requires consideration of the target size (radius or other dimensions) and the direction and speed of
movement. Target location is determined by using various TA assets.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-3

Chapter 5
LAUNCHER LOCATION
5-15. Accurate range and direction from the launcher to the target requires accurate launcher location. Each
launcher is capable of determining its location to the appropriate accuracy. Additionally, as back up, the
battalion survey section may use the PADS to provide accurate survey information for launchers as
required.
SURVEY SUPPORT
5-16. Each M270-equipped MLRS battalion has 3 survey sections equipped with PADS. (The
M270A1/M142-equipped battalions will have 1PADS. The PADS provides survey control for the current
and planned platoon OPAREAs. Each M270 launcher section is equipped with a GPS device (AN/PSN-
11), and both M142 and M270A1 launchers have onboard GPS and DAGR (AnPSN-13) capability.
5-17. Each battalion PADS may be allocated to and controlled by a BOC. The BOC then directs the PADS
section to link up with platoon leaders requiring survey support. The locations of all SCPs are maintained
on the BOC situation map or charts for future use. On completion of the survey mission, a PADS chief
reports to the battalion TOC for further instructions.
5-18. M270 launcher crews use SCPs to initialize, update, and calibrate the launcher PDS. Although
launchers do not require directional control, there must be horizontal and vertical position control in each of
the platoon OPAREAs. There may also be a requirement for establishing SCPs for conducting PDS
calibration for M270 launchers. The survey section establishes these SCPs with the PADS by using
10-minute Z-VEL (zero-velocity) corrections.
REQUIRED ACCURACIES
5-19. There are different required accuracies for firing associated with SCPs for MLRS. Although the SCP
accuracy requirements may seem restrictive, they are based on the accuracy of the launcher SRP/PDS and
the assumption that the launcher will move no more than 6 to 8 kilometers between SCPs before
conducting an update. The SCP accuracy requirements ensure that, after the launcher moves 6 to 8
kilometers, the SRP/PDS will retain accuracy within the prescribed MLRS firing point requirement.
STANAG 2934 defines the MLRS SCP accuracy requirement as 8 meters CEP for position and 3.6 meters
probable error (PE) in altitude (see table5-1).
Table 5-1. Required Accuracies
CEP (Position) PE (Altitude)
MLRS SCPs 8 meters 3.6 meters
SCP = survey control point
STANAG 2934 and The Army Positioning and Navigation Master Plan, 9 September 1990.
SYSTEM ACCURACY
5-20. The primary systems for establishing position control for launchers (PADS and DAGR) have
different system accuracies (see table 5-2).
5-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
Table 5-2. System Accuracy

System CEP (Position) PE (Altitude)
PADS-1 7 meters 3 meters
DAGR 10 meters 10 meters
DAGR = Defense advanced global position system receiver
PADS = position and azimuth determining system
1 Updated using 10 min Z-VEL corrections. Figure of merit (FOM) of 1.
5-21. On the basis of both the system accuracies of PADS and DAGR and the required accuracies
established for SCPs and FPs, PADS is currently the only means to establish position control at SCPs. The
DAGR can be used to establish position control if the data is entered during an update at the FP from which
the launcher will fire.
Note: The M270A1 and M142 launchers, in the GPS aided mode, can establish their own SCPs.
PRIMARY METHOD OF SURVEY—STARTING DATA

5-22. The accuracy of the data produced by PADS is directly related to the accuracy of its starting data.
MLRS units require fifth-order survey. When possible, starting data for the battery PADS should be at least
of fourth-order accuracy (see table 5-3). These data can be obtained from higher headquarters, trig lists, or
other artillery units operating in the same area as the MLRS unit.
5-23. When surveyed starting data are not available, use the alternate methods described below. Survey
control is provided to the platoons by the battalion survey. Ideally, the SCPs are located on readily
identifiable and accessible terrain, such as road junctions. The launcher personnel must be able to locate
each point and stop the launcher at the SCPs without excessive maneuvering. Within platoon OPAREAs,
SCPs for launcher updates are normally established at the reload points. The POC personnel give SCP
coordinates and altitude to each launcher section and the PADS survey section. They also leave these data
on a tag at a marker to identify the SCP.
Table 5-3. Position Specifications

4th Order 5th Order
Accuracy (units of error to similar units
1:3,000 1:1,000
of survey)
Easting/northing coordinates
0.01 meter 0.1 meter
computed to:
Height computed to: 0.1 meter 0.1 meter
ALTERNATE METHODS OF SURVEY

5-24. If there is no survey control in a unit equipped with the M270 launcher, the platoon leader must
establish alternate methods of survey:
• Use the DAGR (AN/PSN-13) to establish survey.
• Use adjacent unit SCPs or their survey assets to extend survey control into the OPAREA.
• Use SCPs outside the OPAREA. Depending on the number of SCPs and their distance from
the firing points, this method may severely limit platoon operations; launchers should be
updated after 6 to 8 kilometers of travel.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-5

Chapter 5
• Use the launcher SRP/PDS to establish SCPs in the OPAREA by transferring survey from
other SCPs and known points. This method may create some accuracy loss (accuracy depends
on the distance traveled by the launcher). However, it is as accurate as hasty survey
techniques up to an 8-kilometer transfer distance, and it is faster.
• Use a hasty survey (a graphic resection) to establish SCPs. The steps for establishing survey
control through graphic resection are described in appendix F.
• Use map spotting. Well-trained map readers using graphic training aid (GTA) can often
establish an SCP to the same accuracy as by using hasty survey techniques. Map spotting
should be used only as a last resort.
M270 LAUNCHER SURVEY CONTROL POINTS

5-25. Although cover and concealment are factors in SCP selection, utility should be the primary
consideration. The SCP must be readily accessible so the driver can stop the launcher with the rear edge of
the left drive sprocket aligned next to the SCP marker. The area and SCP marker must be such that the
driver can position the launcher without ground guidance or excessive maneuvering. The SCPs should be
collocated with a reload point, if possible. This allows rapid return of the launcher to operational status.
M270A1/M142 LAUNCHERS SURVEY CONTROL POINTS

5-26. SCPs are required for M270A1/M142 operations. The exact number depends on the unit SOP;
launchers often use SCPs located at reload points, and each unit has its own ammunition resupply method.
Each fully operational M270A1/M142 launcher can establish its own SCP for future use. For example, an
M270A1/M142 launcher that has lost its global positioning system (GPS) capability can still fire missions
as long as the launcher PNU is initialized on an SCP and updated as required.
WEAPON AND AMMUNITION INFORMATION

5-27. A thorough understanding and consideration of performance characteristics for the launcher and the
variety of munitions types is imperative. The ballistic algorithm embedded in the launcher FCS accounts
for specific ammunition information (weight, ambient temperature, and ammunition type).
METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION
5-28. The effects of weather on the rocket/missile in flight must be considered, and firing data must
compensate for those effects. Use of current meteorological information in the FCS allows the firing
solution to compensate for current weather conditions.
5-29. The launcher FCS uses all lines of the current computer meteorological message to compute firing
data. Rockets are particularly sensitive to low-level winds.
5-30. Meteorological messages are usually received in a digital secure mode from the controlling
headquarters AFATDS and/or MMS. They are routed through the battalion or battery and sent to the FCS.
The battery sends meteorological messages to all launchers and platoons simultaneously.
5-31. The platoon AFATDS can store the message and retransmit it to a launcher if necessary. Both the
platoon and the launcher FCS can be manually loaded with meteorological data through keyboard entry, if
required.
5-32. The interfaces directly with the MMS. Current meteorological information can be obtained by
communicating directly with the MMS on the meteorology section net.
METEOROLOGICAL MESSAGE SPACE CONSIDERATIONS

5-33. The accuracy of a meteorological message may decrease as the distance from the meteorological
sounding site increases. Local topography has a pronounced effect on the distance that meteorological data
can be reasonably extended. In mountainous terrain, distinct variations of wind occur over short distances.
This effect extends to much greater heights than the mountaintops. Large bodies of water will affect both
5-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
the time and space considerations of the meteorological message due to the land and sea breezes and the
effect of humidity on density (increases in humidity decrease air density). Meteorological messages for
artillery are considered valid up to 20 kilometers from the balloon release point over gently rolling terrain.
The validity distance decreases proportionally with the roughness of the terrain.
METEOROLOGICAL MESSAGE TIME CONSIDERATIONS

5-34. Time may decrease the accuracy of a meteorological message because of the changing nature of
weather. There are no specific rules for determining the usable time, because that determination depends on
the characteristics of the atmosphere, periods of transition, meteorology section movement, personnel,
supplies and equipment, and the altitude of the meteorological message required by the firing unit. When
the weather pattern is variable, the usable time is variable. If a frontal passage is forecast for the area, the
meteorology team will take a new sounding after the passage of the front. When the weather pattern is
stable, and is forecast to remain so, time between messages may be extended up to several hours or longer,
depending on the time of day and existing weather conditions. Periods of transition account for a portion of
the time consideration. General guidance in preparing flight schedules for soundings follows.
• During and just after sunrise, temperature changes occur as the atmosphere becomes heated.
Temperatures are more stable throughout the afternoon. Therefore, soundings are performed
more often (every 2 hours) in the morning and less often (every 4 hours) in the afternoon.
• As sunset approaches, the air cools rapidly. During this time, changing temperatures are
monitored closely. Flight schedules may have to be adjusted (to 1 every 2 hours) as the
atmosphere cools. The cooling air stabilizes about 2 hours after sunset. At this time, flights
normally return to a schedule of once every 4 hours.
• During night and early morning hours, the atmosphere reaches maximum cooling and
becomes stabilized. During this time, soundings could be taken at intervals that exceed 2
hours, and 4-hour intervals between flights are common.
• Regardless of the above, the tactical situation and the immediate needs of the unit are the
main considerations that determine sounding schedules.
CRITERIA FOR USE OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA

5-35. The order of preference of various sources of met data (see table 5-4) for use by MLRS units is:
• Current MET message from a station within 20 kilometers of the launch point and less than 2
hours old.
• Current meteorology (MET) message from the nearest station more than 20 kilometers from
the launch point.
• Met messages more than 2 hours old but from a station within 20 kilometers of the launch
points. A met message that is 4 hours old may be used except when day/night transitions or
frontal passages are occurring.
Table 5-4. Meteorological Message Areas of Validity
Type Terrain Area of Validity
Level 20-km radius
Mountainous 10-km radius
Coastal 15-km radius
km = kilometer
METEOROLOGICAL MESSAGE CHECKING PROCEDURES

5-36. When the FDC receives a meteorological message, it should be checked to ensure that it is valid.
Any peculiarities noted in the message should be questioned. If the timeliness or validity of a
meteorological message is doubted, the message should be questioned and referred to the artillery
meteorology section, whose personnel are qualified to explain message variations or to correct message
transmission errors. (See figure 5-2 for an example of a computer meteorological message.) Verbal
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-7

Chapter 5
transmission of meteorological messages may cause copying errors, particularly if the message is copied
down on something other than the standard (ballistic or computer) meteorological form.
Note: Meteorological measuring and forecasting capability is improving rapidly. Block III
Profiler will soon replace the balloon on the battlefield with microwave and satellite technology.
Accurate meteorological data will then be available continuously upon request.
MESSAGE HEADING
5-37. Check the ballistic or computer meteorological message heading as follows:
• Check message type, octant, and location entries for correctness.
• Check date-time entries to ensure that data are current. If the meteorological message is more
than 4 hours old, consult with the meteorology section to determine message validity (date-
time entries are expressed in Greenwich Mean Time).
• Map-spot the altitude of the MMS by using the latitude and longitude from the location block
in the header of the meteorological message. (See FM 3-25.26 for additional information on
how to plot a latitude and longitude. An error of 50 meters or more will affect air temperature
and density and/or pressure corrections applied to firing data.)
MESSAGE BODY
5-38. Check the ballistic meteorological message body as follows:
• Ballistic wind direction should trend in a fairly uniform manner. Question drastic changes
(1,000 mils or greater) or sudden reverses of wind direction from line to line, particularly if
wind speeds are more than 10 knots.
Note: Direction changes greater than 1,000 mils are common when wind speeds are 10 knots or
less.
• Question severe increases or decreases (10 knots or greater) in wind speed from line to line.
• Ballistic temperatures and densities normally show an inverse relationship; that is, as
temperature increases, density should decrease. Check for drastic changes (2 percent or more)
in density or temperature. Ballistic temperature and density should change smoothly between
zones.
Figure 5-2. Computer Meteorological Message
5-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
5-39. Consecutive messages should show a trend that relates to the actual weather conditions, unless
weather conditions have changed during sunrise or sunset transition periods or because of a frontal passage,
rain, snow, or a rapid increase or decrease in cloud cover.
5-40. Check for errors in the computer meteorological message as follows:
• Question drastic wind direction changes (1,000 mils or greater) or sudden reverses of wind
direction from line to line, particularly if wind speeds are more than 10 knots.
Note: Direction changes greater than 1,000 mils are common when wind speeds are 10 knots or
less.
• Question severe increases or decreases (10 knots or greater) in wind speed from line to line.
• Question a severe increase or decrease (over 20 degrees) in temperature from line to line.
• Check for differences in identification line pressure and surface pressure. Both should match.
• Check for increases in pressure. Pressure should decrease smoothly from line to line. Pressure
will never increase with height.
5-41. Atmospheric pressures always decrease consistently from line to line. Pressure will never increase
with height. Transposed figures are the most common errors in pressure values. If errors in pressure are
determined, the meteorology section must verify the corrected values.
COMPUTATIONAL PROCEDURES
5-42. The computation of firing data must be accurate. Current automated computational techniques and
systems yield accurate and timely firing data. Individual and collective training reduces the probability of
procedural or data input error.
SECTION III – TACTICAL AND TECHNICAL FIRE DIRECTION
TACTICAL FIRE DIRECTION

5-43. Tactical fire direction is the process that results in a decision on whether and how a target will be
attacked. Specifically, it answers the following questions:
• Location of the target. Is it safe to fire? Is it within range? Are there intervening crests? Can
the target be attacked?
• Nature of the target. How large is it? What is its degree of protection?
• Timeliness of target information. Is it a fleeting target?
• Ammunition available. What do the units have on hand to fire?
• Firing units available. Who is in range and ready to fire?
• Commander's guidance and/or TSOP. What do we want to do to the target?
• Request for fire. What did the requestor ask for? Can the battalion give it to him? Should the
battalion give it to him?
• Munitions effects. Given the ammunition available, nature of the target, and commander's
guidance, how should the target be attacked?
• Tactical situation. When should the battalion fire? Are special instructions required?
TARGET ANALYSIS
5-44. Target analysis is the examination of a potential target to determine the most suitable weapon, firing
unit, ammunition, and method for attacking the target.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-9

Chapter 5
5-45. The amount of time devoted to target analysis and the thoroughness of the analysis depend on the
following:
• Amount of target information.
• Availability of weapons and munitions to attack the target.
• Urgency of the engagement.
• Precedence of attack.
5-46. An FDO selects a particular precedence of attack after considering the following:
• Target characteristics. Targets vary considerably in composition, degree of protection, shape,
mobility, and recoverability.
• Target location. The proximity of the target to friendly troops, probability of collateral
damage, and the accuracy of the target location must be considered.
• Terrain. The terrain in the target area has a direct effect on the vulnerability of the target.
Certain terrain provides complete protection from some angles of approach but not from
others. Thus, it influences the unit and munitions to be employed. The type of vegetation in
the target area should be considered in the selection of ammunition.
• Weather. Weather is of little consequence in evaluating a target to be attacked with some
munitions. However, precipitation and wind are of particular importance, for example, in
evaluating a target to be attacked with DPICM or APAM.
• Commander's criteria. All phases of target analysis are conducted within constraints
established by the commander. In determining the precedence for attacking a target, primary
consideration should be given to the commander's target priorities. On the basis of
ammunition constraints, a commander will also specify the type of effects desired against
specific target sets. The three target effects categories are suppression, neutralization, and
destruction.
MOST SUITABLE AMMUNITION AND WEAPONS

5-47. When an FDO decides to attack a target, selection of a weapon-ammunition combination that can
achieve the desired effect must incur a minimum expenditure of available ammunition.
Ammunition
5-48. The following are considerations in determining the most suitable ammunition:
• Type and quantity available. The nature of the target, its surroundings, and the desired effects
dictate the type and amount of ammunition to be used.
• Troop safety. The FDO must ensure that fires do not endanger friendly troops, equipment, and
facilities.
• Residual effects. Residual effects from special ammunition may influence whether a friendly
unit can occupy an area. Conditions may be hazardous for supported troops occupying an area
immediately after an attack with certain munitions.
• Effectiveness. The FDO must ensure that maximum effectiveness is attained from every
mission fired. To match the optimum ammunition type to a target, the FDO must know what
damage the ammunition can produce and the damage required to defeat a target.
Weapons
5-49. The following are considerations in determining the most suitable weapons:
• System response time. An FDO must ascertain the urgency of each fire mission and be aware
of the status of each launcher.
• Predicted fire capability. The FDO must know the current survey and meteorological status of
all firing units under his control.
5-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
METHOD OF ATTACK
5-50. The FDO must select a method of attack that ensures target area coverage and desired target effects:
• Aiming points. Normally, the size of the area to be attacked depends on the size of the target
or the size of the area in which the target is known or suspected to be located.
• Density and duration of fires. Intense fires of short duration generally produce the best effects
on a target.
METHOD OF CONTROL
5-51. The battery AFATDS uses the following methods of control:
• Fire when ready (FWR).
• At my command (AMC).
• On call (ONC). Must be changed to another method before execution.
• Time on target (TOT). Uses a time for effects on target.
• Timed when ready (TWR).
• Timed time on target (TTT).
Fire When Ready

5-52. The FWR method of control allows the operator to arm and fire the weapons at his own discretion
once the rocket launcher is aimed. The rocket launcher is considered aimed when the launcher is within +/-
3 mils of the commanded aimpoint and the rate of rocket launcher movement is less than 20 mils a second.
At My Command
5-53. The AMC method of control provides the battery FDC with the decision of when to fire the
munitions. The AMC allows for the automatic execution of the fire mission up to achieving aimpoint.
Once aim-point is reached, the FCS transmits a ready to fire message to FDC and awaits reception of the
fire command before continuing. At the appropriate time, FDC transmits an amended call for fire (CFF)
containing the fire command. Upon reception of the amended CFF, the FCS prompts the operator to ARM
WEAPONS and then FIRE WEAPONS. The fire command may be overridden by placing the arm/safe
switch to the ARM position once the ready to fire message has been transmitted.
On Call
5-54. The ONC method of control initially places the FM into inactive target list, this must be amended
before sent to the LCHR. The LCHR may also manually enter in an ONC into the LCFCP. The ONC fire
mission begins execution when the launcher receives an amended CFF changing this method of control.
The fire mission then begins execution under the amended method of control. The FCS operator can
manually execute the ONC mission by pressing the EXECUTE function key in the fire mission option
screen. If manually executed, the ONC method of control executes the same as an AMC.
Time on Target
5-55. The TOT method of control is used to deliver munitions onto a target at a specific time. The launcher
has 2 countdown clocks to inform the operator when to park and press the launcher lay (LCHR LAY)
function key, and when to activate the arm and fire switches. The 2 clocks are based on a single TOT time
of day entry. The first clock (CNTDN = NO LATER THAN FOR LCHR LAY) notifies the operator of the
latest time the launcher should be parked, and the LCHR LAY key is pressed. This time is equal to the
TOT time of day entry minus the current system time, any weapon processing time, nominal launcher
module (LM) movement time, the estimated flight time of the munitions, and 20 additional seconds. The
countdown clock is updated every second until the LCHR LAY function key is pressed. If the clock
reaches 0, it remains at 0 until the LCHR LAY key is pressed. Once the LCHR LAY key is pressed, a
second clock (CNTDN = NO EARLIER THAN FOR FIRING) is displayed that notifies the operator when
to activate the fire switch. The time displayed on the second countdown clock is calculated by subtracting
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-11

Chapter 5
the current system time and actual flight time of the rockets from the TOT time. When the fire switch is
activated at a countdown clock time of zero seconds, the munitions will arrive on the target at the TOT
time.
Timed When Ready

5-56. The TWR is a controlled FWR mission that has a no-later-than (NLT) time that the launcher should
be parked and the LCHR LAY function key pressed. Also, a NET and NLT firing clock is provided to
inform the operator when the FCS allows the arming and firing of the munitions. The operator is allowed to
fire the munitions when the launcher is aimed and the current time of day is between the 2 time-of-day
entries.
Timed Time on Target

5-57. The TTT is a modified TOT method of control. The time the weapons are to arrive on target for a
TTT is within a window determined by the 2 time-of-day entries that were entered into the FCS.
PREDICTING WEAPON EFFECTS

5-58. One of the most important steps in performing a target analysis is determining the number and type
of rounds required to produce the desired effects on a target. (Refer to the joint munitions effectiveness
manuals for surface-to-surface weapons [JMEM/SS/JWES].)
MLRS RISK ESTIMATE DISTANCES

5-59. In close air support, artillery, mortars, and naval gunfire support fires, the term “danger close” is
included in the method of engagement segment of a call for fire to indicate that friendly forces are within
close proximity of the target. The close proximity distance is determined by the weapon and ammunition
fired. The term “danger close” is used when there are friendly troops or positions within a prescribed
distance of the target. This is simply a warning, not a restriction, to both the force commander and the FDC
to take proper precautions.
5-60. Risk estimate distances allow commanders and FSCOORDs to estimate risk in terms of the
probability of friendly causalities that may result from employing weapons against the enemy. Risk
estimate distances are defined as the distance, in meters, from the intended point of impact at which a
specific degree of vulnerability will not be exceeded. Actual classified risk estimate distances are
determined by using the classified joint munitions effectiveness manual surface-to-surface weapons
effectiveness systems (JWES) CD (FM 101-63-1-CD).
5-61. Table 5-5 provides unclassified risk estimate data for the currently fielded MLRS munitions. These
distances will be used for training only. The data are based on an assumed location error, posture of the
friendly troops concerned, and quantity of munitions fired. The range from the MLRS launcher to the target
and the munitions type characterize the information presented. Commanders at all levels must determine
the risk they are willing to accept for a particular mission or phase of a battle. This risk is specifically
defined as the probability of incapacitation (PI) of a soldier. The 1/100 PI value can be interpreted as being
less than, or equal to, 1 chance in 1 hundred.
Note: Do not fire DPICM rockets when friendly forces are located beyond the target along the
launcher-target line, as rocket debris will extend beyond the target area.
5-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
Table 5-5. MLRS Risk Estimate Distances (Training Only)

Risk-Estimate Distance (Meters)
1/100 PI 1/1,000 PI 1/10,000 PI
System Description
1/3 2/3 Max 1/3 2/3 Max 1/3 2/3 Max
Range Range Range Range Range Range Range Range Range
M26 450 700 1,250 550 900 1,700 650 1,100 2,100
MLRS
M26A2 550 900 1,550 650 1,150 2,050 750 1,350 2,550
M39 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
ATACMS M39A1 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
M48 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
TECHNICAL FIRE DIRECTION

5-62. Technical fire direction is the process of converting weapon and ammunition characteristics, weapon
and target locations, and meteorological information to firing data.
SECTION IV – AUTOMATED MISSION PROCESSING

5-63. MLRS battalions can expect to receive orders to fire from many varied sources. The automated
AFATDS, FCS, and devices provide the backbone for processing orders to fire for the MLRS battalion.
The battalion uses the AFATDS in mission processing. Fire mission source is not particularly important to
the overall conduct of the fire mission execution process for automated processing of missions. It does have
some significance to the tactical conduct of the mission in terms of estimates of normal expected TLE for
ammunition selection and effects calculation. The following criteria are important to the outcome of the
automated processes:
• Target type.
• Point of entry into the munition and fire unit selection process (node/system).
• Linkage to the shooter.
• Method of control.
• Whether a munition has been specified.
5-64. The AFATDS perform tactical fire direction based on the MLRS platoon centers reported by the
battery. Generally, the battery is the highest echelon tracking individual launcher status.
5-65. At a minimum, the battery maintains the following launcher conditions and states:
• Activity.
• Single busy (1 fire mission assigned and active).
• Double busy (2 missions assigned and active).
• Priority busy (1 or 2 highest priority missions).
• Not busy.
• Not moving.
• Launcher operational status (OPER/INOP).
• Reason.
• Duration.
• Location information.
• Ammunition status and availability.
5-66. Launcher status reports are consolidated into platoon aggregates and reported to the battalion and
subsequently the FIB and/or corps, as appropriate, according to a predetermined timetable. Because the FIB
and/or corps AFATDS generally has the least current information concerning launcher status, it is possible
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-13

Chapter 5
that missions may be assigned to platoons that cannot comply. This should be reported as soon as possible
because airspace coordination may require adjustment if alternative units are selected to fire the missions.
Airspace coordination is normally conducted at the corps or JTF level.
5-67. Once the FDO determines the exact unit to fire, the mission(s) is transmitted to the designated
battery. The battery then transmits the mission(s) to the designated launcher(s), when the time to fire
becomes 30 minutes or less. The launcher(s) will receive the missions, compute the technical solution, and
fire the mission(s) using the method of control specified in the mission.
5-68. Fire mission processing at MLRS battalion and battery FDCs treats all munitions in the same
manner. At a minimum, an ammunition and fire unit message must be received and executed so the
software can recognize the munition J-code in the CFF message. If effects processing is desired, entry of
carrier delivery errors and effects data are required; otherwise, only volleys missions will be processed.
When the fire mission is received at the battalion, the FDC will perform the tactical processing and (if
applicable) effects processing. It will then format another call for fire for transmission to the battery. The
battalion FDC will select the platoon to fire, if it has not been selected; otherwise, it will validate the
AFATDS selection.
5-69. At the battery level, the FDC will perform the tactical functions appropriate to the battery echelon,
select the launcher or launchers to fire, and generate a separate call for fire to each selected launcher.
5-70. Technical fire direction occurs at the launcher. The appropriate weapon application software and
ballistics data must be resident on the launcher to fire a specific munition successfully. (See appendix I for
ballistic algorithm tables.)
AUTOMATED TACTICAL FIRE DIRECTION

5-71. The FDC computer executes fire missions by establishing and updating relevant information. This
function is graphically depicted in figure 5-3.
Figure 5-3. Fire Mission Execution
5-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
TARGET ANALYSIS
5-72. Upon receipt of a fire mission message, the computer screens the target to determine the
requirements for target analysis. The computer analyzes the target using the following information to
determine its placement in the commander's criteria and to specify priority or non-priority handling:
• Type/subtype/element.
• Location.
• Strength.
• Behavior.
• Permanence and age.
WEAPON (MUNITIONS/SUB MUNITIONS) SELECTION

5-73. Targets/missions received from a higher echelon computer that specify a weapon to be employed are
evaluated. Although subordinate FDCs have the capability to change the weapon type, authorization to
modify missions directed by a higher echelon computer must be coordinated. If the FDC is authorized to
change the weapon directed, it must be done manually.
5-74. If ATACMS or Guided Unitary is selected, the AFATDS that performs the initial fire mission
processing creates platoon airspace hazard (PAH) and target airspace hazard (TAH) geometries.
Platoon Air Hazard Message

5-75. When the AFATDS processes an AFOM fire mission or guided mission, it generates a PAH
message. The message describes the aircraft danger area around the launcher selected to fire as the PAH.
The area is defined by 2 grids on the ground and a width giving the PAH 4 grids on the ground (depicted in
figure 5-4 by the points 1, 2, 3, and 4) and an altitude (depicted in figure 5-4 as ZALT). This area is used to
warn all flight operations and to gain clearance to fly through the airspace. If more than 1 LCHR is required
to fire the mission, separate messages are displayed for each LCHR.
5-76. The platoon air hazard message is munition specific. It is generated only for those LCHR the
computer has listed as having the munition. If a unit to fire in effect (UFFE) was specified in the fire
mission message, that UFFE is used. If a UFFE was not specified, the computer provides the best solution
based on available information. The operator can enter the XDIST value and an effective date-time group
(DTG) indicating when the platoon air hazard area is valid.
5-77. The PAH may be passed to other organizations as a restricted operations zone (ROZ) also known as
a restricted operations area. A ROZ is a volume of space that the Air Force often uses to restrict airspace.
The same 4 points (1, 2, 3, and 4 in figure 5-4) and altitude define the ROZ. The term restricted operations
zone is being replaced by restricted operations area but the former term may still be encountered.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-15

Chapter 5
Figure 5-4. AFOM Platoon Air Hazard Area
5-16 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
Target Air Hazard Message
5-78. The TAH message describes the TAH area where the missile will dispense the submunitions. Like
the platoon air hazard message, it is used to warn all flight operations and to gain airspace clearance. The
platoon air hazard message is generated when an AFOM fire mission is processed. The Block I and 1A
target air hazard message defines 4 points on the ground around the target. The size of the hazard depends
on the range to the target. The ZALT defines the height of the airspace hazard based on the target center
and munitions’ burst point. Figure 5-5 depicts the default Block I and 1A target air hazard airspace (ZALT
1,500 meters or less). The computer alerts the operator when the target air hazard airspace is other than the
default (when ZALT exceeds 1,500 meters). The operator entries are limited to defining the effective DTG
of the message.
Figure 5-5. Default Block I and 1A Target Air Hazard Area
5-79. Upon receipt of the Mission Fired Report MFR from the fire unit, the AFATDS will generate a
mission fired report (MFR) and forward it through the mission chain. An MFR or DENY message will
purge the PAH and TAH geometries.
BATTLEFIELD GEOMETRY VALIDATION

5-80. The FDC computer validates that the fire mission does not violate any FSCM or downrange mask
restrictions. FSCM violations will be presented to the operator in the form of a warning message, but the
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-17

Chapter 5
computer can continue to process the fire mission. Downrange mask violations will be presented in the
form of an error message and will prevent the operator from continuing the mission.
5-81. The fire mission support function establishes or updates the map modification, geometry,
ammunition effects, and meteorological databases to enhance tactical fire control. This function is depicted
in figure 5-6.
Figure 5-6. Fire Mission Support Function
5-82. Coordinate conversion includes the following:

• Zone-to-zone transformation.
• Zone-to-zone across grid zones.
• Spheroid conversion.
• Datum conversion.
• Geodetic/ Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM).
5-83. Battlefield geometry maintenance—
• Overwrites duplicate geometry features.
• Reports overlap of SPRT;ZNE messages.
FIRE UNIT SELECTION

5-84. Fire unit selection in the FDC computer is based on the following:
• Availability—no more than the allowable number of fire missions at each launcher.
• Appropriate munitions onboard or at next reload point.
• Within range of selected munitions.
• No exclusions.
• Able to meet all time restrictions.
5-18 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
METHOD OF ATTACK/EFFECTS ANALYSIS
Volleys-Type Target
5-85. If the target is designated as a volleys type, all rockets are normally aimed at the center of the target,
unless the size or shape is large and specified. If the number of rockets to be fired at the 1 aim-point is
entered in the volleys field of the message, that number of rockets is fired at the target center. If there is no
entry, a default value of 6 rockets is used.
Effects-Type Target
5-86. If the target is designated as an effects-type target, the AFATDS may generate multiple aim-points.
The computer performs effects calculations and determines the expected effects for each target selected for
engagement on the basis of weapon performance, capability characteristics, and target degree of protection.
Other processes involved with effects-type targets include:
• The target type is checked to be sure it is a legal effects type. If it is not, a warning message is
displayed.
• The target dimensions are checked to verify that they are within the size limits for MLRS
processing. If they are not, the computer stops processing and the mission is rejected and
redisplayed for transmission back to the higher headquarters.
• The computer designates 1 to 6 aim-points for an effects target. The number of aim-points for
an effects-type target and the number of rockets to be fired at each aim-point depend on the
following:
• Desired effects (for effects-type target only).
• Dimensions of the target.
• Range to target from the launcher.
• Lethal area of submunitions in relation to target type.
• Disposition of enemy personnel in the target area.
• The computer rejects the fire mission request when the percentage of effects requested cannot
be achieved and/or the solution indicates more than the maximum number of rounds to fire
(for an effects-type target only).
• The number of aim-points (aim-point easting and northing offset from target center) and
number of rockets required for each aim-point are temporarily stored for use by the fire unit
selection routing.
Joint Munitions Effectiveness Manuals

5-87. Effectiveness tables published in JMEM/SS provide guidance for determining the expected fraction
of casualties to personnel targets or damage to materiel targets. JMEMs for surface-to-surface weapons are
published as field manuals. The basic data for these manuals were obtained from test firings, actual combat
performance, and mathematical modeling. Using JMEMs to determine attack data requires considerable
time. Because of time constraints, use of JMEMs at battalion and battery FDC levels for engaging targets of
opportunity is not recommended. The effects data included in these manuals incorporate reliability,
delivery accuracy, and munitions lethality against a representative spectrum of targets. The computational
assumptions, defeat criteria, and instructions for use are included in each manual.
Note: There is no assurance that the expected fraction of damage or casualties will be provided
by any number of volleys in a given situation. Although not precisely within the mathematical
definition, the method of averaging data used for the tables will result in less damage being
realized for approximately 50 percent of the rounds and, conversely, greater damage for the
other 50 percent of the rounds.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-19

Chapter 5
COMMANDER'S CRITERIA
5-88. The key to exploiting automated processing is incorporating the commander's guidance into the
computer's database. The commander influences tactical fire control solutions by establishing the
commander's intent, which is used to develop the commander's criteria for engaging targets. These criteria
guide the selection of units to fire, munitions, and volume of fire for each mission. The AFATDS, based on
a portion of the commander's criteria, selects targets for MLRS engagement. It helps in the fire planning,
collation of intelligence, and tactical fire control (TFC) for MLRS. The commander's criteria should be
entered into AFATDS before the fighting begins. When they have been entered, the computer will
automatically execute the criteria without delaying fire mission processing.
5-89. Commander's criteria are established and updated as the situation changes. They may be overridden
manually when a situation warrants. As circumstances and SOP dictate, the battalion operations officer,
battery operations officer, and/or fire direction personnel can override the commander's modifications on a
mission-to-mission basis. A specific request for fire overrides the commander's criteria. Extreme care must
be used in modifying the execution of the commander's criteria, because their effect on the AFATDS
solutions influences the outcome of the battle. The parameters involved in establishing the commander's
criteria are discussed below.
5-90. The supported force commander's concept for fires is used to develop engagement criteria. When
given an R mission, the MLRS unit will use the criteria of the reinforced unit supported maneuver force.
When assigned a GSR or GS mission, the MLRS unit will use the criteria of the force headquarters.
5-91. Commanders can override the attack criteria for each target type and can specify an SVF for an
effects target. However, they cannot specify desired effects for a volleys target. For a volleys target, the
SVF works with the volleys size factor to generate the computer recommendation for the total number of
volleys to fire on the target.
Munition Selection Matrix

5-92. Table 5-6 gives the fire planner a matrix for determining the best MLRS munition with which to
defeat a target. For a complete listing see TB-11-7025-354-10-3
Table 5-6. Ammunition Selection Matrix

Range Payload Projectiles
Target Types
(km) (Submunitions) Per Pod
M26 Rocket Personnel, light armor, soft 10-32.5 644 M77 6
vehicles (stationary)
M26A2 Extended Personnel, light armor, soft 13-45 518 M77 6
Range Rocket vehicles (stationary)
M30 GMLRS Personnel, and/or light 15-70 404 M77 6
materiel (stationary)
M31 Guided Unitary Personnel, and/or light 15-70 1 6
M39 ATACMS Block I Personnel, and/or light 25-165 950 M74
M39A1 ATACMS Personnel, and/or light 70-300 300 M74 1
Block IA materiel (stationary)
M39A3 ATACMS C2 nodes, log sites, SRBMs, 35-145 13 BAT 1
Block II ACV assembly areas
(stationary) or SRBMs,
MRLs, SP artillery, ACV
formations (moving)
M48/M57 ATACMS Personnel, and/or light 70-270+_ 1 1
5-20 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
Table 5-6. Ammunition Selection Matrix

Range Payload Projectiles
Target Types
(km) (Submunitions) Per Pod
Quick Reaction materiel
Unitary
Legend
ACV = armored combat vehicle SP = self-propelled
C2 = command and control SRBM = short range ballistic missile
MRL = multiple rocket launcher
MLRS Size
5-93. If the AFATDS AFU file contains MLRS fire units, the computer considers those units first to
engage a target when the target radius exceeds the size entered in the MLRS size (MLRSIZ) modification.
FIRE MISSION INTERVENTION POINTS

5-94. Another powerful capability AFATDS offers is the ability to eliminate the traditional mission delays
associated with processing fire missions through multiple layers of fire support coordination. Not every
mission needs to stop at every fire support node in the mission thread (digital route). See paragraph 4-41 for
the operational implications of this capability.
FIRE MISSION CYCLE

5-95. The BOC processes fire missions for the MLRS firing battery. Mission assignments are based on the
following information:
• Grid locations of FPs.
• Requested FP and RL employment sequence.
• Number and type of rockets or missiles currently onboard each launcher and on HEMTT-
HEMATs or RSV-RST in the platoon OPAREA.
• Downrange mask.
• Launcher status and locations.
• FSCMs.
5-96. This information is all part of the FDC database for the battery. The AFATDS then selects the
launcher to respond, the number and type of munitions to fire, the number and dispersion of aimpoints, and
the method of fire. The fire mission is then passed directly to the launcher or using the platoon, the POC
monitors the fire missions. If the launcher cannot communicate digitally with the BOC, the platoon can be
used to relay fire missions. At a minimum, both the BOC and POC record the mission by using
DA Form 7232-R (see example, figure 5-7) and plot the target on the firing capabilities map. The
completed DA Form 7232-R should be retained for 1 year.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-21

Chapter 5
Figure 5-7. DA Form 7232-R (Example)
5-97. Upon receipt of a fire mission, the launcher FCS conducts a consistency check of the fire mission
data to ensure that the launcher can fire the mission, that it has the correct munitions loaded, and that the
target is in range. If the launcher can fire, a WILL COMPLY (WILCO) message is generated to be sent to
the battery FDC.
5-98. The section chief should have previously inspected the FP for any immediate mask (within 2,000
meters). If one is apparent, the mask is measured with the M2 compass to determine if it should be entered
in the FCS. The mask should be entered if it measures 100 mils or greater. If the launcher cannot fire over
the mask, it must be repositioned.
5-99. If an immediate mask is not a problem, the launcher moves to the designated FP and orients on the
selected parking heading. The crew lays the LM, arms the system, fires the mission(s), stows the LM, and
moves as directed. The launcher crew records the mission data by using DA Form 7233-R (MLRS
Launcher Fire Mission Log) as shown in the example, figure 5-8. A reproducible copy of DA Form 7233-R
is located at the back of this manual and is available on-line from the Army Publishing Directorate. The
completed form should also be retained for 1 year.
Figure 5.8. DA Form 7233-R (Example)
5-22 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
Notes: For missile missions, the section chief records the serial number of the missile on 1 row
of DA Form 7233-R and the firing data for that missile on the next available row. The section
chief can pre-record this information, allowing for entry of firing data on the next available lines
when reloading.
If a munition malfunctions, the section chief must record the date, time, prompts displayed, and,
as necessary, a narrative explaining the events surrounding the munition malfunction. The
section chief can use as many lines as needed on either the front of the form or the back of the
form to record the necessary information.
A launch pod container with an unserviceable munition should be marked in accordance with the
unit tactical SOP and the procedures in the launcher technical manual.
AUTOMATED AFOM PROCESSING

AFATDS
5-100. AFATDS provides decision aids and an information system for control, coordination, and
synchronization. It is located at FA command posts from platoon to fires brigade and is employed in
varying configurations at different OPFACs.
COMMANDER’S CRITERIA
5-101. Integrating the commander’s guidance into the AFATDS database is the key to exploiting
AFATDS capabilities for ATACMS. Targeting guidance tells AFATDS which targets to process or deny.
AFATDS automatically filters and screens mission requests and recommends denying those missions that
do not meet the established commander’s guidance. It prioritizes multiple missions to ensure that the most
important missions are processed first. It also checks incoming fire missions against fire support
coordinating measures and unit zones of responsibility. If violations occur, AFATDS notifies the operator
and electronically requests clearance from the unit that established the control measure. AFATDS then
determines how to attack the target, applying guidance by system preference (FA preference, FA attack
methods, mortar, naval gunfire, or air attack).
AFATDS FILTERING FUNCTION

5-102. Filters tell AFATDS what targets not to attack. One filter is target decay time, which defines how
long a target type is suitable for engagement after it is acquired. This highlights for the commander those
targets with short dwell times and prevents firing on targets that may have moved.
5-103. The target duplication filter allows fire supporters to specify the distance (in meters) that separates
targets or similar targets to determine whether they are duplicates. This prevents different sensors or
observers from firing separate missions on the same target. If 2 missions violate target duplication,
AFATDS processes the first mission and recommends denial on the second.
5-104. The target build-up area filter allows the commander to specify the number of targets, within an
area, that must be identified before engagement. This is particularly useful for counter fire elements that
want to focus on developing a template for enemy area before attacking it.
5-105. The target exclusion filter (part of the TMM) allows the commander to specify targets he does not
want fire support to consider for attack.
5-106. AFATDS TSS contains the same information normally used in a TSS matrix, including specifying
the TLE for potential sensors. This filter, generally used for intelligence reports, specifies a report age to
prevent firing on targets that are too old.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-23

Chapter 5
AFATDS SCREENING FUNCTION

5-107. After a target clears the filters, AFATDS screens the mission to assign a mission value. This
focuses fires by ensuring that the most important targets are engaged first. In AFATDS, this screening
guidance includes mission prioritization, the HVTL, and the TMM.
AFATDS MISSION PRIORITIZATION

5-108. AFATDS prioritizes missions by assigning each a “mission value” of 0 to 100 based on 4 weighted
criteria to determine the overall mission value. The 4 criteria are—
• On-call precedence allows the commander to decide that targets from the fire plan (stored in
the on-call target list) have a higher priority than a target of opportunity. (A commander may
not want targets of opportunity to disrupt the execution of preplanned, rehearsed targets in
specific TAIs or engagement areas.)
• Priority of fires enables the commander to establish a preference among a pool of potential
sensors/observers.
• If a target falls within a TAI, AFATDS will increase its mission value.
• AFATDS can weight targets based on their relative importance to the force commander's
mission. The target type value is identified in the HVTL and the TMM.
5-109. A commander can define the desired effects in the HVTL for each target category by specifying
effects or any percentage of destruction from 0 percent to 100 percent. He also can assign a weighted value
from 0 to 100 to each target category.
5-110. The HVTL is a starting point for the development of the HPTL and is a component of the TMM.
HPTs are HVTs that friendly forces must attack to achieve success during friendly operations. The HPTL
in the TMM applies additional guidance to weight the target types.
5-111. The TMM used in AFATDS provides the same information normally seen on an AGM. It
separates HPT types from non-HPT types. A commander can define the effects for each HPT type or any
percentage of destruction up to 100 percent. He can also weight the value of each HPT type from 0 to 100.
This is a second target value (for HPTs only) that AFATDS uses to compute an overall mission value.
5-112. As a result of mission prioritization, each target is assigned a mission value. Cutoff values set the
minimum thresholds that targets must attain to be considered for attack by certain fire support assets. The
commander assigns these to tell AFATDS which weapon systems to consider (and not to consider) as
attack options for certain targets.
5-113. In the TMM, the commander can specify which target types require TDA or should not be fired on
but rather handed off to the IEW officer for exploitation. The commander can specify when targets will be
engaged as “acquired,” “immediate,” or “planned.” The commander also can exclude target types in the
TMM display from consideration for attack by fire support assets.
FIRE MISSION EXECUTION

INITIATING AFOM FIRE MISSIONS
5-114. AFOM fire missions can be initiated by any agency capable of requesting fire. Agencies
supported by digital communications systems may not be able to request the AFOM automatically.
However, they can compose and send a plain text message requesting fires. Fire mission source is
important for estimated TLE (when TLE is not reported), munition selection, and effects calculation.
Automated processing depends on:
• Target type.
• Point of entry into the fire unit selection process (node/system).
• Shooter linkage or communications.
5-24 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
• Method of control.
• Specified munition (if any).
5-115. Once an AFOM variant has been selected (usually at the corps/division FC), a fire mission
message format (for example, fire mission; CFF) is generated. It contains a minimum of a weapon type (or
J-code) and a designated unit to fire in effect. It is then transmitted to the selected battalion FDC for
execution. The battalion FDC transmits the fire mission to a battery FDC where launchers are selected from
the designated platoons.
AUTOMATIC PROCESSING
5-116. To ensure the fastest possible reaction, the subordinate echelon FDC computers should be set up to
perform automatic processing of missions. This procedure streamlines the mission processing during non-
routine operations or when responsiveness to time critical targets is required. When the FDC computer is
set up to automatically process missions, it performs all necessary processing to ensure receipt of a valid
message. If the message passes the consistency checks and the UFFE is available, the FDC computer relays
the message to the next subordinate echelon. The battery FDC computer—
• Performs consistency checks based on commander’s guidance/operator inputs.
• Validates the selected UFFE (no effects processing will be performed).
• Assigns launcher(s) to fire from within the designated UFFE.
• Prepares call for fire message for transmission to launcher(s).
INTERVENTION POINTS
5-117. AFATDS allows the mission to be processed automatically or lets operators view and make
decisions on every fire mission they receive. It also permits a mix; certain types of missions will be
processed automatically while the operator handles only specified types of missions. The intervention point
window provides the operator the target number, mission value, mission precedence, and a list of filter
guidance and whether they passed or not. All attack assets capable and available to shoot the mission with
the required munitions are also listed.
5-118. The operator can set up intervention rules that allow given target conditions to cause an
intervention point to be generated when the mission is processed. However, AFOM missions are always
presented at an intervention point, regardless of operator criteria. The operator can accept, reject, or change
the mission.
5-119. AFATDS presents all attack options for the operator to review. Non-capable attack options will
have a reason stated. This provides the operator enough information to understand the problem and,
perhaps, fix it.
PLANNED MISSIONS
5-120. The AFOM is most effective when used on planned targets. Attack of planned targets permits
refinement of target locations (or predicted locations for moving targets) to required (or better) accuracy
and description and for posturing missiles and launchers. Planned fires typically use the following methods
of control: AMC, TOT, ONC, TWR, FWR, and TTT.
5-121. Planned fires may be scheduled missions that are executed according to a predetermined time
schedule or sequence of events or on call. Scheduled missions are planned and sent to the lowest command
and control echelon for execution at the appropriate time. This allows mission execution on receipt of the
engagement trigger event or scheduled time to fire. AFOM missions are scheduled in the same manner as
rocket missions. On-call missions are like scheduled missions because they are sent to the lowest command
and control echelon, but the time of execution is unknown.
5-122. AMC missions are planned missions for which the time of execution depends on the occurrence of
a trigger event or confirmation of target location or activity. The FDC can use these missions when the
commander desires rapid attack of a target, or when attack is keyed to other significant events on the
battlefield. When the launcher receives this type of AMC mission, it moves to a firing point (if in hide
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-25

Chapter 5
position) and elevates to aim-point. The launcher reports “READY” to the controlling FDC and awaits the
command to fire.
UNPLANNED MISSIONS
5-123. The AFOM may also be fired against targets of opportunity. All available communications means
are used in mission processing. Prior coordination among the various agencies may reduce the processing
time associated with targets of opportunity. For selected targets or areas of interest, more direct links may
be established between higher and lower agencies to reduce processing time. Those nodes left out of the
process will be provided information and status as the mission progresses.
AFATDS MISSION PROCESSING FOR AFOM

5-124. When a fire mission is initiated, AFATDS assigns it a target number (if this has not already
occurred) and calculates its mission value. AFATDS then goes through a series of “filter” checks (for
example, duplication, TSS) to see if it qualifies as a fire mission. If it passes these filters, a set of munitions
that could be used to shoot the mission will be generated from the guidance as well as from the munitions
requested in the call for fire. AFATDS generates a list of units that are both capable and available, based on
the OPFAC unit organization (from both command and supported HQs that the operator entered in the
current database) as well as observer specified and guidance specified entries. AFATDS then matches
munitions with available units to see which units can actually shoot the mission given the munition
requirements. This set is ordered (sorted) such that the best choice units are listed first. AFATDS will
always present the number 1 recommended solution to the operator for AFOM missions.
5-125. When a mission is in progress, it is said to be active. While active, a target appears yellow on the
AFATDS screen and is located on the active target list. A number of messages can be initiated while a
target is on the list. However, the AFATDS operator should not interrupt subsequent messages the fire
mission initiator sends, except in extreme circumstances. The operator can trace status or missions on the
active target list. This permits the operator to quickly gain a record of the mission history as well as its
current status at other OPFACs.
5-126. When a mission is completed and an end of mission (EOM) or MFR is received, the target is
processed to the inactive target list. The inactive target list can be purged to rid the system of all old
missions.
TECHNIQUES TO REDUCE MISSION TIMELINES
Automatic Processing
5-127. The commander should always direct automatic processing at intermediate nodes to attack AFOM
targets. Automatic processing allows the mission to pass through echelons without operator activity.
However, the battalion must ensure that the following information is kept updated: whether the designated
firing platoon is available, within range of the target, and loaded with the right munitions. The battery FDC
has the additional burden of keeping the firing point database current. This is the primary cause of
automatic processing failure.
Stay Hot, Shoot Fast

5-128. The commander should strongly consider establishing a quick fire channel or mandating
decentralized execution for time-sensitive targets. This reduces the mission execution response time.
Extremely time-sensitive targets designated for attack may necessitate a technique often called "stay hot,
shoot fast(SHSF)."
5-129. Most units will describe when to use the stay hot, shoot fast technique and the procedures for this
technique in their TSOP. The following is an example. AFATDS operator sets up the User Preferences for
Mission Processing in the (SHSF) tab. Tolerance Zone 1 is for no adjustment when mission is received,
Tolerance Zone 2 is when SHSF mission comes in and adjustments are sent to the launcher for amended
grid. Minimum Distance is for minimum distance between an ATI target location and ATI impact predicts
5-26 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
location. The launcher is placed on a firing point and laid, LM elevated, on a target grid of an expected
enemy target. The method of control at the AFATDS is a Warning Order but sent to the launcher as an
AMC. The launcher will complete the mission sequence up to the point of achieving aim-point and then
report ready status. When an enemy target is acquired firing from the expected grid, the BOC uses its
AFATDS to send a fire order to the launcher(s) to engage the preplanned target(s). On receipt of an
amended fire mission changing the method of control to FWR (or TOT), the launcher completes the
mission as directed when the target falls in tolerances zone 1. Often, the preplanned or expected target
location differs slightly from the actual target location. If this occurs, instead of firing the preplanned target
grid, the fire mission is shifted, or amended, to the new target grid acquired by friendly force systems. The
launcher accepts amended missions up to 200 mils on either side of the direction of fire to the preplanned
target for a total shift fan of 400 mils.
5-130. The BOC can plot the amendment fan, or shift zone, on its operations map for all launchers laid on
a potential or preplanned target. This is done by plotting the launcher location and target location, drawing
the azimuth to the target, and then plotting azimuths 200 mils left and right of the azimuth to the target.
When the minimum and maximum ranges are added to this fan, the result is a shift zone where the launcher
can engage targets using amended mission procedures.
5-131. When an acquisition source sends the target location to the BOC, fire direction personnel
determine which launcher or launchers can engage the target and send an amended CFF to the unit(s) to
fire.
5-132. There are distinct challenges to an MLRS unit using stay hot, shoot fast tactics, techniques, and
procedures (TTP). First, the BOC must closely monitor the status of launchers and the database associated
with them. The stay hot, shoot fast procedures require the precise location and status of each launcher to
work properly. Any error that goes undetected until the fire mission is processed simply adds more time to
correct the error and execute the mission when we can least afford the time to do so.
5-133. Secondly, stay hot, shoot fast requires clear digital communications from the BOC to launcher.
First time acknowledgement of messages is crucial. Non-acknowledgements add more time to the
processing. Thirdly, the launcher and fire direction crews must be well-rehearsed.
5-134. The launcher must park on, or as close to, the park heading as possible. Any mils sacrificed by not
parking on the parking heading may take mils away from the shift fan and cause the launcher to reject the
mission.
5-135. Last, by selecting well-concealed FPs nestled in hillside cuts, valleys, or streambeds, units can
minimize vulnerability to observation. Additionally, after each fire mission, the launcher should scoot to
another FP and lay on the next preplanned target if required.
SENSOR-TO-SHOOTER CONFIGURATIONS
5-136. Various sensor-to-shooter configurations are available to support the commander's needs,
depending on the missions to be accomplished and level of control required:
• Sensor->Corps FC->Bde->Bn->Btry->Launcher (Centralized Control)
• Sensor->Corps FC->Bn->Btry->Launcher (Centralized Control)
• Sensor->Bde->Bn->Btry->Launcher (Decentralized Execution)
• Sensor->Corps FC->Btry->Launcher (Centralized Control) (preferred method for all AFOM
missions)
• Sensor->Corps FC->Plt->Launcher (Centralized Execution) (preferred method for all AFOM
missions)
• Sensor->Bn->Btry->Launcher (Decentralized Execution).
5-137. In all cases, the commander must decide whether less control or fewer intervening processors is
worth the added responsiveness. (See FM 6-20-40 [to be replaced by FM 3-09.42] for a complete
discussion of sensor-to-shooter operations.)
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-27

Chapter 5
LOADABLE MUNITION MODULE

5-138. The AFOM weapon-specific loadable munition module (LMM) software incorporates AFOM
selection, effects processing, and airspace coordination. The LMM software is unique to each AFOM.
5-139. The LMM software processing complies with the established attack guidance (commander’s
criteria) in its database, and the message priority. The operating mode (fully automatic or manual)
determines the amount of processing required. In the automatic processing mode, the FS computer checks
message validity, the unit to fire, and ammunition availability. If it finds no exceptions, it enters the data
and forwards the message to the next subordinate echelon. If it finds exceptions, it reassigns the mission if
an alternate is available.
AFOM MISSION PROCESSING SUMMARY

5-140. The battalion and battery FDCs process AFOM missions the same way they do other missions
(except for effects processing and airspace message generation). The FDC computer software has no
default for the number of AFOM missiles to be fired on an aim-point. When the fire mission is received at
battalion, the FDC performs the tactical processing and formats the call for fire for transmission to the
battery. The battalion FDC uses the designated fire unit or selects the platoon to fire if it has not been
selected. Otherwise, it validates the FC selection.
5-141. At the battery level, the FDC performs the tactical functions appropriate to the battery echelon,
selects the launcher or launchers to fire, and generates a separate fire mission message format to each
selected launcher. Basic fire mission processing at the launcher requires no special activities.
FIRE SUPPORT PLANNING FUNCTION
5-142. AFATDS provides the functional processes for Fire Support (FS) and Field Artillery (FA)
planning to support a maneuver course of action (MCOA). Plans for military operations often involve
multiple phases in which changes in friendly unit command and control relationships and activities will
occur in response to anticipated events. Fire support planning provides capabilities to describe and review,
from a FS point of view, the support of the MCOA(s). MCOA(s) received for the maneuver operation will
normally consist of the force commander’s plan for conducting the operation. This information may include
the objectives, timing, type and quantity of assets to be used. Targets, guidance, geometries, and any
special instructions unique to the operation. Maneuver information is entered into AFATDS for
development into a FS plan. Up to three (3) separate plans may be compared at one time.
5-28 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
Figure 5-9. Fire Planning and Scheduling
5-143. In AFATDS a Fire Support (FS) Plan will always consist of one or more phases. Planned units,
friendly, enemy situations, plan text, map mod, map setup, and guidance are established and maintained for
each phase of a plan.
FIRE PLANS AND SCHEDULES

5-144. Fire plans and schedules of fires are processed on receipt. When the timetable for execution is
known and within scope, allocations of available ammunition and fire units are made for the fire plan or
scheduled targets. FDCs should know that this does not prevent execution of other missions using the
allocated ammunition. If execution of all targets is not possible, an exception report will be prepared and
presented for operator action and adjudication.
RESOURCE SCHEDULING
5-145. Resource scheduling is the process of pre-allocating fire unit and ammunition resources to
expected mission loads in advance of execution time. This should occur as soon as projections can be made
of friendly and enemy courses of action and expected resource demands by time period so battalion and
battery level posturing and ammunition loading can be accomplished. Development of alternate courses of
action and supporting plans typically occurs between 72 and 96 hours in advance of the intended operation.
Consequently, this function provides scheduling of resources no earlier than 96 hours prior to execution.
5-146. Expected mission loads exceeding anticipated available resources are reported to the operator for
exception resolution. At a minimum, the operator must report exceptions relating to—
z Ammunition type.
z Ammunition quantity.
z Fire unit sufficiency (for example, “are there enough launchers?”) by specifying the time period
for which resources are unavailable or insufficient (for example, “2/A/3/9 FA down for
maintenance 0600-0700,” or “there are insufficient launchers available to cover target #AA0001
properly during time period X”).
5-147. The fire planner then accounts for resources that are unavailable for whatever reason. Fire missions
included in this analysis are TOT, TWR, TTT and TTF (entered at LCHR only), or other scheduled targets.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-29

Chapter 5
AMC and WR mission firing times are undefined and consequently will not influence the analysis except
by their impact on current resources.
AMMUNITION POSITIONING PLANNING

5-148. Ammunition positioning is closely related to the AFU functions and resource posturing. When
performed properly, it involves the use of fire plans and schedules, resource scheduling, and contingency
planning outputs combined with expected usage rates.
MLRS FIRE PLAN PROCESSING

5-149. On-call schedules for MLRS support should be requested no less than 30 minutes before desired
fire support. This rule is based on the reaction time required by the MLRS FCS and the average fire
mission cycle of 20 to 30 minutes. Receiving the fire mission, reloading, and moving to the firing point or
hide area are included in the average fire mission cycle.
5-150. Depending on the time between missions in a single fire plan, launchers can fire, reload, and fire
again. (A launcher may require 20 to 45 minutes to reload and be ready for another mission.) Depending on
the number of rockets required for each mission, launchers could fire 1 mission, move to another FP, and
fire again. In the case of a rapid fire plan and large fire volumes, no single launcher should be given more
than 1 target per fire plan, for a maximum of 6 targets per battery. When the situation warrants, batteries
can be given up to twelve targets per launcher. (This factor is based on the launcher capability to store
twelve missions. Any number of targets over 72 would require processing by the Battery AFATDS during
the execution portion of the fire plan.)
Note: Firing multiple missions from a single launcher during a rapid schedule may require
launchers to remain on the same FP for an extended time. During this exposure, launchers
become extremely vulnerable to counter fire.
5-151. The total number of rockets in the plan should not exceed 72 (6 launchers x 12 rockets each). The
number of rockets per target depends on target size and type. Schedules of fire must be coordinated with
the operations officer so he can manage launcher posture and/or response time. The fire planner must have
an accurate picture of launcher status. Because of maintenance, personnel, and other factors, a rule of
thumb is to plan fires for no more than 6 launchers at 1 time. If a surge condition arises, the unit can be
tasked to provide a higher number. If all available launchers fire on a schedule, temporary loss of an FS
asset (20 to 45 minutes) can be expected while the launchers move to reload points, reload, and return to
firing points.
5-152. In anticipation of future operations, the FC can transmit posture information directing the
munitions to be available within a specified time frame. This posture information can be stored in the
database at battalion, battery, and platoon.
REACTING TO FIRE PLAN CHANGES

5-153. The fire plan function, for all AFATDS-based systems, does not lend itself to change. If last
minute changes are anticipated to planned targets, the FDC has several options based on anticipated
reaction time to changes (see table 5-7).
RESOURCE LIMITATIONS
5-154. If the number of targets is excessive or the available launchers are limited, units can take
advantage of the multiple fire mission sequence capability. The multiple fire mission sequence allows the
launcher to fire 2 or more missions without stowing the launcher. If a battery, for example, received 8
targets to engage, it may commit less than 8 launchers. Initiating the multiple fire mission sequence
requires the assignment of 2 targets to the same firing point identifier. When this occurs, the FCS
recognizes it as a multiple fire mission. If the method of fire control is FWR, the launcher will
automatically lay on and fire the second target without a second SAFE, ARM, or FIRE command. If
5-30 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Delivery of Fires
another method of fire control is specified for the second target, the FCS will lay on the second target, then
prompt the crew to SAFE the rockets. The FCS will then prompt the crew to ARM and FIRE, in
accordance with the specified method of control.
Table 5-7. Fire Plan Change Reaction Times

Anticipated Reaction Time Method
30 minutes Use the fire plan function and assign H-hour.
20-30 minutes Use the fire plan function. Do not assign H-hour. Once the
actual H-hour is identified, enter it and process.
10-20 minutes Transmit each of the targets as AMC missions to the
launchers. This requires them to move to the firing point and
lay on the target. Once the TOT time is known, transmit an
amended CFF.
5-10 minutes Transmit each of the targets as AMC missions to the
launchers. "Back-off" the highest time of flight and coordinate
trigger points with the aviation unit (through the appropriate
FC). When the aviators cross the trigger point, the FC sends
the fire message.
Legend
AMC = at my command TOT = time on target
CFF = call for fire
FC = fires cell
MLRS Fires Battalion Sustainment Operations
5-155. The MLRS fires battalion must provide responsive, effective, and sustainable fires in a variety of
operating environments across the full spectrum of operations. In its most comprehensive sense, fires
battalion sustainment deals with the sustainment functions described in FM 4.0—supply and field services,
transportation support, maintenance, health service support, human resource support, financial management
operations, legal support, and religious support. The battalion is significantly assisted in these
responsibilities by the brigade support battalion (BSB). The BSB is the core sustainment organization for
the fires brigade (FIB). The BSB is organic to the FIB, and consists of functional and multifunctional
companies assigned to provide support to the FIB. The BSB has forward support companies that are
traditionally assigned, attached or under the OPCON of individual FIB battalions. The forward support
company provides each FIB subordinate battalion commander with dedicated logistics assets organized
specifically to meet his battalion’s requirements. The forward support company commander receives
technical logistics oversight from the BSB commander. Because of their criticality and proximity to combat
operations, medical platoons remain organic to FIB subordinate battalions.
5-156. The lead sustainment planner in the fires battalion is usually is the S-4, assisted by the S-1, the
battalion surgeon, and forward support company commander. Representatives from these and other
sections form a sustainment planning cell at the fires battalion main CP to ensure sustainment plans are
fully integrated into all operations planning. The SOP should be the basis for sustainment operations with
planning conducted to determine specific requirements and to prepare for contingencies. Battalion and
battery orders should address only specific support matters for the operation and any deviations from SOP.
5-157. In MLRS fires battalions, sustainment assets are assigned to the forward support company, except
for the medical platoon, which is assigned to the HHB. The focal point for sustainment support is at the
battalion combat trains command post (CTCP). The CTCP, under the supervision of the battalion S-4,
anticipates, requests, coordinates, and supervises execution of sustainment either by HHB or forward
support company assets.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 5-31

Appendix A
Aerial Transport of MLRS Ammunition and Equipment
AERIAL AMMUNITION RESUPPLY

A-1. Ammunition resupply of MLRS units is a critical operation. Use of the CH-47D helicopter is 1 technique
or capability available to support resupply of the 5,095-pound (2,311 kilograms) launch pod containers
(LPC) or the 5,111-pound (2,318 kilogram) guided missile launch assemblies (GMLA). This appendix
supplements the discussion of Class V operations in chapter 6.
A-2. The CH-47D has a load-carrying capacity of 25,000 pounds (11,340 kilograms). Loads can be carried
internally or externally by using tables of organization and equipment (TOE) equipment, except for
required external load slings.
INTERNAL LOAD
A-3. The CH-47D can carry up to 4 LPCs or GMLAs internally for a total of 24 rockets or 4 missiles.
Atmospheric or weather conditions in the area will dictate the load-carrying capacity of the CH-47D.
Equipment
A-4. The LPCs or GMLAs can be loaded using the following equipment:
• CH-47D onboard winch.
• 4 (1,000-pound [454-kilogram]) conveyor rollers, NSN 3910-0-903-1303.
• Twelve sheets of ¾-inch (19-millimeter) plywood.
Concept
A-5. The LPCs or GMLAs can be loaded 2 at a time stacked on top of each other. They should be pre-
positioned (using the HEMTT crane) on top of conveyor rollers and 1 sheet of plywood. The onboard
winch can be used to pull the load into the aircraft. Plywood shoring should be placed in the deck of the
aircraft for the conveyor rollers to travel. The identical procedures are used to load the second 2 pods.
All LPCs or GMLAs are tied down with standard 10,000-pound (4,536 kilograms) cargo straps.
Off-Loading
A-6. Four soldiers can push the load down the ramp and use the onboard winch to help brake the load.
Loading Considerations
A-7. The following should be considered:
• On- or off-loading requires about 30 minutes.
• A level landing zone is required to ensure that the plywood shoring remains level.
• The winch should be hooked onto the aft end of the load to facilitate loading the second LPCs or
GMLAs.
EXTERNAL LOAD
A-8. Current procedures permit up to 4 LPCs or GMLAs to be carried externally. Four 25,000-pound
(11,340-kilogram) capacity slings are required. The front 2 are 10 feet (3 meters) long and the 2 in the
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 A-1

Appendix A
rear are 12 feet (4 meters) long. Although GMLAs may be carried externally, caution must be
exercised because of the “no-drop tolerance restrictions.”
Table A-1. Transportability by Aircraft

Aircraft
System/Missile C-130 C-17 C-5
M270 Launcher 0 2 3
M270A1 Launcher 0 2 3
M142 Launcher 1 3 4
Rocket Pod 4 pods 16 pods 22 pods
GMLA 4 pods 16 pods 22 pods
A-9. The following manuals provide sling load rigging procedures for the certified MLRS loads in various
configurations:
• FM 10-450-3, Multiservice Helicopter Sling Load: Basic Operations and Equipment.
• FM 10-450-4, Multiservice Helicopter Sling Load: Single-Point Load Rigging Procedures.
• FM 10-450-5, Multiservice Helicopter Sling Load: Dual-Point Load Rigging Procedures.
A-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Rigging Procedures for LPC or GMLA
A-10. Applicability. The following items in Table A-2 are certified for all helicopters with suitable lift
capacity by the US Army Soldier Systems Center:
Table A-2. Launch Pod Container (LPC) with Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) Rockets or Guided
Multiple Launch Rocket System (G-MLRS) Rockets / Guided Missile Launch Assembly (GMLA) Pods with
Army Tactical Missile System (ATACMS) Missiles, One Container Two Containers
NOMENCLATURE MAX SLING SET LINK COUNT RECOMMENDED
WEIGHT FRONT/REAR AIRSPEED
(POUNDS) (KNOTS)
Launch Pod Container with Multiple 5,095 10K 3/3 90
Launch Rocket System Rockets or
Guided Multiple Launch Rocket System
Rockets (with Six Rockets)
Guided Missile Launch Assembly Pods 5,111 10K 3/3 90

with Army Tactical Missile System
Missiles
1. Materials. The following materials are required to rig • Hookup. The hookup team stands on top of the
this load: pod. The static wand person discharges the static
• Sling set (10,000-pound capacity). electricity with the static wand. The hookup person
• Tape, adhesive, pressure-sensitive, 2- inch wide places the apex fitting onto the aircraft cargo hook.
roll. The hookup team then moves clear of the load but
• Cord, nylon, Type III, 550-pound breaking remains close to the load as the helicopter removes
strength. slack from the sling legs. When successful hookup
• Webbing, cotton, 1/4-inch, 80- pound breaking is assured, the hookup team quickly exits the area
strength. underneath the helicopter to the designated
2. Personnel. Two persons can prepare and rig this load in rendezvous point.
15 minutes. • Derigging. Derigging is the reverse of the
3. Procedures. The following procedures apply to this preparation and rigging procedures in steps
load: d (1) and d (2)
• Preparation. Prepare the pod for travel in
accordance
with standard procedures.
• Rigging. Rig the load according to the steps in
figure (A-1)
NOTE: The firing end is considered to be the front of

the load.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 A-3

Appendix A
RIGGING STEPS for ONE LPC

1. Position apex fitting on top of the pod. Route outer sling 3. Loop the chain end of sling leg 3 through the left
legs 1 and 2 to the front of the pod and inner sling legs 3 and rear lift provision. Place the correct link from Table A-3
4 to the rear. Sling legs 1 and 3 must be on the left side of the in the grab hook. Repeat with sling leg 4 on the right
load. rear lift provision.
2. Loop the chain end of sling leg 1 through the left front lift 4. Cluster and tie or tape (breakaway technique) all sling
provision. Place the correct link from Table A-3 in the grab legs together on top of the container to prevent
hook. Repeat with sling leg 2 on the right front lift provision. entanglement during hookup and lift-off.
Figure A-1. Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or Guided Multiple Launch
Rocket System Rockets / Guided Missile Launch Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles, One
Container.
A-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Rigging Procedures for Two Stacked LPC or GMLA
Applicability. The following items in Table A-3 are certified for all helicopters with suitable lift
capacity by the US Army Soldier Systems Center:
Table A-3. Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or Guided Multiple Launch
Rocket System Rockets / Guided Missile Launch Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles,
Two Containers
NOMENCLATURE MAX SLING SET LINK COUNT RECOMMENDED
WEIGHT FRONT/REAR AIRSPEED
(POUNDS) (KNOTS)
Launch Pod Container with Multiple 10,190 25K 3/3 90
Launch Rocket System Rockets or
Guided Multiple Launch Rocket
System Rockets (with Six Rockets)
Guided Missile Launch Assembly 10,222 25K 3/3 90

Pods with Army Tactical Missile
System Missiles
1. Materials. The following materials are required • Lash the stack of pods together using the CGU-
to rig this load: 1/B tie-down straps. Two of the straps should run through both
• Sling set (25,000-pound capacity). sets of lifting provisions on each end of the pods, to keep them
• Tape, adhesive, pressure-sensitive, 2-inch aligned during flight. Evenly space the remaining two straps
wide roll. between the lifting provisions, running them around the pods.
• Cord, nylon, Type III, 550-pound breaking
strength. Warning: DO NOT ROUTE THE STRAPS OVER THE
• Webbing, cotton, 1/4-inch, 80-pound ROCKET TUBES. Pad all straps in the area where they
breaking strength. contact the edges of the pods.
• Felt sheet, cattle hair, Type IV, 1/2-inch or
suitable substitute. • Rigging. Rig the load according to the steps in
• Tie-down strap, cargo, CGU-1/B (as (Figure A-2)
required).
2. Personnel. Four persons can prepare and rig this NOTE: The firing end is considered the front of
load in 30 minutes. the load.
3. Procedures. The following procedures apply to • Hookup. The hookup team stands on top of the
this load: pods. The static wand person discharges the static electricity
• Prepare the pods for travel in accordance with the static wand. The hookup person places the apex
with standard procedures. fitting onto the aircraft cargo hook. The hookup team then
• Stack the pods one on top of the other, with moves clear of the load but remains close to the load as the
both pods facing the same direction. helicopter removes slack from the sling legs. When successful
hookup is assured, the hookup team quickly exits the area
CAUTION underneath the helicopter to the designated rendezvous point.
Do not mix the LPCs and the GMLAs in the same • Derigging. Derigging is the reverse of the
load. Preparation and rigging procedures in steps d (1) and d (2).
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 A-5

Appendix A
RIGGING STEPS for TWO LPCs

1. Position apex fitting on top of the pods. Route 3. Loop the chain end of sling leg 3 through the left rear lift
outer sling legs 1 and 2 to the front of the pods and provision on the top pod and through the rear lift provision on
inner sling legs 3 and 4 to the rear. Sling legs 1 and the bottom pod. Thread it back through the rear lift provision
3 must be on the left side of the load. on the top pod. Place the correct link from Table A-4 in the
grab hook. Repeat with sling leg 4 on the right rear lift
2. Loop the chain end of sling leg 1 through the left provision.
front lift provision on the top pod and through the
front lift provision on the bottom pod. Thread it 4. Cluster and tie or tape (breakaway technique) all sling legs
back through the front lift provision on the top pod. together on top of the pod to prevent entanglement during
Place the correct link from Table A-4 in the grab hookup and lift-off.
hook. Repeat with sling leg 2 on the right front lift
provision.
Figure A-2 Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or Guided Multiple Launch
Rocket System Rockets / Guided Missile Launch Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles, Two
Containers.
A-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Rigging Procedures for Four LPC or GMLA
A-11. Applicability. The following items in (Table A-4) are certified for the helicopter(s) listed in the
following table by the US Army Soldier Systems Center:
Table A-4. Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or Guided Multiple Launch
Rocket System Rockets / Guided Missile Launch Assembly Pods with Army Tactical Missile System Missiles,
Four Containers
NOMENCLATURE MAX SLING SET LINK COUNT RECOMMENDE
WEIGHT FRONT/REAR D
(POUNDS) AIRSPEED
(KNOTS)
Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch 20,380 25K 3/3 90
Rocket System Rockets or Guided Multiple
Launch Rocket System Rockets (with Six
Rockets)
Guided Missile Launch Assembly Pods with 20,444 25K 3/3 90
Army Tactical Missile System Missiles
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 A-7

Appendix A
1. Materials. The following materials are required to evenly space two tiedown straps between the lifting
rig this load: provisions.
• Sling set (25,000-pound capacity) (2 each).
• Tape, adhesive, pressure-sensitive, 2-inch wide Warning: Routing the straps around the pods. DO NOT
roll. ROUTE THE STRAPS OVER THE ROCKET TUBES.
• Cord, nylon, Type III, 550-pound breaking Pad the straps where they contact the edges of the EALP
strength. • Lash stack #2 using the above procedures for
• Webbing, cotton, 1/4-inch, 80-pound breaking stack #1.
strength. • Position the two pieces of dunnage near the
• Strap, cargo, tie down, CGU-1/B (16 each). lifting provisions on each end of the pods. Secure the
• Lumber, 2 X 4 X 65-inches (4 each). dunnage to the pods with Type III nylon cord.
• Nails, eight penny (as required). • Position stack #1 against stack #2 using the
• Felt sheet, cattle hair, Type IV, 1/2-inch or crane or forklift. Ensure the dunnage is between the
suitable padding. loads.
• Crane or forklift (15,000-pound • Lash the top two pods together on each end.
capacity or Connect two tie down straps together to form each lashing.
larger). • Lash the bottom two pods together on each
2. Personnel. Four persons can prepare and rig this end.
load in 30 minutes. Connect two tie down straps together to form each lashing.
3. Procedures. The following procedures apply to this • Pad the straps where they contact the edges
load: of
• Preparation. Prepare the load using the the pods
following steps: • Rigging. Rig the load according to the steps
• Prepare the pods for travel in in
accordance with Figure A-4.
standard procedures.
• Prepare two pieces of dunnage to NOTE: The firing end is considered the front of the
protect the load.
pods by nailing two pieces of 2 X 4 X 65-inch
lumber together, wide side to wide side. • Hookup. Two hookup teams stand on top of
• Make two stacks of pods. Use the crane container. The static discharge person discharges the static
or electricity. The forward hookup person places apex fitting 1
forklift to stack one stack of pods on top of the onto the forward cargo hook. The aft hookup person places
other with the projectiles facing the same apex fitting 2 onto the aft cargo hook. The hookup teams then
direction. Label the stacks #1 and #2 carefully dismount the container and remain close to the load
as the helicopter removes slack from the sling legs. When
. CAUTION successful hookup is assured, the hookup teams quickly exit
Do not mix the LPCs and the GMLAs in the same the area underneath the helicopter to the designated
load. rendezvous point.
• Lash stack #1 together using four tie • Derigging. Derigging is the reverse of the
down preparation and rigging procedures in steps d (1) and d (2).
straps. Route a tie down strap through both sets of lifting
provisions on each end of the pods. Evenly space two
tie down straps between the lifting provisions
A-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

RIGGING STEPS for Four LPCs

1. Position sling set number 1 on top of the forward 5. Loop the chain end of outer sling legs 1 and 2
end of the pods. through their respective top rear lift provisions
of the top pods, through the rear lifting provision
2. Loop the chain end of outer sling legs 1 and 2 on the bottom pods, and back through the rear
through their respective top front lift provisions of the top lift provision on the top pods. Place the
top pods, through the front lifting provision on the correct link from Table A-4 in the grab hook.
bottom pods, and back through the front top lift
provision on the top pods. Place the correct link from 6. Loop the chain end of inner sling legs 3 and 4
Table A-4 in the grab hook. through their respective top rear lift provisions
of the top pods, through the rear lifting provision
3. Loop the chain end of inner sling legs 3 and 4 on the bottom pods, and back through the rear
through their respective top front lift provisions of the top lift provision on the top pods. Place the
top , through the front lifting provision on the bottom correct link from Table A-4 in the grab hook.
pods, and back through the front top lift provision on Secure the excess chain with tape or Type III
the top pods. Place the correct link from Table A-4 in nylon cord.
the grab hook. Secure the excess chain with tape or
Type III nylon cord. 7. Raise the apex fittings above the container.
Cluster tape (breakaway technique) the sling
4. Position sling set number 2 on top of the aft end of legs in each sling set together to prevent
the pods. entanglement during hookup and lift-off.
Figure A-3. Launch Pod Container with Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets or Guided
Multiple Launch Rocket System Rockets / Guided Missile Launch Assembly Pods with Army
Tactical Missile System Missiles, Four Containers
TRANSPORTATION OF MLRS EQUIPMENT ON UNITED STATES AIR FORCE

AIRCRAFT
A-12. MLRS units deploying by airlift assets must coordinate with their commanding headquarters (refer to
FM 55-1 and FM 4-01.30). Rigging procedures unique to MLRS equipment are contained in the respective
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 A-9

Appendix A
technical manuals for that piece of equipment. The unit movement officer and the aircraft loadmaster direct
all other procedures pertinent to air movement.
CORPS
A-13. The tactical commander obtains airlift support from the Air Force using the airlift request system
established in the area of operations. Within the Corps, three elements participate in this system. They are
the Corps G-3 and the G-4 (who use the CTO) and the movement control center (MCC). An Air Force
liaison officer assists the CTO.
A-14. The Corps G-3 provides the missions and the priority of support. The G-3 coordinates with the Corps
G-4 to provide for logistics requirements. The G-3 then allocates the airframes to the COSCOM where the
MCC enters them in the movement program.
DIVISION
A-16. A division obtains Air Force airlift support by entering the airlift request system. Within the division,
the three key elements involved in this system are the division G-3, division G-4, and the division
transportation officer (DTO). An Air Force liaison officer collocates with and assists the DTO.
A-17. Airlift support requests pass between the requesting unit and the DTO. Requests require coordination
with the G-3 and G-4 to ensure the validation of the requirement. The method of delivery is then
coordinated with the receiving unit by the MCC.
A-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Appendix B
Rocket Ballistics
REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCURATE PREDICTED FIRE

B-1. See chapter 6 for a complete discussion of the 5 general requirements for achieving accurate and
predicted fire.
ROCKET ERROR SOURCES

BIAS ERRORS
B-2. Bias errors affect all rockets of a mission. They are “occasion to occasion” errors. Example—errors
in measurement of wind speed or direction, errors in measurement of air density.
• Boost Wind. This is the unpredictable error between the measured wind velocity and the wind
velocity that the rocket encountered during the initial launch stage. The MLRS family of
munitions (MFOM) rockets are extremely sensitive to the low-level winds due to the relatively
low velocity of the rocket as it leaves the launch tube. The resulting effect produces a path
heading error in the first few seconds of flight.
• Coast Wind. This is the unpredictable error between the measured wind velocity and the wind
velocity that the rocket encountered during the majority of its flight (upper-level winds).
Note: Standard tactical meteorological system reports a measurement that is up to 4 hours old
and was taken a number of kilometers away from the rocket flight path. This spatial and
temporal difference is the major contributor to the random bias error associated with both boost
and coast winds.
• Impulse. This is the difference between the average total impulse of the rocket motors in the
pod and that of the nominal motor. Manufacturing tolerances and system design control
this error.
• Drag. This is the difference between the average aerodynamic drag of the rockets in the pod
compared to the perfect nominal rocket. Manufacturing tolerances and system design also
control this error.
• Ambient Temperature. This is the unpredictable difference between the measured
temperature of the atmosphere and the actual temperature experienced by the rocket.
Temperature is a variable used to compute air densities that in turn is used to compute
drag.
• Pressure. This is the unpredictable difference between the measured pressure of the atmosphere
and the actual pressure experienced by the rocket. Pressure is also a variable used to compute air
density and ultimately drag.
• Position Determining System (PDS). There are errors created by the onboard position
determining system. The majority of range errors are due to the inaccurate determination of
launcher altitude. This error is independent of rocket design or manufacture.
• Submunition. These errors are primarily due to unknown and unaccounted for winds in the
target area.
• Rocket/Stabilization Reference Package (SRP) Misalignment. This error is due to a
misalignment of the launch pod and/or rockets and the SRP. This error is controlled by system
design, manufacturing tolerances, and launcher maintenance procedures.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 B-1

Appendix B
PRECISION ERRORS
B-3. Precision errors are caused by variations between rockets. Example—variations in launch weight and
rocket motor total impulse (see figure B-1).
• Mal-Launch. Mal-launch is the apparently random “kick” given to the rocket while it is exiting
the launch tube. It is created through a complex and not well-understood interaction of the rocket
with the launch pod, the sabots, launcher, and exhaust gases. Mal-launch rates are usually derived
indirectly and quoted as an angular rate at tube exit and are not predictable.
• Drag. Drag variability is the random rocket-to-rocket variability of the drag characteristics.
• Impulse. Impulse variability is the random rocket-to-rocket variability of the rocket motor.
• Submunition. This factor is caused primarily by the height of burst (HOB) precision variability.
Varying HOBs will allow a variable amount of wind drift to affect the submunition secondary
trajectory.
• Mass Unbalance. Mass unbalance is the unbalanced condition of the rocket as it leaves the
launch tube. An unbalanced condition will create a mal-launch condition.
• Thrust Malalignment. This is the condition where the motor thrust is not aligned with the rocket
center. The effect of this has been minimized by the use of rocket rotation.
Note: ATACMS does not use MET for its initial position ballistic solution. The launcher
requires standard MET. ATACMS can be launched in sustained winds less than 18 m/sec = 35
knots = 40 mph and gusts less than 23 m/sec = 45 knots = 50 mph.
When employing ER MLRS, MET data no older than 30 minutes is required to achieve
maximum accuracy out to 45 kilometers.
Figure B-1. Bias and Precision Errors
B-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Appendix C
MLRS Battalion and Battery Tactical Standing Operating
Procedures
This appendix is designed as a guide and checklist for preparing a field artillery
TSOP for the MLRS battalion and MLRS battery. This appendix is not intended to be
all-inclusive regarding the information required by an individual unit TSOP. These
TSOP outlines are recommended for use by all MLRS battalions and MLRS batteries
to standardize TSOPs within the MLRS community. MLRS platoon operations are
usually covered within the MLRS battalion or battery TSOP. Therefore, a separate
MLRS platoon TSOP will not be addressed.
SECTION I – TRAINING STANDING OPERATING PROCEDURES (TSOP)

FORMAT
C-1. The TSOP is a set of instructions covering those features of operations that lend themselves to a
definite or standardized procedure to increase effectiveness. The TSOP is an order from the commander
that tells his staff and subordinates how he intends to run his unit. Procedures outlined in the unit TSOP
apply unless the commander orders otherwise.
C-2. This appendix provides an outline for use in developing a TSOP. A sample format is provided for use
by all MLRS battalions and MLRS batteries. Standardized formats are very helpful to newly assigned
personnel who must quickly find the answers to operations questions. When TSOPs are exchanged with
other units during coordination or liaison, they help both units understand the operating procedures of the
other.
C-3. The basic format of a TSOP is the implementing memorandum with attached annexes and
appendixes (as shown in the following examples). A table of contents to provide a quick reference to
information contained in the TSOP may also be inserted.
C-4. Normally, TSOPs are unclassified to facilitate distribution to all levels that need to have the
information. However, selected portions of the TSOP may be classified and should be identified as such in
the table of contents (and properly secured). (Normally, each annex would start on a separate page.
However, for presentation here, a line between each annex shows page breaks.)
NOTE: The following Appendixes are Unique to BN TSOP

• APPENDIX 2 LIAISON
• APPENDIX 7 HHB OPERATIONS
• APPENDIX 11 CIVIL OPERATION
• APPENDIX 13 FROWARD SUPPORT COMPANY OPERATION
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 C-1

Appendix C
Example Implementing Memorandum (Battalion and Battery)
Department of the Army
Location Unit
OFFICE SYMBOL Date
MEMORANDUM FOR SEE DISTRIBUTION
SUBJECT: Tactical Standing Operating Procedures
1. REFERENCES. This paragraph should contain all references that support the TSOP. A primary reference
is the TSOP of the unit's higher headquarters with which it must operate. In cases where a unit has
contingency missions with more than 1 higher headquarters, its TSOP should be written for the primary
mission and annotations should be made within the text as appropriate where procedures differ.
2. APPLICABILITY/SCOPE. The purpose of this paragraph is to outline the applicability and/or scope of
the TSOP. The paragraph below is 1 example.
This TSOP covers only wartime operations after deployment. This TSOP does not and will not repeat
doctrine, tactics, or techniques that are provided in FMs, TMs, and mission training plans (MTPs). It applies
to all organic, assigned, attached, and OPCON units. It also applies to all supporting units operating in or
occupying areas within the battalion or battery area of operation. All TSOP provisions apply except as
modified by operations orders and plans. No provision will replace good judgment and common sense.
3. PURPOSE. The purpose of this paragraph is to describe the purpose of the TSOP. The paragraph below
is 1 example.
This TSOP prescribes guidance for the conduct of sustained tactical operations. Specifically, it standardizes
those routine and/or recurring operational procedures and responsibilities of individuals and/or organic and
supporting elements.
4. GUIDANCE TO SUBORDINATE UNITS. As appropriate.
5. PROPONENCY. Overall proponency is usually the battalion S-3 or the operations officer at the battery
level. The proponent for each annex and appendix may be listed in this paragraph if applicable.
6. CHANGES. The purpose of this paragraph is to outline procedures for making changes to the TSOP.
Consider the following topics for inclusion in this paragraph:
• Who is responsible for writing and coordinating changes? Normally the proponent of each annex
and/or appendix is responsible for writing changes to his respective annex and/or appendix.
• Who approves changes? Normally the commander approves changes to the TSOP, but the procedure
for approval and dissemination must be specified.
• How changes are to be posted. A posted changes page should precede the TSOP.
SIGNATURE BLOCK
RANK, FA
Commanding
DISTRIBUTION: Distribution is usually made in accordance with a unit distribution scheme, such as
"DISTRIBUTION A.” Whether distribution is made in accordance with a unit distribution scheme or listed
by element and number of copies, the following should be considered:
• What elements need copies within the battalion or battery?
• How many copies are needed by each element?
• Distribution of changes.
• Liaison officer team distribution during operations.
• Distribution to external elements.
C-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Battalion and Battery Tactical Standing Operating Procedures
SECTION II – BATTALION TSOP
Example Table of Contents (Battalion TSOP)
ANNEX A. OPERATIONS
Appendix 1 - Battalion Command Post
2 – Liaison
3 - Movement and Positioning
4 - Command and Control
5 - Fire Direction
6 - Survey and Meteorological Support
7 - HHB Operations
8 - Firing Battery Operations
9 - Firing Platoon Operations
10 - Launcher Operations
11 - Civil Military Operations
12 - Emergency Destruction
ANNEX B. INTELLIGENCE
ANNEX C. AIR DEFENSE
ANNEX D. CBRN
Appendix 1 - CBRN Operations
2 - CBRN Decontamination
3 – Mission-oriented protective posture (MOPP)
4 - CBRN Threat Warning and Alarm System
ANNEX E. SIGNAL
Appendix 1 - Radio Communications
2 - MSE Communications
3 - Communications Security
4 – Resynchronization
ANNEX F. SUSTAINMENT
Appendix 1 - Battalion Trains
2 - Administrative/Logistics Operation Center
3 - Personnel Administration
4 - Supply Operations
5 - Ammunition Management and Resupply Operations
6 – Services
7 - Unit Ministry Operation
8 - Maintenance Operations
9 - Refueling Operation
10 – Reconstitution
11 - Medical Support Operations
ANNEX G. SAFETY
Appendix 1 – Risk Analysis
ANNEX H. REPORTS
Appendix 1 - Personnel and Administration Reports
2 - Intelligence and Security Reports
3 - Operations Reports
4 - Logistical Reports
5 - CBRN Reports
6 - Communications and Electronics Operations
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 C-3

Appendix C
ANNEX A (OPERATIONS) TO B N, FA (MLRS) TSOP

C-5. The purpose of this annex is to prescribe operations within the battalion. Consider the appendixes
below for inclusion in this annex.
APPENDIX 1—BATTALION COMMAND POST

C-6. This appendix shows the physical setup of the battalion CP and establishes internal CP operating
procedures. Consider the following topics for inclusion in this appendix:
• CP manning.
• Shift organization and sleep plan.
• Shift changeover time and procedures.
• Overall CP lay down with vehicles.
• TOC internal setup.
• CP communications (internal and external).
• Specific duties and responsibilities.
• Priorities of work.
• Access control.
• Security.
• Load plans.
APPENDIX 2—LIAISON
C-7. This appendix outlines the duties and responsibilities for liaison personnel. Consider the following
topics:
• Organization.
• Transportation.
• Communications.
• Checklist for liaison team.
• Liaison functions.
• Liaison responsibilities to supported unit.
• Liaison responsibilities to parent unit.
• Prioritization and formation of ad hoc teams, as required.
• Load plans.
APPENDIX 3—MOVEMENT AND POSITIONING

C-8. This appendix prescribes movement and positioning requirements, procedures, and techniques used
within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• Movement orders.
• Movement techniques and METT-TC.
• Positioning in the offense.
• Positioning in the defense.
• Displacement options.
• Convoy procedures.
• Command and control during movement.
C-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

APPENDIX 4—COMMAND AND CONTROL

C-9. This appendix outlines how the battalion will be commanded and controlled. Consider the following
topics:
• Responsibilities for command and control.
• Orders process.
• Orders distribution.
• Orders format.
• Succession of command.
• Transfer of CP operations.
• Alternate CP.
• Jump CP operations.
• Assignment of rocket or missile missions to batteries.
APPENDIX 5—FIRE DIRECTION

C-10. This appendix standardizes tactical fire direction procedures and information. Consider the following
topics:
• Personnel responsibilities.
• Initialization.
• Equipment maintenance.
• Communications procedures.
• Degraded mode operations procedures.
• Battalion fire direction procedures.
• Platoon and battery fire direction procedures.
• Massed fire procedures.
• Subscriber tables.
APPENDIX 6—SURVEY AND METEOROLOGICAL SUPPORT

C-11. This appendix prescribes survey operations and identifies responsibilities and procedures for
receiving and disseminating met messages. Consider the following topics:
• Personnel responsibilities.
• Survey priorities (for example, PADS, DAGR, and hasty survey).
• Radio communications and requests for survey.
• SCP locations and markings.
• GPS procedures.
• Datum coordination and control.
• Extension of survey.
• Alternate met procedures in case of electronic failure.
• Met message dissemination times.
• Coordination of met requirements.
APPENDIX 7—HHB OPERATIONS

C-12. This appendix prescribes operating procedures for the HHB. Consider the following topics:
• Tactical organization.
• Personnel and section responsibilities.
• RSOP.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 C-5

Appendix C
• Advance party configuration, equipment, and procedures.

• HHB rearm, refuel, and refit operations.
• Load plans.
APPENDIX 8—FIRING BATTERY OPERATIONS

C-13. This appendix prescribes operating procedures for firing batteries. Consider the following topics:
• Battery deployment configurations.
• Battery OPAREA.
• Battery CP lay down with vehicles.
• BOC and LOC internal setups.
• BOC and LOC manning.
• BOC and LOC shift organizations and sleep plan.
• Shift changeover time and briefing procedures.
• Communications (internal and external).
• RSOP.
• Security.
• Load plans.
• Rearm, refuel, and refit operations.
APPENDIX 9—FIRING PLATOON OPERATIONS

C-14. This appendix prescribes operating procedures for firing platoons. Consider the following topics:
• Platoon deployment configurations.
• Platoon OPAREA.
• POC internal setup.
• Sleep plan.
• Fire direction (hot, cool, cold status, ammo status).
• Positioning (firing points, ammo supply points, SCPs, and rendezvous points).
• RSOP.
• Security.
• Load plans.
APPENDIX 10—LAUNCHER OPERATIONS

C-15. This appendix prescribes operating procedures for launchers. Consider the following topics:
• Fire direction (status, response time, and start-up data).
• Positioning (site selection, masking, and survey).
• Movement.
• Security.
C-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

APPENDIX 11—CIVIL MILITARY OPERATIONS

C-16. This appendix prescribes operating procedures for civil military operations. Consider the following
topics:
• Communications and coordination with local and/or host nation officials.
• Refugee control.
• Local and/or host nation support.
APPENDIX 12—EMERGENCY DESTRUCTION

C-17. This appendix prescribes procedures within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• Specific duties and responsibilities (for example, chain of command/authority to order
emergency destruction).
• Priorities.
• Methods.
• Verification and reporting.
APPENDIX 13—FORWARD SUPPORT COMPANY OPERATIONS

C-18. This appendix prescribes procedures within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• Company deployment configurations.
• Company OPAREA.
• Company CP lay down with vehicles.
• BOC and LOC internal setups.
• BOC and LOC manning.
• BOC and LOC shift organizations and sleep plan.
• RSOP.
• Security.
• Load plans.
• Rearm, refuel, and refit operations.
ANNEX B (INTELLIGENCE) TO_BN, FA (MLRS) TSOP

C-19. This annex prescribes intelligence operations within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• Control and destruction of classified documents.
• EPW procedures.
• Returnees.
• Security.
• Weather.
• Mapping, charting, and geodesy.
• Tactical jamming procedures.
• Essential elements of information (EEI).
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 C-7

Appendix C
• IPB.
• Interface with MI and USAF sensing platforms.
ANNEX C (AIR DEFENSE) TO_BN, FA (MLRS) TSOP

C-20. This annex prescribes air defense operations within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• AMD procedures (active and passive).
• AMD warning and weapons control status.
• Hostile aircraft criteria.
• Rules of engagement.
• Attached AD elements (C2 of and support for).
ANNEX D (CBRN ) TO_BN_FA (MLRS) TSOP

C-21. This annex provides CBRN defense information and prescribes CBRN operations within the
battalion.
APPENDIX 1—CBRN OPERATIONS

C-22. This appendix prescribes CBRN readiness and defense operations. Consider the following topics:
• Individual skills.
• CBRN teams and/or control parties.
• Warning devices.
• Collective skills.
• Radiation exposure guidance.
• Unmasking procedures.
• Threat assessment.
• Hazard overlay.
APPENDIX 2—CBRN DECONTAMINATION

C-23. This appendix establishes CBRN procedures. Consider the following topics:
• Decontamination procedures and levels of decontamination.
• Requests for decontamination support from batteries, platoons, and higher headquarters.
APPENDIX 3—MOPP
C-24. This appendix provides easily accessible information and standardizes wear of protective clothing
and use of equipment. Consider the following topics:
• MOPP levels and dissemination of MOPP.
• Standardized wear of MOPP gear (for example, name labels, and so forth).
• Requisition and issue of protective clothing and equipment.
• Location and contents of individual protective clothing and equipment bags.
APPENDIX 4—CBRN THREAT WARNING AND ALARM SYSTEM

C-25. This appendix provides easily accessible information and establishes CBRN threat warning and
alarm procedures and priority means of dissemination within the battalion.
C-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

ANNEX E (SIGNAL) TO BN _FA (MLRS) TSOP

C-26. This annex prescribes signal operations within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• Specific duties and responsibilities (staff, batteries, and platoons).
• Communications integration with higher, lower, supported, and adjacent units.
• Signal equipment maintenance.
APPENDIX 1—COMMUNICATIONS
C-27. This appendix provides communications information and prescribes communications procedures.
Consider the following topics:
• External radio net diagrams.
• Internal radio net diagrams.
• Priority of nets.
• Specific operating and setup procedures (for example, net control, use of antennas, and so
forth).
APPENDIX 2—MSE COMMUNICATIONS

C-28. This appendix provides MSE communications information and prescribes MSE communications
procedures. Consider the following topics:
• Affiliation codes and procedures.
• Disaffiliation procedures.
• RAU positioning and coverage.
• J-1077 positioning and access.
• Subscriber information.
APPENDIX 3—COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY

C-29. This appendix establishes communications security procedures. Consider the following topics:
• COMSEC changeover times and procedures.
• Distribution of COMSEC material.
• Loss and recovery of COMSEC material.
• SOI procedures.
• MSRT variable control.
• Remote keying procedures.
• MSRT compromise and recovery procedures.
• GPS.
APPENDIX 4—RESYNCHRONIZATION
C-30. This appendix prescribes procedures to resynchronize serialization of digital systems to correct
serialization without voice transmission.
ANNEX F (SUSTAINMENT) TO BN, FA (MLRS) TSOP
C-31. This annex prescribes sustainment operations within the battalion
APPENDIX 1—BATTALION TRAINS
C-32. This appendix shows the physical setup of the battalion trains and establishes internal operating
• Trains area layout (vehicles and sections).
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 C-9

Appendix C
• Internal communications.
• Security.
• Movement and positioning.
APPENDIX 2—ALOC
C-33. This appendix shows the physical setup of the ALOC and establishes internal ALOC operating
• Specific ALOC functions.
• ALOC manning.
• Shift organization and sleep plan.
• ALOC internal setup.
• C2.
• Priorities of work.
• Load plans.
APPENDIX 3—PERSONNEL OPERATIONS

C-34. This appendix prescribes personnel operations within the battalion to support the soldier and
batteries. Consider the following topics:
• Maintenance of unit strength (all levels within the battalion).
• Personnel replacement operations.
• Personnel accounting and strength reporting.
• Personnel database management.
• Casualty management.
• Postal operations.
• EPW and civilian internee (CI) operations.
• Morale, welfare, and recreation (MWR).
• Other personnel functions (orders, evaluation reports, promotions, personnel actions, personnel
assignment and utilization, and awards).
• Logistics package (LOGPAC) input.
APPENDIX 4—SUPPLY OPERATIONS

C-35. This appendix prescribes procedures to request, receive, store, and issue supplies. Consider the
following topics:
• Management of supplies.
• Requisition, flow, and supply distribution (prioritize when applicable).
• All classes of supply (controlled and non-controlled).
• Water operations, requirements, and points.
• Map supply.
• Publications and blank forms.
• Tabs for preplanned LOGPACs.
• Specific categories of supply (for example, CBRN, communications, and small arms).
C-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

APPENDIX 5—AMMUNITIONS MANAGEMENT AND RESUPPLY OPERATIONS

C-36. This appendix prescribes ammunition management and resupply procedures. Consider the following
topics:
• Requests.
• Resupply procedures used within the battalion.
• Standardization of markings for unserviceable munitions.
APPENDIX 6—SERVICES
C-37. This appendix describes logistics support services within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• Laundry.
• Clothing exchange.
• Showers.
• CTA-50 exchange.
• Graves registration.
APPENDIX 7—UNIT MINISTRY OPERATIONS
C-38. This appendix prescribes unit ministry operating procedures. Consider the following topics:
• Communications.
• Priority of coverage.
• Coordination of religious services.
• Chaplain support activities.
• Mass burial.
• Civil actions.
• Supplies and logistic support.
• Accommodation of religious practices.
• Lay minister functions.
APPENDIX 8—MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS
C-39. This appendix prescribes maintenance operations. Consider the following topics:
• Maintenance priorities.
• Recovery and evacuation priorities.
• Cannibalization and controlled substitution.
• BDAR.
• Weapons system replacement order (WSRO).
• Contact teams.
• Equipment density listing.
• Repairable and returnable components and assemblies.
• Operational readiness float (ORF).
• Equipment evacuation.
• COMSEC maintenance.
APPENDIX 9—REFUELING OPERATIONS
C-40. This appendix prescribes refueling operations within the battalion. Consider the following topics:
• Fuel request procedures and priorities.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 C-11

Appendix C
• Refuel-on-the-move.
• Day procedures and template.
• Night procedures and template.
• Security.
• Safety.
APPENDIX 10—RECONSTITUTION
C-41. This appendix prescribes procedures to reconstitute the battalion when it falls below an unacceptable
level of combat readiness. Consider the following topics:
• Requirement to reconstitute (mass casualties, mass destruction of equipment, and the destruction
or loss of effectiveness).
• Method of reconstitution (reorganization and regeneration).
APPENDIX 11—MEDICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS

C-42. This appendix prescribes medical support operations. Consider the following topics:
• Locations and deployment configurations of medical assets—CP and/or trains.
• Assignment of medics.
• Communications.
• Field sanitation.
• Combat lifesaver training.
• Evacuation and reporting procedures.
• Priority of evacuation.
• Collection and accountability of individual equipment and effects.
• Treatment and prevention of disease.
• Mental health, dental, and other essential services.
ANNEX G (SAFETY) TO BN, _FA (MLRS) TSOP

C-43. This annex prescribes combat safety requirements and provides risk assessment procedures within
the battalion.
APPENDIX 1—SAFETY INFORMATION AND REPORTING

C-44. This appendix prescribes how command safety information will be distributed and the requirements
and means for rendering accident and incident reports.
APPENDIX 2—FIRING SAFETY

C-45. This appendix prescribes combat firing safety requirements.
ANNEX H (REPORTS) TO BN, _FA (MLRS TSOP)

C-46. This annex provides a single consolidated section within the TSOP to prescribe report requirements
within the battalion. Normally, reports are segregated by staff functional area. Reports should be tailored to
specific requirements of higher headquarters and the commander's need for input into his decision-making
process. Avoid requiring information that is duplicated in other reports or that is of minimal value. To the
greatest extent possible, coordinate report transmission and effective times to reduce workloads and to
synchronize staff actions. The means for submitting each report and the priority of each means must be
C-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

addressed. Many reports are submitted as required and should be so indicated. Consider the reports below
within this annex.
APPENDIX 1—PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION REPORTS

C-47. Consider the following:
• Personnel status report.
• Casualty feeder report.
• Medical evacuation (MEDEVAC) request.
APPENDIX 2—INTELLIGENCE AND SECURITY REPORTS

• Weather report.
• SALUTE report.
• Sensitive items report.
APPENDIX 3—OPERATIONS REPORTS
• SITREP.
• Launcher status report.
• Voice or manual fire mission.
• Recon order.
• Movement order.
• Closing report.
• Request to displace.
• Ammunition assets report.
APPENDIX 4—LOGISTICAL REPORTS

• Logistics status (LOGSTAT) report.
• Equipment status report.
• Combat loss report.
• Logistical spot report.
• Emergency resupply request (ammunition and fuel).
APPENDIX 5—CBRN REPORTS

• CBRN 1 report.
• CBRN 2 report.
• CBRN 3 report.
• CBRN 4 report.
• CBRN 5 report.
• CBRN 6 report.
• Chemical downwind message.
• Effective downwind message.
• Request for decontamination support.
• Radiation status report.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 C-13

Appendix C
APPENDIX 6—COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS OPERATIONS REPORTS

C-52. Consider the meaconing, interference, jamming, and intrusion (MIJI) operations feeder report.
C-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Appendix D
LNO Checklist
PREPARATION FOR OPERATIONS

EQUIPMENT
• Personal field gear and equipment.
• Night vision goggles.
• GPS receiver.
• Camouflage screening system.
• Hex tent/stove/cots/water cans.
• Fire control system (for example, AFATDS).
• Communications Systems:
Radios/COMSEC devices.
OE254 antenna (2 each).
AN/GRA-39 remote.
TA-312 telephone.
DR-8 (w/WD-1A/TT).
• TA-1035/U with MX-10891/G field wire.

• Maps and overlay material.
• Field table with chairs.
• Office supplies and materials to include:
Pens/pencils/markers.
Notepads and tablet.
Rubbing alcohol/paper towels.
DA Form 1594 (Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log)/fire mission logs.
INFORMATION
• TSOP/SOI/OPLAN/OPORD of sending unit.
• TSOP/SOI/OPLAN/OPORD of receiving unit.
• Location and route to receiving CP.
• Intelligence update.
• Current plans, orders, maps, overlays, and targeting information to include concept of operation,
concept of fires, and commander's intent.
• Unit locations/readiness and strength.
• Land management coordinating agency (force headquarters FC/FE).
• Logistical considerations and supporting agencies.
• Current status of receiving unit's mission.
• References: field and technical manuals.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 D-1

Appendix D
LIAISON CHECKLIST
BEFORE DEPARTING THE SENDING UNIT:
• Do you understand what the commander wants the receiving commander to know?
• Did you arrange for a briefing from operations, intelligence, and other staff elements concerning
current and future operations?
• Did you verify the receipt of, and do you understand, the tasks your staff has given you?
• Did you obtain the correct maps, traces, and overlays (including maneuver, engineer, and fire support
overlays)?
• Did you arrange for transport, communications and cryptographic equipment, codes, and signal
instructions, and for their protection and security?
• Did you arrange for replacement of these items, as necessary?
• Did you arrange for the departure of the liaison party?
• Did you complete route-reconnaissance and time-management plans so you will arrive at the
designated location on time?
• Do you and your party know how you are to destroy the information you are carrying in an emergency,
in transit, and at the receiving unit?
• Do you have SOI? (Do you know the challenge and password?)
• Did you inform your headquarters of when you will leave, what route you will take, when you are to
arrive, POC for linkup with receiving unit and, when known, the estimated time and route of your
return?
• Did you pick up all correspondence designated for the receiving headquarters?
• Did you conduct a radio check? (Do you have appropriate COMSEC equipment?)
• Do you know the impending moves of your headquarters and of the receiving headquarters?
• Did you bring automation or computers to support your operation?
• Did you pack adequate supplies of Class I and III for use in transit?
DURING THE LIAISON TOUR:

• Establish and maintain communication(s) with sending unit.
• Notify your own headquarters of your arrival.
• Deliver all correspondence designated for the receiving headquarters.
• Visit staff elements, brief them on the situation of your unit, and collect information (such as maps,
traces, and overlays) from them.
• Annotate on all overlays the security classification, title, map scale, grid intersection points, DTG
information, DTG received, and from whom received.
• Participate in receiving unit's orders process, briefings, and rehearsals. Assist in development of:
FS execution matrix.
FS plan.
• Advise on sending unit capabilities, requirements, limitations, and employment.

• Visit and coordinate routinely with all receiving unit staff elements.
• Send sending unit routine updates regarding mission, unit locations, future operations, and
commander's intent.
• Organize sleep plan for 24-hour operations.
• Ensure that receiving unit S-3 is aware of your location at all times.
• Accomplish mission without interfering with the receiving unit’s operations.
• Facilitate information exchange.
D-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

LNO Checklist
• Pick up all correspondence for your headquarters before leaving.

• Inform the receiving headquarters of when you will depart, what route you will take, and when you
expect to arrive at the sending unit.
AFTER RETURNING TO THE SENDING UNIT:

• Did you deliver all correspondence?
• Did you brief the appropriate staff elements?
• Did you prepare the necessary reports?
EXAMPLE OUTLINE OF A LIAISON OFFICER'S HANDBOOK/TSOP

1. Table of contents, with the sending unit proponency statement.
2. Purpose statement.
3. Introduction statement.
4. Definitions.
5. Scope statement.
6. Responsibilities and guidelines for conduct.
7. Actions before departing from the sending unit.
8. Actions on arriving at the receiving unit.
9. Actions during liaison operations at the receiving unit.
10. Actions before departing from the receiving unit.
11. Actions on arrival at the sending unit.
12. Sample questions.
13. Information requirements.
14. Required reports (from higher and sending units' TSOP).
15. Packing list (administrative supplies and unit TSOP, field uniform, equipment).
• Credentials.
• Forms. (DA Forms 1594 and Other blank forms)
• References.
• Computers for information and data exchange. Removable storage drives for
transport and transfer of electronic files.
• Signal operating instructions extract.
• Security code encryption device.
• Communications equipment, including remote equipment.
• Phone book.
• List of commanders and staff officers.
• Telephone calling (credit) card.
• Movement table.
• Administrative equipment (pens, paper, scissors, tape, hole punch, and so on).
• Map and chart equipment (pens, pins, protractor, straight edge, scale, distance
counter, acetate, unit markers, and so on).
16. References.
17. Sending unit's command modification tables of organization and equipment (MTOE),
unit status report (if appropriate because of the classification of the report).
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 D-3

Appendix E
MLRS Command Posts
This appendix provides examples of CPs for the MLRS battalion, battery, and
platoon. It is a guide for the MLRS battalion commander and his staff, the MLRS
battery commander and battery HQ and support personnel, and the MLRS platoon
leader and platoon HQ personnel. The battalion CPs in this appendix are for an
MLRS battalion deployed under option 1—dual command posts. The battery CPs in
this appendix are for an MLRS battery deployed with a split HQ. Each unit must
adapt these CPs to its own particular mission and deployment option and to the
personnel and equipment authorized in their modification tables of organization and
equipment (MTOE).
SECTION I—MLRS BATTALION COMMAND POST
Figure E-1. Vehicles at the MLRS Battalion CP, Option 1—Dual CPs
Note: The battalion commander’s vehicle and the S-6 vehicle will often be away from the CP
area.
Table E-1. Personnel at the MLRS Battalion CP, Option 1—Dual CPs
Section/Element Position Rank MOS Number Shift A/B
Battalion HQ
Command Section
Commander O5 13A00 1
Command Sergeant Major E9 00Z50 1
Vehicle Driver E3 13P10 1
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-1

Appendix E
S-3Section
S-3 O4 13A00 1
Operations Officer O3 13A00 1 A
Chemical Officer O2 74B00 1 A
Operations Sergeant E9 13Z50 1 B

Master Gnr/Asst Ops Sergeant E7 13M40 1 A
Chief Surveyor E6 13S30 1
CBRN NCO E6 74B30 1 B

Senior Radio Opr- Maintainer E5 25C20 1 A
Fire Direction Specialist E4 13P10 2 A,B

Radio Opr-Maintainer E4 25C10 1 B
Radio Opr-Maintainer E3 25C10 1 A
Fire Direction Center (Bn)
Fire Direction Officer O3 13A00 1 A
Chief Fire Direction Computer 13P40 1 B

E7
Fire Direction Computer 13P30 2 A/B
E6
Battery Display Operator 13P20 4 A/B
E5
Senior Radio Opr-Maintainer 25C20 1 A
E5
Fire Direction Specialist 13P10 2 A/B
E4
Radio Opr-Maintainer 25C10 1 B
E4
Radio Opr-Maintainer 25C10 1 A
E3
S-2 Section
S-2 O3 13A00 1 B
Targeting Officer W2 131A0 1
Intelligence Sergeant E8 13Z50 1 A
Intelligence Analyst E5 35F20 1 B
Fire Direction Spc/Vehicle Driver E4 13P10 1 B

Survey Section
PADs Team Chief E5 13S20 1 A

PADs Team Chief E5 13S20 2 A,B
PADs Vehicle Driver E4 13S10 1 A
PADs Vehicle Driver E4 13S10 2 A,B
E-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Command Posts
FA Surveyor E3 13S10 1 A
Table E-2. MLRS Battalion TOC Shifts by Duty Position

Duty Position Shift A Shift B
Duty Officer Operations Officer S-2
Duty NCO Intelligence Sergeant Operations Sergeant
Fire Direction Fire Direction Officer Chief Fire Direction Computer
Computer Operator Battery Display Operator Battery Display Operator
CBRN Operations Chemical Officer CBRN NCO
Figure E-2. MLRS Battalion TOC—Side-by-Side Configuration
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-3

Appendix E
SECTION II—MLRS BATTALION TRAINS
Figure E-3. Vehicles at the MLRS Battalion Trains, Option 1—Dual CPs
Note: Commanders must consider the defense of the TOC and the ALOC if operating in a split
HQ configuration.
Table E-3. Personnel at MLRS Battalion Trains, Option 1—Dual CPs

Battalion HQ
Command Section
Executive Officer O4 13A00 1
E-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Command Posts
HHB HQ
Battery HQ
Commander O3 13A00 1
First Sergeant E8 13Z5M 1
Supply Sergeant E6 92Y30 1
Armor E4 92Y10 1
S-1 Section
S-1 O3 42B00 1 B
Senior Human Resources Sergeant E7 42A40 1 A
Human Resources Sergeant E6 42A30 1 B
Human Resources Sergeant E5 42A20 2 A,B
Paralegal Specialist E4 27D10 1 A
Human Resources Specialist E4 42A10 1
Unit Ministry Team
Chaplain O3 56A00 1
Chaplain Assistant E4 56M10 1
Medical Platoon HQ
Platoon Leader O3 65D00 1
Section NCO E6 68W30 1
Medical Treatment Team
Physician Assistant O3 65D00 1
Health Care Sergeant E6 68W3O 1
Health Care Specialist E4 68W1O 1
Health Care Specialist E3 68W1O 1
Combat Medic Section
Combat Medic E4 68W10 6
Ambulance Team
Emergency Care Sergeant E5 68W2O 1
Ambulance Aide/Driver E3 68W1O 1
S-4 Section
S-4 O3 13A00 1 A
PAT/PBO W2 920A0 1 B
Sr Maint Supervisor E8 63Z5O 1 A
Supply NCO E7 92Y4O 1 A
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-5

Appendix E
Supply Sergeant E6 92Y3O 1 B

Asst Supply Sergeant E5 92Y2O 1 A
Property Book NCO E5 92Y2O 1 A
Property Book NCO E5 92Y2O 1 B
Supply Specialist E4 92Y1O 2 A, B
Supply Specialist E3 92Y1O 1 A
Ammunition Management Section
Ammunition Officer O2 13A00
Ammunition NCO E7 13M4O
Vehicle Driver E3 13P1O
S-6 Section
S-6 O3 25A00 1 A
Signal Support System Chief E8 25U50 1 B
Fwd Signal Support NCO E6 25U30 3
Signal Information Service Specialist E4 25U10 1 A
Signal Support System Maint E4 25U10 1 B
Signal Support System Specialist E3 25U10 1 A
Automation Management Section
LAN Manager E4 25B10 1 A
LAN Manager E3 25B10 1 B
Retransmission Team
Team Chief E5 25U20 1
Radio Retransmission Operator E4 25U10 1
Radio Retransmission Operator E3 25U10 1
Table E-4. MLRS Battalion ALOC Shifts by Duty Position

Duty officer S-4 S-1
Duty NCO Senior Human Resources Sergeant Battalion supply NCO
Maintenance Representative Battalion Maintenance Officer Unit Maint Technician
Supply Representative Supply Sergeant Property PAT/PBO
Personnel/Administration Human Resources SGT Human Resources SSG
E-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Command Posts
Figure E-4. MLRS Battalion ALOC in Built-up Trucks
Note: In some units, built-up cargo trucks for the ALOC are not possible because of vehicle haul
requirements. See figure E-5 for the ALOC in a tent.
Figure E-5. MLRS Battalion ALOC in a General Purpose Medium Tent
Note: The objective L-series Tables of organization and equipment (TOE) does not have
AN/GRA-39 remote radios. The primary communication means is MSE.
Table E-5. Forward Support Company with the MLRS Battalion

Company Headquarters
Commander O3 90A00 1 *
Executive Officer O2 88A00 1
First Sergeant E8 63Z5M 1
Supply Sergeant E6 92Y3O 1
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-7

Appendix E
CBRN Specialist E4 74D1O 1

Armorer E4 92Y1O 1
Supply Specialist E4 92Y1O 1
Field Feeding Section
Sr Food Opns Sergeant E7 92G4O 1
Sr First Cook E6 92G3O 1
Cook E5 92G2O 2
Cook E5 92G2O 5
Cook E4 92G1O 3
Distribution Platoon Headquarters
Platoon Leader O2 92A00 1
Platoon Sergeant E7 92A4O 1
Mat Con/Acctg Sp E4 92A1O 1
General Supply Section
Section Sergeant E6 88M3O 1
Heavy Vehicle Driver E4 88M1O 1
Vehicle Driver E4 88M1O 4
Class Iii Distribution Section
Petrl Hvy Veh Opr E5 92F2O 1
Petrl Hvy Veh Opr E4 92F1O 3
Petrl Lt Veh Opr E4 92F1O 2
Petrl Lt Veh Opr E4 92F1O 4
Class V Section
Squad Leader E6 88M3O 1
Water Section
Section Chief E6 92F3O 1
Water Trmt Sp E4 92W1O 1
Class III/V Squad
Squad Leader E6 88M3O 1
E-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Command Posts

Petrl Hvy Veh Opr Driver E4 92F1O 2
Maintenance Platoon HQ
Platoon Leader O2 91A00 1
Platoon Sergeant E7 63X40 1
Maintenance Control Section
Maint Control Officer O2 91A00 1
Senior Auto Mnt WO W3 915E0 1
Maint Control Sgt E7 63X40 1
Technical Inspector E6 63B30 1
Equip Rec/Parts Sgt E5 92A20 2
Equip Rec/Parts Sp E4 92A10 2
Equip Rec/Parts Sp E1 92A10 1
Maintenance Section
Motor Sgt E7 63X4O 1
Shop Foreman E6 63B3O 1
Senior Mechanic E6 63B3O 1
MLRS Foreman E6 94P3O 1
Pwr-Gen Equip Rep E5 52D2O 1
Wheeled Veh Mech E5 63B2O 4
Track Veh Mech E5 63H2O 1
Signal Spt Sys Maint E4 25U1O 1
Const Equip Rep E4 62B1O 1
QM/Chem Equip Rep E4 63J1O 1
Radio Repairer E4 94E1O 1
Service/Recovery Section
Sr Tracked Mech E6 63H3O 1
Welder E5 44B2O 1
Recovery Veh Opr E5 63H2O 1
Recovery Veh Opr E4 63B1O 1
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-9

Appendix E

Welder E3 44B1O 2
(X3) Maintenance Support Team (Artillery)
Motor Sgt E7 63X4O 3
MLRS Repairer E4 94P1O 3
• The forward support company shift and support locations vary widely from the brigade
support area to MLRS platoon locations.
Veh = vehicle Opr = operator Mech = mechanic
SECTION III—MLRS BATTERY COMMAND POST
Figure E-6. MLRS Battery CP—Split HQ
Note: The support platoon leader will be in and out of the CP area. Depending on the local
mission requirements, the support platoon leader may be located at the battery trains.
Table E-6. Personnel at the MLRS Battery CP Split HQ

Battery HQ
Battery commander CPT 13A00 1
First sergeant 1SG 13Z5M 1
Vehicle driver PFC 13P10 1
Forward signal support NCO (attached) SSG 31U30 1
E-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Command Posts
Table E-6. Personnel at the MLRS Battery CP Split HQ

Battery Operations Center
Operations officer 1LT 13A00 1 A
Battery operations sergeant SFC 13P40 1 B
FDC section chief SSG 13P30 1 A
CBRN NCO SGT 54B20 1
Battery display operator SGT 13P20 1 B
AFATDS SPC 13P10 2 A/B
AFATDS PFC 13P10 2
Legend
FATDS = field artillery tactical data system
FDC = fire direction center
CBRN = chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear
NCO = noncommissioned officer
Table E-7. MLRS BOC Shifts by Duty Position

Duty officer Operations officer Support platoon leader
Duty NCO Chief fire direction SGT Senior fire direction SGT
CBRN operations CBRN NCO
Computer operator AFATDS (SPC) AFATDS (SPC)
Fire direction specialist AFATDS (PFC) AFATDS (PFC)
Note: Personnel must be cross-trained to perform administrative and CBRN duties.
Legend
CBRN = nuclear, biological, and chemical and nuclear
NCO = noncommissioned officer
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-11

Appendix E
Figure E-7. MLRS Battery Operations Center in Carrier, CP
SECTION IV—MLRS BATTERY TRAINS
Figure E-8. MLRS Battery Trains —Split HQ
E-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Command Posts
Table E-8. Personnel at the MLRS Battery Trains

LOC
Section/Element Position Rank MOS Number
Shift A/B
Support Platoon HQ
Platoon leader (BOC) 1LT 13A00 1
Platoon sergeant SFC 13M40 1 A
Vehicle driver PFC 13P10 1
Combat medic (attached) SPC 91B10 2
Ammunition Section X2
Section chief E6 13M30 2
Assistant section chief E5 13M20 2
MLRS ammunition specialist E4 13M10 12
MLRS ammunition specialist E3 13M10 8
Supply Section
Supply sergeant E5 92Y20 1 B
Armorer E4 92Y10 1 A
Legend
BFV = Bradley fighting vehicle
BOC = battery operations center
Table E-9. MLRS Battery LOC Shifts by Duty Position

Duty NCO Support platoon SGT Supply SGT
Maintenance representative Equipment recovery/parts Equipment recovery/parts
specialist specialist
Clerk Armorer/supply specialist
Note: Depending on local SOP and mission requirements, the battery first sergeant and the
support platoon leader may be included in LOC shifts. Battery LOC could be collocated with the
BOC.
Legend
BOC = battery operations center
LOC = logistics operations center
SOP = standing operating procedures
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-13

Appendix E
Figure E-9. Battery LOC
SECTION V—PLATOON HEADQUARTERS

E-1. The POC is usually positioned near the center of the platoon HQ area. The platoon HQ is not
usually split into a CP and a train’s element, like the MLRS battalion and battery may be, because the
platoon HQ is not equipped and manned to do so effectively. The POC is the CP of the platoon HQ.
Figure E-10. Vehicles at the MLRS Platoon HQ
E-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MLRS Command Posts
Table E-10 Personnel at the MLRS Platoon HQ

Platoon leader 1LT 13A00 1 A
Platoon sergeant (LOC) SFC 13M40 1 B
Battery display operator SGT 13P20 1 B
Reconnaissance sergeant SGT 13M20 1 A
FATDS SPC 13P10 1 A
FATDS PFC 13P10 1 B

Vehicle driver PFC 13P10 1 A
Legend
LOC = logistics operations center
Table E-11. MLRS POC Shifts by Duty Position
Shift leader Platoon leader Platoon SGT (LOC)

Computer operator FATDS (SPC) Fire direction sergeant
Radiotelephone operator Vehicle driver FATDS (PFC)
Figure E-11. MLRS POC in C2V
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 E-15

Appendix F
Hasty Survey Technique—Graphic Resection
DESCRIPTION
F-1. Graphic resection is a method of determining position based on the known locations of certain visible
points. The equipment needed to perform a graphic resection includes a theadolite, a map sheet, overlay
paper or acetate, and a straightedge.
PROCEDURES
F-2. Select a location from which three distant points, which appear on the map, are visible. These points
are well-defined vertical features such as towers, trig markers, or church steeples.
F-3. Measure the three clockwise angles between these points with the aiming circle: first point to second
point, second to third, and third point back around to the first, completing a circle around the horizon. For
each angle, measure to the nearest 0.5 mils as follows:
• Set up and level the aiming circle over the proposed SCP.
• With the upper motion, set 0.0 mils on the aiming circle.
• With the lower motion, sight on the first known point.
• With the upper motion, measure the angle to the second point and record this first reading to the
nearest 0.5 mil.
• With this reading on the scales, sight again on the first point by using the lower motion.
• With the upper motion, again measure the angle to the second point. Record the second reading
on the upper motion to the nearest 0.5 mil.
• Divide the second reading by 2 to determine the mean angle, which must agree with the first
reading to the nearest 0.5 mil. If the first reading is more than 3,200 mils, you must add 6,400
mils to the second reading before dividing by 2. If the 2 readings do not agree within 0.5 mil,
return to the first step.
F-4. Add the mean angles from between each point to ensure that the total sum of all three is equal to
6,400 mil, plus or minus 1.5 mil. Determine the 8-digit grid locations of the 3 known points from the map
or a trig list and write these locations beside the points.
F-5. Using the overlay paper or acetate, draw a central point, which will represent the location of the
aiming circle. Using a straightedge, draw a line (first ray) outward. Using a range-deflection protractor or a
coordinate scale (less accurate), measure clockwise the number of mils corresponding to the angle between
the first and second known points. Draw a line along that mils measurement from the central point outward
(second ray). Do this again with the third angle, developing a third ray from the central point outward. With
the third ray in place, measure from it, clockwise back to the first ray. Compare this measurement to the
mean angle from the aiming circle. These 2 angles should agree within 0.5 mil.
F-6. Place the overlay with the three lines radiating out from the central point on the map sheet. Position it
so that the first ray passes through the first known point from the map, the second through the second point,
and likewise for the third. Once all three are aligned, the central point from the overlay paper represents the
aiming circle map location.
F-7. Use a coordinate scale to determine the 8-digit grid of the aiming circle and the approximate
elevation. Record these data for the launcher to use in updating its PDS after every 4 to 6 kilometers of
travel. This data should not be used for calibration.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 F-1

Appendix G
M26, M26A1/A2, and M28A1/A2 Rocket

Crest Clearance Tables
These tables provide leaders with a planning tool to assess the impact of intervening
crests on rocket trajectories. The MLRS project office of U.S. Army Missile
Command (MICOM) developed them for the U.S. Army Field Artillery School.
ASSUMPTIONS
G-1. These tables establish minimum planning ranges for launchers in specific firing areas to ensure that
rockets will not only clear a crest, but that a warhead event will not occur until the crest is cleared. The
tables use 5 launch altitudes: sea level, +400 meters, +800 meters, +1,200 meters, and +3,048 meters. They
do not represent an absolute launcher ballistic algorithm and should not be used as a firing solution safety
check. The tables are based on several assumptions and conditions:
• European rockets or those with lot number VGT072 or higher were used. These lots have more
aerodynamic fins and therefore produce longer ranges with lower trajectories.
• A warhead event will not occur until the crest is cleared.
• Standard atmospheric conditions with 99 percent global wind conditions (head and tail) were
applied to account for low-level winds. Rockets were conditioned both cold and hot to account
for temperature extremes.
• 3.3 sigma range and height dispersion errors were used to account for occasion-to-occasion (bias)
and round-to-round (precision) errors.
• 100-meter altitude subtracted to account for vegetation and terrain effects.
• Ballistic algorithm version 6.09 with no high QE mode.
PROCEDURES
G-2. There are 2 entry arguments for the tables: range (to crest) and angle of site (to crest). If the angle of
site cannot be directly measured, then leaders can calculate it by using the mil relation formula. See figure
G-1, figure G-2, and figure G-3.
d ALT (m)
ANGLE OF SITE =
RANGE (km)
Where:
d ALT = Difference in altitude between launcher and crest (meters).
RANGE = Range to crest to the nearest 100 m expressed in kilometers.
Figure G-1. Mil Relation Formula
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-1

Appendix G
G-3. If the actual target location and altitude are known, the angle of site can be modified to account for the
differences in launch and target altitude using the following formula.
Angle of Siteeff = Angle of Site to Crest – Angle of Site to Target

Where:
ALTTGT(m) – ALTLCHR (m)
Angle of Site to Target =
RANGE TO TARGET
and:
ALTTGT = Altitude of Target
ALTLCHR = Altitude of Launcher
Figure G-2. Effective Angle of Site
Figure G-3. Crest Clearance
G-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

M26, M26A1/A2, and M28A1/A2 Rocket Crest Clearance Tables
Table G-1. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: Sea Level)
Range to
Angle of Site to Crest (mil) ALT: Sea Level
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 10,100 11,500 13,200 14,600 16,000
2,500 0 0 0 0 10,900 12,100 14,200 15,500
3,000 0 0 0 0 10,300 11,600 14,000 15,400
3,500 0 0 0 0 10,200 11,600 13,900 15,300
4,000 0 0 0 0 10,300 11,600 13,900 15,300
4,500 0 0 0 0 10,400 11,700 14,000 15,400
5,000 0 0 0 0 11,100 12,100 14,200 15,500
5,500 0 0 0 0 11,300 12,300 14,300 15,700
6,000 0 0 0 10,200 11,600 13,000 14,500 15,900
6,500 0 0 0 11,000 11,900 13,300 14,700 16,100
7,000 0 0 0 11,200 12,300 13,500 15,000 16,300
7,500 0 0 10,300 11,600 12,700 13,800 15,200 16,500
8,000 0 0 11,100 12,000 13,200 14,100 15,500 16,800
8,500 10,500 11,000 11,500 12,300 13,600 14,300 15,800 17,000
9,000 10,600 11,100 12,000 13,200 13,900 14,600 16,000 17,200
9,500 11,400 11,800 12,400 13,500 14,300 14,900 16,300 17,500
10,000 11,500 12,100 13,200 13,900 14,600 15,300 16,500 17,800
10,500 12,400 12,700 13,600 14,300 15,000 15,600 16,800 18,000
11,000 12,600 13,300 14,000 14,700 15,400 16,000 17,100 18,200
11,500 13,000 13,700 14,400 15,100 15,700 16,300 17,500 18,500
12,000 13,600 14,200 14,900 15,500 16,100 16,700 17,800 18,800
12,500 13,900 14,600 15,300 15,900 16,500 17,100 18,100 19,200
13,000 14,500 15,100 15,700 16,300 16,900 17,500 18,500 19,600
13,500 14,900 15,600 16,200 16,800 17,300 17,800 18,800 20,000
14,000 15,400 16,000 16,600 17,200 17,700 18,200 19,200 20,200
14,500 15,900 16,500 17,100 17,600 18,100 18,600 19,700 20,500
15,000 16,400 17,000 17,500 18,000 18,500 19,000 20,100 20,800
15,500 16,800 17,400 17,900 18,400 18,900 19,500 20,400 21,200
16,000 17,400 17,900 18,400 18,900 19,400 19,900 20,700 21,500
16,500 17,800 18,300 18,800 19,300 19,900 20,300 21,100 21,900
17,000 18,300 18,800 19,300 19,800 20,300 20,700 21,500 22,300
17,500 18,700 19,300 19,800 20,200 20,600 21,000 21,900 22,600
18,000 19,300 19,800 30,200 20,600 21,100 21,500 22,300 23,000
18,500 19,700 20,200 20,700 21,100 21,500 21,900 22,700 23,400
19,000 20,400 20,700 21,100 21,500 21,900 22,300 23,100 23,800
19,500 20,600 21,200 21,600 22,000 22,400 22,700 23,500 24,200
20,000 21,300 21,700 22,000 22,400 22,800 23,200 23,900 24,600
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-3

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
20,500 21,600 22,100 22,500 22,900 23,200 23,600 24,300 25,000
21,000 22,300 22,600 23,000 23,300 23,700 24,000 24,700 25,400
21,500 22,500 23,100 23,400 23,800 24,100 24,500 25,200 25,800
22,000 23,200 23,500 23,900 24,200 24,600 24,900 25,600 26,200
22,500 23,500 24,000 24,400 24,700 25,000 25,400 26,000 26,700
23,000 24,200 24,500 24,800 25,200 25,500 25,800 26,500 27,100
23,500 24,500 25,000 25,300 25,600 26,000 26,300 26,900 27,500
24,000 25,300 25,500 25,800 26,100 26,400 26,700 27,300 28,000
24,500 25,500 25,900 26,300 26,600 26,900 27,200 27,800 28,400
25,000 26,100 26,400 26,700 27,000 27,300 27,600 28,200 28,800
25,500 26,400 26,900 27,200 27,500 27,800 28,100 28,700 29,300
26,000 27,100 27,400 27,700 28,000 28,300 28,600 29,100 29,700
26,500 27,400 27,800 28,200 28,500 28,700 29,000 29,600 30,200
27,000 28,100 28,400 28,700 28,900 29,200 29,500 30,100 30,800
27,500 28,400 28,800 29,100 29,400 29,700 30,000 30,600 31,200
28,000 29,100 29,300 29,600 29,900 30,200 30,500 31,100 31,600
28,500 30,200 30,300 30,500 30,700 30,900 31,000 31,500 32,000
29,000 30,200 30,500 30,700 31,000 31,200 31,400 31,900
29,500 30,400 30,800 31,100 31,400 31,600 31,900
30,000 31,200 31,400 31,600 31,900
30,500 31,400 31,800
31,000
31,500
Note: “0” indicates that there is no firing constraint due to minimum range of 10 kilometers. Blank
fields indicate that maximum range fails to clear crest.
G-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 17,100 18,200 19,200 20,100 21,000 21,800 22,600 23,400
2,500 16,800 17,900 18,900 19,800 20,700 21,600 22,400 23,100
3,000 16,600 17,700 18,700 19,700 20,600 21,500 22,300 23,100
3,500 16,500 17,700 18,700 19,700 20,600 21,400 22,300 23,000
4,000 16,600 17,700 18,700 19,700 20,600 21,500 22,300 23,100
4,500 16,600 17,800 18,800 19,700 20,700 21,500 22,300 23,100
5,000 16,700 17,900 18,900 19,800 20,700 21,600 22,400 23,200
5,500 16,900 18,000 19,000 20,000 20,900 21,700 22,500 23,300
6,000 17,100 18,100 19,200 20,100 21,000 21,800 22,600 23,400
6,500 17,200 18,300 19,300 20,200 21,100 22,000 22,800 23,500
7,000 17,400 18,500 19,500 20,400 21,300 22,100 22,900 23,700
7,500 17,600 18,700 19,700 20,600 21,500 22,300 23,100 23,800
8,000 17,900 18,900 19,900 20,800 21,600 22,500 23,200 24,000
8,500 18,100 19,100 20,100 21,000 21,800 22,600 23,400 24,200
9,000 18,400 19,400 20,300 21,200 22,000 22,800 23,600 24,300
9,500 18,600 19,600 20,500 21,400 22,200 23,000 23,800 24,500
10,000 18,900 19,800 20,700 21,600 22,400 23,200 24,000 24,700
10,500 19,000 20,100 21,000 21,800 22,700 23,400 24,200 24,900
11,000 19,300 20,300 21,200 22,100 22,900 23,700 24,400 25,100
11,500 19,600 20,500 21,400 22,400 23,200 23,900 24,600 25,300
12,000 20,000 20,700 21,700 22,600 23,400 24,100 24,900 25,600
12,500 20,200 20,900 22,000 22,700 23,600 24,400 25,100 25,800
13,000 20,500 21,200 22,100 22,900 23,900 24,600 25,300 26,000
13,500 20,700 21,500 22,300 23,100 24,100 24,700 25,500 26,300
14,000 21,000 21,800 22,600 23,400 24,200 24,800 25,800 26,600
14,500 21,300 22,100 22,900 23,600 24,400 25,100 26,000 26,800
15,000 21,600 22,400 23,200 23,900 24,600 25,400 26,100 27,100
15,500 22,000 22,800 23,500 24,200 24,900 25,600 26,300 27,100
16,000 22,300 23,100 23,800 24,500 25,200 25,900 26,600 27,200
16,500 22,700 23,400 24,200 24,900 25,500 26,200 26,900 27,500
17,000 23,000 23,800 24,500 25,200 25,900 26,500 27,200 27,800
17,500 23,400 24,100 24,800 25,500 26,200 26,800 27,500 28,100
18,000 23,800 24,500 25,200 25,800 26,500 27,100 27,800 28,400
18,500 24,100 24,800 25,500 26,200 26,800 27,500 28,100 28,700
19,000 24,500 25,200 25,900 26,500 27,200 27,800 28,400 29,000
19,500 24,900 25,600 26,200 26,900 27,500 28,100 28,700 29,300
20,000 25,300 26,000 26,600 27,200 27,900 28,500 29,100 29,600
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-5

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
20,500 25,700 26,300 27,000 27,600 28,200 28,800 29,400 30,000
21,000 26,100 26,700 27,400 28,000 28,600 29,200 29,700 30,600
21,500 26,500 27,100 27,700 28,300 28,900 29,500 30,200 31,100
22,000 26,900 27,500 28,100 28,700 29,300 29,900 30,800 31,300
22,500 27,300 27,900 28,500 29,100 29,700 30,400 31,200 31,500
23,000 27,700 28,300 28,900 29,500 30,100 31,000 31,400 31,800
23,500 28,100 28,700 29,300 29,900 30,700 31,300 31,700
24,000 28,500 29,100 29,700 30,400 31,100 31,500 32,000
24,500 29,000 29,500 30,200 31,000 31,400 31,800
25,000 29,400 30,000 30,800 31,300 31,700
25,500 29,800 30,600 31,200 31,600 32,000
26,000 30,400 31,100 31,500 31,900
26,500 30,900 31,400 31,800
27,000 31,300 31,800
27,500 31,700
28,000
28,500
29,000
29,500
30,000
30,500
31,000
31,500
G-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Table G-2. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 400 m ASL)
Range to
Angle of Site to Crest (mil) ALT: 400 m ASL
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 10,400 11,900 13,400 15,000 16,300
2,500 0 0 0 0 11,200 12,200 14,500 15,900
3,000 0 0 0 0 10,600 12,000 14,300 15,700
3,500 0 0 0 0 10,500 11,900 14,200 15,600
4,000 0 0 0 0 10,500 12,000 14,200 15,600
4,500 0 0 0 0 11,000 12,100 14,300 15,700
5,000 0 0 0 0 11,300 12,200 14,400 15,800
5,500 0 0 0 10,100 11,500 12,500 14,600 16,000
6,000 0 0 0 10,500 11,800 13,200 14,800 16,200
6,500 0 0 0 11,100 12,100 13,500 15,000 16,400
7,000 0 0 10,100 11,400 12,400 13,800 15,300 16,600
7,500 0 0 10,500 11,800 13,100 14,100 15,500 16,800
8,000 0 0 11,200 12,200 13,500 14,300 15,800 17,100
8,500 10,500 11,100 11,700 12,600 13,500 14,600 16,100 17,300
9,000 10,600 11,200 12,200 13,000 14,100 14,900 16,400 17,600
9,500 10,800 11,800 12,600 13,400 14,500 15,200 16,600 17,700
10,000 11,500 12,200 13,300 14,100 14,800 15,500 16,800 18,000
10,500 12,400 12,900 13,800 14,500 15,200 15,900 17,100 18,300
11,000 12,600 13,400 14,200 14,900 15,600 16,200 17,400 18,600
11,500 13,400 13,900 14,600 15,300 16,000 16,600 17,700 18,800
12,000 13,600 14,300 15,000 15,700 16,300 17,000 18,100 19,100
12,500 14,400 14,900 15,500 16,100 16,700 17,300 18,400 19,400
13,000 14,600 15,200 15,900 16,500 17,100 17,700 18,800 19,800
13,500 15,400 15,800 16,300 16,900 17,500 18,100 19,100 20,100
14,000 15,600 16,200 16,800 17,400 17,900 18,500 19,500 20,400
14,500 16,400 16,800 17,200 17,800 18,300 18,900 19,800 20,800
15,000 16,500 17,100 17,700 18,200 18,700 19,200 20,200 21,100
15,500 17,400 17,700 18,100 18,600 19,100 19,600 20,600 21,500
16,000 17,500 18,000 18,500 19,100 19,500 20,000 21,000 21,800
16,500 18,300 18,700 19,000 19,500 20,000 20,400 21,300 22,200
17,000 18,500 18,900 19,400 19,900 20,400 20,800 21,700 22,600
17,500 19,300 19,600 19,900 20,400 20,800 21,300 22,100 22,900
18,000 19,400 19,900 20,300 20,800 21,200 21,700 22,500 23,300
18,500 19,800 20,300 20,800 21,200 21,700 22,100 22,900 23,700
19,000 20,300 20,800 21,300 21,700 22,100 22,500 23,300 24,100
19,500 20,700 21,300 21,700 22,100 22,500 22,900 23,700 24,500
20,000 21,300 21,800 22,200 22,600 23,000 23,400 24,100 24,900
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-7

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
20,500 21,700 22,200 22,600 23,000 23,400 23,800 24,600 25,300
21,000 22,300 22,700 23,100 23,500 23,900 24,200 25,000 25,700
21,500 22,600 23,200 23,600 23,900 24,300 24,700 25,400 26,100
22,000 23,300 23,700 24,000 24,400 24,800 25,100 25,800 26,500
22,500 23,600 24,100 24,500 24,900 25,200 25,600 26,300 27,000
23,000 24,300 24,600 25,000 25,300 25,700 26,000 26,700 27,400
23,500 24,600 25,100 25,400 25,800 26,100 26,500 27,100 27,800
24,000 25,200 25,600 25,900 26,300 26,600 26,900 27,600 28,200
24,500 25,500 26,100 26,400 26,700 27,100 27,400 28,000 28,700
25,000 26,300 26,500 26,900 27,200 27,500 27,800 28,500 29,100
25,500 26,500 27,000 27,300 27,700 28,000 28,300 28,900 29,500
26,000 27,300 27,600 27,800 28,100 28,400 28,800 29,400 30,000
26,500 27,500 28,000 28,300 28,600 28,900 29,200 29,800 30,400
27,000 28,200 28,500 28,800 29,100 29,400 29,700 30,300 30,900
27,500 28,500 28,900 29,300 29,600 29,900 30,100 30,700 31,300
28,000 29,300 29,500 29,800 30,000 30,300 30,600 31,200 31,800
28,500 29,500 29,900 30,200 30,500 30,800 31,100 31,700
29,000 30,100 30,400 30,700 31,000 31,300 31,600
29,500 30,500 30,900 31,200 31,500 31,800
30,000 31,200 31,400 31,700 32,000
30,500 31,500 31,900
31,000
31,500
G-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 17,500 18,600 19,600 20,600 21,500 22,400 23,200 24,000
2,500 17,100 18,300 19,300 20,300 21,200 22,100 23,000 23,700
3,000 17,000 18,100 19,200 20,200 21,100 22,000 22,800 23,600
3,500 16,900 18,100 19,100 20,100 21,100 22,000 22,800 23,600
4,000 16,900 18,100 19,200 20,200 21,100 22,000 22,800 23,600
4,500 17,000 18,200 19,200 20,200 21,200 22,100 22,900 23,700
5,000 17,100 18,300 19,300 20,300 21,200 22,100 23,000 23,800
5,500 17,200 18,400 19,400 20,400 21,400 22,200 23,100 23,900
6,000 17,400 18,500 19,600 20,600 21,500 22,400 23,200 24,000
6,500 17,600 18,700 19,700 20,700 21,600 22,500 23,300 24,100
7,000 17,800 18,900 19,900 20,900 21,800 22,700 23,500 24,300
7,500 18,000 19,100 20,100 21,100 22,000 22,800 23,600 24,400
8,000 18,200 19,300 20,300 21,200 22,100 23,000 23,800 24,600
8,500 18,500 19,500 20,500 21,400 22,300 23,200 24,000 24,800
9,000 18,700 19,800 20,700 21,600 22,500 23,400 24,200 24,900
9,500 19,000 20,000 20,900 21,900 22,700 23,600 24,400 25,100
10,000 19,200 20,200 21,200 22,100 22,900 23,800 24,600 25,300
10,500 19,400 20,500 21,400 22,300 23,200 24,000 24,800 25,500
11,000 19,600 20,700 21,700 22,600 23,400 24,200 25,000 25,700
11,500 19,800 21,000 21,900 22,800 23,700 24,400 25,200 26,000
12,000 20,100 21,200 22,000 23,100 23,900 24,700 25,400 26,200
12,500 20,400 21,300 22,300 23,300 24,100 24,900 25,700 26,400
13,000 20,700 21,600 22,500 23,400 24,300 25,200 26,000 26,700
13,500 21,000 21,900 22,800 23,600 24,500 25,400 26,200 26,900
14,000 21,300 22,200 23,000 23,800 24,700 25,500 26,300 27,200
14,500 21,700 22,500 23,300 24,100 24,900 25,600 26,500 27,400
15,000 22,000 22,800 23,600 24,400 25,100 25,900 26,700 27,600
15,500 22,300 23,200 23,900 24,700 25,400 26,100 26,900 27,900
16,000 22,700 23,500 24,300 25,000 25,700 26,400 27,100 28,000
16,500 23,000 23,800 24,600 25,300 26,000 26,700 27,400 28,100
17,000 23,400 24,200 24,900 25,600 26,300 27,000 27,700 28,400
17,500 23,700 24,500 25,200 26,000 26,700 27,300 28,000 28,700
18,000 24,100 24,900 25,600 26,300 27,000 27,700 28,300 29,000
18,500 24,500 25,200 25,900 26,600 27,300 28,000 28,600 29,300
19,000 24,800 25,600 26,300 27,000 27,700 28,300 29,000 29,600
19,500 25,200 25,900 26,600 27,300 28,000 28,600 29,300 29,900
20,000 25,600 26,300 27,000 27,700 28,300 29,000 29,600 30,200
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-9

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
20,500 26,000 26,700 27,400 28,000 28,700 29,300 29,900 30,600
21,000 26,400 27,100 27,800 28,400 29,100 29,700 30,300 30,900
21,500 26,800 27,500 28,100 28,800 29,400 30,000 30,600 31,200
22,000 27,200 27,900 28,500 29,200 29,800 30,400 31,000 31,600
22,500 27,600 28,300 28,900 29,500 30,200 30,800 31,400 31,900
23,000 28,000 28,700 29,300 29,900 30,500 31,100 31,700
23,500 28,400 29,100 29,700 30,300 30,900 31,500
24,000 28,900 29,500 30,100 30,700 31,300 31,900
24,500 29,300 29,900 30,500 31,100 31,700
25,000 29,700 30,300 30,900 31,500
25,500 30,100 30,700 31,300 31,900
26,000 30,600 31,200 31,800
26,500 31,000 31,600
27,000 31,500
27,500 31,900
28,000
28,500
29,000
29,500
30,000
30,500
31,000
31,500
Note: ”0” indicates that there is no firing constraint due to minimum range of 10 kilometers. Blank
G-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 10,600 11,700 13,600 15,300 16,700
2,500 0 0 0 0 11,200 12,300 14,800 16,200
3,000 0 0 0 0 10,800 11,800 14,600 16,000
3,500 0 0 0 0 10,700 11,800 14,500 16,000
4,000 0 0 0 0 10,800 11,800 14,500 16,000
4,500 0 0 0 0 11,000 11,900 14,600 16,100
5,000 0 0 0 0 11,200 12,100 14,700 16,200
5,500 0 0 0 10,100 11,400 12,600 14,900 16,300
6,000 0 0 0 10,600 11,700 13,300 15,100 16,500
6,500 0 0 0 11,100 12,000 13,600 15,300 16,700
7,000 0 0 0 11,400 12,400 14,000 15,600 16,900
7,500 0 0 10,500 11,600 13,200 14,300 15,800 17,200
8,000 0 0 11,100 12,000 13,500 14,500 16,100 17,400
8,500 0 10,400 11,500 12,400 14,000 14,900 16,300 17,700
9,000 10,800 11,600 12,400 13,100 14,400 15,200 16,600 17,900
9,500 10,900 11,800 12,700 13,900 14,700 15,400 16,900 18,200
10,000 11,600 12,400 13,300 14,300 15,100 15,800 17,200 18,400
10,500 12,400 12,900 13,900 14,700 15,400 16,100 17,400 18,600
11,000 12,600 13,300 14,400 15,100 15,800 16,500 17,700 18,800
11,500 13,500 14,000 14,800 15,500 16,200 16,800 18,100 19,200
12,000 13,700 14,500 15,200 15,900 16,600 17,200 18,400 19,500
12,500 14,500 15,000 15,600 16,300 17,000 17,600 18,700 19,800
13,000 14,700 15,400 16,100 16,700 17,400 18,000 19,100 20,100
13,500 15,100 15,800 16,500 17,100 17,700 18,300 19,400 20,400
14,000 15,700 16,300 17,000 17,600 18,200 18,700 19,800 20,800
14,500 16,100 16,800 17,400 18,000 18,500 19,100 20,100 21,100
15,000 16,600 17,200 17,800 18,400 19,000 19,500 20,500 21,500
15,500 17,100 17,700 18,300 18,800 19,400 19,900 20,900 21,800
16,000 17,600 18,200 18,700 19,200 19,800 20,300 21,200 22,200
16,500 18,100 18,600 19,200 19,700 20,200 20,700 21,600 22,500
17,000 18,500 19,100 19,600 20,100 20,600 21,100 22,000 22,900
17,500 19,000 19,500 20,100 20,500 21,000 21,500 22,400 23,300
18,000 19,500 20,000 20,500 21,000 21,500 21,900 22,800 23,600
18,500 19,900 20,500 21,000 21,400 21,900 22,300 23,200 24,000
19,000 20,500 20,900 21,400 21,900 22,300 22,700 23,600 24,400
19,500 20,900 21,400 21,900 22,300 22,700 23,200 24,000 24,800
20,000 21,400 21,900 22,300 22,800 23,200 23,600 24,400 25,200
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-11

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
20,500 21,800 22,400 22,800 23,200 23,600 24,000 24,800 25,600
21,000 22,400 22,800 23,200 23,700 24,100 24,500 25,200 26,000
21,500 22,800 23,300 23,700 24,100 24,500 24,900 25,700 26,400
22,000 23,400 23,800 24,200 24,600 25,000 25,300 26,100 26,800
22,500 23,700 24,200 24,600 25,000 25,400 25,800 26,500 27,200
23,000 24,300 24,700 25,100 25,500 25,900 26,200 27,000 27,700
23,500 24,700 25,200 25,600 26,000 26,300 26,700 27,400 28,100
24,000 25,300 25,700 26,100 26,400 26,800 27,100 27,800 28,500
24,500 25,700 26,200 26,500 26,900 27,200 27,600 28,300 29,000
25,000 26,300 26,700 27,000 27,400 27,700 28,000 28,700 29,400
25,500 26,600 27,100 27,500 27,800 28,200 28,500 29,200 29,800
26,000 27,300 27,600 28,000 28,300 28,600 29,000 29,600 30,300
26,500 27,600 28,100 28,400 28,800 29,100 29,400 30,100 30,700
27,000 28,300 28,600 28,900 29,200 29,600 29,900 30,500 31,200
27,500 28,600 29,100 29,400 29,700 30,000 30,400 31,000 31,600
28,000 29,300 29,600 29,900 30,200 30,500 30,800 31,500
28,500 29,500 30,100 30,400 30,700 31,000 31,300 31,900
29,000 30,200 30,600 30,900 31,200 31,500 31,800
29,500 30,600 31,100 31,400 31,700 32,000
30,000 31,300 31,600 31,900
30,500 31,600
31,000
31,500
G-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 17,900 19,100 20,100 21,100 22,100 23,000 23,800 24,600
2,500 17,500 18,700 19,800 20,800 21,800 22,700 23,500 24,400
3,000 17,300 18,500 19,600 20,700 21,600 22,600 23,400 24,300
3,500 17,300 18,500 19,600 20,600 21,600 22,500 23,400 24,200
4,000 17,300 18,500 19,600 20,600 21,600 22,500 23,400 24,300
4,500 17,400 18,600 19,700 20,700 21,700 22,600 23,500 24,300
5,000 17,500 18,700 19,800 20,800 21,800 22,700 23,600 24,400
5,500 17,600 18,800 19,900 20,900 21,900 22,800 23,700 24,500
6,000 17,800 18,900 20,000 21,000 22,000 22,900 23,800 24,600
6,500 18,000 19,100 20,200 21,200 22,100 23,100 23,900 24,700
7,000 18,200 19,300 20,400 21,400 22,300 23,200 24,100 24,900
7,500 18,400 19,500 20,500 21,500 22,500 23,400 24,200 25,100
8,000 18,600 19,700 20,800 21,700 22,700 23,600 24,400 25,200
8,500 18,900 19,900 21,000 21,900 22,900 23,700 24,600 25,400
9,000 19,100 20,200 21,200 22,100 23,000 23,900 24,800 25,600
9,500 19,300 20,400 21,400 22,400 23,300 24,100 25,000 25,800
10,000 19,500 20,700 21,600 22,600 23,500 24,300 25,200 26,000
10,500 19,800 20,900 21,900 22,800 23,700 24,500 25,400 26,200
11,000 20,100 21,100 22,200 23,100 23,900 24,800 25,600 26,400
11,500 20,300 21,300 22,400 23,300 24,200 25,000 25,800 26,600
12,000 20,500 21,600 22,600 23,500 24,400 25,200 26,100 26,800
12,500 20,800 21,800 22,800 23,800 24,700 25,500 26,300 27,100
13,000 21,100 22,000 22,900 24,100 24,900 25,800 26,500 27,300
13,500 21,400 22,300 23,200 24,300 25,200 26,000 26,800 27,600
14,000 21,700 22,600 23,500 24,500 25,500 26,300 27,100 27,900
14,500 22,000 22,900 23,800 24,700 25,600 26,400 27,400 28,100
15,000 22,400 23,200 24,100 24,900 25,700 26,700 27,500 28,300
15,500 22,700 23,500 24,400 25,200 25,900 26,900 27,600 28,500
16,000 23,000 23,900 24,700 25,500 26,300 27,100 27,700 28,700
16,500 23,400 24,200 25,000 25,800 26,500 27,300 28,000 28,900
17,000 23,700 24,600 25,300 26,100 26,900 27,600 28,300 29,000
17,500 24,100 24,900 25,700 26,400 27,200 27,900 28,600 29,300
18,000 24,500 25,300 26,000 26,800 27,500 28,200 28,900 29,600
18,500 24,800 25,600 26,400 27,100 27,800 28,500 29,200 29,900
19,000 25,200 26,000 26,700 27,400 28,200 28,800 29,500 30,200
19,500 25,600 26,300 27,100 27,800 28,500 29,200 29,800 30,500
20,000 26,000 26,700 27,400 28,100 28,800 29,500 30,200 30,800
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-13

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
20,500 26,400 27,100 27,800 28,500 29,200 29,900 30,500 31,200
21,000 26,700 27,500 28,200 28,900 29,500 30,200 30,900 31,500
21,500 27,100 27,900 28,600 29,200 29,900 30,600 31,200 31,800
22,000 27,500 28,300 28,900 29,600 30,300 30,900 31,600
22,500 28,000 28,600 29,300 30,000 30,600 31,300 31,900
23,000 28,400 29,000 29,700 30,400 31,000 31,700
23,500 28,800 29,400 30,100 30,800 31,400 32,000
24,000 29,200 29,900 30,500 31,200 31,800
24,500 29,600 30,300 30,900 31,600
25,000 30,000 30,700 31,300 32,000
25,500 30,500 31,100 31,800
26,000 30,900 31,600
26,500 31,400 32,000
27,000 31,800
27,500
28,000
28,500
29,000
29,500
30,000
30,500
31,000
31,500
G-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Table G-4. M26 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 1,200 m ASL)
Range to
Angle of Site to Crest (mil) ALT: 1,200 m ASL
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 11,100 12,500 14,000 15,600 17,000
2,500 0 0 0 0 11,700 13,000 15,100 16,600
3,000 0 0 0 0 11,200 12,600 14,900 16,400
3,500 0 0 0 0 11,100 12,500 14,800 16,300
4,000 0 0 0 0 11,200 12,600 14,800 16,300
4,500 0 0 0 0 11,300 12,700 14,900 16,400
5,000 0 0 0 0 11,600 12,900 15,000 16,500
5,500 0 0 0 10,000 12,100 13,100 15,200 16,700
6,000 0 0 0 11,000 12,400 13,400 15,400 16,900
6,500 0 0 0 11,300 12,700 14,000 15,600 17,100
7,000 0 0 0 12,100 13,000 14,300 15,900 17,300
7,500 0 0 10,900 12,300 13,200 14,600 16,100 17,500
8,000 0 0 11,300 12,700 13,800 14,900 16,400 17,800
8,500 0 10,300 12,100 13,000 14,300 15,200 16,600 18,000
9,000 10,700 11,300 12,600 13,400 14,600 15,400 16,800 18,300
9,500 11,600 12,200 13,000 14,100 15,000 15,700 17,100 18,500
10,000 11,700 12,600 13,400 14,500 15,300 16,000 17,400 18,700
10,500 12,400 13,000 14,100 14,900 15,700 16,400 17,700 19,000
11,000 12,700 13,500 14,500 15,300 16,000 16,700 18,000 19,200
11,500 13,600 14,200 15,000 15,700 16,400 17,100 18,300 19,500
12,000 13,800 14,600 15,400 16,100 16,800 17,400 18,700 19,800
12,500 14,500 15,100 15,800 16,500 17,200 17,800 19,000 20,100
13,000 14,800 15,500 16,300 16,900 17,600 18,200 19,300 20,400
13,500 15,400 16,000 16,700 17,300 18,000 18,600 19,700 20,800
14,000 15,700 16,500 17,100 17,800 18,400 19,000 20,100 21,100
14,500 16,400 16,900 17,600 18,200 18,800 19,300 20,400 21,400
15,000 16,600 17,400 18,000 18,600 19,200 19,700 20,800 21,800
15,500 17,200 17,800 18,400 19,000 19,600 20,100 21,200 22,100
16,000 17,600 18,300 18,900 19,400 20,000 20,500 21,500 22,500
16,500 18,200 18,700 19,300 19,900 20,400 20,900 21,900 22,900
17,000 18,500 19,200 19,800 20,300 20,800 21,300 22,300 23,200
17,500 19,400 19,800 20,200 20,700 21,200 21,700 22,700 23,600
18,000 19,600 20,100 20,700 21,200 21,700 22,100 23,100 24,000
18,500 20,100 20,600 21,100 21,600 22,100 22,600 23,500 24,300
19,000 20,500 21,100 21,600 22,100 22,500 23,000 23,900 24,700
19,500 21,000 21,500 22,000 22,500 23,000 23,400 24,300 25,100
20,000 21,400 22,000 22,500 22,900 23,400 23,800 24,700 25,500
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-15

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
20,500 22,000 22,500 22,900 23,400 23,800 24,300 25,100 25,900
21,000 22,400 22,900 23,400 23,800 24,300 24,700 25,500 26,300
21,500 23,000 23,400 23,900 24,300 24,700 25,100 25,900 26,700
22,000 23,400 23,800 24,300 24,700 25,200 25,600 26,400 27,100
22,500 23,900 24,400 24,800 25,200 25,600 26,000 26,800 27,600
23,000 24,300 24,700 25,300 25,700 26,100 26,400 27,200 28,000
23,500 24,900 25,300 25,700 26,100 26,500 26,900 27,700 28,400
24,000 25,400 25,800 26,200 26,600 27,000 27,300 28,100 28,800
24,500 25,800 26,300 26,700 27,100 27,400 27,800 28,500 29,200
25,000 26,400 26,800 27,200 27,500 27,900 28,300 29,000 29,700
25,,500 26,800 27,300 27,600 28,000 28,400 28,700 29,400 30,100
26,000 27,300 27,600 28,100 28,500 28,800 29,200 29,900 30,600
26,500 27,700 28,200 28,600 28,900 29,300 29,600 30,300 31,000
27,000 28,300 28,600 29,100 29,400 29,800 30,100 30,800 31,500
27,500 28,700 29,200 29,500 29,900 30,200 30,600 31,300 31,900
28,000 29,300 29,700 30,000 30,400 30,700 31,100 31,700
28,500 29,700 30,200 30,500 30,900 31,200 31,500
29,000 30,300 30,700 31,000 31,400 31,700 32,000
29,500 30,700 31,200 31,500 31,800
30,000 31,300 31,600 32,000
30,500 31,700
31,000
31,500
G-16 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 18,300 19,500 20,600 21,600 22,600 23,500 24,400 25,200
2,500 17,900 19,100 20,200 21,300 22,300 23,200 24,100 25,000
3,000 17,700 19,000 20,100 21,200 22,200 23,100 24,000 24,900
3,500 17,700 18,900 20,000 21,100 22,100 23,100 24,000 24,900
4,000 17,700 18,900 20,100 21,100 22,100 23,100 24,000 24,900
4,500 17,800 19,000 20,100 21,200 22,200 23,100 24,100 24,900
5,000 17,900 19,100 20,200 21,300 22,300 23,200 24,100 25,000
5,500 18,000 19,200 20,300 21,400 22,400 23,300 24,300 25,100
6,000 18,200 19,400 20,500 21,500 22,500 23,500 24,400 25,200
6,500 18,300 19,500 20,600 21,700 22,700 23,600 24,500 25,400
7,000 18,500 19,700 20,800 21,900 22,800 23,800 24,700 25,500
7,500 18,800 19,900 21,000 22,000 23,000 23,900 24,800 25,700
8,000 19,000 20,100 21,200 22,200 23,200 24,100 25,000 25,900
8,500 19,200 20,400 21,400 22,400 23,400 24,300 25,200 26,000
9,000 19,500 20,600 21,600 22,600 23,600 24,500 25,400 26,200
9,500 19,700 20,800 21,900 22,900 23,800 24,700 25,600 26,400
10,000 20,000 21,100 22,100 23,100 24,000 24,900 25,800 26,600
10,500 20,300 21,300 22,300 23,300 24,200 25,100 26,000 26,800
11,000 20,500 21,600 22,600 23,600 24,500 25,300 26,200 27,000
11,500 20,700 21,900 22,900 23,800 24,700 25,600 26,400 27,300
12,000 20,900 22,200 23,100 24,100 24,900 25,800 26,700 27,500
12,500 21,200 22,300 23,300 24,300 25,200 26,100 26,900 27,700
13,000 21,500 22,500 23,600 24,600 25,500 26,300 27,200 28,000
13,500 21,800 22,700 23,900 24,800 25,700 26,600 27,400 28,200
14,000 22,100 23,000 24,100 24,900 26,100 26,900 27,700 28,500
14,500 22,400 23,300 24,200 25,100 26,300 27,100 28,000 28,800
15,000 22,700 23,600 24,500 25,400 26,300 27,200 28,300 29,000
15,500 23,100 24,000 24,800 25,700 26,500 27,500 28,400 29,100
16,000 23,400 24,300 25,100 26,000 26,800 27,700 28,500 29,300
16,500 23,800 24,600 25,500 26,300 27,100 27,900 28,600 29,500
17,000 24,100 25,000 25,800 26,600 27,400 28,100 28,900 29,700
17,500 24,500 25,300 26,100 26,900 27,700 28,400 29,200 29,900
18,000 24,800 25,700 26,500 27,200 28,000 28,800 29,500 30,200
18,500 25,200 26,000 26,800 27,600 28,300 29,100 29,800 30,500
19,000 25,600 26,400 27,200 27,900 28,700 29,400 30,100 30,800
19,500 25,900 26,700 27,500 28,300 29,000 29,700 30,400 31,100
20,000 26,300 27,100 27900 28,600 29,300 30100 30,800 31,500
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-17

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
20,500 26,700 27,500 28,200 29,000 29,700 30,400 31,100 31,800
21,000 27,100 27,900 28,600 29,300 30,100 30,800 31,500
21,500 27,500 28,300 29,000 29,700 30,400 31,100 31,800
22,000 27,900 28,600 29,400 30,100 30,800 31,500
22,500 28,300 29,000 29,800 30,500 31,200 31,800
23,000 28,700 29,400 30,100 30,900 31,500
23,500 29,100 29,800 30,500 31,200 31,900
24,000 29,500 30,200 31,000 31,600
24,500 30,000 30,700 31,400 32,000
25,000 30,400 31,100 31,800
25,500 30,800 31,500
26,000 31,300 31,900
26,500 31,700
27,000
27,500
28,000
28,500
29,000
29,500
30,000
30,500
31,000
31,500
G-18 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 12,200 13,400 15,200 17,000 18,600
2,500 0 0 0 0 12,600 14,100 16,400 18,100
3,000 0 0 0 0 12,300 13,800 16,100 17,900
3,500 0 0 0 0 12,200 13,700 16,000 17,800
4,000 0 0 0 0 12,200 13,700 16,000 17,800
4,500 0 0 0 0 12,300 13,800 16,100 17,800
5,000 0 0 0 0 12,500 14,000 16,200 17,900
5,500 0 0 0 0 13,100 14,200 16,400 18,100
6,000 0 0 0 10,400 13,400 14,500 16,600 18,300
6,500 0 0 0 12,200 13,700 15,000 16,800 18,500
7,000 0 0 0 12,600 14,000 15,300 17,100 18,700
7,500 0 0 0 12,700 14,400 15,600 17,300 19,000
8,000 0 0 11,100 13,200 14,700 15,900 17,600 19,200
8,500 10,900 11,800 12,700 14,000 15,100 16,200 17,900 19,500
9,000 11,100 12,100 13,000 14,400 15,500 16,500 18,100 19,800
9,500 11,800 12,600 13,400 14,700 15,900 16,700 18,400 20,000
10,000 12,000 12,800 14,100 15,300 16,200 17,000 18,800 20,300
10,500 12,600 13,500 14,600 15,600 16,500 17,400 19,100 20,600
11,000 12,900 14,000 15,100 16,100 16,900 17,700 19,300 20,900
11,500 13,500 14,500 15,600 16,500 17,300 18,100 19,600 21,200
12,000 14,000 15,100 16,000 16,900 17,700 18,500 19,900 21,400
12,500 14,700 15,500 16,400 17,300 18,100 18,800 20,300 21,700
13,000 15,500 16,000 16,900 17,700 18,500 19,200 20,600 21,900
13,500 15,700 16,500 17,300 18,100 18,900 19,600 21,000 22,300
14,000 16,100 16,900 17,700 18,500 19,300 20,000 21,300 22,600
14,500 16,600 17,400 18,200 18,900 19,700 20,400 21,700 22,900
15,000 17,100 17,900 18,600 19,400 20,100 20,800 22,100 23,300
15,500 17,500 18,300 19,100 19,800 20,500 21,200 22,400 23,600
16,000 18,000 18,800 19,500 20,200 20,900 21,600 22,800 24,000
16,500 18,600 19,200 20,000 20,600 21,300 22,000 23,200 24,400
17,000 19,000 19,700 20,400 21,100 21,700 22,400 23,600 24,700
17,500 19,600 20,200 20,900 21,500 22,200 22,800 24,000 25,100
18,000 19,900 20,600 21,300 22,000 22,600 23,200 24,400 25,700
18,500 20,600 21,100 21,800 22,400 23,000 23,600 24,700 26,100
19,000 20,900 21,600 22,200 22,800 23,400 24,000 25,200 26,400
19,500 21,400 22,100 22,700 23,300 23,900 24,400 25,700 26,700
20,000 21,900 22,500 23,100 23,700 24,300 24,900 26,100 27,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-19

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
20,500 22,500 23,000 23,600 24,200 24,700 25,400 26,500 27,400
21,000 22,800 23,500 24,100 24,600 25,200 25,900 26,800 27,800
21,500 23,400 24,000 24,500 25,100 25,700 26,300 27,200 28,200
22,000 23,800 24,400 25,000 25,600 26,200 26,600 27,600 28,600
22,500 24,400 24,900 25,500 26,100 26,600 27,000 28,000 29,000
23,000 24,800 25,400 26,000 26,500 27,000 27,500 28,500 29,400
23,500 25,400 25,900 26,400 26,900 27,400 27,900 28,900 29,800
24,000 25,800 26,400 26,900 27,400 27,900 28,400 29,300 30,300
24,500 26,400 26,800 27,300 27,800 28,300 28,800 29,800 30,700
25,000 26,700 27,300 27,800 28,300 28,800 29,200 30,200 31,100
25,500 27,400 27,800 28,300 28,800 29,200 29,700 30,600 31,600
26,000 27,700 28,300 28,700 29,200 29,700 30,200 31,100 32,000
26,500 28,400 28,800 29,200 29,700 30,200 30,600 31,600
27,000 28,700 29,200 29,700 30,200 30,600 31,100 32,000
27,500 29,300 29,700 30,200 30,700 31,100 31,600
28,000 29,700 30,200 30,700 31,100 31,600
28,500 30,300 30,700 31,200 31,600
29,000 30,700 31,200 31,700
29,500 31,300 31,700
30,000 31,700
30,500
31,000
31,500
Note: “‘0” indicates that there is no firing constraint due to minimum range of 10 kilometers. Blank
G-20 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 20,100 21,500 22,700 24,000 25,100 26,200 27,300 28,300
2,500 19,600 21,000 22,300 23,600 24,800 25,900 27,000 28,000
3,000 19,400 20,800 22,200 23,400 24,600 25,700 26,800 27,900
3,500 19,300 20,700 22,100 23,300 24,500 25,700 26,800 27,900
4,000 19,300 20,700 22,100 23,400 24,500 25,700 26,800 27,900
4,500 19,400 20,800 22,200 23,400 24,600 25,800 26,900 27,900
5,000 19,500 20,900 22,300 23,500 24,700 25,800 27,000 28,000
5,500 19,600 21,100 22,400 23,600 24,800 26,000 27,100 28,100
6,000 19,800 21,200 22,500 23,800 25,000 26,100 27,200 28,300
6,500 20,000 21,400 22,700 23,900 25,100 26,300 27,300 28,400
7,000 20,200 21,600 22,900 24,100 25,300 26,400 27,500 28,600
7,500 20,400 21,800 23,100 24,300 25,500 26,600 27,700 28,700
8,000 20,700 22,000 23,300 24,500 25,700 26,800 27,900 28,900
8,500 20,900 22,300 23,500 24,700 25,900 27,000 28,100 29,100
9,000 21,200 22,500 23,800 24,900 26,100 27,200 28,300 29,300
9,500 21,400 22,700 24,000 25,200 26,300 27,400 28,500 29,500
10,000 21,700 23,000 24,200 25,400 26,500 27,600 28,700 29,700
10,500 22,000 23,300 24,500 25,700 26,800 27,900 28,900 29,900
11,000 22,300 23,600 24,700 25,900 27,000 28,100 29,100 30,200
11,500 22,500 23,800 25,000 26,200 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,400
12,000 22,700 24,200 25,300 26,500 27,500 28,600 29,600 30,700
12,500 22,900 24,400 25,600 26,700 27,800 28,900 29,900 30,900
13,000 23,200 24,600 25,700 27,000 28,100 29,100 30,100 31,200
13,500 23,500 24,800 25,800 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,400 31,500
14,000 23,800 25,000 26,100 27,600 28,600 29,700 30,700 31,800
14,500 24,100 25,300 26,500 27,900 29,000 29,900 31,000 32,000
15,000 24,400 25,800 26,800 28,200 29,200 30,200 31,300
15,500 24,800 26,200 27,100 28,400 29,400 30,600 31,600
16,000 25,200 26,400 27,300 28,500 29,800 30,900 31,900
16,500 25,700 26,700 27,600 28,600 30,100 31,000
17,000 26,100 26,900 27,900 28,900 30,200 31,200
17,500 26,400 27,200 28,200 29,200 30,500 31,600
18,000 26,600 27,600 28,600 29,500 30,800 31,900
18,500 26,900 27,900 28,900 29,900 31,000
19,000 27,300 28,300 29,300 30,200 31,200
19,500 27,600 28,600 29,600 30,600 31,600
20,000 28,000 29,000 30,000 30,900 31,800
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-21

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
20,500 28,400 29,400 30,300 31,300
21,000 28,800 29,800 30,700 31,600
21,500 29,200 30,100 31,100 32,000
22,000 29,600 30,500 31,500
22,500 30,000 30,900 31,800
23,000 30,400 31,300
23,500 30,800 31,700
24,000 31,200
24,500 31,600
25,000
25,500
26,000
26,500
27,000
27,500
28,000
28,500
29,000
29,500
30,000
30,500
31,000
31,500
Note: “‘0” indicates that there is no firing constraint due to minimum range of 10 kilometers. Blank
G-22 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Table G-6. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: Sea Level)
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 0 0 16,100 18,600 20,100
2,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,100 19,500
3,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,200 19,200
3,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 16,900 19,000
4,000 0 0 0 16,700 19,000
4,500 0 NO FIRING 0 0 16,600 18,900
CONSTRAINT
5,000 0 (10 KM MIN RANGE) 0 0 16,700 19,000
5,500 0 0 0 16,900 19,000
6,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,100 19,100
6,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,200 19,200
7,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,400 19,300
7,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,000 19,500
8,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,200 19,700
8,500 0 0 0 0 0 16,100 18,400 20,000
9,000 0 0 0 0 0 16,300 18,600 20,100
9,500 0 0 0 0 0 16,500 18,800 20,300
10,000 0 0 0 0 16,000 17,000 19,000 20,400
10,500 0 0 0 0 16,300 17,300 19,200 20,600
11,000 0 0 0 0 16,600 18,000 19,400 20,800
11,500 0 0 0 16,200 17,100 18,300 19,800 21,100
12,000 0 0 0 16,500 17,500 18,600 20,100 21,300
12,500 0 0 16,100 16,900 18,200 18,900 20,300 21,500
13,000 0 0 16,400 17,400 18,500 19,200 20,600 21,800
13,500 0 16,100 16,900 18,100 18,800 19,600 20,900 22,100
14,000 0 16,500 17,400 18,500 19,200 20,000 21,200 22,300
14,500 16,200 17,000 18,100 18,900 19,600 20,300 21,500 22,600
15,000 16,600 17,600 18,500 19,200 20,000 20,600 21,800 22,900
15,500 17,100 18,200 18,900 19,700 20,400 20,900 22,100 23,200
16,000 17,900 18,600 19,300 20,100 20,700 21,300 22,400 23,500
16,500 18,400 19,100 19,900 20,500 21,100 21,700 22,800 23,800
17,000 18,800 19,600 20,300 20,900 21,500 22,000 23,100 24,100
17,500 19,300 20,100 20,700 21,300 21,800 22,400 23,500 24,500
18,000 19,900 20,500 21,100 21,700 22,200 22,800 23,800 24,800
18,500 20,400 20,900 21,500 22,100 22,600 23,200 24,200 25,100
19,000 20,800 21,400 22,000 22,500 23,000 23,500 24,500 25,500
19,500 21,300 21,800 22,400 22,900 23,400 23,900 24,900 25,800
20,000 21,800 22,300 22,800 23,300 23,800 24,300 25,300 26,200
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-23

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
20,500 22,200 22,800 23,300 23,800 24,300 24,700 25,600 26,600
21,000 22,700 23,200 23,700 24,200 24,700 25,100 26,000 27,000
21,500 23,200 23,700 24,200 24,600 25,100 25,500 26,500 27,400
22,000 23,700 24,200 24,600 25,100 25,500 26,000 26,900 27,800
22,500 24,200 24,600 25,100 25,500 26,000 26,400 27,300 28,200
23,000 24,600 25,100 25,500 26,000 26,400 26,900 27,700 28,600
23,500 25,100 25,600 26,000 26,400 26,900 27,300 28,200 29,000
24,000 25,600 26,000 26,500 26,900 27,300 27,800 28,600 29,400
24,500 26,100 26,500 27,000 27,400 27,800 28,200 29,000 29,900
25,000 26,600 27,000 27,500 27,900 28,300 28,700 29,500 30,300
25,500 27,100 27,500 27,900 28,300 28,700 29,100 29,900 30,700
26,000 27,700 28,000 28,400 28,800 29,200 29,600 30,400 31,200
26,500 28,200 28,500 28,900 29,300 29,700 30,100 30,800 31,600
27,000 28,700 29,000 29,400 29,800 30,200 30,500 31,300 32,100
27,500 29,200 29,500 29,900 30,300 30,600 31,000 31,800 32,500
28,000 29,700 30,000 30,400 30,800 31,100 31,500 32,300 32,900
28,500 30,200 30,500 30,900 31,200 31,600 32,000 32,700 33,400
29,000 30,700 31,000 31,400 31,700 32,100 32,500 33,200 33,900
29,500 31,200 31,500 31,900 32,300 32,600 32,900 33,600 34,400
30,000 31,700 32,100 32,400 32,700 33,000 33,400 34,100 34,900
30,500 32,200 32,600 32,900 33,200 33,600 33,900 34,600 35,400
31,000 32,700 33,000 33,400 33,700 34,100 34,400 35,100 35,800
31,500 33,200 33,500 33,900 34,200 34,600 34,900 35,600 36,300
32,000 33,700 34,100 34,400 34,700 35,100 35,400 36,100 36,800
32,500 34,300 34,600 34,900 35,200 35,600 35,900 36,600 37,300
33,000 34,800 35,100 35,400 35,800 36,100 36,400 37,100 37,800
33,500 35,300 35,600 35,900 36,300 36,600 37,000 37,600 38,400
34,000 35,800 36,100 36,500 36,800 37,100 37,500 38,200 38,900
34,500 36,300 36,700 37,000 37,300 37,600 38,000 38,700 39,400
35,000 36,900 37,200 37,500 37,800 38,200 38,500 39,200 39,900
35,500 37,400 37,700 38,000 38,400 38,700 39,100 39,700 40,400
36,000 37,900 38,200 38,600 38,900 39,200 39,600 40,200 40,900
36,500 38,500 38,800 39,100 39,400 39,700 40,100 40,800 41,400
37,000 39,000 39,300 39,600 39,900 40,300 40,600 41,300 41,900
37,500 39,500 39,800 40,100 40,400 40,800 41,100 41,800
38,000 40,000 40,300 40,600 41,000 41,300 41,600
38,500 40,500 40,900 41,200 41,500 41,800
39,000 41,100 41,400 41,700 42,000
G-24 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
39,500 41,600 41,900
40,000
Note: Blank fields indicate that maximum range fails to clear crest.
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 21,300 22,500 23,600 24,600 25,600 26,600 27,500 28,500
2,500 20,900 22,100 23,200 24,300 25,200 26,200 27,200 28,100
3,000 20,600 21,800 23,000 24,000 25,000 26,000 27,000 28,000
3,500 20,500 21,700 22,900 23,900 24,900 25,900 26,900 27,900
4,000 20,400 21,600 22,800 23,900 24,900 25,900 26,900 27,800
4,500 20,400 21,600 22,800 23,900 24,900 25,900 26,800 27,800
5,000 20,400 21,600 22,800 23,900 24,900 25,900 26,900 27,800
5,500 20,500 21,700 22,900 23,900 24,900 25,900 26,900 27,900
6,000 20,500 21,800 22,900 24,000 25,000 26,000 27,000 27,900
6,500 20,600 21,900 23,000 24,100 25,100 26,100 27,100 28,000
7,000 20,700 22,000 23,100 24,200 25,200 26,200 27,100 28,100
7,500 20,900 22,100 23,200 24,300 25,300 26,300 27,200 28,200
8,000 21,000 22,200 23,300 24,400 25,400 26,400 27,400 28,300
8,500 21,200 22,400 23,500 24,500 25,500 26,500 27,500 28,400
9,000 21,300 22,500 23,600 24,600 25,600 26,600 27,600 28,600
9,500 21,500 22,700 23,800 24,800 25,800 26,800 27,700 28,700
10,000 21,700 22,800 23,900 24,900 25,900 26,900 27,900 28,800
10,500 21,900 23,000 24,100 25,100 26,100 27,100 28,000 29,000
11,000 22,100 23,200 24,300 25,300 26,200 27,200 28,200 29,100
11,500 22,300 23,400 24,400 25,400 26,400 27,400 28,400 29,300
12,000 22,500 23,600 24,600 25,600 26,600 27,600 28,500 29,500
12,500 22,700 23,800 24,800 25,800 26,800 27,800 28,700 29,600
13,000 22,900 24,000 25,000 26,000 27,000 28,000 28,900 29,800
13,500 23,200 24,200 25,200 26,200 27,200 28,200 29,100 30,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-25

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
14,000 23,400 24,400 25,400 26,400 27,400 28,400 29,300 30,200
14,500 23,700 24,700 25,700 26,700 27,600 28,600 29,500 30,400
15,000 24,000 24,900 25,900 26,900 27,900 28,800 29,700 30,600
15,500 24,200 25,200 26,200 27,100 28,100 29,000 29,900 30,800
16,000 24,500 25,500 26,400 27,400 28,300 29,300 30,200 31,100
16,500 24,800 25,800 26,700 27,700 28,600 29,500 30,400 31,300
17,000 25,100 26,000 27,000 27,900 28,800 29,800 30,700 31,500
17,500 25,400 26,400 27,300 28,200 29,100 30,000 30,900 31,800
18,000 25,700 26,700 27,600 28,500 29,400 30,300 31,100 32,100
18,500 26,100 27,000 27,900 28,800 29,700 30,600 31,400 32,300
19,000 26,400 27,300 28,300 29,100 30,000 30,900 31,700 32,600
19,500 26,800 27,700 28,600 29,500 30,300 31,200 32,100 32,900
20,000 27,100 28,000 28,900 29,800 30,600 31,500 32,400 33,200
20,500 27,500 28,400 29,300 30,100 31,000 31,800 32,700 33,500
21,000 27,900 28,800 29,600 30,500 31,300 32,200 33,000 33,800
21,500 28,300 29,100 30,000 30,800 31,700 32,500 33,300 34,200
22,000 28,600 29,500 30,300 31,200 32,000 32,800 33,700 34,500
22,500 29,000 29,900 30,700 31,500 32,400 33,200 34,000 34,900
23,000 29,400 30,300 31,100 31,900 32,700 33,600 34,400 35,300
23,500 29,800 30,700 31,500 32,300 33,100 33,900 34,800 35,600
24,000 30,200 31,100 31,900 32,700 33,500 34,300 35,200 36,000
24,500 30,700 31,500 32,300 33,100 33,900 34,700 35,600 36,400
25,000 31,100 31,900 32,700 33,500 34,300 35,100 36,000 36,800
25,500 31,500 32,300 33,100 33,900 34,700 35,500 36,400 37,200
26,000 32,000 32,700 33,500 34,300 35,100 36,000 36,800 37,600
26,500 32,400 33,100 33,900 34,700 35,600 36,400 37,200 38,100
27,000 32,800 33,600 34,400 35,200 36,000 36,800 37,700 38,500
27,500 33,300 34,000 34,800 35,600 36,400 37,300 38,100 39,000
28,000 33,700 34,500 35,300 36,100 36,900 37,700 38,600 39,400
28,500 34,200 35,000 35,700 36,500 37,300 38,200 39,000 39,900
29,000 34,700 35,400 36,200 37,000 37,800 38,600 39,500 40,300
G-26 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
29,500 35,100 35,900 36,700 37,500 38,300 39,100 40,000 40,800
30,000 35,600 36,400 37,100 37,900 38,800 39,600 40,400 41,300
30,500 36,100 36,900 37,600 38,400 39,300 40,100 40,900 41,700
31,000 36,600 37,300 38,100 38,900 39,700 40,500 41,400
31,500 37,100 37,800 38,600 39,400 40,200 41,000 41,800
32,000 37,600 38,300 39,100 39,900 40,700 41,500
32,500 38,100 38,900 39,600 40,400 41,200 42,000
33,000 38,600 39,400 40,100 40,900 41,700
33,500 39,100 39,900 40,600 41,400
34,000 39,600 40,400 41,100 41,900
34,500 40,100 40,900 41,600
35,000 40,600 41,400
35,500 41,100 41,900
36,000 41,600
36,500
37,000
37,500
38,000
38,500
39,000
39,500
40,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-27

Appendix G
Table G-7. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 400 m ASL)
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 0 0 16,600 19,200 20,600
2,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,600 20,100
3,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,600 19,900
3,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,100 19,700
4,000 0 0 0 16,900 19,600
4,500 0 NO FIRING 0 0 16,900 19,600
CONSTRAINT
5,000 0 (10 KM MIN RANGE) 0 0 17,000 19,600
5,500 0 0 0 17,200 19,700
6,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,400 19,800
6,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,600 19,900
7,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 17,800 20,000
7,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,500 20,100
8,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,600 20,200
8,500 0 0 0 0 0 16,500 18,800 20,400
9,000 0 0 0 0 0 16,700 19,000 20,500
9,500 0 0 0 0 0 16,900 19,400 20,700
10,000 0 0 0 0 16,500 17,300 19,600 20,900
10,500 0 0 0 0 16,700 17,600 19,800 21,100
11,000 0 0 0 0 16,900 17,900 20,000 21,300
11,500 0 0 0 16,500 17,500 18,700 20,200 21,500
12,000 0 0 0 16,800 17,800 19,000 20,500 21,800
12,500 0 0 0 17,200 18,600 19,500 20,700 22,000
13,000 0 0 16,700 17,700 18,800 19,800 21,000 22,300
13,500 0 0 17,100 18,500 19,400 20,000 21,300 22,500
14,000 15,400 16,700 17,700 18,800 19,700 20,300 21,600 22,800
14,500 15,500 17,200 18,400 19,300 20,000 20,600 21,900 23,100
15,000 16,800 17,700 18,800 19,700 20,300 20,900 22,200 23,400
15,500 17,500 18,500 19,400 20,000 20,600 21,300 22,500 23,700
16,000 17,900 18,800 19,800 20,400 21,000 21,600 22,900 24,000
16,500 18,600 19,500 20,100 20,700 21,400 22,000 23,200 24,300
17,000 19,000 19,900 20,500 21,100 21,800 22,400 23,500 24,600
G-28 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
17,500 19,700 20,300 20,900 21,500 22,100 22,700 23,900 24,900
18,000 20,100 20,700 21,300 21,900 22,500 23,100 24,200 25,300
18,500 20,500 21,100 21,700 22,300 22,900 23,500 24,600 25,600
19,000 20,900 21,600 22,200 22,800 23,300 23,900 24,900 25,900
19,500 21,400 22,000 22,600 23,200 23,700 24,300 25,300 26,300
20,000 21,900 22,500 23,100 23,600 24,100 24,700 25,700 26,700
20,500 22,400 23,000 23,500 24,000 24,600 25,100 26,100 27,100
21,000 22,900 23,400 24,000 24,500 25,000 25,500 26,500 27,500
21,500 23,400 23,900 24,400 24,900 25,400 25,900 26,900 27,800
22,000 23,800 24,300 24,800 25,300 25,800 26,300 27,300 28,100
22,500 24,300 24,800 25,300 25,800 26,300 26,800 27,700 28,500
23,000 24,800 25,300 25,800 26,200 26,700 27,200 28,000 28,900
23,500 25,300 25,800 26,200 26,700 27,200 27,600 28,400 29,300
24,000 25,800 26,200 26,700 27,200 27,600 28,000 28,900 29,800
24,500 26,300 26,700 27,200 27,600 28,000 28,400 29,300 30,200
25,000 26,800 27,200 27,600 28,000 28,400 28,900 29,700 30,600
25,500 27,300 27,700 28,100 28,500 28,900 29,300 30,200 31,000
26,000 27,700 28,100 28,500 29,000 29,400 29,800 30,600 31,500
26,500 28,200 28,600 29,000 29,400 29,800 30,300 31,100 31,900
27,000 28,700 29,100 29,500 29,900 30,300 30,700 31,600 32,400
27,500 29,200 29,600 30,000 30,400 30,800 31,200 32,000 32,800
28,000 29,700 30,100 30,500 30,900 31,300 31,700 32,500 33,300
28,500 30,200 30,600 31,000 31,400 31,800 32,200 33,000 33,800
29,000 30,700 31,100 31,500 31,900 32,300 32,700 33,400 34,200
29,500 31,200 31,600 32,000 32,400 32,800 33,100 33,900 34,700
30,000 31,800 32,100 32,500 32,900 33,300 33,600 34,400 35,200
30,500 32,300 32,600 33,000 33,400 33,800 34,100 34,900 35,700
31,000 32,800 33,100 33,500 33,900 34,300 34,600 35,400 36,200
31,500 33,300 33,700 34,000 34,400 34,800 35,100 35,900 36,700
32,000 33,800 34,200 34,500 34,900 35,300 35,600 36,400 37,200
32,500 34,300 34,700 35,100 35,400 35,800 36,100 36,900 37,700
33,000 34,900 35,200 35,600 35,900 36,300 36,700 37,400 38,200
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-29

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
33,500 35,400 35,700 36,100 36,400 36,800 37,200 37,900 38,700
34,000 35,900 36,300 36,600 37,000 37,300 37,700 38,400 39,200
34,500 36,400 36,800 37,100 37,500 37,800 38,200 38,900 39,700
35,000 37,000 37,300 37,600 38,000 38,300 38,700 39,500 40,200
35,500 37,500 37,800 38,200 38,500 38,900 39,200 40,000 40,700
36,000 38,000 38,300 38,700 39,000 39,400 39,800 40,500 41,200
36,500 38,500 38,900 39,200 39,600 39,900 40,300 41,000 41,700
37,000 39,100 39,400 39,700 40,100 40,400 40,800 41,500
37,500 39,600 39,900 40,300 40,600 40,900 41,300 42,000
38,000 40,100 40,400 40,800 41,100 41,500 41,800
38,500 40,600 40,900 41,300 41,600 42,000
39,000 41,100 41,500 41,800
39,500 41,700 42,000
40,000
G-30 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 21,900 23,200 24,300 25,400 26,400 27,500 28,300 29,300
2,500 21,400 22,700 23,900 25,000 26,000 27,100 28,000 29,000
3,000 21,100 22,400 23,600 24,700 25,800 26,900 27,800 28,800
3,500 21,000 22,300 23,500 24,600 25,700 26,800 27,700 28,700
4,000 20,900 22,200 23,400 24,600 25,600 26,700 27,700 28,600
4,500 20,900 22,200 23,400 24,600 25,600 26,700 27,700 28,600
5,000 20,900 22,200 23,400 24,600 25,600 26,700 27,700 28,600
5,500 21,000 22,300 23,500 24,600 25,700 26,800 27,700 28,700
6,000 21,000 22,400 23,600 24,700 25,700 26,800 27,800 28,700
6,500 21,100 22,400 23,600 24,800 25,800 26,900 27,800 28,800
7,000 21,300 22,600 23,700 24,900 25,900 27,000 27,900 28,900
7,500 21,400 22,700 23,900 25,000 26,000 27,100 28,000 29,000
8,000 21,500 22,800 24,000 25,100 26,100 27,200 28,100 29,100
8,500 21,700 22,900 24,100 25,200 26,300 27,400 28,200 29,200
9,000 21,900 23,100 24,300 25,300 26,400 27,500 28,400 29,400
9,500 22,000 23,300 24,400 25,500 26,600 27,600 28,500 29,500
10,000 22,200 23,400 24,600 25,600 26,700 27,700 28,700 29,600
10,500 22,400 23,600 24,700 25,800 26,900 27,800 28,800 29,800
11,000 22,600 23,800 24,900 26,000 27,100 28,000 29,000 29,900
11,500 22,800 24,000 25,100 26,200 27,200 28,100 29,100 30,100
12,000 23,000 24,200 25,300 26,400 27,400 28,300 29,300 30,300
12,500 23,200 24,400 25,500 26,600 27,600 28,500 29,500 30,500
13,000 23,500 24,600 25,700 26,800 27,700 28,700 29,700 30,700
13,500 23,700 24,800 25,900 27,000 27,900 28,900 29,900 30,800
14,000 24,000 25,000 26,100 27,200 28,100 29,100 30,100 31,000
14,500 24,200 25,300 26,400 27,400 28,300 29,300 30,300 31,300
15,000 24,500 25,500 26,600 27,600 28,500 29,500 30,500 31,500
15,500 24,800 25,800 26,800 27,800 28,800 29,700 30,700 31,700
16,000 25,100 26,100 27,100 28,000 29,000 30,000 31,000 31,900
16,500 25,300 26,,400 27,400 28,300 29,200 30,200 31,200 32,200
17,000 25,600 26,700 27,600 28,500 29,500 30,500 31,400 32,400
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-31

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
17,500 26,000 27,000 27,900 28,800 29,800 30,700 31,700 32,700
18,000 26,300 27,300 28,200 29,100 30,100 31,000 32,000 32,900
18,500 26,600 27,600 28,500 29,400 30,400 31,300 32,200 33,200
19,000 27,000 27,900 28,800 29,700 30,700 31,600 32,500 33,400
19,500 27,300 28,200 29,100 30,000 31,000 31,900 32,800 33,700
20,000 27,600 28,500 29,400 30,400 31,300 32,200 33,100 34,000
20,500 27,900 28,900 29,800 30,700 31,600 32,500 33,400 34,400
21,000 28,300 29,200 30,100 31,100 32,000 32,900 33,800 34,700
21,500 28,700 29,600 30,500 31,400 32,300 33,200 34,100 35,000
22,000 29,000 30,000 30,900 31,800 32,700 33,600 34,500 35,400
22,500 29,400 30,300 31,200 32,100 33,000 33,900 34,800 35,700
23,000 29,800 30,700 31,600 32,500 33,400 34,300 35,200 36,100
23,500 30,200 31,100 32,000 32,900 33,800 34,700 35,600 36,500
24,000 30,600 31,500 32,400 33,300 34,200 35,100 35,900 36,900
24,500 31,100 31,900 32,800 33,700 34,600 35,400 36,300 37,200
25,000 31,500 32,300 33,200 34,100 35,000 35,800 36,700 37,600
25,500 31,900 32,800 33,600 34,500 35,400 36,300 37,100 38,100
26,000 32,300 33,200 34,000 34,900 35,800 36,700 37,600 38,500
26,500 32,800 33,600 34,500 35,300 36,200 37,100 38,000 38,900
27,000 33,200 34,100 34,900 35,800 36,600 37,500 38,400 39,300
27,500 33,700 34,500 35,400 36,200 37,100 38,000 38,800 39,800
28,000 34,100 35,000 35,800 36,700 37,500 38,400 39,300 40,200
28,500 34,600 35,400 36,300 37,100 38,000 38,800 39,700 40,700
29,000 35,100 35,900 36,700 37,600 38,400 39,300 40,200 41,100
29,500 35,500 36,300 37,200 38,000 38,900 39,800 40,700 41,600
30,000 36,000 36,800 37,700 38,500 39,400 40,200 41,100
30,500 36,500 37,300 38,100 39,000 39,800 40,700 41,600
31,000 37,000 37,800 38,600 39,500 40,300 41,200
31,500 37,500 38,300 39,100 39,900 40,800 41,700
32,000 38,000 38,800 39,600 40,400 41,300
32,500 38,400 39,300 40,100 40,900 41,800
G-32 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
33,000 39,000 39,800 40,600 41,400
33,500 39,500 40,300 41,100 41,900
34,000 40,000 40,800 41,600
34,500 40,500 41,300
35,000 41,000 41,800
35,500 41,500
36,000 42,000
36,500
37,000
37,500
38,000
38,500
39,000
39,500
40,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-33

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 0 0 17,500 20,100 21,700
2,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 19,500 21,100
3,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,400 20,700
3,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,100 20,500
4,000 0 0 0 18,000 20,400
4,500 0 NO FIRING 0 0 17,900 20,400
CONSTRAINT
5,000 0 (10 KM MIN RANGE) 0 0 18,000 20,400
5,500 0 0 0 18,100 20,500
6,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,200 20,600
6,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,400 20,700
7,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,600 20,800
7,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,900 20,900
8,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 19,500 21,100
8,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 19,700 21,300
9,000 0 0 0 0 0 17,500 19,900 21,500
9,500 0 0 0 0 0 17,700 20,100 21,600
10,000 0 0 0 0 0 18,000 20,300 21,900
10,500 0 0 0 0 17,400 18,300 20,500 22,100
11,000 0 0 0 0 17,700 18,600 20,800 22,300
11,500 0 0 0 0 18,000 19,400 21,000 22,500
12,000 0 0 0 17,500 18,300 19,800 21,300 22,700
12,500 0 0 0 17,800 18,700 20,100 21,500 23,000
13,000 0 0 15,500 18,200 19,500 20,300 21,800 23,200
13,500 0 0 17,700 18,500 19,900 20,600 22,100 23,500
14,000 15,400 15,500 18,100 19,100 20,200 20,900 22,400 23,800
14,500 15,900 17,700 18,400 19,800 20,500 21,300 22,700 24,100
15,000 16,000 18,100 18,900 20,100 20,900 21,600 23,000 24,300
15,500 17,700 18,400 19,700 20,500 21,200 22,000 23,400 24,600
16,000 18,100 18,900 20,100 20,900 21,600 22,300 23,700 24,900
16,500 18,500 19,800 20,500 21,200 22,000 22,700 24,000 25,200
17,000 18,900 20,200 20,900 21,600 22,400 23,000 24,300 25,600
G-34 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
17,500 19,900 20,600 21,300 22,100 22,800 23,400 24,700 25,900
18,000 20,300 21,000 21,700 22,500 23,100 23,800 25,000 26,200
18,500 20,700 21,500 22,200 22,900 23,500 24,200 25,400 26,600
19,000 21,200 21,900 22,600 23,300 23,900 24,600 25,700 27,000
19,500 21,700 22,400 23,100 23,700 24,300 24,900 26,100 27,300
20,000 22,200 22,800 23,500 24,100 24,700 25,300 26,500 27,600
20,500 22,600 23,300 23,900 24,600 25,100 25,700 26,900 27,900
21,000 23,100 23,800 24,400 25,000 25,600 26,100 27,300 28,300
21,500 23,600 24,200 24,800 25,400 26,000 26,600 27,700 28,600
22,000 24,100 24,700 25,300 25,800 26,400 27,000 28,000 29,000
22,500 24,600 25,200 25,700 26,300 26,900 27,500 28,400 29,400
23,000 25,100 25,600 26,200 26,800 27,300 27,800 28,800 29,800
23,500 25,600 26,100 26,700 27,300 27,700 28,200 29,200 30,200
24,000 26,000 26,600 27,200 27,700 28,100 28,600 29,600 30,600
24,500 26,600 27,100 27,600 28,000 28,500 29,000 30,000 31,000
25,000 27,100 27,600 28,000 28,500 29,000 29,500 30,500 31,500
25,500 27,600 27,900 28,400 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,900 31,900
26,000 27,900 28,400 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,400 31,300 32,300
26,500 28,400 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,400 30,800 31,800 32,800
27,000 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,400 30,800 31,300 32,200 33,200
27,500 29,400 29,900 30,400 30,800 31,300 31,800 32,700 33,600
28,000 29,900 30,400 30,900 31,300 31,800 32,200 33,200 34,100
28,500 30,400 30,900 31,400 31,800 32,300 32,700 33,600 34,600
29,000 31,000 31,400 31,800 32,300 32,700 33,200 34,100 35,000
29,500 31,500 31,900 32,300 32,800 33,200 33,700 34,600 35,500
30,000 32,000 32,400 32,800 33,300 33,700 34,200 35,100 36,000
30,500 32,500 32,900 33,300 33,800 34,200 34,700 35,500 36,400
31,000 33,000 33,400 33,900 34,300 34,700 35,100 36,000 36,900
31,500 33,500 33,900 34,400 34,800 35,200 35,600 36,500 37,400
32,000 34,000 34,500 34,900 35,300 35,700 36,100 37,000 37,900
32,500 34,600 35,000 35,400 35,800 36,200 36,600 37,500 38,400
33,000 35,100 35,500 35,900 36,300 36,700 37,100 38,000 38,900
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-35

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
33,500 35,600 36,000 36,400 36,800 37,200 37,600 38,500 39,400
34,000 36,100 36,500 36,900 37,300 37,700 38,200 39,000 39,900
34,500 36,600 37,000 37,400 37,800 38,200 38,700 39,500 40,400
35,000 37,200 37,500 37,900 38,400 38,800 39,200 40,000 40,900
35,500 37,700 38,100 38,500 38,900 39,300 39,700 40,500 41,400
36,000 38,200 38,600 39,000 39,400 39,800 40,200 41,000 41,900
36,500 38,700 39,100 39,500 39,900 40,300 40,700 41,500
37,000 39,300 39,600 40,000 40,400 40,800 41,200 42,000
37,500 39,800 40,200 40,500 40,900 41,300 41,700
38,000 40,300 40,700 41,000 41,400 41,800
38,500 40,800 41,200 41,600 41,900
39,000 41,300 41,700
39,500 41,800
40,000
G-36 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 23,100 24,400 25,700 26,900 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,200
2,500 22,600 23,900 25,200 26,500 27,600 28,600 29,700 30,800
3,000 22,300 23,600 24,900 26,200 27,400 28,400 29,500 30,600
3,500 22,100 23,500 24,800 26,000 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,500
4,000 22,000 23,400 24,700 26,000 27,200 28,200 29,300 30,400
4,500 22,000 23,400 24,700 25,900 27,200 28,200 29,300 30,400
5,000 22,000 23,400 24,700 26,000 27,200 28,200 29,300 30,400
5,500 22,000 23,500 24,800 26,000 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,500
6,000 22,100 23,500 24,800 26,100 27,300 28,300 29,500 30,600
6,500 22,200 23,600 24,900 26,200 27,400 28,400 29,500 30,600
7,000 22,300 23,700 25,000 26,300 27,500 28,500 29,600 30,700
7,500 22,500 23,800 25,100 26,400 27,600 28,600 29,700 30,800
8,000 22,600 24,000 25,300 26,500 27,700 28,700 29,800 30,900
8,500 22,800 24,100 25,400 26,700 27,800 28,900 30,000 31,100
9,000 22,900 24,300 25,600 26,800 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,200
9,500 23,100 24,500 25,700 27,000 28,000 29,100 30,200 31,300
10,000 23,300 24,600 25,900 27,100 28,200 29,300 30,400 31,500
10,500 23,500 24,800 26,100 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,600 31,700
11,000 23,700 25,000 26,200 27,500 28,500 29,600 30,700 31,800
11,500 23,900 25,200 26,400 27,600 28,700 29,800 30,900 32,000
12,000 24,100 25,400 26,600 27,800 28,800 30,000 31,100 32,200
12,500 24,300 25,600 26,900 27,900 29,000 30,200 31,300 32,300
13,000 24,600 25,800 27,100 28,100 29,200 30,300 31,400 32,500
13,500 24,800 26,000 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,500 31,600 32,700
14,000 25,000 26,300 27,500 28,500 29,600 30,800 31,900 32,900
14,500 25,300 26,500 27,700 28,700 29,900 31,000 32,100 33,100
15,000 25,600 26,800 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,200 32,300 33,400
15,500 25,800 27,100 28,100 29,200 30,300 31,400 32,500 33,600
16,000 26,100 27,400 28,300 29,500 30,600 31,700 32,700 33,800
16,500 26,500 27,600 28,600 29,700 30,800 31,900 33,000 34,100
17,000 26,800 27,800 28,900 30,000 31,100 32,100 33,200 34,300
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-37

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
17,500 27,100 28,100 29,200 30,200 31,300 32,400 33,500 34,600
18,000 27,400 28,400 29,500 30,500 31,600 32,700 33,700 34,800
18,500 27,700 28,700 29,800 30,800 31,800 32,900 34,000 35,100
19,000 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,100 32,200 33,200 34,300 35,300
19,500 28,300 29,300 30,400 31,400 32,500 33,500 34,600 35,600
20,000 28,600 29,700 30,700 31,800 32,800 33,800 34,800 35,900
20,500 29,000 30,000 31,100 32,100 33,100 34,100 35,100 36,200
21,000 29,300 30,400 31,400 32,400 33,500 34,500 35,500 36,500
21,500 29,700 30,700 31,800 32,800 33,800 34,800 35,800 36,800
22,000 30,100 31,100 32,100 33,100 34,100 35,100 36,200 37,200
22,500 30,400 31,500 32,500 33,500 34,500 35,500 36,500 37,500
23,000 30,800 31,800 32,800 33,900 34,900 35,900 36,900 37,900
23,500 31,200 32,200 33,200 34,200 35,200 36,200 37,300 38,300
24,000 31,600 32,600 33,600 34,600 35,600 36,600 37,600 38,700
24,500 32,000 33,000 34,000 35,000 36,000 37,000 38,000 39,000
25,000 32,400 33,400 34,400 35,400 36,400 37,400 38,400 39,400
25,500 32,900 33,800 34,800 35,800 36,800 37,800 38,800 39,800
26,000 33,300 34,300 35,200 36,200 37,200 38,200 39,200 40,200
26,500 33,700 34,700 35,600 36,600 37,600 38,600 39,600 40,600
27,000 34,200 35,100 36,100 37,000 38,000 39,000 40,000 41,100
27,500 34,600 35,500 36,500 37,500 38,500 39,500 40,500 41,500
28,000 35,000 36,000 36,900 37,900 38,900 39,900 40,900 41,900
28,500 35,500 36,400 37,400 38,400 39,300 40,300 41,300
29,000 35,900 36,900 37,800 38,800 39,800 40,800 41,800
29,500 36,400 37,300 38,300 39,300 40,200 41,200
30,000 36,900 37,800 38,800 39,700 40,700 41,700
30,500 37,300 38,300 39,200 40,200 41,100
31,000 37,800 38,800 39,700 40,600 41,600
31,500 38,300 39,200 40,200 41,100
32,000 38,800 39,700 40,600 41,600
32,500 39,300 40,200 41,100
G-38 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
33,000 39,800 40,700 41,600
33,500 40,300 41,200
34,000 40,700 41,700
34,500 41,200
35,000 41,700
35,500
36,000
36,500
37,000
37,500
38,000
38,500
39,000
39,500
40,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-39

Appendix G
Table G-9. M26A1/A2 Minimum Planning Range to Clear a Crest (ALT: 1,200 m ASL)
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 0 0 17,500 20,100 21,700
2,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 19,500 21,100
3,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,400 20,700
3,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,100 20,500
4,000 0 0 0 18,000 20,400
4,500 0 NO FIRING 0 0 17,900 20,400
CONSTRAINT
5,000 0 (10 KM MIN RANGE) 0 0 18,000 20,400
5,500 0 0 0 18,100 20,500
6,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,200 20,600
6,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,400 20,700
7,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,600 20,800
7,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 18,900 20,900
8,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 19,500 21,100
8,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 19,700 21,300
9,000 0 0 0 0 0 17,500 19,900 21,500
9,500 0 0 0 0 0 17,700 20,100 21,600
10,000 0 0 0 0 0 18,000 20,300 21,900
10,500 0 0 0 0 17,400 18,300 20,500 22,100
11,000 0 0 0 0 17,700 18,600 20,800 22,300
11,500 0 0 0 0 18,000 19,400 21,000 22,500
12,000 0 0 0 17,500 18,300 19,800 21,300 22,700
12,500 0 0 0 17,800 18,700 20,100 21,500 23,000
13,000 0 0 15,500 18,200 19,500 20,300 21,800 23,200
13,500 0 0 17,700 18,500 19,900 20,600 22,100 23,500
14,000 15,400 15,500 18,100 19,100 20,200 20,900 22,400 23,800
14,500 15,900 17,700 18,400 19,800 20,500 21,300 22,700 24,100
15,000 16,000 18,100 18,900 20,100 20,900 21,600 23,000 24,300
15,500 17,700 18,400 19,700 20,500 21,200 22,000 23,400 24,600
16,000 18,100 18,900 20,100 20,900 21,600 22,300 23,700 24,900
16,500 18,500 19,800 20,500 21,200 22,000 22,700 24,000 25,200
17,000 18,900 20,200 20,900 21,600 22,400 23,000 24,300 25,600
G-40 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
17,500 19,900 20,600 21,300 22,100 22,800 23,400 24,700 25,900
18,000 20,300 21,000 21,700 22,500 23,100 23,800 25,000 26,200
18,500 20,700 21,500 22,200 22,900 23,500 24,200 25,400 26,600
19,000 21,200 21,900 22,600 23,300 23,900 24,600 25,700 27,000
19,500 21,700 22,400 23,100 23,700 24,300 24,900 26,100 27,300
20,000 22,200 22,800 23,500 24,100 24,700 25,300 26,500 27,600
20,500 22,600 23,300 23,900 24,600 25,100 25,700 26,900 27,900
21,000 23,100 23,800 24,400 25,000 25,600 26,100 27,300 28,300
21,500 23,600 24,200 24,800 25,400 26,000 26,600 27,700 28,600
22,000 24,100 24,700 25,300 25,800 26,400 27,000 28,000 29,000
22,500 24,600 25,200 25,700 26,300 26,900 27,500 28,400 29,400
23,000 25,100 25,600 26,200 26,800 27,300 27,800 28,800 29,800
23,500 25,600 26,100 26,700 27,300 27,700 28,200 29,200 30,200
24,000 26,000 26,600 27,200 27,700 28,100 28,600 29600 30,600
24,500 26,600 27,100 27,600 28,000 28,500 29,000 30,000 31,000
25,000 27,100 27,600 28,000 28,500 29,000 29,500 30,500 31,500
25,500 27,600 27,900 28,400 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,900 31,900
26,000 27,900 28,400 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,400 31,300 32,300
26,500 28,400 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,400 30,800 31,800 32,800
27,000 28,900 29,400 29,900 30,400 30,800 31,300 32,200 33,200
27,500 29,400 29,900 30,400 30,800 31,300 31,800 32,700 33,600
28,000 29,900 30,400 30,900 31,300 31,800 32,200 33,200 34,100
28,500 30,400 30,900 31,400 31,800 32,300 32,700 33,600 34,600
29,000 31,000 31,400 31,800 32,300 32,700 33,200 34,100 35,000
29,500 31,500 31,900 32,300 32,800 33,200 33,700 34,600 35,500
30,000 32,000 32,400 32,800 33,300 33,700 34,200 35,100 36,000
30,500 32,500 32,900 33,300 33,800 34,200 34,700 35,500 36,400
31,000 33,000 33,400 33,900 34,300 34,700 35,100 36,000 36,900
31,500 33,500 33,900 34,400 34,800 35,200 35,600 36,500 37,400
32,000 34,000 34,500 34,900 35,300 35,700 36,100 37,000 37,900
32,500 34,600 35,000 35,400 35,800 36,200 36,600 37,500 38,400
33,000 35,100 35,500 35,900 36,300 36,700 37,100 38,000 38,900
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-41

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
33,500 35,600 36,000 36,400 36,800 37,200 37,600 38,500 39,400
34,000 36,100 36,500 36,900 37,300 37,700 38,200 39,000 39,900
34,500 36,600 37,000 37,400 37,800 38,200 38,700 39,500 40,400
35,000 37,200 37,500 37,900 38,400 38,800 39,200 40,000 40,900
35,500 37,700 38,100 38,500 38,900 39,300 39,700 40,500 41,400
36,000 38,200 38,600 39,000 39,400 39,800 40,200 41,000 41,900
36,500 38,700 39,100 39,500 39,900 40,300 40,700 41,500
37,000 39,300 39,600 40,000 40,400 40,800 41,200 42,000
37,500 39,800 40,200 40,500 40,900 41,300 41,700
38,000 40,300 40,700 41,000 41,400 41,800
38,500 40,800 41,200 41,600 41,900
39,000 41,300 41,700
39,500 41,800
40,000
G-42 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 23,100 24,400 25,700 26,900 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,200
2,500 22,600 23,900 25,200 26,500 27,600 28,600 29,700 30,800
3,000 22,300 23,600 24,900 26,200 27,400 28,400 29,500 30,600
3,500 22,100 23,500 24,800 26,000 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,500
4,000 22,000 23,400 24,700 26,000 27,200 28,200 29,300 30,400
4,500 22,000 23,400 24,700 25,900 27,200 28,200 29,300 30,400
5,000 22,000 23,400 24,700 26,000 27,200 28,200 29,300 30,400
5,500 22,000 23,500 24,800 26,000 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,500
6,000 22,100 23,500 24,800 26,100 27,300 28,300 29,500 30,600
6,500 22,200 23,600 24,900 26,200 27,400 28,400 29,500 30,600
7,000 22,300 23,700 25,000 26,300 27,500 28,500 29,600 30,700
7,500 22,500 23,800 25,100 26,400 27,600 28,600 29,700 30,800
8,000 22,600 24,000 25,300 26,500 27,700 28,700 29,800 30,900
8,500 22,800 24,100 25,400 26,700 27,800 28,900 30,000 31,100
9,000 22,900 24,300 25,600 26,800 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,200
9,500 23,100 24,500 25,700 27,000 28,000 29,100 30,200 31,300
10,000 23,300 24,600 25,900 27,100 28,200 29,300 30,400 31,500
10,500 23,500 24,800 26,100 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,600 31,700
11,000 23,700 25,000 26,200 27,500 28,500 29,600 30,700 31,800
11,500 23,900 25,200 26,400 27,600 28,700 29,800 30,900 32,000
12,000 24,100 25,400 26,600 27,800 28,800 30,000 31,100 32,200
12,500 24,300 25,600 26,900 27,900 29,000 30,200 31,300 32,300
13,000 24,600 25,800 27,100 28,100 29,200 30,300 31,400 32,500
13,500 24,800 26,000 27,300 28,300 29,400 30,500 31,600 32,700
14,000 25,000 26,300 27,500 28,500 29,600 30,800 31,900 32,900
14,500 25,300 26,500 27,700 28,700 29,900 31,000 32,100 33,100
15,000 25,600 26,800 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,200 32,300 33,400
15,500 25,800 27,100 28,100 29,200 30,300 31,400 32,500 33,600
16,000 26,100 27,400 28,300 29,500 30,600 31,700 32,700 33,800
16,500 26,500 27,600 28,600 29,700 30,800 31,900 33,000 34,100
17,000 26,800 27,800 28,900 30,000 31,100 32,100 33,200 34,300
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-43

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
17,500 27,100 28,100 29,200 30,200 31,300 32,400 33,500 34,600
18,000 27,400 28,400 29,500 30,500 31,600 32,700 33,700 34,800
18,500 27,700 28,700 29,800 30,800 31,800 32,900 34,000 35,100
19,000 27,900 29,000 30,100 31,100 32,200 33,200 34,300 35,300
19,500 28,300 29,300 30,400 31,400 32,500 33,500 34,600 35,600
20,000 28,600 29,700 30,700 31,800 32,800 33,800 34,800 35,900
20,500 29,000 30,000 31,100 32,100 33,100 34,100 35,100 36,200
21,000 29,300 30,400 31,400 32,400 33,500 34,500 35,500 36,500
21,500 29,700 30,700 31,800 32,800 33,800 34,800 35,800 36,800
22,000 30,100 31,100 32,100 33,100 34,100 35,100 36,200 37,200
22,500 30,400 31,500 32,500 33,500 34,500 35,500 36,500 37,500
23,000 30,800 31,800 32,800 33,900 34,900 35,900 36,900 37,900
23,500 31,200 32,200 33,200 34,200 35,200 36,200 37,300 38,300
24,000 31,600 32,600 33,600 34,600 35,600 36,600 37,600 38,700
24,500 32,000 33,000 34,000 35,000 36,000 37,000 38,000 39,000
25,000 32,400 33,400 34,400 35,400 36,400 37,400 38,400 39,400
25,500 32,900 33,800 34,800 35,800 36,800 37,800 38,800 39,800
26,000 33,300 34,300 35,200 36,200 37,200 38,200 39,200 40,200
26,500 33,700 34,700 35,600 36,600 37,600 38,600 39,600 40,600
27,000 34,200 35,100 36,100 37,000 38,000 39,000 40,000 41,100
27,500 34,600 35,500 36,500 37,500 38,500 39,500 40,500 41,500
28,000 35,000 36,000 36,900 37,900 38,900 39,900 40,900 41,900
28,500 35,500 36,400 37,400 38,400 39,300 40,300 41,300
29,000 35,900 36,900 37,800 38,800 39,800 40,800 41,800
29,500 36,400 37,300 38,300 39,300 40,200 41,200
30,000 36,900 37,800 38,800 39,700 40,700 41,700
30,500 37,300 38,300 39,200 40,200 41,100
31,000 37,800 38,800 39,700 40,600 41,600
31,500 38,300 39,200 40,200 41,100
32,000 38,800 39,700 40,600 41,600
32,500 39,300 40,200 41,100
G-44 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
33,000 39,800 40,700 41,600
33,500 40,300 41,200
34,000 40,700 41,700
34,500 41,200
35,000 41,700
35,500
36,000
36,500
37,000
37,500
38,000
38,500
39,000
39,500
40,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-45

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
2,000 0 0 0 0 0 19,100 22,300 24,200
2,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 21,500 23,500
3,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 20,300 23,000
3,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 20,000 22,800
4,000 0 0 0 0 0
4,500 0 NO FIRING 0 0 0 0
CONSTRAINT
5,000 0 (10 KM MIN RANGE) 0 0 0 0
5,500 0 0 0 0 0
6,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 19,900 22,700
6,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 20,100 22,800
7,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 20,300 23,000
7,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 20,500 23,100
8,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 20,900 23,300
8,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 21,500 23,500
9,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 21,700 23,700
9,500 0 0 0 0 0 19,000 21,900 23,900
10,000 0 0 0 0 0 19,300 22,200 24,100
10,500 0 0 0 0 0 19,600 22,400 24,300
11,000 0 0 0 0 0 19,900 22,600 24,500
11,500 0 0 0 0 19,200 20,300 22,900 24,800
12,000 0 0 0 0 19,500 20,800 23,200 25,000
12,500 0 0 0 0 19,800 21,500 23,400 25,200
13,000 0 0 0 19,100 20,200 21,800 23,700 25,500
13,500 0 0 0 19,500 20,700 22,200 24,000 25,800
14,000 15,400 15,400 15,500 19,900 21,500 22,500 24,300 26,000
14,500 15,900 15,900 19,300 20,300 21,900 22,800 24,600 26,300
15,000 16,400 16,400 19,700 20,900 22,200 23,200 25,000 26,600
15,500 16,900 19,100 20,100 21,600 22,600 23,500 25,300 27,000
16,000 17,400 19,500 20,600 22,000 23,000 23,900 25,600 27,300
16,500 18,000 19,900 21,400 22,400 23,400 24,300 25,900 27,600
17,000 19,400 20,400 21,900 22,800 23,700 24,600 26,300 28,000
G-46 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
17,500 19,900 21,000 22,300 23,200 24,100 25,000 26,700 28,200
18,000 20,300 21,800 22,700 23,600 24,500 25,400 27,100 28,400
18,500 20,900 22,200 23,200 24,100 24,900 25,800 27,400 28,700
19,000 21,700 22,700 23,600 24,500 25,300 26,200 27,800 29,100
19,500 22,200 23,100 24,000 24,900 25,700 26,600 28,100 29,400
20,000 22,700 23,600 24,500 25,300 26,100 27,000 28,400 29,800
20,500 23,200 24,100 24,900 25,700 26,600 27,400 28,700 30,100
21,000 23,700 24,500 25,400 26,200 27,000 27,800 29,100 30,500
21,500 24,100 25,000 25,800 26,600 27,500 28,100 29,400 30,800
22,000 24,600 25,500 26,300 27,100 27,900 28,400 29,800 31,200
22,500 25,100 25,900 26,800 27,600 28,200 28,800 30,200 31,600
23,000 25,600 26,400 27,300 28,000 28,500 29,200 30,600 32,000
23,500 26,100 26,900 27,700 28,300 29,000 29,700 31,000 32,400
24,000 26,700 27,500 28,100 28,700 29,400 30,100 31,400 32,800
24,500 27,200 28,000 28,400 29,100 29,800 30,500 31,800 33,200
25,000 27,700 28,300 28,900 29,600 30,300 30,900 32,300 33,600
25,500 28,100 28,700 29,400 30,000 30,700 31,400 32,700 34,000
26,000 28,500 29,200 29,800 30,500 31,200 31,800 33,100 34,400
26,500 29,000 29,600 30,300 31,000 31,600 32,300 33,500 34,800
27,000 29,500 30,100 30,800 31,400 32,100 32,700 34,000 35,300
27,500 30,000 30,600 31,300 31,900 32,500 33,200 34,400 35,700
28,000 30,500 31,100 31,700 32,400 33,000 33,600 34,900 36,100
28,500 31,000 31,600 32,200 32,800 33,500 34,100 35,300 36,600
29,000 31,500 32,100 32,700 33,300 33,900 34,600 35,800 37,000
29,500 32,000 32,600 33,200 33,800 34,400 35,000 36,200 37,500
30,000 32,500 33,100 33,700 34,300 34,900 35,500 36,700 37,900
30,500 33,000 33,600 34,200 34,800 35,400 36,000 37,200 38,400
31,000 33,500 34,100 34,700 35,300 35,900 36,400 37,600 38,800
31,500 34,000 34,600 35,200 35,800 36,300 36,900 38,100 39,300
32,000 34,500 35,100 35,700 36,200 36,800 37,400 38,600 39,800
32,500 35,000 35,600 36,200 36,700 37,300 37,900 39,100 40,200
33,000 35,500 36,100 36,700 37,200 37,800 38,400 39,500 40,700
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-47

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
33,500 36,100 36,600 37,200 37,700 38,300 38,900 40,000 41,200
34,000 36,600 37,100 37,700 38,200 38,800 39,400 40,500 41,700
34,500 37,100 37,600 38,200 38,700 39,300 39,900 41,000
35,000 37,600 38,200 38,700 39,300 39,800 40,400 41,500
35,500 38,100 38,700 39,200 39,800 40,300 40,900 42,000
36,000 38,700 39,200 39,700 40,300 40,800 41,300
36,500 39,200 39,700 40,200 40,800 41,300 41,800
37,000 39,700 40,200 40,700 41,300 41,800
37,500 40,200 40,700 41,200 41,800
38,000 40,700 41,200 41,700
38,500 41,200 41,700
39,000 41,700
39,500
40,000
G-48 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
2,000 25,900 27,700 29,000 30,400 31,900 33,300 34600 36,000
2,500 25,300 27,000 28,400 29,900 31,300 32,700 34,100 35,500
3,000 24,900 26,600 28,200 29,500 31,000 32,400 33,800 35,200
3,500 24,600 26,400 28,000 29,400 30,800 32,200 33,700 35,000
4,000 24,500 26,300 28,000 29,300 30,700 32,200 33,600 35,000
4,500 24,500 26,200 27,900 29,200 30,700 32,100 33,500 34,900
5,000 24,500 26,200 27,900 29,200 30,700 32,100 33,500 34,900
5,500 24,500 26,300 28,000 29,300 30,700 32,200 33,600 35,000
6,000 24,600 26,300 28,000 29,300 30,800 32,200 33,700 35,000
6,500 24,700 26,400 28,100 29,400 30,900 32,300 33,700 35,100
7,000 24,800 26,600 28,200 29,500 31,000 32,400 33,800 35,200
7,500 25,000 26,700 28,200 29,600 31,100 32,500 34,000 35,300
8,000 25,100 26,900 28,300 29,800 31,200 32,700 34,100 35,500
8,500 25,300 27,000 28,400 29,900 31,400 32,800 34,200 35,600
9,000 25,500 27,200 28,600 30,100 31,500 33,000 34,400 35,800
9,500 25,600 27,400 28,700 30,200 31,700 33,100 34,500 35,900
10,000 25,800 27,600 28,900 30,400 31,900 33,300 34,700 36,100
10,500 26,000 27,800 29,100 30,600 32,000 33,400 34,800 36,200
11,000 26,300 28,000 29,300 30,800 32,200 33,600 35,000 36,400
11,500 26,500 28,100 29,500 31,000 32,400 33,800 35,200 36,600
12,000 26,700 28,300 29,700 31,200 32,600 34,000 35,400 36,800
12,500 27,000 28,400 29,900 31,400 32,800 34,200 35,600 37,000
13,000 27,200 28,600 30,100 31,600 33,000 34,400 35,800 37,200
13,500 27,500 28,800 30,300 31,800 33,200 34,600 36,000 37,400
14,000 27,800 29,100 30,600 32,000 33,400 34,800 36,200 37,600
14,500 28,000 29,300 30,800 32,200 33,700 35,100 36,500 37,800
15,000 28,200 29,600 31,000 32,500 33,900 35,300 36,700 38,100
15,500 28,400 29,800 31,300 32,700 34,100 35,500 36,900 38,300
16,000 28,600 30,100 31,500 33,000 34,400 35,800 37,200 38,500
16,500 28,900 30,400 31,800 33,200 34,600 36,000 37,400 38,800
17,000 29,200 30,600 32,100 33,500 34,900 36,300 37,700 39,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-49

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
17,500 29,500 30,900 32,300 33,700 35,100 36,500 37,900 39,300
18,000 29,800 31,200 32,600 34,000 35,400 36,800 38,200 39,600
18,500 30,100 31,500 32,900 34,300 35,700 37,100 38,400 39,800
19,000 30,500 31,900 33,200 34,600 36,000 37,300 38,700 40,100
19,500 30,800 32,200 33,500 34,900 36,200 37,600 39,000 40,400
20,000 31,100 32,500 33,800 35,200 36,500 37,900 39,300 40,700
20,500 31,500 32,800 34,200 35,500 36,800 38,200 39,600 41,000
21,000 31,800 33,200 34,500 35,800 37,100 38,500 39,900 41,300
21,500 32,200 33,500 34,900 36,200 37,500 38,800 40,200 41,600
22,000 32,600 33,900 35,200 36,500 37,800 39,100 40,500 41,900
22,500 32,900 34,300 35,600 36,900 38,200 39,500 40,800
23,000 33,300 34,600 35,900 37,200 38,500 39,800 41,100
23,500 33,700 35,000 36,300 37,600 38,900 40,200 41,500
24,000 34,100 35,400 36,700 38,000 39,300 40,600 41,900
24,500 34,500 35,800 37,100 38,300 39,600 40,900
25,000 34,900 36,200 37,400 38,700 40,000 41,300
25,500 35,300 36,600 37,800 39,100 40,400 41,700
26,000 35,700 37,000 38,200 39,500 40,800
26,500 36,100 37,400 38,600 39,900 41,200
27,000 36,500 37,800 39,000 40,300 41,600
27,500 36,900 38,200 39,500 40,700 42,000
28,000 37,400 38,600 39,900 41,100
28,500 37,800 39,100 40,300 41,600
29,000 38,200 39,500 40,700 42,000
29,500 38,700 39,900 41,200
30,000 39,100 40,400 41,600
30,500 39,600 40,800 42,000
31,000 40,100 41,300
31,500 40,500 41,700
32,000 41,000
32,500 41,400
G-50 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
33,000 41,900
33,500
34,000
34,500
35,000
35,500
36,000
36,500
37,000
37,500
38,000
38,500
39,000
39,500
40,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-51

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
1,000 9,300 9,500 9,700 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,800 11,100
1,250 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,000 10,400 10,800
1,500 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,700 10,200 10,600
1,750 8,200 8,500 8,800 9,100 9,300 9,600 10,000 10,400
2,000 8,000 8,400 8,700 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,900 10,300
2,250 7,900 8,200 8,500 8,800 9,100 9,400 9,800 10,300
2,500 7,800 8,200 8,500 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,800 10,200
2,750 0 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,700 10,200
3,000 0 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,200 9,700 10,200
3,250 0 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,200 9,700 10,200
3,500 0 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,700 10,200
3,750 0 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,800 10,200
4,000 8,000 8,200 8,500 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,800 10,200
4,250 8,100 8,300 8,600 8,800 9,100 9,300 9,800 10,300
4,500 8,200 8,400 8,700 8,900 9,100 9,400 9,900 10,300
4,750 8,300 8,500 8,800 9,000 9,200 9,400 9,900 10,400
5,000 8,400 8,700 8,900 9,100 9,300 9,500 10,000 10,400
5,250 8,600 8,800 9,000 9,200 9,500 9,700 10,100 10,500
5,500 8,700 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,600 9,800 10,200 10,600
5,750 8,800 9,100 9,300 9,500 9,700 9,900 10,300 10,600
6,000 9,000 9,200 9,400 9,600 9,800 10,000 10,400 10,800
6,250 9,200 9,400 9,600 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,500 10,900
6,500 9,300 9,500 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,700 11,000
6,750 9,500 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,400 10,800 11,100
7,000 9,700 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,600 10,900 11,300
7,250 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,600 10,700 11,100 11,400
7,500 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,200 11,500
7,750 10,200 10,400 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,000 11,400 11,700
8,000 10,400 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,000 11,200 11,500 11,800
8,250 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,000 11,200 11,400 11,700 12,000
8,500 10,700 10,900 11,100 11,200 11,400 11,500 11,800 12,100
G-52 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
8,750 10,900 11,100 11,200 11,400 11,500 11,700 12,000 12,300
9,000 11,100 11,300 11,400 11,600 11,700 11,900 12,200 12,500
9,250 11,300 11,400 11,600 11,700 11,900 12,000 12,300 12,600
9,500 11,500 11,600 11,800 11,900 12,100 12,200 12,500 12,800
9,750 11,700 11,800 12,000 12,100 12,300 12,400 12,700 13,000
10,000 11,900 12,000 12,100 12,300 12,400 12,600 12,900 13,100
10,250 12,100 12,200 12,400 12,500 12,600 12,800 13,000 13,300
10,500 12,300 12,400 12,600 12,700 12,800 13,000 13,200 13,500
10,750 12,500 12,600 12,800 12,900 13,000 13,200 13,400 13,700
11,000 12,700 12,800 13,000 13,100 13,200 13,400 13,600 13,800
11,250 12,900 13,000 13,200 13,300 13,400 13,600 13,800 14,000
11,500 13,100 13,300 13,400 13,500 13,600 13,800 14,000 14,200
11,750 13,300 13,500 13,600 13,700 13,800 14,000 14,200 14,400
12,000 13,600 13,700 13,800 13,900 14,000 14,200 14,400 14,600
12,250 13,800 13,900 14,000 14,100 14,300 14,400 14,600 14,800
12,500 14,000 14,100 14,200 14,400 14,500 14,600 14,800
12,750 14,200 14,300 14,500 14,600 14,700 14,800
13,000 14,500 14,600 14,700 14,800
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-53

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
1,000 11,500 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 12,900 13,200 13,400
1,250 11,200 11,500 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,200
1,500 11,000 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,800 13,100
1,750 10,800 11,200 11,500 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,700 13,000
2,000 10,700 11,100 11,500 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000
2,250 10,700 11,000 11,400 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900
2,500 10,600 11,000 11,400 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900
2,750 10,600 11,000 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900
3,000 10,600 11,000 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900
3,250 10,600 11,000 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900
3,500 10,600 11,000 11,400 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900
3,750 10,600 11,000 11,400 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900
4,000 10,700 11,000 11,400 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000
4,250 10,700 11,100 11,400 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000
4,500 10,700 11,100 11,500 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000
4,750 10,800 11,200 11,500 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100
5,000 10,800 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100
5,250 10,900 11,300 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
5,500 11,000 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
5,750 11,000 11,400 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300
6,000 11,100 11,500 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,300
6,250 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400
6,500 11,300 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500
6,750 11,500 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,500
7,000 11,600 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,300 13,600
7,250 11,700 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,100 13,400 13,700
7,500 11,900 12,200 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,200 13,500 13,800
7,750 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,100 13,400 13,600 13,800
8,000 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,200 13,500 13,700 13,900
8,250 12,300 12,600 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,600 13,800 14,100
8,500 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,200 13,500 13,700 14,000 14,200
G-54 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
8,750 12,600 12,900 13,100 13,400 13,600 13,900 14,100 14,300
9,000 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,500 13,800 14,000 14,200 14,400
9,250 12,900 13,200 13,400 13,700 13,900 14,100 14,300 14,600
9,500 13,100 13,300 13,600 13,800 14,000 14,300 14,500 14,700
9,750 13,200 13,500 13,700 14,000 14,200 14,400 14,600 14,800
10,000 13,400 13,600 13,900 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,700
10,250 13,600 13,800 14,000 14,300 14,500 14,700
10,500 13,700 14,000 14,200 14,400 14,600 14,800
10,750 13,900 14,100 14,400 14,600 14,800
11,000 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,700
11,250 14,300 14,500 14,700
11,500 14,400 14,700 14,800
11,750 14,600 14,800
12,000 14,800
12,250
12,500
12,750
13,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-55

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
1,000 9,400 9,700 9,900 10,200 10,400 10,600 11,000 11,400
1,250 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,700 10,000 10,200 10,600 11,000
1,500 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,700 9,900 10,400 10,800
1,750 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,200 9,500 9,700 10,200 10,600
2,000 8,200 8,500 8,800 9,100 9,400 9,600 10,100 10,500
2,250 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,500 10,000 10,500
2,500 8,000 8,300 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,500 10,000 10,400
2,750 7,900 8,300 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,900 10,400
3,000 7,900 8,200 8,600 8,900 9,100 9,400 9,900 10,400
3,250 7,900 8,200 8,600 8,900 9,100 9,400 9,900 10,400
3,500 7,900 8,200 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,900 10,400
3,750 8,000 8,300 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,900 10,400
4,000 8,100 8,300 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,500 10,000 10,400
4,250 8,200 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,200 9,500 10,000 10,500
4,500 8,300 8,600 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,600 10,100 10,500
4,750 8,400 8,700 8,900 9,100 9,400 9,600 10,100 10,600
5,000 8,500 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,700 10,200 10,600
5,250 8,700 8,900 9,100 9,400 9,600 9,800 10,200 10,700
5,500 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,700 9,900 10,300 10,700
5,750 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,600 9,800 10,000 10,400 10,800
6,000 9,100 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,600 10,900
6,250 9,200 9,500 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,700 11,100
6,500 9,400 9,600 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,800 11,200
6,750 9,600 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,600 10,900 11,300
7,000 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,500 10,700 11,100 11,400
7,250 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,200 11,600
7,500 10,100 10,300 10,500 10,700 10,800 11,000 11,400 11,700
7,750 10,300 10,400 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,200 11,500 11,800
8,000 10,400 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,200 11,300 11,700 12,000
8,250 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,100 11,300 11,500 11,800 12,100
8,500 10,800 11,000 11,100 11,300 11,500 11,600 12,000 12,300
G-56 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
8,750 11,000 11,200 11,300 11,500 11,600 11,800 12,100 12,400
9,000 11,200 11,300 11,500 11,700 11,800 12,000 12,300 12,600
9,250 11,400 11,500 11,700 11,800 12,000 12,100 12,500 12,800
9,500 11,500 11,700 11,900 12,000 12,200 12,300 12,600 12,900
9,750 11,700 11,900 12,000 12,200 12,400 12,500 12,800 13,100
10,000 11,900 12,100 12,200 12,400 12,600 12,700 13,000 13,300
10,250 12,100 12,300 12,400 12,600 12,700 12,900 13,200 13,500
10,500 12,300 12,500 12,600 12,800 12,900 13,100 13,400 13,600
10,750 12,500 12,700 12,800 13,000 13,100 13,300 13,500 13,800
11,000 12,800 12,900 13,100 13,200 13,300 13,500 13,700 14,000
11,250 13,000 13,100 13,300 13,400 13,500 13,700 13,900 14,200
11,500 13,200 13,300 13,500 13,600 13,700 13,900 14,100 14,400
11,750 13,400 13,500 13,700 13,800 13,900 14,100 14,300 14,500
12,000 13,600 13,800 13,900 14,000 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,700
12,250 13,900 14,000 14,100 14,200 14,300 14,500 14,700
12,500 14,100 14,200 14,300 14,400 14,600 14,700
12,750 14,300 14,400 14,500 14,600 14,800
13,000 14,500 14,600 14,700
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-57

Appendix G
Range to
Angle of Site to Crest (mil) ALT: 400 ASL
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
1,000 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,200 13,500 13,800
1,250 11,400 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,500
1,500 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400
1,750 11,100 11,400 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300
2,000 11,000 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300
2,250 10,900 11,300 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
2,500 10,800 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
2,750 10,800 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
3,000 10,800 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
3,250 10,800 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
3,500 10,800 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
3,750 10,800 11,200 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
4,000 10,900 11,300 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200
4,250 10,900 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300
4,500 10,900 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300
4,750 11,000 11,400 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,300
5,000 11,000 11,400 11,800 12,100 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400
5,250 11,100 11,500 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400
5,500 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500
5,750 11,200 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,500
6,000 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600
6,250 11,400 11,800 12,100 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700
6,500 11,500 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,700
6,750 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800
7,000 11,800 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,900
7,250 11,900 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700 14,000
7,500 12,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,000
7,750 12,200 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,100
8,000 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,700 14,000 14,200
8,250 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,800 14,100 14,300
8,500 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,200 14,500
G-58 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
8,750 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,800 14,100 14,300 14,600
9,000 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,700 14,000 14,200 14,500 14,700
9,250 13,100 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,100 14,400 14,600 14,800
9,500 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,000 14,300 14,500 14,700
9,750 13,400 13,600 13,900 14,200 14,400 14,600
10,000 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,800
10,250 13,700 14,000 14,200 14,500 14,700
10,500 13,900 14,100 14,400 14,600 14,800
10,750 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,800
11,000 14,200 14,500 14,700
11,250 14,400 14,600
11,500 14,600 14,800
11,750 14,800
12,000
12,250
12,500
12,750
13,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-59

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
1,000 9,600 9,900 10,100 10,400 10,600 10,800 11,200 11,600
1,250 9,100 9,400 9,700 9,900 10,200 10,400 10,800 11,300
1,500 8,800 9,100 9,400 9,600 9,900 10,100 10,600 11,000
1,750 8,500 8,800 9,100 9,400 9,700 9,900 10,400 10,900
2,000 8,300 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,300 10,800
2,250 8,200 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,700 10,200 10,700
2,500 8,100 8,500 8,800 9,100 9,400 9,700 10,200 10,600
2,750 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,100 9,300 9,600 10,100 10,600
3,000 0 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,600 10,100 10,600
3,250 0 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,600 10,100 10,600
3,500 0 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,600 10,100 10,600
3,750 8,100 8,400 8,700 9,100 9,300 9,600 10,100 10,600
4,000 8,200 8,400 8,800 9,100 9,400 9,600 10,200 10,600
4,250 8,300 8,500 8,800 9,100 9,400 9,700 10,200 10,700
4,500 8,400 8,700 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,700 10,200 10,700
4,750 8,500 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,300 10,800
5,000 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,600 9,800 10,300 10,800
5,250 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,700 9,900 10,400 10,900
5,500 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,600 9,900 10,100 10,500 10,900
5,750 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,600 11,000
6,000 9,200 9,400 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,700 11,100
6,250 9,300 9,600 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,800 11,200
6,500 9,500 9,700 9,900 10,200 10,400 10,600 11,000 11,300
6,750 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,500 10,700 11,100 11,500
7,000 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,200 11,600
7,250 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,400 11,700
7,500 10,200 10,400 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,100 11,500 11,900
7,750 10,300 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,100 11,300 11,700 12,000
8,000 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,100 11,300 11,400 11,800 12,100
8,250 10,700 10,900 11,100 11,300 11,400 11,600 11,900 12,300
8,500 10,900 11,100 11,200 11,400 11,600 11,800 12,100 12,400
G-60 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
8,750 11,100 11,200 11,400 11,600 11,800 11,900 12,300 12,600
9,000 11,200 11,400 11,600 11,800 11,900 12,100 12,400 12,800
9,250 11,400 11,600 11,800 11,900 12,100 12,300 12,600 12,900
9,500 11,600 11,800 11,900 12,100 12,300 12,500 12,800 13,100
9,750 11,800 12,000 12,100 12,300 12,500 12,600 13,000 13,300
10,000 12,000 12,200 12,300 12,500 12,700 12,800 13,100 13,400
10,250 12,200 12,400 12,500 12,700 12,900 13,000 13,300 13,600
10,500 12,400 12,600 12,700 12,900 13,000 13,200 13,500 13,800
10,750 12,600 12,800 12,900 13,100 13,200 13,400 13,700 14,000
11,000 12,800 13,000 13,100 13,300 13,400 13,600 13,900 14,100
11,250 13,000 13,200 13,300 13,500 13,600 13,800 14,100 14,300
11,500 13,300 13,400 13,600 13,700 13,800 14,000 14,200 14,500
11,750 13,500 13,600 13,800 13,900 14,000 14,200 14,400 14,700
12,000 13,700 13,800 14,000 14,100 14,200 14,400 14,600
12,250 13,900 14,100 14,200 14,300 14,500 14,600 14,800
12,500 14,100 14,300 14,400 14,500 14,700 14,800
12,750 14,400 14,500 14,600 14,700
13,000 14,600 14,700 14,800
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-61

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
1,000 12,000 12,300 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,500 13800 14,100
1,250 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,900
1,500 11,400 11,800 12,100 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700
1,750 11,300 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600
2,000 11,200 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,600
2,250 11,100 11,500 11,900 12,200 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500
2,500 11,100 11,500 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500
2,750 11,000 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500
3,000 11,000 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500
3,250 11,000 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500
3,500 11,000 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500
3,750 11,000 11,500 11,800 12,200 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500
4,000 11,100 11,500 11,900 12,200 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500
4,250 11,100 11,500 11,900 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,300 13,600
4,500 11,100 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,600
4,750 11,200 11,600 12,000 12,300 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600
5,000 11,200 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,700 13,100 13,400 13,700
5,250 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700
5,500 11,400 11,800 12,100 12,500 12,800 13,200 13,500 13,800
5,750 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800
6,000 11,500 11,900 12,300 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,900
6,250 11,600 12,000 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,400 13,700 14,000
6,500 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700 14,000
6,750 11,800 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,100
7,000 11,900 12,300 12,600 12900 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,200
7,250 12,100 12,400 12,700 13,000 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,200
7,500 12,200 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,000 14,300
7,750 12,300 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,800 14,100 14,400
8,000 12,500 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,200 14,500
8,250 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,400 14,600
8,500 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700 13,900 14,200 14,500 14,700
G-62 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
8,750 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,300 14,600 14,800
9,000 13,100 13,400 13,700 13,900 14,200 14,500 14,700
9,250 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,300 14,600 14,800
9,500 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,200 14,500 14,700
9,750 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,400 14,600
10,000 13,700 14,000 14,300 14,500 14,800
10,250 13,900 14,200 14,400 14,700
10,500 14,100 14,300 14,600 14,800
10,750 14,200 14,500 14,700
11,000 14,400 14,700
11,250 14,600 14,800
11,500 14,800
11,750
12,000
12,250
12,500
12,750
13,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-63

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
1,000 9,800 10,100 10,300 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,400 11,800
1,250 9,300 9,600 9,900 10,100 10,400 10,600 11,100 11,500
1,500 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,100 10,300 10,800 11,200
1,750 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,600 9,900 10,100 10,600 11,100
2,000 8,500 8,800 9,200 9,500 9,700 10,000 10,500 11,000
2,250 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,600 9,900 10,400 10,900
2,500 8,300 8,600 9,000 9,300 9,600 9,800 10,400 10,800
2,750 0 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,300 10,800
3,000 0 8,500 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,300 10,800
3,250 0 8,500 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,300 10,800
3,500 0 8,500 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,300 10,800
3,750 0 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,300 10,800
4,000 8,300 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,400 10,800
4,250 8,400 8,700 9,000 9,300 9,600 9,900 10,400 10,900
4,500 8,500 8,800 9,100 9,300 9,600 9,900 10,400 10,900
4,750 8,600 8,900 9,200 9,400 9,700 10,000 10,500 11,000
5,000 8,800 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,000 10,500 11,000
5,250 8,900 9,100 9,400 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,600 11,100
5,500 9,000 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,700 11,100
5,750 9,200 9,400 9,600 9,900 10,100 10,300 10,800 11,200
6,000 9,300 9,500 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,500 10,900 11,300
6,250 9,400 9,700 9,900 10,100 10,400 10,600 11,000 11,400
6,500 9,600 9,800 10,100 10,300 10,500 10,700 11,100 11,500
6,750 9,800 10,000 10,200 10,400 10,600 10,900 11,300 11,600
7,000 9,900 10,100 10,400 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,400 11,800
7,250 10,100 10,300 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,100 11,500 11,900
7,500 10,300 10,500 10,700 10,900 11,100 11,300 11,700 12,000
7,750 10,400 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,200 11,400 11,800 12,200
8,000 10,600 10,800 11,000 11,200 11,400 11,600 11,900 12,300
8,250 10,800 11,000 11,200 11,400 11,500 11,700 12,100 12,500
8,500 11,000 11,200 11,300 11,500 11,700 11,900 12,300 12,600
G-64 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
8,750 11,100 11,300 11,500 11,700 11,900 12,100 12,400 12,800
9,000 11,300 11,500 11,700 11,900 12,000 12,200 12,600 12,900
9,250 11,500 11,700 11,900 12,000 12,200 12,400 12,700 13,100
9,500 11,700 11,900 12,000 12,200 12,400 12,600 12,900 13,200
9,750 11,900 12,100 12,200 12,400 12,600 12,800 13,100 13,400
10,000 12,100 12,300 12,400 12,600 12,800 12,900 13,300 13,600
10,250 12,300 12,500 12,600 12,800 13,000 13,100 13,400 13,800
10,500 12,500 12,700 12,800 13,000 13,200 13,300 13,600 13,900
10,750 12,700 12,900 13,000 13,200 13,400 13,500 13,800 14,100
11,000 12,900 13,100 13,200 13,400 13,500 13,700 14,000 14,300
11,250 13,100 13,300 13,400 13,600 13,700 13,900 14,200 14,500
11,500 13,300 13,500 13,600 13,800 13,900 14,100 14,400 14,700
11,750 13,600 13,700 13,900 14,000 14,100 14,300 14,600 14,800
12,000 13,800 13,900 14,100 14,200 14,300 14,500 14,800
12,250 14,000 14,100 14,300 14,400 14,600 14,700
12,500 14,200 14,300 14,500 14,600 14,800
12,750 14,400 14,600 14,700 14,800
13,000 14,700 14,800
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-65

Appendix G
Range to
Angle of Site to Crest (mil) ALT: 1,200 ASL
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
1,000 12,200 12,600 12,900 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,200 14,400
1,250 11,900 12,300 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,200
1,500 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,400 13,700 14,000
1,750 11,500 11,900 12,300 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,900
2,000 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,600 12,900 13,200 13,600 13,900
2,250 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800
2,500 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,500 12,800 13,200 13,500 13,800
2,750 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,500 13,800
3,000 11,200 11,700 12,000 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,500 13,800
3,250 11,200 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,500 13,800
3,500 11,200 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,800 13,200 13,500 13,800
3,750 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,500 12,800 13,200 13,500 13,800
4,000 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800
4,250 11,300 11,700 12,100 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,600 13,900
4,500 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,600 12,900 13,300 13,600 13,900
4,750 11,400 11,800 12,200 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,900
5,000 11,500 11,900 12,300 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,700 14,000
5,250 11,500 11,900 12,300 12,700 13,100 13,400 13,700 14,000
5,500 11,600 12,000 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,500 13,800 14,100
5,750 11,700 12,100 12,400 12,800 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,100
6,000 11,700 12,100 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,600 13,900 14,200
6,250 11,800 12,200 12,600 13,000 13,300 13,600 14,000 14,300
6,500 11,900 12,300 12,700 13,000 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,300
6,750 12,000 12,400 12,800 13,100 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,400
7,000 12,100 12,500 12,800 13,200 13,500 13,900 14,200 14,500
7,250 12,300 12,600 12,900 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,300 14,500
7,500 12,400 12,700 13,100 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,300 14,600
7,750 12,500 12,900 13,200 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,400 14,700
8,000 12,700 13,000 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,200 14,500 14,800
8,250 12,800 13,100 13,500 13,800 14,100 14,300 14,600
8,500 12,900 13,300 13,600 13,900 14,200 14,500 14,700
G-66 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Angle of Site to Crest (mil) ALT: 1,200 ASL
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
8,750 13,100 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,300 14,600
9,000 13,200 13,600 13,900 14,200 14,400 14,700
9,250 13,400 13,700 14,000 14,300 14,600
9,500 13,600 13,900 14,200 14,400 14,700
9,750 13,700 14,000 14,300 14,600
10,000 13,900 14,200 14,500 14,700
10,250 14,100 14,300 14,600
10,500 14,200 14,500 14,800
10,750 14,400 14,700
11,000 14,600 14,800
11,250 14,700
11,500
11,750
12,000
12,250
12,500
12,750
13,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-67

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
1,000 10,800 11,100 11,400 11,700 11,900 12,200 12,700 13,100
1,250 10,200 10,600 10,900 11,200 11,400 11,700 12,200 12,700
1,500 9,800 10,200 10,500 10,800 11,100 11,400 11,900 12,400
1,750 9,500 9,900 10,200 10,600 10,900 11,200 11,700 12,200
2,000 9,300 9,700 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,000 11,600 12,100
2,250 9,200 9,500 9,900 10,300 10,600 10,900 11,500 12,000
2,500 9,100 9,500 9,800 10,200 10,500 10,800 11,400 11,900
2,750 0 9,400 9,800 10,100 10,400 10,800 11,300 11,900
3,000 0 9,300 9,700 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,300 11,900
3,250 0 9,300 9,700 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,300 11,900
3,500 0 9,300 9,700 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,300 11,900
3,750 0 9,300 9,700 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,300 11,900
4,000 0 9,300 9,700 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,300 11,900
4,250 9,100 9,400 9,800 10,100 10,500 10,800 11,400 11,900
4,500 9,200 9,500 9,800 10,200 10,500 10,800 11,400 12,000
4,750 9,300 9,600 9,900 10,200 10,500 10,900 11,500 12,000
5,000 9,400 9,700 10,000 10,300 10,600 10,900 11,500 12,100
5,250 9,500 9,800 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,000 11,600 12,100
5,500 9,600 9,900 10,200 10,500 10,800 11,000 11,600 12,200
5,750 9,700 10,000 10,300 10,600 10,900 11,100 11,700 12,200
6,000 9,900 10,200 10,400 10,700 11,000 11,300 11,800 12,300
6,250 10,000 10,300 10,600 10,800 11,100 11,400 11,900 12,400
6,500 10,100 10,400 10,700 11,000 11,200 11,500 12,000 12,500
6,750 10,300 10,600 10,800 11,100 11,400 11,600 12,100 12,600
7,000 10,400 10,700 11,000 11,200 11,500 11,700 12,200 12,700
7,250 10,600 10,900 11,100 11,400 11,600 11,900 12,300 12,800
7,500 10,700 11,000 11,300 11,500 11,800 12,000 12,500 12,900
7,750 10,900 11,200 11,400 11,700 11,900 12,100 12,600 13,100
8,000 11,100 11,300 11,600 11,800 12,000 12,300 12,700 13,200
8,250 11,200 11,500 11,700 12,000 12,200 12,400 12,900 13,300
8,500 11,400 11,600 11,900 12,100 12,400 12,600 13,000 13,500
G-68 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
8,750 11,600 11,800 12,000 12,300 12,500 12,700 13,200 13,600
9,000 11,700 12,000 12,200 12,400 12,700 12,900 13,300 13,800
9,250 11,900 12,100 12,400 12,600 12,800 13,100 13,500 13,900
9,500 12,100 12,300 12,600 12,800 13,000 13,200 13,700 14,100
9,750 12,300 12,500 12,700 13,000 13,200 13,400 13,800 14,200
10,000 12,500 12,700 12,900 13,200 13,400 13,600 14,000 14,400
10,250 12,700 12,900 13,100 13,300 13,500 13,800 14,200 14,500
10,500 12,900 13,100 13,300 13,500 13,700 13,900 14,300 14,700
10,750 13,100 13,300 13,500 13,700 13,900 14,100 14,500
11,000 13,300 13,500 13,700 13,900 14,100 14,300 14,700
11,250 13,500 13,700 13,900 14,100 14,300 14,500
11,500 13,700 13,900 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,700
11,750 13,900 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,700
12,000 14,100 14,300 14,500 14,700
12,250 14,300 14,500 14,700
12,500 14,600 14,700
12,750 14,800
13,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-69

Appendix G
Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
1,000 13,600 14,000 14,400 14,800
1,250 13,200 13,600 14,000 14,400 14,800
1,500 12,900 13,400 13,800 14,200 14,600
1,750 12,700 13,200 13,600 14,100 14,500 14,800
2,000 12,600 13,100 13,500 13,900 14,400 14,700
2,250 12,500 13,000 13,400 13,900 14,300 14,700
2,500 12,400 12,900 13,400 13,800 14,200 14,600
2,750 12,400 12,900 13,400 13,800 14,200 14,600
3,000 12,400 12,900 13,300 13,800 14,200 14,600
3,250 12,400 12,900 13,300 13,800 14,200 14,600
3,500 12,400 12,900 13,300 13,800 14,200 14,600
3,750 12,400 12,900 13,300 13,800 14,200 14,600
4,000 12,400 12,900 13,400 13,800 14,200 14,600
4,250 12,400 12,900 13,400 13,800 14,300 14,700
4,500 12,500 13,000 13,400 13,900 14,300 14,700
4,750 12,500 13,000 13,500 13,900 14,300 14,700
5,000 12,600 13,100 13,500 14,000 14,400 14,800
5,250 12,600 13,100 13,600 14,000 14,400 14,800
5,500 12,700 13,200 13,600 14,100 14,500
5,750 12,700 13,200 13,700 14,100 14,500
6,000 12,800 13,300 13,700 14,200 14,600
6,250 12,900 13,400 13,800 14,200 14,700
6,500 13,000 13,400 13,900 14,300 14,700
6,750 13,000 13,500 14,000 14,400 14,800
7,000 13,100 13,600 14,000 14,500
7,250 13,200 13,700 14,100 14,500
7,500 13,400 13,800 14,200 14,600
7,750 13,500 13,900 14,300 14,700
8,000 13,600 14,000 14,400 14,800
8,250 13,700 14,200 14,500
8,500 13,900 14,300 14,700
G-70 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Range to
Crest (m)
120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
8,750 14,000 14,400 14,800
9,000 14,200 14,600
9,250 14,300 14,700
9,500 14,500 14,800
9,750 14,600
10,000 14,800
10,250
10,500
10,750
11,000
11,250
11,500
11,750
12,000
12,250
12,500
12,750
13,000
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 G-71

Appendix H
Firing Safety
Firing safety is always a prime consideration of soldiers and trainers at all levels,
especially when training exercises use live ammunition. Units must be able to
conduct realistic training using live or training ammunition while meeting all safety
requirements. Firing safety procedures are based on the principles of artillery safety
in AR 385-63 and all of the MLRS-specific guidance from TRADOC (see these
publications for details). See FM 3-09.8 (Section V MLRS Safety Procedures Para 2-
85 Pg 2-51) for guidelines to compute MLRS firing safety.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 H-1

Appendix I
Rocket Ballistic Algorithm Solutions
I-1. Conditions: BAV609, sea level standard (no wind). For illustration purposes only.
Table I-1. M26 (Low Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data

Aim Warhead Event Apogee
Payload
Fuze Apogee
Range to Dud QE HOB Time to
Setting Range (m) Altitude Range (m) Time (sec)
Target (m) Fuze (m) (mil) (m) Impact
(sec) (m)
(sec)
10,000 13,772 161.8 14.33 570 9,487 33.3 613 7,614 11.39
10,100 13,772 161.8 14.52 564 9,589 33.3 613 7,614 11.39
10,200 13,772 161.8 14.71 559 9,691 33.3 613 7,614 11.39
10,300 13,772 161.8 14.89 552 9,791 33.3 613 7,614 11.39
10,400 13,772 161.8 15.07 546 9,890 33.2 613 7,614 11.39
10,500 13,772 161.8 15.26 540 9,990 33.2 613 7,614 11.39
10,600 13,772 161.8 15.45 533 10,092 33.2 613 7,614 11.39
10,700 13,772 161.8 15.65 525 10,198 33.1 613 7,614 11.39
10,800 13,772 161.8 15.84 517 10,300 33.1 613 7,614 11.39
10,900 13,772 161.8 16.04 509 10,401 33.0 613 7,614 11.39
11,000 13,772 161.8 16.23 500 10,503 32.9 613 7,614 11.39
11,100 13,772 161.8 16.43 491 10,605 32.9 613 7,614 11.39
11,200 13,772 161.8 16.62 482 10,707 32.8 613 7,614 11.39
11,300 13,772 161.8 16.81 473 10,803 32.7 613 7,614 11.39
11,400 13,772 161.8 17.01 463 10,906 32.6 613 7,614 11.39
11,500 13,772 161.8 17.21 452 11,008 32.4 613 7,614 11.39
11,600 13,809 162.4 17.42 449 11,109 32.5 618 7,613 11.39
11,700 13,877 163.6 17.62 450 11,211 32.7 627 7,916 11.89
11,800 13,944 164.7 17.82 451 11,311 32.9 636 7,915 11.89
11,900 14,012 165.9 18.03 453 11,412 33.1 645 7,914 11.89
12,000 14,081 167.1 18.23 455 11,513 33.3 654 7,913 11.89
12,100 14,151 168.3 18.44 456 11,614 33.6 664 7,913 11.89
12,200 14,221 169.5 18.65 458 11,715 33.8 673 7,912 11.89
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-1

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
12,300 14,290 170.7 18.86 459 11,815 34.0 683 7,911 11.89
12,400 14,363 172.0 19.07 461 11,916 34.2 693 8,218 12.41
12,500 14,433 173.2 19.28 462 12,017 34.4 703 8,217 12.41
12,600 14,504 174.5 19.49 464 12,118 34.6 713 8,206 12.39
12,700 14,578 175.8 19.71 465 12,219 34.9 724 8,205 12.39
12,800 14,649 177.1 19.92 467 12,320 35.1 735 8,204 12.39
12,900 14,723 178.4 20.14 469 12,421 35.3 746 8,203 12.39
13,000 14,797 179.7 20.36 470 12,521 35.5 756 8,496 12.89
13,100 14,870 181.1 20.58 472 12,623 35.8 768 8,494 12.89
13,200 14,944 182.5 20.80 473 12,724 36.0 779 8,493 12.89
13,300 15,019 183.9 21.02 475 12,824 36.2 791 8,492 12.89
13,400 15,094 185.3 21.24 476 12,926 36.4 803 8,491 12.89
13,500 15,173 186.7 21.46 479 13,026 36.7 815 8,489 12.89
13,600 15,251 188.2 21.69 481 13,127 36.9 828 8,777 13.39
13,700 15,328 189.7 21.92 483 13,228 37.2 841 8,776 13.39
13,800 15,408 191.2 22.15 485 13,329 37.4 854 8,775 13.39
13,900 15,486 192.7 22.38 487 13,430 37.7 867 8,782 13.41
14,000 15,566 194.2 22.61 489 13,531 37.9 880 8,781 13.41
14,100 15,645 195.8 22.84 491 13,632 38.2 894 8,779 13.41
14,200 15,724 197.4 23.07 493 13,733 38.4 908 9,062 13.91
14,300 15,804 198.9 23.31 495 13,833 38.7 922 9,061 13.91
14,400 15,885 200.5 23.54 497 13,935 38.9 936 9,059 13.91
14,500 15,965 202.1 23.78 499 14,036 39.2 951 9,057 13.91
14,600 16,046 203.8 24.02 501 14,137 39.4 965 9,056 13.91
14,700 16,127 205.4 24.26 503 14,238 39.7 980 9,334 14.41
14,800 16,208 207.0 24.50 505 14,339 39.9 996 9,333 14.41
14,900 16,290 208.7 24.74 508 14,440 40.2 1,011 9,331 14.41
15,000 16,372 210.4 24.99 510 14,541 40.5 1,027 9,329 14.41
15,100 16,453 212.1 25.23 512 14,642 40.7 1,043 9,327 14.41
15,200 16,537 213.8 25.48 514 14,743 41.0 1,059 9,601 14.91
I-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
15,300 16,619 215.6 25.73 516 14,844 41.2 1,075 9,599 14.91
15,400 16,703 217.3 25.98 518 14,945 41.5 1,092 9,597 14.91
15,500 16,785 219.1 26.23 520 15,047 41.8 1,109 9,595 14.91
15,600 16,868 220.9 26.48 522 15,148 42.0 1,126 9,593 14.91
15,700 16,952 222.7 26.74 524 15,249 42.3 1,143 9,863 15.41
15,800 17,035 224.5 26.99 526 15,350 42.6 1,161 9,861 15.41
15,900 17,119 226.3 27.25 528 15,451 42.8 1,179 9,859 15.41
16,000 17,204 228.2 27.51 530 15,552 43.1 1,197 9,857 15.41
16,100 17,288 230.0 27.77 532 15,653 43.4 1,215 9,854 15.41
16,200 17,373 231.9 28.03 535 15,754 43.7 1,234 10,120 15.91
16,300 17,458 233.8 28.29 537 15,855 43.9 1,253 10,118 15.91
16,400 17,543 235.7 28.56 539 15,957 44.2 1,273 10,115 15.91
16,500 17,628 237.6 28.82 541 16,057 44.5 1,292 10,113 15.91
16,600 17,714 239.6 29.09 543 16,159 44.8 1,312 10,110 15.91
16,700 17,800 241.6 29.36 545 16,260 45.0 1,332 10,372 16.41
16,800 17,885 243.6 29.63 547 16,362 45.3 1,352 10,370 16.41
16,900 17,972 245.5 29.90 549 16,462 45.6 1,373 10,367 16.41
17,000 18,058 247.6 30.17 551 16,564 45.9 1,394 10,364 16.41
17,100 18,144 249.6 30.44 553 16,665 46.2 1,415 10,361 16.41
17,200 18,231 251.7 30.72 555 16,766 46.5 1,437 10,619 16.91
17,300 18,319 253.7 31.00 557 16,867 46.7 1,459 10,616 16.91
17,400 18,405 255.8 31.28 559 16,969 47.0 1,481 10,613 16.91
17,500 18,493 257.9 31.55 562 17,070 47.3 1,504 10,610 16.91
17,600 18,579 260.0 31.84 563 17,171 47.6 1,526 10,865 17.41
17,700 18,668 262.2 32.12 566 17,273 47.9 1,550 10,861 17.41
17,800 18,755 264.3 32.40 567 17,374 48.2 1,573 10,858 17.41
17,900 18,844 266.5 32.69 570 17,476 48.5 1,597 10,854 17.41
18,000 18,932 268.7 32.97 572 17,576 48.8 1,621 11,105 17.91
18,100 19,020 270.9 33.26 574 17,678 49.1 1,645 11,102 17.91
18,200 19,109 273.1 33.55 576 17,780 49.4 1,670 11,098 17.91
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-3

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
18,300 19,197 275.4 33.85 577 17,881 49.7 1,695 11,094 17.91
18,400 19,287 277.7 34.14 580 17,982 50.0 1,720 11,342 18.41
18,500 19,375 279.9 34.43 582 18,083 50.3 1,746 11,338 18.41
18,600 19,465 282.2 34.73 584 18,185 50.6 1,773 11,334 18.41
18,700 19,554 284.5 35.03 586 18,286 50.9 1,799 11,337 18.42
18,800 19,644 286.9 35.32 588 18,387 51.2 1,825 11,325 18.41
18,900 19,733 289.2 35.63 590 18,489 51.5 1,853 11,569 18.91
19,000 19,823 291.6 35.93 592 18,590 51.8 1,881 11,565 18.91
19,100 19,913 294.0 36.23 594 18,692 52.1 1,909 11,560 18.91
19,200 20,003 296.4 36.54 596 18,793 52.4 1,937 11,587 18.97
19,300 20,094 298.8 36.84 598 18,894 52.7 1,965 11,827 19.47
19,400 20,184 301.3 37.15 600 18,996 53.0 1,995 11,822 19.47
19,500 20,274 303.8 37.46 602 19,097 53.4 2,024 11,817 19.47
19,600 20,365 306.2 37.77 604 19,199 53.7 2,054 11,812 19.47
19,700 20,456 308.7 38.08 606 19,300 54.0 2,084 12,049 19.97
19,800 20,548 311.3 38.40 608 19,402 54.3 2,114 12,021 19.92
19,900 20,639 313.8 38.71 611 19,503 54.6 2,145 12,016 19.92
20,000 20,730 316.4 39.03 613 19,604 55.0 2,177 12,250 20.42
20,100 20,821 318.9 39.35 614 19,706 55.3 2,208 12,245 20.42
20,200 20,913 321.6 39.66 617 19,807 55.6 2,241 12,239 20.42
20,300 21,005 324.2 39.99 619 19,909 55.9 2,273 12,233 20.42
20,400 21,096 326.8 40.31 621 20,010 56.3 2,306 12,464 20.92
20,500 21,188 329.5 40.63 623 20,112 56.6 2,340 12,458 20.92
20,600 21,281 332.1 40.96 625 20,213 56.9 2,373 12,452 20.92
20,700 21,372 334.8 41.28 627 20,314 57.3 2,407 12,445 20.92
20,800 21,465 337.5 41.61 629 20,416 57.6 2,442 12,703 21.48
20,900 21,558 340.3 41.94 631 20,518 57.9 2,477 12,696 21.48
21,000 21,650 343.0 42.27 633 20,619 58.3 2,512 12,689 21.48
21,100 21,743 345.8 42.61 635 20,721 58.6 2,548 12,682 21.48
21,200 21,836 348.6 42.94 637 20,822 58.9 2,585 12,907 21.98
I-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
21,300 21,929 351.4 43.28 639 20,924 59.3 2,622 12,900 21.98
21,400 22,022 354.2 43.61 641 21,025 59.6 2,659 12,892 21.98
21,500 22,115 357.1 43.95 643 21,126 60.0 2,696 12,885 21.98
21,600 22,209 359.9 44.29 645 21,228 60.3 2,734 13,107 22.48
21,700 22,302 362.8 44.63 647 21,330 60.7 2,773 13,099 22.48
21,800 22,395 365.7 44.97 650 21,431 61.0 2,812 13,091 22.48
21,900 22,489 368.6 45.32 652 21,532 61.4 2,851 13,310 22.98
22,000 22,583 371.6 45.66 654 21,634 61.7 2,891 13,301 22.98
22,100 22,677 374.5 46.01 656 21,736 62.1 2,932 13,293 22.98
22,200 22,771 377.5 46.36 658 21,837 62.4 2,972 13,284 22.98
22,300 22,864 380.5 46.71 660 21,939 62.8 3,014 13,500 23.48
22,400 22,958 383.5 47.06 662 22,040 63.1 3,056 13,491 23.48
22,500 23,054 386.6 47.41 664 22,142 63.5 3,098 13,481 23.48
22,600 23,147 389.7 47.77 666 22,243 63.9 3,141 13,695 23.98
22,700 23,242 392.7 48.13 668 22,345 64.2 3,184 13,685 23.98
22,800 23,336 395.8 48.48 670 22,446 64.6 3,228 13,675 23.98
22,900 23,431 399.0 48.84 672 22,548 65.0 3,272 13,886 24.48
23,000 23,526 402.1 49.20 674 22,650 65.3 3,317 13,883 24.50
23,100 23,620 405.3 49.56 676 22,751 65.7 3,362 13,872 24.50
23,200 23,715 408.4 49.93 679 22,852 66.1 3,408 13,861 24.50
23,300 23,810 411.6 50.29 680 22,954 66.5 3,454 14,069 25.00
23,400 23,905 414.9 50.66 682 23,056 66.8 3,501 14,058 25.00
23,500 24,000 418.1 51.03 685 23,157 67.2 3,548 14,046 25.00
23,600 24,095 421.4 51.40 687 23,259 67.6 3,596 14,251 25.50
23,700 24,190 424.7 51.78 689 23,360 68.0 3,645 14,239 25.50
23,800 24,285 428.0 52.15 691 23,461 68.4 3,694 14,227 25.50
23,900 24,382 431.4 52.53 693 23,563 68.8 3,744 14,429 26.00
24,000 24,477 434.7 52.90 695 23,665 69.1 3,794 14,416 26.00
24,100 24,572 438.1 53.28 697 23,766 69.5 3,844 14,403 26.00
24,200 24,668 441.5 53.66 699 23,868 69.9 3,896 14,603 26.50
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-5

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
24,300 24,764 444.9 54.05 702 23,969 70.3 3,948 14,590 26.50
24,400 24,859 448.4 54.43 703 24,071 70.7 4,000 14,576 26.50
24,500 24,954 451.8 54.82 705 24,172 71.1 4,053 14,773 27.00
24,600 25,050 455.3 55.21 707 24,274 71.5 4,107 14,758 27.00
24,700 25,146 458.8 55.60 709 24,376 71.9 4,161 14,743 27.00
24,800 25,242 462.4 55.99 712 24,477 72.3 4,216 14,944 27.52
24,900 25,338 466.0 56.38 714 24,579 72.7 4,272 14,923 27.50
25,000 25,434 469.5 56.78 716 24,681 73.1 4,328 14,907 27.50
25,100 25,531 473.2 57.18 718 24,782 73.5 4,385 15,099 28.00
25,200 25,627 476.8 57.58 720 24,884 74.0 4,443 15,082 28.00
25,300 25,723 480.5 57.98 722 24,985 74.4 4,501 15,065 28.00
25,400 25,819 484.2 58.39 724 25,087 74.8 4,559 15,254 28.50
25,500 25,915 487.9 58.79 726 25,188 75.2 4,619 15,236 28.50
25,600 26,012 491.6 59.20 728 25,290 75.6 4,679 15,218 28.50
25,700 26,109 495.4 59.61 730 25,391 76.1 4,740 15,411 29.02
25,800 26,205 499.1 60.02 732 25,493 76.5 4,801 15,393 29.02
25,900 26,302 503.0 60.44 734 25,595 76.9 4,864 15,373 29.02
26,000 26,399 506.8 60.86 737 25,696 77.4 4,927 15,557 29.52
26,100 26,496 510.7 61.28 739 25,797 77.8 4,991 15,537 29.52
26,200 26,592 514.6 61.70 741 25,899 78.2 5,055 15,718 30.02
26,300 26,688 518.5 62.12 743 26,001 78.7 5,120 15,697 30.02
26,400 26,785 522.5 62.55 745 26,102 79.1 5,186 15,675 30.02
26,500 26,882 526.4 62.98 747 26,203 79.6 5,253 15,854 30.52
26,600 26,979 530.5 63.41 749 26,305 80.0 5,320 15,831 30.52
26,700 27,076 534.5 63.84 752 26,407 80.5 5,389 15,808 30.52
26,800 27,175 538.6 64.28 755 26,509 80.9 5,459 16,008 31.08
26,900 27,274 542.8 64.72 759 26,611 81.4 5,530 15,984 31.08
27,000 27,371 547.0 65.16 762 26,712 81.9 5,601 15,959 31.08
27,100 27,469 551.2 65.61 765 26,813 82.4 5,674 16,131 31.58
27,200 27,566 555.5 66.06 768 26,914 82.9 5,748 16,105 31.58
I-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
27,300 27,665 559.8 66.51 772 27,016 83.4 5,823 16,274 32.08
27,400 27,763 564.2 66.97 775 27,117 83.9 5,899 16,246 32.08
27,500 27,861 568.5 67.43 779 27,219 84.4 5,976 16,218 32.08
27,600 27,959 573.0 67.89 782 27,321 85.0 6,054 16,389 32.59
27,700 28,057 577.5 68.36 785 27,422 85.5 6,133 16,360 32.59
27,800 28,155 582.0 68.83 789 27,524 86.0 6,213 16,522 33.09
27,900 28,253 586.5 69.31 792 27,625 86.5 6,295 16,491 33.09
28,000 28,352 591.1 69.79 795 27,727 87.1 6,377 16,651 33.59
28,100 28,450 595.8 70.27 799 27,829 87.6 6,461 16,618 33.59
28,200 28,548 600.5 70.76 802 27,930 88.1 6,545 16,584 33.59
28,300 28,646 605.2 71.25 805 28,032 88.7 6,631 16,740 34.09
28,400 28,744 610.0 71.75 809 28,133 89.2 6,719 16,704 34.09
28,500 28,842 614.9 72.25 813 28,235 89.8 6,808 16,857 34.59
28,600 28,941 619.8 72.76 816 28,336 90.3 6,899 16,819 34.59
28,700 29,039 624.8 73.28 819 28,438 90.9 6,990 16,968 35.09
28,800 29,137 629.8 73.79 823 28,540 91.5 7,084 16,928 35.09
28,900 29,235 635.0 74.32 827 28,641 92.1 7,179 17,074 35.59
29,000 29,333 640.1 74.85 829 28,743 92.7 7,275 17,032 35.59
29,100 29,431 645.3 75.38 833 28,844 93.2 7,373 17,173 36.09
29,200 29,531 650.7 75.93 836 28,947 93.8 7,474 17,128 36.09
29,300 29,630 656.1 76.48 840 29,049 94.5 7,576 17,266 36.59
29,400 29,727 661.6 77.04 843 29,150 95.1 7,681 17,223 36.61
29,500 29,825 667.2 77.62 846 29,252 95.7 7,788 17,172 36.61
29,600 29,923 672.9 78.19 850 29,353 96.3 7,897 17,304 37.11
29,700 30,021 678.7 78.78 854 29,455 97.0 8,009 17,432 37.61
29,800 30,119 684.7 79.38 858 29,556 97.6 8,124 17,375 37.61
29,900 30,217 690.7 79.99 861 29,658 98.3 8,241 17,498 38.11
30,000 30,315 696.8 80.60 864 29,760 98.9 8,361 17,437 38.11
30,100 30,414 703.2 81.23 867 29,863 99.6 8,485 17,553 38.61
30,200 30,513 709.7 81.88 871 29,965 100.3 8,612 17,487 38.61
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-7

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
30,300 30,611 716.3 82.53 875 30,066 101.0 8,743 17,596 39.11
30,400 30,708 723.1 83.21 877 30,168 101.7 8,877 17,701 39.61
30,500 30,805 730.1 83.90 881 30,269 102.5 9,017 17,625 39.61
30,600 30,905 737.4 84.61 884 30,372 103.3 9,163 17,742 40.17
30,700 31,003 744.9 85.35 888 30,475 104.0 9,313 17,656 40.17
30,800 31,100 752.7 86.11 890 30,577 104.8 9,470 17,724 40.63
30,900 31,198 760.9 86.90 894 30,680 105.7 9,636 17,800 41.13
31,000 31,296 769.5 87.74 899 30,782 106.6 9,811 17,889 41.69
31,100 31,393 778.6 88.61 902 30,884 107.5 9,996 17,776 41.69
31,200 31,490 788.3 89.54 906 30,986 108.5 10,196 17,822 42.19
31,300 31,588 798.8 90.55 909 31,090 109.5 10,412 17,853 42.69
31,400 31,685 810.3 91.63 913 31,193 110.6 10,649 17,866 43.19
31,500 31,781 823.1 92.84 917 31,296 111.9 10,914 17,853 43.69
31,600 31,877 837.9 94.22 920 31,400 113.3 11,222 17,968 44.69
31700 31,972 855.8 95.87 924 31,504 115.0 11,597 17,864 45.20
31800 32,072 883.8 98.42 930 31,618 117.6 12,186 17,894 46.70
I-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure I-1. M26 Low Quadrant Elevation Trajectories. Conditions: BA-ER-D,

sea level standard (no wind). For illustration purposes only.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-9

Appendix I
Table I-2. M26 (High Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Range to Dud QE HOB Time to Time
Setting Range (m) Altitude Range (m)
Target (m) Fuze (m) (mil) (m) Impact (sec)
(sec) (m)
(sec)
10,000 16,361 209.91 14.36 1,023 9,459 45.71 1,024 9,319 14.38
10,100 16,361 209.91 14.54 1,023 9,560 45.84 1,024 9,319 14.38
10,200 16,408 210.90 14.72 1,032 9,659 46.21 1,033 9,318 14.38
10,300 16,408 210.90 14.91 1,031 9,760 46.33 1,033 9,318 14.38
10,400 16,456 211.88 15.09 1,039 9,860 46.70 1,042 9,317 14.38
10,500 16,456 211.88 15.27 1,037 9,956 46.80 1,042 9,317 14.38
10,600 16,504 212.87 15.46 1,045 10,057 47.16 1,051 9,315 14.38
10,700 16,551 213.86 15.65 1,053 10,157 47.52 1,061 9,591 14.88
10,800 16,598 214.85 15.84 1,061 10,258 47.87 1,070 9,590 14.88
10,900 16,597 214.85 16.04 1,058 10,361 47.95 1,070 9,590 14.88
11,000 16,644 215.84 16.23 1,065 10,462 48.30 1,080 9,589 14.88
11,100 16,692 216.83 16.43 1,072 10,563 48.64 1,089 9,587 14.88
11,200 16,692 216.83 16.62 1,069 10,666 48.70 1,089 9,587 14.88
11,300 16,738 217.82 16.82 1,075 10,768 49.03 1,098 9,586 14.88
11,400 16,784 218.80 17.03 1,081 10,871 49.36 1,108 9,585 14.88
11,500 16,830 219.79 17.23 1,088 10,972 49.68 1,117 9,584 14.88
11,600 16,877 220.78 17.43 1,094 11,074 50.00 1,127 9,583 14.88
11,700 16,923 221.77 17.62 1,100 11,170 50.32 1,136 9,581 14.88
11,800 16,968 222.76 17.82 1,105 11,270 50.62 1,146 9,853 15.38
11,900 17,013 223.75 18.03 1,111 11,371 50.93 1,156 9,852 15.38
12,000 17,014 223.75 18.23 1,105 11,472 50.93 1,156 9,852 15.38
12,100 17,059 224.74 18.44 1,110 11,573 51.23 1,165 9,851 15.38
12,200 17,105 225.73 18.64 1,115 11,674 51.52 1,175 9,849 15.38
12,300 17,150 226.71 18.85 1,119 11,774 51.80 1,185 9,848 15.38
12,400 17,195 227.70 19.06 1,123 11,876 52.09 1,194 9,847 15.38
12,500 17,240 228.69 19.27 1,127 11,976 52.36 1,204 9,846 15.38
12,600 17,329 230.67 19.48 1,143 12,076 52.95 1,224 9,843 15.38
12,700 17,374 231.66 19.70 1,147 12,177 53.22 1,233 10,111 15.88
12,800 17,419 232.65 19.91 1,150 12,278 53.48 1,243 10,109 15.88
12,900 17,462 233.63 20.13 1,154 12,379 53.74 1,253 10,108 15.88
I-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
13,000 17,506 234.62 20.34 1,156 12,480 53.98 1,263 10,107 15.88
13,100 17,550 235.61 20.56 1,159 12,581 54.24 1,273 10,105 15.88
13,200 17,594 236.60 20.78 1,161 12,682 54.47 1,283 10,104 15.88
13,300 17,637 237.59 21.00 1,164 12,783 54.70 1,293 10,103 15.88
13,400 17,724 239.57 21.22 1,178 12,883 55.27 1,313 10,100 15.88
13,500 17,768 240.56 21.44 1,180 12,984 55.49 1,323 10,364 16.38
13,600 17,810 241.54 21.67 1,182 13,085 55.71 1,334 10,362 16.38
13,700 17,853 242.53 21.89 1,183 13,186 55.92 1,344 10,361 16.38
13,800 17,939 244.51 22.12 1,197 13,287 56.48 1,364 10,358 16.38
13,900 17,981 245.50 22.35 1,197 13,387 56.67 1,375 10,357 16.38
14,000 18,023 246.49 22.58 1,198 13,489 56.87 1,385 10,355 16.38
14,100 18,102 248.33 22.81 1,209 13,589 57.35 1,404 10,353 16.38
14,200 18,138 249.19 23.04 1,207 13,691 57.49 1,413 10,613 16.88
14,300 18,216 251.03 23.27 1,219 13,791 57.97 1,432 10,610 16.88
14,400 18,253 251.89 23.51 1,216 13,893 58.09 1,441 10,609 16.88
14,500 18,330 253.73 23.74 1,227 13,993 58.57 1,461 10,615 16.90
14,600 18,366 254.58 23.98 1,224 14,094 58.67 1,470 10,613 16.90
14,700 18,443 256.43 24.22 1,234 14,196 59.14 1,490 10,602 16.88
14,800 18,518 258.27 24.46 1,244 14,296 59.60 1,509 10,858 17.38
14,900 18,554 259.13 24.70 1,240 14,398 59.68 1,518 10,856 17.38
15,000 18,630 260.97 24.94 1,250 14,498 60.14 1,539 10,853 17.38
15,100 18,704 262.81 25.19 1,260 14,599 60.59 1,559 10,850 17.38
15,200 18,739 263.67 25.43 1,255 14,700 60.65 1,568 10,849 17.38
15,300 18,815 265.51 25.68 1,264 14,802 61.09 1,588 10,846 17.38
15,400 18,888 267.36 25.93 1,273 14,902 61.52 1,608 10,843 17.38
15,500 18,964 269.20 26.18 1,281 15,003 61.95 1,628 11,095 17.88
15,600 19,036 271.04 26.43 1,290 15,104 62.37 1,649 11,092 17.88
15,700 19,110 272.89 26.68 1,298 15,205 62.79 1,669 11,089 17.88
15,800 19,183 274.73 26.93 1,306 15,305 63.20 1,690 11,086 17.88
15,900 19,256 276.58 27.19 1,314 15,407 63.61 1,711 11,082 17.88
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-11

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
16,000 19,328 278.42 27.44 1,322 15,507 64.01 1,731 11,331 18.38
16,100 19,400 280.26 27.70 1,329 15,609 64.41 1,752 11,328 18.38
16,200 19,471 282.11 27.96 1,336 15,709 64.81 1,773 11,324 18.38
16,300 19,542 283.95 28.22 1,343 15,811 65.19 1,794 11,321 18.38
16,400 19,609 285.79 28.48 1,347 15,912 65.52 1,814 11,318 18.38
16,500 19,679 287.64 28.75 1,353 16,013 65.89 1,835 11,563 18.88
16,600 19,749 289.48 29.01 1,360 16,114 66.26 1,857 11,560 18.88
16,700 19,818 291.32 29.28 1,365 16,214 66.63 1,878 11,556 18.88
16,800 19,888 293.17 29.54 1,370 16,316 66.98 1,900 11,553 18.88
16,900 19,957 295.01 29.81 1,376 16,417 67.33 1,921 11,549 18.88
17,000 20,026 296.86 30.08 1,380 16,519 67.67 1,943 11,791 19.38
17,100 20,094 298.70 30.36 1,385 16,620 68.00 1,964 11,788 19.38
17,200 20,198 301.53 30.63 1,406 16,720 68.77 1,998 11,782 19.38
17,300 20,266 303.38 30.90 1,409 16,821 69.09 2,020 11,778 19.38
17,400 20,334 305.22 31.18 1,413 16,923 69.41 2,042 11,774 19.38
17,500 20,401 307.06 31.46 1,417 17,024 69.72 2,064 12,021 19.90
17,600 20,467 308.91 31.74 1,419 17,125 70.01 2,087 12,017 19.90
17,700 20,569 311.74 32.02 1,439 17,226 70.75 2,121 12,011 19.90
17,800 20,635 313.58 32.30 1,441 17,327 71.04 2,143 12,007 19.90
17,900 20,702 315.43 32.58 1,443 17,429 71.32 2,166 12,003 19.90
18,000 20,802 318.26 32.87 1,462 17,529 72.04 2,201 12,237 20.40
18,100 20,867 320.10 33.15 1,464 17,631 72.31 2,224 12,233 20.40
18,200 20,932 321.95 33.44 1,465 17,732 72.56 2,246 12,229 20.40
18,300 21,031 324.78 33.73 1,483 17,833 73.27 2,281 12,222 20.40
18,400 21,095 326.62 34.02 1,483 17,935 73.51 2,305 12,456 20.90
18,500 21,159 328.47 34.31 1,483 18,036 73.74 2,328 12,451 20.90
18,600 21,257 331.30 34.61 1,500 18,137 74.44 2,364 12,445 20.90
18,700 21,320 333.14 34.90 1,499 18,238 74.65 2,387 12,440 20.90
18,800 21,416 335.97 35.20 1,516 18,339 75.33 2,423 12,668 21.40
18,900 21,479 337.82 35.50 1,515 18,441 75.53 2,446 12,664 21.40
I-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
19,000 21,576 340.65 35.80 1,531 18,541 76.19 2,483 12,657 21.40
19,100 21,637 342.49 36.10 1,529 18,644 76.37 2,507 12,652 21.40
19,200 21,732 345.33 36.40 1,544 18,744 77.03 2,543 12,645 21.40
19,300 21,794 347.17 36.71 1,541 18,846 77.19 2,567 12,873 21.90
19,400 21,888 350.00 37.01 1,556 18,947 77.84 2,604 12,866 21.90
19,500 21,948 351.85 37.32 1,552 19,049 77.97 2,628 12,861 21.90
19,600 22,042 354.68 37.63 1,567 19,150 78.60 2,666 12,853 21.90
19,700 22,134 357.51 37.94 1,581 19,251 79.22 2,703 13,076 22.40
19,800 22,195 359.36 38.25 1,576 19,353 79.34 2,728 13,099 22.46
19,900 22,286 362.19 38.56 1,589 19,454 79.95 2,765 13,091 22.46
20,000 22,377 365.02 38.88 1,603 19,555 80.55 2,803 13,084 22.46
20,100 22,441 367.00 39.20 1,599 19,657 80.71 2,830 13,305 22.96
20,200 22,536 369.96 39.51 1,614 19,757 81.36 2,870 13,276 22.91
20,300 22,630 372.93 39.83 1,629 19,859 82.00 2,911 13,288 22.96
20,400 22,692 374.91 40.15 1,624 19,961 82.13 2,937 13,283 22.96
20,500 22,786 377.87 40.47 1,638 20,062 82.76 2,978 13,499 23.46
20,600 22,878 380.84 40.80 1,652 20,163 83.38 3,019 13,490 23.46
20,700 22,971 383.81 41.12 1,666 20,264 84.00 3,060 13,481 23.46
20,800 23,062 386.77 41.45 1,679 20,365 84.61 3,101 13,472 23.46
20,900 23,154 389.74 41.78 1,692 20,466 85.21 3,143 13,686 23.96
21,000 23,215 391.71 42.11 1,684 20,569 85.27 3,170 13,680 23.96
21,100 23,305 394.68 42.44 1,696 20,669 85.86 3,212 13,670 23.96
21,200 23,395 397.65 42.77 1,708 20,771 86.44 3,254 13,881 24.46
21,300 23,485 400.61 43.11 1,720 20,872 87.01 3,296 13,879 24.48
21,400 23,574 403.58 43.44 1,731 20,973 87.57 3,339 13,869 24.48
21,500 23,662 406.54 43.78 1,741 21,074 88.12 3,381 13,859 24.48
21,600 23,750 409.51 44.12 1,751 21,176 88.66 3,424 14,068 24.98
21,700 23,838 412.48 44.46 1,761 21,277 89.19 3,467 14,057 24.98
21,800 23,925 415.44 44.80 1,771 21,378 89.72 3,510 14,047 24.98
21,900 24,011 418.41 45.15 1,780 21,480 90.23 3,553 14,036 24.98
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-13

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
22,000 24,098 421.38 45.49 1,788 21,582 90.73 3,597 14,243 25.48
22,100 24,183 424.34 45.84 1,796 21,683 91.23 3,640 14,232 25.48
22,200 24,269 427.31 46.19 1,804 21,785 91.72 3,684 14,221 25.48
22,300 24,382 431.26 46.54 1,833 21,885 92.75 3,743 14,421 25.98
22,400 24,466 434.23 46.89 1,840 21,987 93.22 3,787 14,410 25.98
22,500 24,550 437.19 47.25 1,847 22,088 93.68 3,832 14,398 25.98
22,600 24,633 440.16 47.61 1,852 22,190 94.12 3,876 14,600 26.48
22,700 24,716 443.13 47.96 1,857 22,291 94.55 3,921 14,588 26.48
22,800 24,799 446.09 48.32 1,862 22,393 94.98 3,966 14,576 26.48
22,900 24,908 450.05 48.69 1,889 22,494 95.96 4,026 14,771 26.98
23,000 24,989 453.01 49.05 1,892 22,596 96.35 4,072 14,759 26.98
23,100 25,070 455.98 49.41 1,895 22,697 96.74 4,118 14,747 26.98
23,200 25,178 459.93 49.78 1,921 22,798 97.70 4,179 14,730 26.98
23,300 25,258 462.90 50.15 1,924 22,900 98.08 4,225 14,927 27.48
23,400 25,338 465.87 50.52 1,926 23,002 98.44 4,271 14,914 27.48
23,500 25,444 469.82 50.89 1,950 23,102 99.37 4,333 14,897 27.48
23,600 25,523 472.79 51.26 1,951 23,205 99.71 4,380 15,101 28.00
23,700 25,602 475.75 51.64 1,951 23,307 100.02 4,427 15,088 28.00
23,800 25,706 479.71 52.02 1,974 23,407 100.93 4,489 15,070 28.00
23,900 25,783 482.67 52.40 1,972 23,509 101.21 4,536 15,262 28.50
24,000 25,886 486.63 52.78 1,995 23,610 102.09 4,600 15,243 28.50
24,100 25,962 489.59 53.16 1,992 23,712 102.36 4,647 15,229 28.50
24,200 26,065 493.55 53.55 2,014 23,813 103.22 4,711 15,421 29.02
24,300 26,141 496.51 53.94 2,009 23,916 103.46 4,759 15,406 29.02
24,400 26,241 500.47 54.33 2,029 24,017 104.29 4,823 15,387 29.02
24,500 26,340 504.42 54.72 2,049 24,118 105.11 4,888 15,570 29.52
24,600 26,414 507.39 55.12 2,043 24,220 105.30 4,937 15,555 29.52
24,700 26,513 511.34 55.51 2,061 24,321 106.10 5,002 15,534 29.52
24,800 26,611 515.30 55.91 2,078 24,422 106.87 5,067 15,715 30.02
24,900 26,683 518.25 56.31 2,070 24,525 107.01 5,116 15,699 30.02
I-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
25,000 26,780 522.19 56.71 2,086 24,626 107.77 5,182 15,678 30.02
25,100 26,876 526.13 57.12 2,101 24,727 108.50 5,248 15,856 30.52
25,200 26,970 530.07 57.53 2,116 24,829 109.22 5,314 15,834 30.52
25,300 27,065 534.00 57.94 2,130 24,930 109.92 5,380 15,812 30.52
25,400 27,183 538.93 58.36 2,169 25,031 111.23 5,464 15,982 31.02
25,500 27,275 542.87 58.77 2,181 25,132 111.91 5,531 15,984 31.08
25,600 27,368 546.81 59.19 2,193 25,233 112.57 5,599 15,960 31.08
25,700 27,459 550.74 59.61 2,204 25,335 113.20 5,667 16,134 31.58
25,800 27,571 555.67 60.04 2,239 25,436 114.43 5,752 16,103 31.58
25,900 27,661 559.61 60.48 2,246 25,540 114.99 5,820 16,275 32.08
26,000 27,750 563.54 60.90 2,258 25,638 115.64 5,889 16,250 32.08
26,100 27,859 568.47 61.35 2,288 25,741 116.78 5,975 16,218 32.08
26,200 27,946 572.41 61.79 2,295 25,842 117.33 6,044 16,387 32.58
26,300 28,032 576.34 62.23 2,300 25,944 117.84 6,114 16,361 32.58
26,400 28,140 581.27 62.68 2,329 26,046 118.96 6,201 16,521 33.08
26,500 28,245 586.19 63.13 2,358 26,147 120.06 6,289 16,493 33.09
26,600 28,330 590.13 63.58 2,361 26,249 120.52 6,359 16,466 33.09
26,700 28,434 595.05 64.05 2,387 26,351 121.58 6,447 16,623 33.59
26,800 28,516 598.99 64.50 2,388 26,453 122.00 6,518 16,595 33.59
26,900 28,618 603.92 64.97 2,412 26,555 123.00 6,607 16,749 34.09
27,000 28,719 608.84 65.45 2,435 26,657 123.97 6,697 16,713 34.09
27,100 28,818 613.76 65.93 2,456 26,758 124.93 6,787 16,865 34.59
27,200 28,916 618.69 66.42 2,476 26,861 125.84 6,877 16,827 34.59
27,300 28,994 622.62 66.89 2,470 26,963 126.12 6,950 16,796 34.59
27,400 29,090 627.55 67.38 2,488 27,065 127.00 7,041 16,946 35.09
27,500 29,185 632.47 67.88 2,504 27,167 127.84 7,132 16,906 35.09
27,600 29,298 638.38 68.40 2,546 27,268 129.28 7,242 17,045 35.59
27,700 29,391 643.30 68.90 2,559 27,371 130.05 7,334 17,004 35.59
27,800 29,483 648.23 69.41 2,571 27,473 130.81 7,427 17,148 36.09
27,900 29,573 653.15 69.93 2,581 27,575 131.52 7,520 17,111 36.11
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-15

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
28,000 29,661 658.07 70.45 2,589 27,678 132.19 7,613 17,247 36.59
28,100 29,766 663.98 71.00 2,620 27,780 133.41 7,725 17,195 36.59
28,200 29,868 669.89 71.56 2,648 27,882 134.58 7,838 17,324 37.09
28,300 29,951 674.81 72.11 2,648 27,985 135.09 7,933 17,284 37.11
28,400 30,050 680.72 72.67 2,673 28,087 136.18 8,047 17,411 37.61
28,500 30,147 686.63 73.25 2,693 28,190 137.20 8,161 17,355 37.61
28,600 30,242 692.54 73.84 2,712 28,293 138.17 8,275 17,478 38.11
28,700 30,335 698.44 74.43 2,727 28,395 139.08 8,391 17,420 38.11
28,800 30,427 704.35 75.03 2,741 28,498 139.94 8,506 17,540 38.61
28,900 30,516 710.26 75.63 2,751 28,601 140.74 8,622 17,479 38.61
29,000 30,617 717.15 76.28 2,779 28,704 142.00 8,758 17,585 39.11
29,100 30,701 723.06 76.91 2,782 28,807 142.65 8,875 17,699 39.61
29,200 30,797 729.95 77.58 2,803 28,911 143.74 9,012 17,624 39.61
29,300 30,890 736.84 78.26 2,820 29,015 144.77 9,150 17,724 40.11
29,400 30,981 743.74 78.95 2,833 29,118 145.72 9,288 17,668 40.17
29,500 31,080 751.61 79.69 2,862 29,222 147.07 9,446 17,751 40.67
29,600 31,174 759.49 80.45 2,883 29,326 148.27 9,605 17,831 41.17
29,700 31,264 767.37 81.23 2,898 29,431 149.33 9,765 17,892 41.63
29,800 31,349 775.25 82.03 2,905 29,535 150.23 9,925 17,794 41.63
29,900 31,440 784.11 82.89 2,922 29,641 151.45 10,107 17,874 42.19
30,000 31,534 793.96 83.82 2,947 29,747 152.89 10,308 17,915 42.69
30,100 31,613 802.82 84.74 2,945 29,853 153.70 10,491 17,965 43.19
30,200 31,693 812.66 85.73 2,948 29,959 154.69 10,694 17,997 43.69
30,300 31,772 823.50 86.81 2,950 30,067 155.76 10,918 17,844 43.69
30,400 31,849 835.31 87.99 2,950 30,176 156.86 11,164 18,003 44.69
30,500 31,921 848.11 89.29 2,941 30,285 157.87 11,431 17,973 45.19
30,600 31,955 855.00 90.22 2,855 30,390 156.74 11,575 17,867 45.19
30,700 31,990 862.88 91.23 2,768 30,495 155.67 11,740 17,911 45.70
30,800 32,015 869.77 92.21 2,661 30,599 154.09 11,885 17,961 46.20
30,900 32,040 877.65 93.27 2,552 30,703 152.53 12,050 17,833 46.20
I-16 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
(sec) (m)
(sec)
31,000 32,060 885.53 94.36 2,430 30,807 150.68 12,216 17,861 46.70
31,100 32,077 894.39 95.55 2,302 30,911 148.75 12,403 17,870 47.20
31,200 32,085 903.25 96.78 2,153 31,014 146.35 12,589 17,716 47.20
31,300 32,085 903.25 97.28 1,972 31,111 142.46 12,589 17,716 47.20
31,400 32,085 903.25 97.79 1,788 31,208 138.45 12,589 17,716 47.20
31,500 32,085 903.25 98.30 1,602 31,305 134.35 12,589 17,716 47.20
31,600 32,085 903.25 98.82 1,411 31,403 130.12 12,589 17,716 47.20
31,700 32,085 903.25 99.36 1,216 31,501 125.74 12,589 17,716 47.20
31,800 32,085 903.25 99.91 1,015 31,602 121.16 12,589 17,716 47.20
31,900
32,000
Note: Blank cells indicate that a solution is not available for the range indicated.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-17

Appendix I
Figure I-2. M26 High Quadrant Elevation Trajectories. Conditions: BA-ER-D,

sea level standard (no wind). For illustration purposes only.
I-18 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Table I-3. M26A1/2 (Low Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Range to Dud QE HOB Range Time to Range Time
Setting Altitude
Target (m) Fuze (m) (mil) (m) (m) Impact (m) (sec)
(sec) (m)
(sec)
15,000 18,000 161.8 20.06 667 14,502 41.8 878 10,552 13.49
15,100 18,000 161.8 20.26 656 14,605 41.7 878 10,552 13.49
15,200 18,000 161.8 20.46 643 14,708 41.5 878 10,552 13.49
15,300 18,000 161.8 20.66 630 14,811 41.3 878 10,552 13.49
15,400 18,000 161.8 20.87 617 14,914 41.1 878 10,552 13.49
15,500 18,000 161.8 21.07 603 15,015 40.8 878 10,552 13.49
15,600 18,000 161.8 21.27 590 15,117 40.6 878 10,552 13.49
15,700 18,000 161.8 21.48 576 15,217 40.4 878 10,552 13.49
15,800 18,000 161.8 21.69 561 15,321 40.1 878 10,552 13.49
15,900 18,000 161.8 21.90 545 15,424 39.8 878 10,552 13.49
16,000 18,000 161.8 22.12 529 15,528 39.5 878 10,552 13.49
16,100 18,000 161.8 22.33 513 15,630 39.3 878 10,552 13.49
16,200 18,000 161.8 22.54 497 15,732 38.9 878 10,552 13.49
16,300 18,000 161.8 22.76 480 15,835 38.6 878 10,552 13.49
16,400 18,020 162.0 22.97 466 15,936 38.4 880 10,552 13.49
16,500 18,100 163.2 23.19 467 16,038 38.6 892 10,593 13.55
16,600 18,170 164.4 23.40 469 16,138 38.8 905 10,562 13.50
16,700 18,250 165.6 23.62 470 16,240 39.1 918 10,561 13.50
16,800 18,330 166.8 23.83 472 16,341 39.3 931 10,886 14.00
16,900 18,410 168.0 24.05 474 16,441 39.5 944 10,885 14.00
17,000 18,490 169.3 24.27 476 16,543 39.8 958 10,925 14.07
17,100 18,570 170.6 24.49 477 16,644 40.0 971 10,925 14.07
17,200 18,650 171.8 24.71 479 16,745 40.2 985 10,924 14.07
17,300 18,730 173.1 24.94 480 16,846 40.5 999 10,923 14.07
17,400 18,810 174.4 25.16 482 16,947 40.7 1,013 11,212 14.52
17,500 18,900 175.7 25.38 484 17,048 40.9 1,028 11,211 14.52
17,600 18,980 177.1 25.61 485 17,148 41.1 1,043 11,240 14.57
17,700 19,060 178.4 25.84 487 17,251 41.4 1,058 11,239 14.57
17,800 19,140 179.7 26.07 488 17,351 41.6 1,073 11,238 14.57
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-19

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
17,900 19,220 181.1 26.30 490 17,453 41.9 1,088 11,208 14.52
18,000 19,310 182.5 26.53 492 17,553 42.1 1,104 11,521 15.02
18,100 19,390 183.9 26.77 494 17,655 42.4 1,120 11,520 15.02
18,200 19,470 185.3 27.00 496 17,756 42.6 1,136 11,559 15.08
18,300 19,560 186.7 27.23 498 17,857 42.8 1,152 11,558 15.08
18,400 19,640 188.2 27.47 499 17,958 43.1 1,169 11,557 15.08
18,500 19,730 189.6 27.71 501 18,059 43.3 1,185 11,556 15.08
18,600 19,810 191.1 27.95 503 18,160 43.6 1,202 11,863 15.58
18,700 19,900 192.5 28.19 505 18,261 43.8 1,220 11,863 15.58
18,800 19,980 194.0 28.43 507 18,362 44.1 1,237 11,871 15.60
18,900 20,070 195.5 28.67 508 18,463 44.3 1,255 11,870 15.60
19,000 20,150 197.0 28.91 510 18,565 44.6 1,273 11,869 15.60
19,100 20,240 198.5 29.16 512 18,666 44.9 1,291 11,868 15.60
19,200 20,320 200.1 29.41 514 18,767 45.1 1,310 12,171 16.10
19,300 20,410 201.6 29.65 516 18,868 45.4 1,328 12,170 16.10
19,400 20,490 203.2 29.90 518 18,970 45.6 1,347 12,168 16.10
19,500 20,580 204.7 30.15 519 19,070 45.9 1,366 12,177 16.11
19,600 20,670 206.3 30.40 521 19,172 46.2 1,386 12,176 16.11
19,700 20,750 207.9 30.65 523 19,273 46.4 1,405 12,473 16.61
19,800 20,840 209.5 30.91 525 19,374 46.7 1,425 12,472 16.61
19,900 20,930 211.1 31.16 527 19,476 46.9 1,446 12,471 16.61
20,000 21,020 212.8 31.42 529 19,577 47.2 1,466 12,469 16.61
20,100 21,100 214.4 31.68 530 19,678 47.5 1,487 12,468 16.61
20,200 21,190 216.1 31.94 532 19,779 47.7 1,508 12,761 17.11
20,300 21,280 217.7 32.19 534 19,880 48.0 1,529 12,760 17.11
20,400 21,370 219.4 32.46 536 19,982 48.3 1,551 12,759 17.11
20,500 21,460 221.1 32.72 537 20,083 48.5 1,572 12,766 17.13
20,600 21,540 222.8 32.98 539 20,184 48.8 1,594 12,765 17.13
20,700 21,630 224.5 33.24 541 20,285 49.1 1,617 13,053 17.63
I-20 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
20,800 21,720 226.2 33.51 543 20,386 49.3 1,639 13,052 17.63
20,900 21,810 228.0 33.77 545 20,487 49.6 1,662 13,050 17.63
21,000 21,900 229.8 34.04 547 20,590 49.9 1,686 13,049 17.63
21,100 21,990 231.5 34.31 548 20,689 50.2 1,709 13,323 18.11
21,200 22,080 233.3 34.58 550 20,791 50.4 1,733 13,321 18.11
21,300 22,170 235.1 34.86 552 20,893 50.7 1,757 13,320 18.11
21,400 22,260 236.9 35.13 554 20,994 51.0 1,781 13,327 18.13
21,500 22,350 238.7 35.40 556 21,095 51.3 1,806 13,326 18.13
21,600 22,440 240.6 35.67 558 21,196 51.6 1,830 13,597 18.61
21,700 22,530 242.4 35.95 560 21,298 51.9 1,856 13,604 18.63
21,800 22,620 244.3 36.22 561 21,399 52.1 1,881 13,602 18.63
21,900 22,710 246.1 36.50 563 21,501 52.4 1,907 13,600 18.63
22,000 22,800 248.0 36.78 565 21,601 52.7 1,933 13,598 18.63
22,100 22,890 249.9 37.06 567 21,703 53.0 1,959 13,874 19.13
22,200 22,980 251.8 37.34 569 21,804 53.3 1,986 13,873 19.13
22,300 23,070 253.7 37.62 571 21,905 53.6 2,013 13,871 19.13
22,400 23,170 255.7 37.91 573 22,007 53.9 2,040 13,869 19.13
22,500 23,260 257.6 38.19 575 22,107 54.2 2,068 14,150 19.64
22,600 23,350 259.6 38.47 577 22,209 54.5 2,096 14,148 19.64
22,700 23,440 261.6 38.76 579 22,310 54.8 2,124 14,145 19.64
22,800 23,530 263.5 39.04 582 22,412 55.1 2,153 14,143 19.64
22,900 23,630 265.5 39.33 584 22,513 55.4 2,182 14,412 20.14
23,000 23,720 267.5 39.62 586 22,614 55.7 2,211 14,410 20.14
23,100 23,810 269.6 39.91 588 22,716 56.0 2,241 14,408 20.14
23,200 23,900 271.6 40.20 590 22,817 56.3 2,270 14,405 20.14
23,300 24,000 273.6 40.49 593 22,918 56.6 2,300 14,437 20.21
23,400 24,090 275.7 40.78 595 23,019 56.9 2,331 14,676 20.66
23,500 24,180 277.8 41.07 597 23,121 57.2 2,362 14,674 20.66
23,600 24,280 279.8 41.37 599 23,222 57.5 2,393 14,672 20.66
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-21

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
23,700 24,370 281.9 41.66 601 23,323 57.8 2,424 14,669 20.66
23,800 24,460 284.0 41.96 603 23,425 58.1 2,455 14,700 20.72
23,900 24,560 286.1 42.25 605 23,526 58.4 2,487 14,961 21.22
24,000 24,650 288.2 42.55 608 23,628 58.8 2,520 14,958 21.22
24,100 24,750 290.3 42.85 609 23,729 59.1 2,552 14,956 21.22
24,200 24,840 292.5 43.14 612 23,830 59.4 2,585 15,189 21.68
24,300 24,930 294.6 43.44 614 23,932 59.7 2,618 15,187 21.68
24,400 25,030 296.8 43.74 616 24,032 60.0 2,652 15,216 21.74
24,500 25,120 298.9 44.04 618 24,133 60.3 2,685 15,213 21.74
24,600 25,220 301.1 44.34 621 24,236 60.7 2,719 15,236 21.78
24,700 25,310 303.2 44.64 623 24,336 61.0 2,753 15,491 22.28
24,800 25,410 305.4 44.94 624 24,438 61.3 2,788 15,488 22.28
24,900 25,500 307.6 45.24 627 24,539 61.6 2,823 15,485 22.28
25,000 25,600 309.8 45.55 629 24,640 61.9 2,858 15,481 22.28
25,100 25,690 312.0 45.85 631 24,741 62.3 2,893 15,741 22.80
25,200 25,790 314.3 46.16 634 24,843 62.6 2,929 15,738 22.80
25,300 25,880 316.5 46.46 635 24,944 62.9 2,966 15,735 22.80
25,400 25,980 318.8 46.77 638 25,045 63.2 3,002 15,732 22.80
25,500 26,070 321.0 47.08 640 25,146 63.5 3,039 15,980 23.30
25,600 26,170 323.3 47.39 642 25,248 63.9 3,076 15,976 23.30
25,700 26,260 325.6 47.70 644 25,349 64.2 3,114 15,981 23.32
25,800 26,360 327.9 48.00 646 25,450 64.5 3,152 15,977 23.32
25,900 26,450 330.1 48.31 648 25,551 64.9 3,189 16,223 23.82
26,000 26,550 332.4 48.63 651 25,653 65.2 3,228 16,219 23.82
26,100 26,640 334.7 48.94 653 25,754 65.5 3,267 16,223 23.83
26,200 26,740 337.1 49.25 655 25,855 65.9 3,306 16,219 23.83
26,300 26,830 339.4 49.56 657 25,957 66.2 3,345 16,463 24.33
26,400 26,930 341.7 49.87 659 26,058 66.5 3,385 16,459 24.33
26,500 27,030 344.1 50.19 662 26,159 66.9 3,425 16,455 24.33
I-22 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
26,600 27,120 346.4 50.50 664 26,260 67.2 3,465 16,450 24.33
26,700 27,220 348.8 50.81 666 26,362 67.5 3,505 16,699 24.85
26,800 27,320 351.1 51.13 669 26,463 67.9 3,547 16,695 24.85
26,900 27,410 353.5 51.45 671 26,565 68.2 3,588 16,691 24.85
27,000 27,510 355.9 51.76 674 26,665 68.6 3,630 16,686 24.85
27,100 27,600 358.3 52.08 676 26,766 68.9 3,671 16,924 25.35
27,200 27,700 360.7 52.40 678 26,868 69.3 3,714 16,919 25.35
27,300 27,800 363.1 52.71 681 26,969 69.6 3,757 16,922 25.36
27,400 27,900 365.5 53.03 684 27,070 70.0 3,800 16,917 25.36
27,500 27,990 368.0 53.35 686 27,171 70.3 3,843 17,153 25.86
27,600 28,090 370.4 53.67 689 27,274 70.7 3,887 17,155 25.88
27,700 28,190 372.9 53.99 691 27,373 71.0 3,931 17,134 25.85
27,800 28,280 375.3 54.31 693 27,474 71.4 3,975 17,159 25.91
27,900 28,380 377.8 54.64 696 27,576 71.7 4,020 17,362 26.35
28,000 28,480 380.3 54.96 698 27,677 72.1 4,065 17,386 26.41
28,100 28,580 382.8 55.28 701 27,778 72.4 4,110 17,381 26.41
28,200 28,670 385.2 55.61 703 27,880 72.8 4,155 17,590 26.86
28,300 28,770 387.7 55.93 706 27,981 73.1 4,201 17,584 26.86
28,400 28,870 390.2 56.25 709 28,082 73.5 4,247 17,608 26.93
28,500 28,970 392.7 56.57 711 28,183 73.9 4,293 17,602 26.93
28,600 29,060 395.2 56.90 713 28,284 74.2 4,340 17,596 26.93
28,700 29,160 397.7 57.22 716 28,386 74.6 4,387 17,825 27.43
28,800 29,260 400.2 57.55 718 28,487 74.9 4,434 17,819 27.43
28,900 29,360 402.7 57.87 721 28,587 75.3 4,481 17,820 27.44
29,000 29,450 405.2 58.20 723 28,689 75.7 4,529 18,047 27.94
29,100 29,550 407.7 58.52 726 28,790 76.0 4,577 18,041 27.94
29,200 29,650 410.2 58.85 728 28,891 76.4 4,626 18,034 27.94
29,300 29,750 412.7 59.17 731 28,992 76.8 4,674 18,028 27.94
29,400 29,840 415.3 59.50 733 29,093 77.1 4,723 18,253 28.44
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-23

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
29,500 29,940 417.8 59.83 736 29,195 77.5 4,772 18,253 28.46
29,600 30,040 420.4 60.15 739 29,295 77.8 4,822 18,246 28.46
29,700 30,140 422.9 60.48 741 29,397 78.2 4,871 18,239 28.46
29,800 30,240 425.4 60.81 743 29,498 78.6 4,921 18,462 28.96
29,900 30,330 428.0 61.14 746 29,599 78.9 4,972 18,455 28.96
30,000 30,430 430.6 61.47 748 29,700 79.3 5,022 18,448 28.96
30,100 30,530 433.1 61.79 751 29,801 79.7 5,073 18,669 29.46
30,200 30,630 435.7 62.13 753 29,902 80.0 5,124 18,668 29.47
30,300 30,720 438.2 62.45 755 30,001 80.4 5,175 18,661 29.47
30,400 30,820 440.8 62.78 758 30,103 80.8 5,226 18,653 29.47
30,500 30,930 443.3 63.11 762 30,206 81.2 5,279 18,902 30.03
30,600 31,020 445.9 63.44 764 30,307 81.5 5,331 18,894 30.03
30,700 31,120 448.4 63.76 766 30,407 81.9 5,382 18,893 30.05
30,800 31,220 451.0 64.09 768 30,508 82.2 5,435 18,885 30.05
30,900 31,320 453.6 64.42 771 30,609 82.6 5,487 19,102 30.55
31,000 31,420 456.2 64.75 774 30,711 83.0 5,541 19,094 30.55
31,100 31,510 458.7 65.08 775 30,811 83.3 5,594 19,085 30.55
31,200 31,610 461.3 65.41 778 30,912 83.7 5,648 19,076 30.55
31,300 31,710 464.0 65.75 781 31,014 84.1 5,703 19,299 31.07
31,400 31,810 466.6 66.08 784 31,115 84.5 5,758 19,290 31.07
31,500 31,910 469.2 66.41 787 31,216 84.9 5,813 19,281 31.07
31,600 32,010 471.8 66.74 790 31,316 85.3 5,868 19,494 31.57
31,700 32,110 474.5 67.08 792 31,416 85.6 5,923 19,485 31.57
31,800 32,210 477.1 67.41 796 31,518 86.0 5,980 19,475 31.57
31,900 32,300 479.7 67.75 798 31,619 86.4 6,036 19,493 31.63
32,000 32,400 482.4 68.08 801 31,720 86.8 6,092 19,705 32.13
32,100 32,500 485.0 68.41 804 31,821 87.2 6,149 19,695 32.13
32,200 32,600 487.6 68.75 807 31,921 87.6 6,205 19,664 32.08
32,300 32,700 490.3 69.08 809 32,022 88.0 6,262 19,681 32.14
I-24 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
32,400 32,800 492.9 69.42 813 32,124 88.4 6,320 19,892 32.64
32,500 32,900 495.6 69.75 815 32,225 88.8 6,378 19,888 32.66
32,600 33,000 498.2 70.08 818 32325 89.1 6,435 19,870 32.64
32,700 33,100 500.8 70.42 820 32,426 89.5 6,493 20,079 33.14
32,800 33,200 503.5 70.75 824 32,527 89.9 6,552 20,068 33.14
32,900 33,290 506.1 71.09 826 32,628 90.3 6,611 20,063 33.16
33,000 33,390 508.8 71.42 829 32,729 90.7 6,669 20,052 33.16
33,100 33,490 511.5 71.76 832 32,830 91.1 6,729 20,259 33.66
33,200 33,590 514.1 72.09 834 32,931 91.4 6,788 20,247 33.66
33,300 33,690 516.9 72.44 839 33,034 91.9 6,850 20,235 33.66
33,400 33,790 519.5 72.77 841 33,135 92.3 6,910 20,448 34.18
33,500 33,890 522.2 73.11 842 33,231 92.6 6,969 20,426 34.16
33,600 33,990 524.8 73.44 845 33,332 93.0 7,030 20,413 34.16
33,700 34,090 527.6 73.79 848 33,435 93.4 7,092 20,400 34.16
33,800 34,190 530.3 74.12 851 33,535 93.8 7,153 20,605 34.66
33,900 34,290 532.9 74.46 854 33,636 94.2 7,214 20,592 34.66
34,000 34,390 535.6 74.79 857 33,737 94.6 7,276 20,578 34.66
34,100 34,490 538.3 75.13 859 33,838 95.0 7,337 20,788 35.18
34,200 34,590 540.9 75.46 863 33,939 95.4 7,399 20,775 35.18
34,300 34,680 543.6 75.79 865 34,040 95.8 7,461 20,761 35.18
34,400 34,780 546.2 76.12 867 34,138 96.1 7,522 20,963 35.68
34,500 34,880 548.9 76.46 869 34,239 96.5 7,585 20,949 35.68
34,600 34,990 551.6 76.80 875 34,346 97.0 7,650 20,951 35.71
34,700 35,090 554.3 77.13 878 34,446 97.4 7,714 20,937 35.71
34,800 35,180 556.9 77.47 879 34,543 97.7 7,775 21,130 36.19
34,900 35,280 559.7 77.81 883 34,647 98.1 7,842 21,121 36.21
35,000 35,380 562.4 78.15 883 34,742 98.5 7,905 21,097 36.19
35,100 35,470 565.0 78.48 885 34,841 98.8 7,968 21,296 36.69
35,200 35,580 567.8 78.83 889 34,944 99.3 8,035 21,280 36.69
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-25

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
35,300 35,680 570.5 79.17 894 35,050 99.7 8,102 21,273 36.71
35,400 35,780 573.2 79.51 897 35,150 100.1 8,167 21,257 36.71
35,500 35,880 575.8 79.84 898 35,248 100.5 8,231 21,455 37.21
35,600 35,980 578.6 80.18 901 35,349 100.9 8,298 21,446 37.22
35,700 36,080 581.3 80.52 905 35,451 101.3 8,365 21,429 37.22
35,800 36,180 584.0 80.86 907 35,550 101.7 8,431 21,624 37.72
35,900 36,280 586.7 81.20 910 35,651 102.1 8,499 21,607 37.72
36,000 36,380 589.5 81.54 914 35,752 102.5 8,567 21,616 37.78
36,100 36,480 592.3 81.88 917 35,853 102.9 8,635 21,598 37.78
36,200 36,580 595.0 82.23 920 35,953 103.3 8,703 21,772 38.24
36,300 36,680 597.8 82.57 923 36,054 103.7 8,772 21,754 38.24
36,400 36,780 600.5 82.91 927 36,154 104.2 8,841 21,762 38.30
36,500 36,880 603.3 83.25 929 36,254 104.6 8,910 21,954 38.80
36,600 36,980 606.0 83.60 932 36,355 104.9 8,979 21,935 38.80
36,700 37,080 608.8 83.94 936 36,457 105.4 9,050 21,923 38.82
36,800 37,180 611.6 84.28 939 36,558 105.8 9,120 22,114 39.32
36,900 37,280 614.3 84.63 941 36,657 106.2 9,190 22,094 39.32
37,000 37,380 617.1 84.97 944 36,757 106.6 9,261 22,074 39.32
37,100 37,480 619.9 85.31 947 36,858 107.0 9,332 22,264 39.82
37,200 37,580 622.6 85.66 951 36,959 107.4 9,403 22,243 39.82
37,300 37,680 625.4 86.00 953 37,060 107.8 9,475 22,223 39.82
37,400 37,780 628.2 86.35 957 37,161 108.2 9,547 22,208 39.83
37,500 37,880 631.0 86.69 960 37,261 108.7 9,619 22,396 40.33
37,600 37,980 633.7 87.03 963 37,361 109.1 9,691 22,375 40.33
37,700 38,080 636.5 87.38 966 37,461 109.5 9,764 22,353 40.33
37,800 38,180 639.4 87.73 970 37,564 109.9 9,839 22,546 40.85
37,900 38,280 642.2 88.08 973 37,665 110.3 9,913 22,524 40.85
38,000 38,380 645.0 88.42 975 37,763 110.7 9,986 22,500 40.85
38,100 38,480 647.8 88.77 978 37,864 111.1 10,061 22,685 41.35
I-26 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
38,200 38,580 650.6 89.13 981 37,965 111.6 10,137 22,661 41.35
38,300 38,680 653.5 89.47 984 38,065 112.0 10,212 22,638 41.35
38,400 38,780 656.3 89.82 988 38,166 112.4 10,287 22,821 41.85
38,500 38,880 659.1 90.17 991 38,266 112.8 10,363 22,797 41.85
38,600 38,980 662.0 90.52 994 38,367 113.3 10,439 22,778 41.86
38,700 39,080 664.8 90.87 996 38,467 113.6 10,515 22,960 42.36
38,800 39,180 667.6 91.22 1000 38,569 114.1 10,592 22,936 42.36
38,900 39,280 670.5 91.57 1003 38,670 114.5 10,670 22,910 42.36
39,000 39,380 673.3 91.92 1007 38,769 114.9 10,747 23,097 42.88
39,100 39,480 676.1 92.27 1009 38,869 115.3 10,825 23,063 42.86
39,200 39,580 679.0 92.63 1012 38,970 115.8 10,903 23,043 42.88
39,300 39,680 681.9 92.98 1016 39,070 116.2 10,982 23,221 43.38
39,400 39,780 684.8 93.33 1018 39,171 116.6 11,061 23,194 43.38
39,500 39,880 687.6 93.68 1022 39,271 117.0 11,140 23,167 43.38
39,600 39,980 690.5 94.04 1025 39,372 117.5 11,220 23,164 43.44
39,700 40,080 693.4 94.39 1028 39,472 117.9 11,300 23,322 43.89
39,800 40,180 696.2 94.74 1031 39,572 118.3 11,379 23,293 43.89
39,900 40,280 699.1 95.09 1033 39,672 118.7 11,459 23,469 44.39
40,000 40,380 702.0 95.45 1038 39,775 119.2 11,541 23,466 44.46
40,100 40,480 704.8 95.80 1041 39,875 119.6 11,622 23,417 44.41
40,200 40,580 707.7 96.15 1044 39,974 120.0 11,702 23,405 44.46
40,300 40,680 710.6 96.51 1046 40,074 120.4 11,783 23,560 44.91
40,400 40,780 713.5 96.86 1049 40,175 120.8 11,866 23,554 44.97
40,500 40,880 716.4 97.22 1053 40,276 121.3 11,949 23,523 44.97
40,600 40,980 719.3 97.57 1057 40,376 121.7 12,031 23,695 45.47
40,700 41,080 722.2 97.92 1060 40,476 122.1 12,114 23,663 45.47
40,800 41,180 725.0 98.28 1063 40,577 122.6 12,197 23,637 45.49
40,900 41,280 727.9 98.63 1066 40,676 123.0 12,278 23,808 45.99
41,000 41,380 730.8 98.98 1069 40,776 123.4 12,362 23,775 45.99
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-27

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
41,100 41,490 733.7 99.33 1074 40,879 123.9 12,447 23,743 45.99
41,200 41,590 736.6 99.69 1077 40,981 124.3 12,533 23,917 46.50
41,300 41,680 739.5 100.05 1079 41,079 124.7 12,616 23,876 46.49
41,400 41,780 742.5 100.41 1082 41,179 125.1 12,702 23,847 46.50
41,500 41,890 745.5 100.77 1086 41,280 125.6 12,791 24,013 47.00
41,600 41,990 748.5 101.13 1089 41,380 126.0 12,878 23,977 47.00
41,700 42,090 751.5 101.50 1092 41,480 126.5 12,967 24,142 47.50
41,800 42,190 754.5 101.87 1096 41,581 126.9 13,057 24,104 47.50
41,900 42,290 757.5 102.24 1099 41,681 127.4 13,146 24,072 47.52
42,000 42,390 760.6 102.61 1102 41,781 127.8 13,237 24,234 48.02
42,100 42,490 763.6 102.98 1106 41,881 128.3 13,327 24,195 48.02
42,200 42,590 766.7 103.35 1109 41,983 128.7 13,420 24,155 48.02
42,300 42,690 769.8 103.73 1113 42,086 129.2 13,514 24,321 48.53
42,400 42,790 773.0 104.11 1116 42,185 129.6 13,608 24,279 48.53
42,500 42,890 776.1 104.49 1118 42,283 130.1 13,702 24,235 48.53
42,600 42,990 779.4 104.88 1123 42,384 130.6 13,800 24,391 49.03
42,700 43,090 782.6 105.28 1125 42,485 131.0 13,899 24,346 49.03
42,800 43,190 785.9 105.67 1129 42,585 131.5 13,998 24,506 49.55
42,900 43,290 789.2 106.07 1,132 42,685 132.0 14,099 24,458 49.55
43,000 43,390 792.5 106.48 1,135 42,786 132.4 14,201 24,410 49.55
43,100 43,490 795.9 106.88 1,137 42,885 132.9 14,303 24,561 50.05
43,200 43,590 799.3 107.29 1,141 42,986 133.4 14,408 24,510 50.05
43,300 43,690 802.8 107.71 1,145 43,090 133.9 14,516 24,663 50.57
43,400 43,790 806.3 108.13 1,148 43,189 134.4 14,623 24,610 50.57
43,500 43,890 809.9 108.56 1,150 43,287 134.9 14,733 24,553 50.57
43,600 43,990 813.5 109.00 1,154 43,389 135.4 14,848 24,694 51.07
43,700 44,090 817.3 109.44 1,158 43,489 135.9 14,964 24,659 51.13
43,800 44,190 821.0 109.89 1,161 43,589 136.4 15,081 24,802 51.64
43,900 44,290 824.9 110.35 1,164 43,690 137.0 15,201 24,739 51.64
I-28 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
44,000 44,390 828.8 110.81 1,168 43,790 137.5 15,323 24,871 52.14
44,100 44,490 832.7 111.28 1,170 43,890 138.0 15,447 24,804 52.14
44,200 44,590 836.8 111.77 1,175 43,993 138.6 15,576 24,741 52.16
44,300 44,690 841.0 112.26 1,177 44,093 139.2 15,709 24,865 52.66
44,400 44,790 845.3 112.78 1,180 44,191 139.7 15,845 24,787 52.66
44,500 44,890 849.9 113.31 1,184 44,294 140.4 15,990 24,901 53.16
44,600 44,990 854.5 113.85 1,187 44,393 141.0 16,136 25,012 53.66
44,700 45,090 859.3 114.41 1,191 44,494 141.6 16,288 24,929 53.68
44,800 45,190 864.2 114.99 1,194 44,595 142.3 16,446 25,029 54.18
44,900 45,290 869.3 115.59 1,197 44,696 142.9 16,609 24,931 54.18
45,000 45,390 874.7 116.21 1,201 44,798 143.6 16,783 25,025 54.69
45,100 45,490 880.4 116.88 1,204 44,898 144.4 16,967 25,103 55.19
45,200 45,590 886.5 117.59 1,207 44,998 145.1 17,165 24,976 55.19
45,300 45,690 893.0 118.34 1,210 45,100 145.9 17,375 25,032 55.69
45,400 45,780 900.0 119.14 1,213 45,200 146.8 17,601 25,073 56.19
45,500 45,880 908.0 120.06 1,219 45,304 147.8 17,862 25,094 56.71
45,600 45,980 917.2 121.10 1,221 45,403 148.9 18,159 25,075 57.21
45,700 46,080 928.3 122.36 1,223 45,506 150.2 18,522 25,009 57.72
45,800 46,170 946.3 124.38 1,227 45,609 152.2 19,111 24,962 58.78
45,900 46,180 951.1 125.34 1,047 45,710 148.3 19,269 25,024 59.29
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-29

Appendix I
Figure I-3. M26A1/2 Trajectories
I-30 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Table I-4. M26A1/2 (High Quadrant Elevation) Rocket Trajectory Data

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
10,000 19,090 178.91 11.65 1,026 9,443 45.53 1,033 9,679 12.76
10,100 19,150 179.90 11.80 1,039 9,542 46.03 1,046 9,776 12.89
10,200 19,150 179.90 11.94 1,043 9,643 46.24 1,053 9,923 12.57
10,300 19,210 180.89 12.09 1,056 9,744 46.74 1,062 9,971 13.14
10,400 19,210 180.89 12.23 1,060 9,844 46.95 1,065 10,065 13.25
10,500 19,269 181.87 12.38 1,073 9,944 47.44 1,081 10,228 13.02
10,600 19,269 181.87 12.53 1,076 10,044 47.64 1,081 10,228 13.02
10,700 19,328 182.86 12.68 1,089 10,144 48.12 1,093 10,354 13.63
10,800 19,328 182.86 12.83 1,092 10,244 48.32 1,099 10,560 13.52
10,900 19,387 183.85 12.98 1,104 10,345 48.80 1,110 10,600 13.58
11,000 19,387 183.85 13.13 1,107 10,446 48.99 1,111 10,600 13.58
11,100 19,446 184.83 13.28 1,120 10,546 49.47 1,122 10,734 14.11
11,200 19,446 184.83 13.44 1,122 10,647 49.65 1,127 10,925 14.08
11,300 19,504 185.82 13.59 1,134 10,746 50.12 1,137 10,925 14.08
11,400 19,563 186.81 13.74 1,147 10,846 50.60 1,149 11,015 14.48
11,500 19,563 186.81 13.90 1,148 10,948 50.77 1,152 11,244 14.58
11,600 19,621 187.80 14.06 1,160 11,048 51.24 1,163 11,243 14.58
11,700 19,621 187.80 14.22 1,162 11,149 51.40 1,163 11,243 14.58
11,800 19,679 188.78 14.37 1,174 11,248 51.88 1,176 11,556 15.08
11,900 19,737 189.77 14.53 1,186 11,348 52.34 1,187 11,556 15.08
12,000 19,737 189.77 14.69 1,186 11,444 52.47 1,187 11,556 15.08
12,100 19,794 190.76 14.85 1,199 11,545 52.94 1,199 11,632 15.26
12,200 19,851 191.74 15.01 1,210 11,645 53.40 1,210 11,863 15.58
12,300 19,851 191.74 15.17 1,210 11,746 53.53 1,211 11,863 15.58
12,400 19,908 192.73 15.34 1,222 11,847 54.00 1,222 11,862 15.58
12,500 19,964 193.72 15.51 1,233 11,950 54.45 1,234 11,871 15.60
12,600 20,021 194.71 15.68 1,245 12,052 54.91 1,246 11,871 15.60
12,700 20,021 194.71 15.85 1,244 12,155 55.03 1,246 11,871 15.60
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-31

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
12,800 20,077 195.69 16.02 1,256 12,256 55.48 1,257 11,870 15.60
12,900 20,132 196.68 16.19 1,267 12,357 55.92 1,269 11,869 15.60
13,000 20,132 196.68 16.35 1,266 12,455 56.02 1,269 11,869 15.60
13,100 20,189 197.67 16.52 1,276 12,554 56.46 1,281 11,869 15.60
13,200 20,245 198.65 16.69 1,287 12,654 56.90 1,292 12,172 16.10
13,300 20,300 199.64 16.87 1,298 12,756 57.34 1,304 12,171 16.10
13,400 20,355 200.63 17.04 1,308 12,856 57.77 1,317 12,170 16.10
13,500 20,410 201.62 17.21 1,319 12,955 58.21 1,329 12,170 16.10
13,600 20,410 201.62 17.39 1,317 13,058 58.28 1,328 12,170 16.10
13,700 20,465 202.60 17.57 1,327 13,157 58.70 1,340 12,169 16.10
13,800 20,520 203.59 17.75 1,337 13,258 59.13 1,353 12,178 16.11
13,900 20,574 204.58 17.93 1,347 13,359 59.56 1,365 12,177 16.11
14,000 20,629 205.57 18.11 1,357 13,459 59.97 1,377 12,176 16.11
14,100 20,675 206.42 18.29 1,365 13,560 60.34 1,387 12,176 16.11
14,200 20,721 207.27 18.47 1,373 13,660 60.71 1,398 12,474 16.61
14,300 20,768 208.13 18.65 1,380 13,761 61.06 1,408 12,473 16.61
14,400 20,815 208.98 18.84 1,388 13,862 61.42 1,419 12,473 16.61
14,500 20,861 209.83 19.02 1,396 13,962 61.78 1,430 12,472 16.61
14,600 20,907 210.69 19.21 1,403 14,062 62.13 1,440 12,471 16.61
14,700 20,952 211.54 19.40 1,410 14,164 62.48 1,451 12,470 16.61
14,800 20,998 212.40 19.58 1,417 14,264 62.81 1,462 12,470 16.61
14,900 21,095 214.24 19.77 1,438 14,365 63.55 1,485 12,468 16.61
15,000 21,141 215.09 19.96 1,444 14,466 63.89 1,496 12,762 17.11
15,100 21,187 215.94 20.15 1,451 14,565 64.22 1,506 12,761 17.11
15,200 21,231 216.80 20.35 1,457 14,667 64.55 1,517 12,761 17.11
15,300 21,276 217.65 20.54 1,463 14,768 64.87 1,528 12,760 17.11
15,400 21,321 218.50 20.74 1,469 14,868 65.19 1,539 12,759 17.11
15,500 21,366 219.36 20.93 1,475 14,970 65.51 1,550 12,759 17.11
15,600 21,462 221.20 21.13 1,496 15,069 66.23 1,574 12,766 17.13
I-32 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
15,700 21,506 222.05 21.33 1,501 15,171 66.54 1,585 12,765 17.13
15,800 21,551 222.91 21.53 1,506 15,271 66.84 1,596 12,765 17.13
15,900 21,594 223.76 21.73 1,511 15,371 67.14 1,607 13,054 17.63
16,000 21,638 224.61 21.93 1,516 15,473 67.43 1,618 13,053 17.63
16,100 21,733 226.46 22.13 1,537 15,572 68.15 1,642 13,052 17.63
16,200 21,776 227.31 22.33 1,541 15,674 68.44 1,653 13,051 17.63
16,300 21,820 228.16 22.54 1,545 15,775 68.72 1,665 13,050 17.63
16,400 21,914 230.00 22.74 1,565 15,874 69.43 1,689 13,049 17.63
16,500 21,953 230.86 22.95 1,569 15,976 69.70 1,700 13,038 17.61
16,600 21,996 231.71 23.16 1,572 16,077 69.96 1,711 13,323 18.11
16,700 22,040 232.57 23.37 1,576 16,178 70.23 1,723 13,322 18.11
16,800 22,132 234.41 23.58 1,596 16,278 70.93 1,747 13,320 18.11
16,900 22,174 235.26 23.79 1,599 16,379 71.18 1,759 13,320 18.11
17,000 22,218 236.11 24.01 1,601 16,480 71.42 1,770 13,319 18.11
17,100 22,309 237.95 24.22 1,621 16,580 72.12 1,795 13,326 18.13
17,200 22,351 238.81 24.43 1,623 16,681 72.36 1,807 13,326 18.13
17,300 22,442 240.65 24.65 1,642 16,781 73.05 1,831 13,597 18.61
17,400 22,484 241.50 24.87 1,644 16,883 73.28 1,843 13,604 18.63
17,500 22,525 242.36 25.08 1,646 16,984 73.49 1,855 13,604 18.63
17,600 22,615 244.20 25.30 1,665 17,084 74.18 1,880 13,602 18.63
17,700 22,657 245.05 25.52 1,666 17,185 74.39 1,892 13,601 18.63
17,800 22,746 246.89 25.74 1,684 17,286 75.07 1,917 13,599 18.63
17,900 22,787 247.75 25.96 1,685 17,386 75.27 1,929 13,599 18.63
18,000 22,875 249.59 26.19 1,703 17,487 75.94 1,955 13,875 19.13
18,100 22,916 250.44 26.41 1,704 17,589 76.13 1,967 13,874 19.13
18,200 23,003 252.28 26.64 1,721 17,688 76.79 1,993 13,872 19.13
18,300 23,045 253.14 26.87 1,721 17,790 76.97 2,005 13,871 19.13
18,400 23,132 254.98 27.09 1,739 17,890 77.63 2,030 13,869 19.13
18,500 23,172 255.83 27.32 1,738 17,992 77.79 2,042 13,869 19.13
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-33

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
18,600 23,259 257.67 27.55 1,756 18,091 78.44 2,069 14,149 19.64
18,700 23,300 258.52 27.79 1,754 18,193 78.59 2,081 14,149 19.64
18,800 23,385 260.37 28.02 1,771 18,294 79.24 2,107 14,147 19.64
18,900 23,426 261.22 28.25 1,769 18,395 79.37 2,119 14,146 19.64
19,000 23,511 263.06 28.48 1,786 18,495 80.02 2,146 14,144 19.64
19,100 23,597 264.90 28.72 1,802 18,596 80.64 2,172 14,142 19.64
19,200 23,636 265.76 28.96 1,800 18,698 80.77 2,185 14,412 20.14
19,300 23,721 267.60 29.19 1,816 18,797 81.39 2,212 14,410 20.14
19,400 23,760 268.45 29.44 1,813 18,899 81.50 2,224 14,409 20.14
19,500 23,845 270.29 29.67 1,829 18,999 82.11 2,251 14,407 20.14
19,600 23,929 272.13 29.91 1,845 19,101 82.74 2,278 14,405 20.14
19,700 23,968 272.99 30.16 1,840 19,202 82.81 2,291 14,404 20.14
19,800 24,052 274.83 30.40 1,856 19,303 83.42 2,318 14,677 20.66
19,900 24,136 276.67 30.64 1,871 19,403 84.02 2,345 14,675 20.66
20,000 24,218 278.51 30.89 1,886 19,504 84.62 2,373 14,673 20.66
20,100 24,263 279.50 31.14 1,883 19,605 84.74 2,388 14,672 20.66
20,200 24,351 281.47 31.38 1,901 19,706 85.41 2,417 14,670 20.66
20,300 24,395 282.46 31.63 1,897 19,807 85.51 2,432 14,668 20.66
20,400 24,484 284.43 31.88 1,914 19,908 86.17 2,462 14,963 21.22
20,500 24,571 286.41 32.13 1,931 20,008 86.83 2,492 14,961 21.22
20,600 24,615 287.39 32.39 1,927 20,110 86.91 2,507 14,959 21.22
20,700 24,702 289.37 32.64 1,943 20,210 87.55 2,537 14,957 21.22
20,800 24,790 291.34 32.89 1,960 20,311 88.19 2,567 14,930 21.18
20,900 24,833 292.33 33.15 1,954 20,413 88.25 2,582 15,189 21.68
21,000 24,919 294.30 33.40 1,970 20,514 88.89 2,613 15,187 21.68
21,100 25,006 296.28 33.66 1,986 20,614 89.51 2,644 15,217 21.74
21,200 25,049 297.27 33.92 1,980 20,716 89.56 2,659 15,216 21.74
21,300 25,138 299.24 34.17 1,996 20,817 90.19 2,690 15,239 21.78
21,400 25,224 301.21 34.43 2,011 20,917 90.80 2,721 15,236 21.78
I-34 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
21,500 25,266 302.20 34.70 2,004 21,018 90.82 2,737 15,234 21.78
21,600 25,352 304.18 34.96 2,019 21,120 91.42 2,768 15,489 22.28
21,700 25,437 306.15 35.22 2,033 21,220 92.02 2,799 15,487 22.28
21,800 25,522 308.12 35.48 2,048 21,321 92.61 2,831 15,484 22.28
21,900 25,607 310.10 35.74 2,062 21,422 93.20 2,862 15,481 22.28
22,000 25,649 311.09 36.02 2,053 21,524 93.18 2,878 15,480 22.28
22,100 25,733 313.06 36.28 2,067 21,624 93.76 2,910 15,740 22.80
22,200 25,818 315.03 36.55 2,080 21,725 94.33 2,942 15,737 22.80
22,300 25,901 317.01 36.81 2,093 21,826 94.90 2,974 15,734 22.80
22,400 25,985 318.98 37.08 2,106 21,927 95.46 3,006 15,731 22.80
22,500 26,067 320.96 37.35 2,119 22,027 96.00 3,038 15,980 23.30
22,600 26,109 321.94 37.63 2,107 22,130 95.93 3,054 15,978 23.30
22,700 26,191 323.92 37.91 2,120 22,231 96.47 3,087 15,975 23.30
22,800 26,274 325.89 38.18 2,132 22,332 97.01 3,119 15,980 23.32
22,900 26,357 327.87 38.45 2,143 22,433 97.54 3,152 15,977 23.32
23,000 26,440 329.84 38.72 2,155 22,533 98.08 3,184 15,974 23.32
23,100 26,521 331.82 39.00 2,167 22,634 98.60 3,218 16,220 23.82
23,200 26,604 333.79 39.28 2,178 22,735 99.12 3,251 16,225 23.83
23,300 26,685 335.77 39.55 2,189 22,836 99.63 3,284 16,222 23.83
23,400 26,767 337.74 39.83 2,199 22,937 100.13 3,317 16,218 23.83
23,500 26,848 339.71 40.11 2,210 23,039 100.64 3,350 16,462 24.33
23,600 26,930 341.69 40.39 2,220 23,139 101.13 3,384 16,459 24.33
23,700 27,010 343.66 40.67 2,230 23,240 101.62 3,418 16,455 24.33
23,800 27,091 345.64 40.96 2,239 23,342 102.10 3,452 16,452 24.33
23,900 27,171 347.61 41.24 2,249 23,443 102.58 3,485 16,448 24.33
24,000 27,253 349.59 41.52 2,258 23,544 103.06 3,520 16,698 24.85
24,100 27,333 351.56 41.80 2,267 23,645 103.52 3,554 16,694 24.85
24,200 27,414 353.54 42.09 2,276 23,746 103.99 3,588 16,691 24.85
24,300 27,493 355.51 42.38 2,284 23,847 104.44 3,623 16,687 24.85
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-35

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
24,400 27,572 357.48 42.67 2,292 23,948 104.88 3,657 16,682 24.85
24,500 27,691 360.45 42.94 2,327 24,048 106.01 3,709 16,920 25.35
24,600 27,771 362.42 43.23 2,334 24,149 106.45 3,744 16,923 25.36
24,700 27,850 364.39 43.52 2,342 24,251 106.88 3,779 16,920 25.36
24,800 27,928 366.37 43.81 2,349 24,352 107.30 3,814 16,915 25.36
24,900 28,008 368.34 44.11 2,356 24,453 107.72 3,849 17,160 25.88
25,000 28,086 370.32 44.40 2,362 24,555 108.13 3,885 17,156 25.88
25,100 28,165 372.29 44.70 2,369 24,656 108.54 3,920 17,152 25.88
25,200 28,279 375.25 44.98 2,401 24,755 109.61 3,973 17,159 25.91
25,300 28,356 377.23 45.28 2,406 24,857 109.99 4,009 17,363 26.35
25,400 28,435 379.20 45.58 2,411 24,958 110.38 4,045 17,389 26.41
25,500 28,513 381.18 45.88 2,416 25,059 110.76 4,081 17,384 26.41
25,600 28,591 383.15 46.17 2,422 25,161 111.14 4,117 17,380 26.41
25,700 28,668 385.13 46.47 2,426 25,263 111.50 4,153 17,353 26.36
25,800 28,785 388.09 46.76 2,460 25,362 112.61 4,208 17,584 26.86
25,900 28,863 390.06 47.06 2,464 25,464 112.97 4,245 17,608 26.93
26,000 28,940 392.04 47.36 2,467 25,565 113.31 4,281 17,604 26.93
26,100 29,017 394.01 47.66 2,471 25,667 113.66 4,318 17,599 26.93
26,200 29,133 396.97 47.95 2,504 25,767 114.75 4,374 17,827 27.43
26,300 29,210 398.95 48.25 2,507 25,868 115.09 4,411 17,822 27.43
26,400 29,287 400.92 48.56 2,510 25,970 115.41 4,448 17,825 27.44
26,500 29,364 402.89 48.87 2,512 26,071 115.73 4,486 17,820 27.44
26,600 29,479 405.86 49.15 2,545 26,171 116.81 4,542 18,046 27.94
26,700 29,556 407.83 49.46 2,547 26,273 117.12 4,580 18,041 27.94
26,800 29,632 409.80 49.77 2,549 26,374 117.43 4,617 18,036 27.94
26,900 29,747 412.77 50.06 2,581 26,474 118.51 4,674 18,028 27.94
27,000 29,823 414.74 50.37 2,582 26,575 118.80 4,712 18,254 28.44
27,100 29,900 416.72 50.68 2,583 26,677 119.09 4,751 18,249 28.44
27,200 30,014 419.68 50.97 2,615 26,777 120.15 4,808 18,248 28.46
I-36 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
27,300 30,090 421.65 51.28 2,616 26,879 120.43 4,847 18,243 28.46
27,400 30,166 423.63 51.60 2,616 26,980 120.69 4,885 18,467 28.96
27,500 30,279 426.59 51.87 2,651 27,075 121.83 4,944 18,459 28.96
27,600 30,356 428.56 52.19 2,650 27,178 122.07 4,983 18,453 28.96
27,700 30,431 430.54 52.51 2,649 27,280 122.30 5,022 18,448 28.96
27,800 30,545 433.50 52.80 2,680 27,380 123.36 5,080 18,668 29.46
27,900 30,620 435.47 53.12 2,679 27,482 123.59 5,120 18,662 29.46
28,000 30,734 438.43 53.42 2,710 27,582 124.65 5,179 18,660 29.47
28,100 30,809 440.41 53.74 2,707 27,686 124.85 5,219 18,654 29.47
28,200 30,926 443.37 54.04 2,740 27,789 125.93 5,279 18,902 30.03
28,300 31,002 445.34 54.36 2,736 27,893 126.12 5,319 18,896 30.03
28,400 31,077 447.32 54.67 2,737 27,990 126.38 5,360 18,890 30.03
28,500 31,190 450.28 54.96 2,768 28,090 127.44 5,420 18,887 30.05
28,600 31,266 452.25 55.28 2,765 28,192 127.63 5,460 18,881 30.05
28,700 31,379 455.22 55.58 2,797 28,292 128.70 5,521 19,097 30.55
28,800 31,454 457.19 55.90 2,793 28,394 128.88 5,562 19,090 30.55
28,900 31,567 460.15 56.20 2,824 28,493 129.93 5,623 19,080 30.55
29,000 31,641 462.13 56.52 2,820 28,595 130.09 5,664 19,298 31.05
29,100 31,754 465.09 56.82 2,852 28,695 131.15 5,726 19,296 31.07
29,200 31,829 467.06 57.15 2,847 28,797 131.31 5,768 19,289 31.07
29,300 31,940 470.02 57.45 2,878 28,897 132.35 5,830 19,278 31.07
29,400 32,013 472.00 57.78 2,871 28,999 132.46 5,871 19,494 31.57
29,500 32,124 474.96 58.08 2,901 29,099 133.49 5,934 19,483 31.57
29,600 32,199 476.93 58.41 2,895 29,201 133.63 5,976 19,476 31.57
29,700 32,310 479.90 58.71 2,925 29,301 134.65 6,039 19,492 31.63
29,800 32,384 481.87 59.04 2,919 29,403 134.77 6,081 19,707 32.13
29,900 32,495 484.83 59.35 2,949 29,503 135.79 6,145 19,696 32.13
30,000 32,569 486.81 59.68 2,942 29,605 135.90 6,187 19,667 32.08
30,100 32,680 489.77 59.98 2,972 29,705 136.92 6,251 19,683 32.14
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-37

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
30,200 32,754 491.74 60.31 2,965 29,807 137.02 6,294 19,896 32.64
30,300 32,867 494.70 60.62 2,996 29,907 138.06 6,359 19,864 32.60
30,400 32,941 496.68 60.95 2,988 30,009 138.17 6,402 19,884 32.66
30,500 33,051 499.64 61.25 3,017 30,109 139.15 6,467 19,864 32.64
30,600 33,125 501.61 61.59 3,009 30,210 139.24 6,510 20,076 33.14
30,700 33,236 504.58 61.89 3,038 30,311 140.25 6,576 20,063 33.14
30,800 33,310 506.55 62.23 3,029 30,412 140.31 6,620 20,062 33.16
30,900 33,420 509.51 62.54 3,059 30,513 141.32 6,685 20,268 33.66
31,000 33,530 512.45 62.85 3,087 30,613 142.30 6,751 20,255 33.66
31,100 33,603 514.41 63.18 3,076 30,715 142.33 6,795 20,246 33.66
31,200 33,712 517.34 63.49 3,105 30,815 143.30 6,861 20,233 33.66
31,300 33,785 519.30 63.83 3,093 30,917 143.31 6,905 20,442 34.16
31,400 33,888 522.23 64.15 3,116 31,017 144.16 6,970 20,426 34.16
31,500 33,997 525.16 64.46 3,144 31,117 145.13 7,037 20,412 34.16
31,600 34,106 528.10 64.78 3,171 31,217 146.09 7,103 20,615 34.66
31,700 34,179 530.05 65.12 3,159 31,319 146.09 7,148 20,606 34.66
31,800 34,288 532.98 65.43 3,188 31,419 147.07 7,216 20,591 34.66
31,900 34,398 535.92 65.74 3,215 31,519 148.03 7,283 20,577 34.66
32,000 34,471 537.87 66.08 3,203 31,622 148.02 7,328 20,790 35.18
32,100 34,580 540.80 66.39 3,230 31,722 148.98 7,396 20,775 35.18
32,200 34,690 543.74 66.70 3,259 31,822 149.95 7,465 20,760 35.18
32,300 34,763 545.69 67.04 3,245 31,924 149.93 7,510 20,750 35.18
32,400 34,871 548.62 67.35 3,273 32,024 150.88 7,579 20,950 35.68
32,500 34,944 550.58 67.70 3,259 32,125 150.84 7,625 20,940 35.68
32,600 35,060 553.51 67.99 3,293 32,226 151.96 7,696 20,941 35.71
32,700 35,167 556.44 68.31 3,319 32,325 152.86 7,765 21,132 36.19
32,800 35,238 558.40 68.66 3,303 32,428 152.79 7,812 21,122 36.19
32,900 35,346 561.33 68.98 3,329 32,528 153.71 7,882 21,112 36.21
33,000 35,447 564.26 69.32 3,348 32,629 154.48 7,950 21,300 36.69
I-38 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
33,100 35,554 567.20 69.63 3,375 32,728 155.42 8,021 21,283 36.69
33,200 35,626 569.15 69.98 3,358 32,831 155.32 8,068 21,272 36.69
33,300 35,740 572.08 70.28 3,391 32,930 156.41 8,140 21,264 36.71
33,400 35,848 575.02 70.61 3,417 33,031 157.32 8,211 21,460 37.21
33,500 35,919 576.97 70.96 3,399 33,133 157.20 8,259 21,455 37.22
33,600 36,028 579.90 71.27 3,427 33,233 158.16 8,331 21,437 37.22
33,700 36,136 582.84 71.59 3,453 33,333 159.08 8,403 21,446 37.28
33,800 36,241 585.77 71.92 3,477 33,433 159.96 8,475 21,613 37.72
33,900 36,313 587.72 72.27 3,458 33,535 159.82 8,523 21,627 37.78
34,000 36,419 590.66 72.59 3,483 33,635 160.73 8,595 21,608 37.78
34,100 36,526 593.59 72.92 3,508 33,736 161.62 8,668 21,781 38.24
34,200 36,632 596.52 73.25 3,532 33,836 162.50 8,741 21,762 38.24
34,300 36,739 599.46 73.57 3,558 33,936 163.41 8,815 21,769 38.30
34,400 36,810 601.41 73.93 3,537 34,038 163.23 8,863 21,756 38.30
34,500 36,915 604.34 74.25 3,561 34,138 164.11 8,937 21,947 38.80
34,600 37,021 607.28 74.58 3,586 34,239 165.00 9,012 21,927 38.80
34,700 37,129 610.21 74.91 3,611 34,339 165.91 9,086 21,914 38.82
34,800 37,200 612.16 75.26 3,590 34,441 165.72 9,136 22,110 39.32
34,900 37,304 615.10 75.60 3,612 34,541 166.55 9,210 22,089 39.32
35,000 37,410 618.03 75.93 3,635 34,642 167.42 9,285 22,067 39.32
35,100 37,516 620.96 76.25 3,660 34,741 168.30 9,360 22,256 39.82
35,200 37,622 623.89 76.58 3,683 34,842 169.16 9,436 22,234 39.82
35,300 37,693 625.85 76.94 3,660 34,944 168.94 9,486 22,219 39.82
35,400 37,798 628.78 77.27 3,684 35,044 169.81 9,562 22,413 40.33
35,500 37,903 631.71 77.61 3,707 35,144 170.65 9,639 22,390 40.33
35,600 38,008 634.65 77.94 3,728 35,245 171.48 9,715 22,368 40.33
35,700 38,114 637.58 78.27 3,753 35,345 172.37 9,792 22,554 40.83
35,800 38,219 640.51 78.61 3,775 35,445 173.20 9,869 22,537 40.85
35,900 38,288 642.47 78.97 3,749 35,547 172.92 9,921 22,521 40.85
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-39

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
36,000 38,391 645.40 79.31 3,768 35,648 173.69 9,997 22,497 40.85
36,100 38,495 648.33 79.65 3,790 35,748 174.52 10,075 22,681 41.35
36,200 38,599 651.26 79.99 3,811 35,848 175.32 10,153 22,656 41.35
36,300 38,702 654.20 80.33 3,832 35,948 176.13 10,231 22,632 41.35
36,400 38,806 657.13 80.67 3,853 36,049 176.93 10,310 22,814 41.85
36,500 38,910 660.06 81.01 3,873 36,149 177.74 10,389 22,788 41.85
36,600 39,014 662.99 81.35 3,894 36,249 178.54 10,467 22,769 41.86
36,700 39,117 665.93 81.69 3,914 36,350 179.33 10,547 22,950 42.36
36,800 39,188 667.88 82.05 3,889 36,452 179.06 10,600 22,933 42.36
36,900 39,291 670.81 82.39 3,908 36,552 179.83 10,680 22,907 42.36
37,000 39,392 673.75 82.74 3,925 36,652 180.56 10,759 23,086 42.86
37,100 39,495 676.68 83.09 3,945 36,752 181.34 10,839 23,059 42.86
37,200 39,597 679.61 83.43 3,964 36,853 182.10 10,920 23,038 42.88
37,300 39,700 682.55 83.78 3,982 36,953 182.86 11,000 23,215 43.38
37,400 39,803 685.48 84.13 4,000 37,054 183.60 11,081 23,187 43.38
37,500 39,905 688.41 84.47 4,019 37,154 184.36 11,162 23,159 43.38
37,600 40,008 691.34 84.82 4,038 37,254 185.13 11,243 23,361 43.94
37,700 40,110 694.28 85.16 4,056 37,354 185.87 11,325 23,313 43.89
37,800 40,213 697.21 85.51 4,074 37,455 186.61 11,407 23,283 43.89
37,900 40,317 700.14 85.85 4,095 37,555 187.42 11,489 23,484 44.46
38,000 40,419 703.07 86.20 4,112 37,655 188.15 11,572 23,454 44.46
38,100 40,522 706.01 86.55 4,130 37,756 188.89 11,655 23,405 44.41
38,200 40,621 708.94 86.91 4,145 37,856 189.56 11,737 23,596 44.96
38,300 40,723 711.87 87.26 4,161 37,957 190.27 11,820 23,546 44.91
38,400 40,825 714.80 87.61 4,179 38,057 191.00 11,904 23,540 44.97
38,500 40,927 717.74 87.96 4,196 38,157 191.72 11,987 23,712 45.47
38,600 41,029 720.67 88.31 4,212 38,257 192.43 12,071 23,680 45.47
38,700 41,097 722.62 88.68 4,178 38,360 191.98 12,127 23,658 45.47
38,800 41,199 725.56 89.03 4,195 38,460 192.71 12,211 23,631 45.49
I-40 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
38,900 41,301 728.49 89.38 4,212 38,560 193.42 12,296 23,802 45.99
39,000 41,403 731.42 89.73 4,228 38,661 194.13 12,381 23,768 45.99
39,100 41,508 734.35 90.08 4,248 38,761 194.91 12,466 23,735 45.99
39,200 41,609 737.29 90.43 4,264 38,861 195.61 12,552 23,910 46.50
39,300 41,707 740.22 90.79 4,275 38,961 196.20 12,637 23,868 46.49
39,400 41,807 743.15 91.16 4,287 39,062 196.82 12,722 24,042 47.00
39,500 41,938 747.06 91.50 4,350 39,160 198.58 12,837 23,994 47.00
39,600 42,036 749.99 91.87 4,360 39,261 199.17 12,923 23,958 47.00
39,700 42,134 752.93 92.24 4,371 39,361 199.76 13,010 24,124 47.50
39,800 42,231 755.86 92.61 4,381 39,462 200.32 13,097 24,093 47.52
39,900 42,328 758.79 92.98 4,389 39,562 200.87 13,183 24,056 47.52
40,000 42,424 761.73 93.35 4,397 39,663 201.40 13,271 24,219 48.02
40,100 42,521 764.66 93.73 4,405 39,764 201.94 13,358 24,181 48.02
40,200 42,650 768.57 94.08 4,466 39,862 203.66 13,476 24,137 48.03
40,300 42,745 771.50 94.46 4,472 39,963 204.14 13,564 24,299 48.53
40,400 42,836 774.43 94.85 4,472 40,064 204.51 13,651 24,258 48.53
40,500 42,927 777.37 95.24 4,473 40,165 204.91 13,740 24,419 49.03
40,600 43,049 781.28 95.63 4,523 40,264 206.39 13,858 24,365 49.03
40,700 43,139 784.21 96.03 4,522 40,365 206.75 13,947 24,323 49.03
40,800 43,257 788.12 96.42 4,568 40,464 208.15 14,066 24,474 49.55
40,900 43,346 791.05 96.82 4,563 40,566 208.44 14,155 24,432 49.55
41,000 43,462 794.96 97.23 4,606 40,665 209.78 14,275 24,574 50.05
41,100 43,549 797.89 97.63 4,600 40,766 210.03 14,365 24,530 50.05
41,200 43,637 800.83 98.04 4,597 40,867 210.33 14,456 24,493 50.07
41,300 43,750 804.74 98.46 4,633 40,966 211.55 14,576 24,633 50.57
41,400 43,858 808.65 98.89 4,662 41,067 212.61 14,696 24,572 50.57
41,500 43,965 812.56 99.33 4,693 41,166 213.70 14,817 24,709 51.07
41,600 44,044 815.49 99.77 4,672 41,270 213.65 14,909 24,687 51.13
41,700 44,149 819.40 100.20 4,704 41,365 214.78 15,030 24,631 51.14
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-41

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
41,800 44,251 823.31 100.67 4,722 41,469 215.62 15,152 24,765 51.64
41,900 44,352 827.22 101.13 4,742 41,569 216.50 15,275 24,700 51.64
42,000 44,451 831.13 101.60 4,760 41,670 217.33 15,397 24,831 52.14
42,100 44,549 835.04 102.07 4,774 41,770 218.10 15,520 24,765 52.14
42,200 44,646 838.95 102.55 4,787 41,871 218.84 15,644 24,900 52.66
42,300 44,757 843.84 103.07 4,828 41,971 220.24 15,798 24,814 52.66
42,400 44,845 847.75 103.58 4,828 42,072 220.73 15,922 24,939 53.16
42,500 44,951 852.64 104.13 4,863 42,172 222.01 16,077 24,850 53.16
42,600 45,035 856.55 104.65 4,856 42,274 222.34 16,202 24,979 53.68
42,700 45,135 861.43 105.21 4,882 42,374 223.45 16,358 24,888 53.68
42,800 45,232 866.32 105.80 4,897 42,478 224.33 16,514 24,988 54.18
42,900 45,343 872.19 106.46 4,934 42,584 225.77 16,702 25,067 54.68
43,000 45,433 877.07 107.08 4,935 42,690 226.38 16,860 24,977 54.69
43,100 45,544 883.92 107.84 4,977 42,798 228.02 17,080 25,030 55.19
43,200 45,636 889.78 108.57 4,983 42,906 228.84 17,270 25,100 55.69
43,300 45,737 896.62 109.38 5,005 43,017 230.08 17,491 25,146 56.19
43,400 45,827 903.47 110.22 5,010 43,127 231.00 17,713 25,004 56.21
43,500 45,929 912.27 111.24 5,040 43,240 232.61 17,999 24,998 56.71
43,600 46,025 922.04 112.40 5,062 43,357 234.17 18,318 25,149 57.71
43,700 46,113 933.77 113.80 5,075 43,478 235.78 18,702 25,063 58.22
43,800 46,182 950.39 115.83 5,065 43,611 237.48 19,245 25,042 59.29
43,900 46,181 950.39 116.24 4,889 43,712 234.00 19,246 25,042 59.29
44,000 46,181 950.39 116.65 4,712 43,814 230.47 19,245 25,042 59.29
40,100 42,521 764.66 93.73 4,405 39,764 201.94 13,358 24,181 48.02
40,200 42,650 768.57 94.08 4,466 39,862 203.66 13,476 24,137 48.03
40,300 42,745 771.50 94.46 4,472 39,963 204.14 13,564 24,299 48.53
40,400 42,836 774.43 94.85 4,472 40,064 204.51 13,651 24,258 48.53
40,500 42,927 777.37 95.24 4,473 40,165 204.91 13,740 24,419 49.03
40,600 43,049 781.28 95.63 4,523 40,264 206.39 13,858 24,365 49.03
I-42 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008


Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
40,700 43,139 784.21 96.03 4,522 40,365 206.75 13,947 24,323 49.03
40,800 43,257 788.12 96.42 4,568 40,464 208.15 14,066 24,474 49.55
40,900 43,346 791.05 96.82 4,563 40,566 208.44 14,155 24,432 49.55
41,000 43,462 794.96 97.23 4,606 40,665 209.78 14,275 24,574 50.05
41,100 43,549 797.89 97.63 4,600 40,766 210.03 14,365 24,530 50.05
41,200 43,637 800.83 98.04 4,597 40,867 210.33 14,456 24,493 50.07
41,300 43,750 804.74 98.46 4,633 40,966 211.55 14,576 24,633 50.57
41,400 43,858 808.65 98.89 4,662 41,067 212.61 14,696 24,572 50.57
41,500 43,965 812.56 99.33 4,693 41,166 213.70 14,817 24,709 51.07
41,600 44,044 815.49 99.77 4,672 41,270 213.65 14,909 24,687 51.13
41,700 44,149 819.40 100.20 4,704 41,365 214.78 15,030 24,631 51.14
41,800 44,251 823.31 100.67 4,722 41,469 215.62 15,152 24,765 51.64
41,900 44,352 827.22 101.13 4,742 41,569 216.50 15,275 24,700 51.64
42,000 44,451 831.13 101.60 4,760 41,670 217.33 15,397 24,831 52.14
42,100 44,549 835.04 102.07 4,774 41,770 218.10 15,520 24,765 52.14
42,200 44,646 838.95 102.55 4,787 41,871 218.84 15,644 24,900 52.66
42,300 44,757 843.84 103.07 4,828 41,971 220.24 15,798 24,814 52.66
42,400 44,845 847.75 103.58 4,828 42,072 220.73 15,922 24,939 53.16
42,500 44,951 852.64 104.13 4,863 42,172 222.01 16,077 24,850 53.16
42,600 45,035 856.55 104.65 4,856 42,274 222.34 16,202 24,979 53.68
42,700 45,135 861.43 105.21 4,882 42,374 223.45 16,358 24,888 53.68
42,800 45,232 866.32 105.80 4,897 42,478 224.33 16,514 24,988 54.18
42,900 45,343 872.19 106.46 4,934 42,584 225.77 16,702 25,067 54.68
43,000 45,433 877.07 107.08 4,935 42,690 226.38 16,860 24,977 54.69
43,100 45,544 883.92 107.84 4,977 42,798 228.02 17,080 25,030 55.19
43,200 45,636 889.78 108.57 4,983 42,906 228.84 17,270 25,100 55.69
43,300 45,737 896.62 109.38 5,005 43,017 230.08 17,491 25,146 56.19
43,400 45,827 903.47 110.22 5,010 43,127 231.00 17,713 25,004 56.21
43,500 45,929 912.27 111.24 5,040 43,240 232.61 17,999 24,998 56.71
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-43

Appendix I

Payload
Fuze Apogee
Setting Altitude
(sec) (m)
(sec)
43,600 46,025 922.04 112.40 5,062 43,357 234.17 18,318 25,149 57.71
43,700 46,113 933.77 113.80 5,075 43,478 235.78 18,702 25,063 58.22
43,800 46,182 950.39 115.83 5,065 43,611 237.48 19,245 25,042 59.29
43,900 46,181 950.39 116.24 4,889 43,712 234.00 19,246 25,042 59.29
44,000 46,181 950.39 116.65 4,712 43,814 230.47 19,245 25,042 59.29
44,100 46,181 950.39 117.07 4,534 43,915 226.86 19,246 25,042 59.29
44,200 46,181 950.39 117.49 4,354 44,016 223.18 19,245 25,042 59.29
44,300 46,182 950.39 117.91 4,173 44,117 219.45 19,245 25,042 59.29
44,400 46,182 950.39 118.34 3,991 44,217 215.66 19,245 25,042 59.29
44,500 46,182 950.39 118.76 3,808 44,317 211.78 19,245 25,042 59.29
44,600 46,182 950.39 119.19 3,624 44,416 207.85 19,245 25,042 59.29
44,700 46,181 950.39 119.63 3,438 44,515 203.85 19,246 25,042 59.29
44,800 46,182 950.39 120.06 3,251 44,615 199.76 19,245 25,042 59.29
44,900 46,182 950.39 120.51 3,062 44,713 195.60 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,000 46,181 950.39 120.95 2,872 44,812 191.36 19,246 25,042 59.29
45,100 46,181 950.39 121.40 2,680 44,911 187.01 19,246 25,042 59.29
45,200 46,182 950.39 121.86 2,486 45,009 182.60 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,300 46,182 950.39 122.31 2,291 45,107 178.08 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,400 46,182 950.39 122.78 2,092 45,206 173.44 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,500 46,181 950.39 123.26 1,892 45,304 168.71 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,600 46,182 950.39 123.74 1,688 45,404 163.84 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,700 46,182 950.39 124.23 1,479 45,504 158.80 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,800 46,181 950.39 124.74 1,265 45,605 153.58 19,245 25,042 59.29
45,900
46,000
Note: Blank cells indicate that a solution is not available for the range indicated.
I-44 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure I-4. M26A1/2 (High Quadrant Elevation) Trajectories
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-45

Appendix I
Table I-5. M28A1/A2 Rocket (Reduced Range, Practice) Ballistic Algorithm Solutions
Aim Apogee
Range to Target Time to
QE (mil) Time (sec) Altitude (m) Range (m)
(m) Impact (sec)
7,500 150 16.8 8.14 319 4,411

7,600 153 17.1 8.14 334 4,410
7,700 157 17.5 8.64 349 4,628
7,800 160 17.8 8.64 364 4,627
7,900 163 18.2 8.64 380 4,626
8,000 167 18.5 9.14 396 4,836
8,100 171 18.9 9.14 414 4,835
8,200 174 19.3 9.14 431 4,834
8,300 178 19.6 9.64 449 5,038
8,400 182 20.0 9.66 468 5,042
8,500 186 20.4 9.66 487 5,040
8,600 190 20.8 9.66 507 5,039
8,700 194 21.1 10.14 528 5,230
8,800 198 21.5 10.14 549 5,228
8,900 202 21.9 10.64 571 5,419
9,000 206 22.3 10.64 593 5,417
9,100 210 22.7 10.64 617 5,415
9,200 215 23.1 11.14 640 5,601
9,300 219 23.5 11.14 665 5,598
9,400 224 23.9 11.14 690 5,595
9,500 228 24.3 11.66 716 5,783
9,600 233 24.8 11.64 743 5,773
9,700 238 25.2 11.64 770 5,770
9,800 243 25.6 12.14 799 5,947
9,900 247 26.1 12.16 828 5,948
10,000 252 26.5 12.16 858 5,944
10,100 258 26.9 12.66 889 6,116
10,200 263 27.4 12.64 920 6,106
10,300 268 27.9 13.14 953 6,273
10,400 273 28.3 13.16 987 6,274
I-46 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Aim Apogee
(m) Impact (sec)
10,500 279 28.8 13.16 1,021 6,269

10,600 284 29.2 13.66 1,056 6,432
10,700 290 29.7 13.66 1,093 6,426
10,800 296 30.2 13.66 1,130 6,420
10,900 302 30.7 14.16 1,169 6,579
11,000 308 31.2 14.16 1,209 6,572
11,100 314 31.7 14.66 1,249 6,727
11,200 320 32.2 14.66 1,291 6,719
11,300 326 32.7 15.16 1,334 6,871
11,400 333 33.2 15.16 1,379 6,863
11,500 339 33.7 15.16 1,424 6,854
11,600 346 34.3 15.66 1,471 7,001
11,700 353 34.8 15.67 1,519 6,996
11,800 359 35.4 16.17 1,569 7,140
11,900 367 35.9 16.16 1,620 7,124
12,000 374 36.5 16.66 1,673 7,264
12,100 381 37.0 16.66 1,727 7,252
12,200 388 37.6 17.16 1,782 7,389
12,300 396 38.2 17.16 1,840 7,374
12,400 404 38.8 17.66 1,899 7,507
12,500 412 39.4 17.66 1,961 7,492
12,600 420 40.0 18.16 2,024 7,621
12,700 428 40.7 18.17 2,090 7,607
12,800 437 41.3 18.66 2,157 7,727
12,900 446 42.0 18.67 2,227 7,712
13,000 455 42.6 19.17 2,300 7,832
13,100 464 43.3 19.17 2,375 7,809
13,200 473 44.0 19.67 2,453 7,925
13,300 483 44.7 20.17 2,533 8,037
13,400 493 45.5 20.17 2,618 8,009
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-47

Appendix I
Aim Apogee
(m) Impact (sec)
13,500 504 46.2 20.67 2,705 8,116

13,600 514 47.0 21.17 2,797 8,218
13,700 525 47.8 21.17 2,892 8,184
13,800 537 48.6 21.67 2,993 8,279
13,900 549 49.5 22.17 3,098 8,370
14,000 562 50.4 22.17 3,210 8,326
14,100 575 51.3 22.73 3,329 8,423
14,200 589 52.3 23.23 3,456 8,497
14,300 604 53.3 23.73 3,592 8,563
14,400 620 54.4 24.25 3,741 8,624
14,500 638 55.6 24.73 3,905 8,665
14,600 657 57.0 25.23 4,089 8,694
14,700 680 58.5 25.75 4,304 8,706
14,800 708 60.3 26.75 4,571 8,793
14,900 749 63.0 27.75 4,969 8,783
I-48 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure I-5. M28A1/2 RRPR Trajectories
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 I-49

Appendix J
JSTARS CGS Interoperability Procedures
for the MLRS Battalion
This appendix provides the tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTP) for MLRS
battalion employment of a CGS while conducting ATACM missions. The MLRS
battalion and CGS crew should use these procedures as a guide for development of
individual TSOPs tailored to their mission(s).
JSTARS
J-1. The JSTARS is an Army and U.S. Air Force multi-service system designed to provide real time
surveillance, intelligence, targeting, and battlefield management information to the land component
commander. The JSTARS components consist of 2 major subgroups: the E-8C aircraft (a Boeing 707
variant) and the Army CGS. JSTARS can locate and track moving vehicles over a large surveillance area
day or night and in almost all weather conditions. The aircraft sends this information near real time (NRT)
to CGSs on the ground. The radar aboard the aircraft operates in 2 modes: moving target indicator (MTI)
and synthetic aperture radar (SAR). Commanders often use the SAR capability to determine the disposition
of stationary vehicles and weapon systems. Figure J-1 displays the JSTARS MTI radar capabilities. Figure
J-2 outlines some of the JSTARS SAR capabilities.
JSTARS MTI Can Detect—

Moving ground vehicles the size of a HMMWV.
Slow-moving aircraft (fixed and rotary wing).
Convoy movement (speed, direction, location, and time).
Choke points based on traffic analysis.
Operational bridges and causeways due to traffic pattern analysis.
Possible locations of logistics sites, CPs, and rest stops.
JSTARS MTI Cannot—
See through hills and mountains because of terrain masking.
Identify the difference between types of vehicles (e.g., T-55 or T-72).
Determine where static defended areas are; if they are manned, with what type of weapon
system.
Locate, track, and identify people moving on the ground.
Detect or track rockets or tactical ballistic missiles in flight.
Figure J-1. JSTARS MTI Capabilities
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 J-1

Appendix J
JSTARS SAR Can—

Through pattern analysis, confirm the presence of occupied artillery, surface to air missile, and air
and missile defense (AMD) sites.
Locate individual vehicles.
Refine target accuracy/description.
Support limited BDA; e.g., bridges (by looking for traffic on them).
JSTARS SAR Cannot—
Identify the type of vehicles that are in a particular location, only if they are there or not.
By itself, detect mobile SSM units (the JSTARS must cue or be cued by other sensors).
Build a theater-level mosaic (because the SAR frame is relatively small compared to the view
provided by the MTI radar).
Figure J-2. JSTARS SAR Capabilities
COMMON GROUND STATION

J-2. The CGS is the ground communications link to the airborne station of the JSTARS. There are up to 6
CGSs at corps, supporting the corps FC/FE and other elements designated by the commander. The CGS
can send targets to AFATDS using the fire mission-call for fire (FM;CFF/K02.04) message and target
information in the artillery target intelligence coordinate report (ATI;CDR/K02.09) message. The CGS can
communicate using wire, MSE, SINCGARS, or TACSAT.
J-3. The JSTARS system can locate and potentially classify (wheel/track) targets with sufficient accuracy
for AFOM employment. JSTARS can also predict movement routes. The JSTARS CGS can predict target
locations and time-on-location data for moving targets.
J-4. The CGS supports cross-cueing operations against single- and multiple-vehicle targets. In this role,
the CGS operator can track vehicle movements from SSM launch sites reported from other sources to hide
or reload locations. The CGS automatically records “tracks,” so the operator can “replay” them to monitor
the target's movement until it stops. The CGS operator may give the location to the JSTARS aircraft (or
other sensors such as a UAS) with a request for more information or target location confirmation. The
operator may also pass it to the FDC as a target location for engagement.
J-5. The CGS can receive and display imagery from UAS ground control stations. It has a joint tactical
terminal (JTT) communications system for the receipt of SIGINT data from the various IEW sensors
capable of collecting this type of data. The CGS can overlay the SIGINT data on its display for correlation
with JSTARS and UAS imagery data.
J-6. The JSTARS CGS has the ability to display maps, friendly graphics, enemy graphics, NAIs, and
TAIs. This allows the CGS operator to scan areas that the corps commander has deemed vital to the
operation. The CGS is also a valuable tool in supporting cue-track operations against single- and multiple-
vehicle targets. For example, the CGS operator may be tasked to track vehicle movements from SSM
launch sites to locations where the vehicle may return to hide or begin reloading operations.
J-7. The JSTARS CGS operators can perform all their tasks from within the FA TOC by using a remote
workstation (RWS). The RWS is linked to the CGS with fiber optic cable. Each CGS supports up to 4
RWSs. Locating the RWS in the MLRS battalion TOC greatly improves coordination.
Note: The CGS operator can only view or enter locations expressed in either latitude/longitude
(lat/long) or the military grid reference system (MGRS), not the UTM system. However, the
CGS can convert the lat/long coordinates to UTM grid before sending the data to AFATDS. To
avoid confusion, send only short UTM grids to the CGS. The CGS location data is expressed in
the default datum entered during setup. The CGS must operate in the same datum to avoid
coordinate errors.
J-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

JSTARS CGS Interoperability Procedures for the MLRS Battalion
STAFF ACTIONS AND EQUIPMENT SETUP PROCEDURES

J-8. The corps commander (or his designated representative) determines the need for the CGS to be
collocated with the MLRS battalion based on his concept of operation and guidance for attacking HPTs
with short dwell times. His guidance is incorporated into taskings for the target acquisition systems and fire
support units. These taskings include engagement areas (EAs), NAIs, TAIs, cueing and reporting
instructions for sensors, and instructions for “shooters.” The EAs or TAIs are developed where SSM
transporter erector launcher (TEL) activities have been identified through the IPB process.
J-9. The corps matches launchers with targets through weapons target pairing. The corps sends the targets
and target numbers to the MLRS battalion. The corps then clears the platoon and target area airspace (and
conducts necessary coordination) for the decentralized execution missions. Careful positioning of launchers
can enable the corps to range a majority of targets on the battlefield without moving the launcher loader
module due to the AFOM off-axis launch capability.
FRAGORD
J-10. The FRAGORD provides the execution authority for collocating the CGS with the MLRS battalion.
It changes the mission for both the CGS and the MLRS battalion. The corps must provide reaction time
(such as CGS travel time and database maintenance) prior to FRAGORD effective time.
J-11. The FRAGORD for either the CGS or MLRS battalion should contain at a minimum (not all-
inclusive):
• Brief situation outline.
• Unit identification and location (including both MLRS battalion and CGS elements).
• CGS cueing guidance and monitor criteria (from internal and external sources).
• Criteria for what constitutes engagement trigger events.
• Specific time window for the decentralized execution mission.
• Mission data.
• Battlefield geometry changes (if any).
• Datum to be used.
• Special post-mission reporting instructions.
• Determination if the CGS should provide limited BDA.
• Number of missiles battalion must have ready to fire.
• Verification of platoon/firing unit locations in FC/FE database or if MLRS battalion moves.
MLRS BATTALION
J-12. The MLRS battalions with a decentralized execution mission (mission execution is normally
decentralized down to the battalion when CGS is collocated) must ensure that the locations of platoons
equipped with AFOM are reported to the corps FC/FE for airspace de-confliction. If the platoon locations
change, the battalion must inform the corps or division FC/FE so they may clear the airspace with the
appropriate agencies. The battalion FDC must confirm that launchers can still range the target areas from
the new firing point locations. The ammunition allocation plan must support the expected AFOM
expenditures. The battalion builds fire missions from mission data contained in the FRAGORD. The
battalion postures launchers appropriately to accomplish the mission. For example, launchers may be
postured in the “stay hot, shoot fast” method for theater missile defense (TMD) missions but postured in
hide areas for Block II missions.
COMMON GROUND STATION

J-13. The CGS operator initiates the execution of decentralized fire missions. When the target activity
meets the engagement trigger event criteria, the CGS sends the target data/coordinate report or fire mission
message constructed earlier for that particular target area. The target report contains the new target location
and adds any new information concerning the target.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 J-3

Appendix J
MLRS BATTERY, PLATOON, AND LAUNCHERS

J-14. The battery/platoon must designate launchers to “hot” status to ensure continuity. The battalion must
be informed of launcher status at all times. The firing points should be selected with great care since the
launchers may be in a hot status in the open for extended times. Launcher vulnerability to enemy air attack
must be considered. If possible, the launchers should consider firing from their hide positions.
COMMUNICATIONS
CGS TO AFATDS INTERFACE
J-15. The CGS can communicate digitally with the AFATDS using standard fire support message formats
over wire or SINCGARS radios. The CGS and AFATDS have full communications capability for the
following message formats:
• PTM/free text (K01.01).
• DATUM/geographical reference data (K02.41).
• CFF/call for fire (K02.04).
J-16. Upon arrival, the CGS crew chief and the battalion FDC chief establish communications, by either
radio or wire (BN FD NET). Source address and the logical name of both nodes (frequency, logical name,
and address) are in the FRAGORD or the FS annex of the OPORD. Once digital communications have
been established, the CGS transmits datum information to the FDC with the DATUM/K02.04 message.
CONDUCTING A REHEARSAL
VERIFY TARGET NUMBERS AGAINST THE FRAGORD, CGS, AND /AFATDS
J-17. The FC/FE’s input to the FRAGORD contains a list of target numbers used for fire missions. This
permits the tasking artillery headquarters to use the same target number in the fire mission passed to the
launcher to maintain mission status. Because the CGS uses a different target numbering system for
intelligence reporting, the FRAGORD correlates FS and CGS target numbers. This permits rapid target
engagement by the proper unit. This also ensures that the CGS operator is able to go back in his track
database (using his target numbering system) and find earlier target tracks, if necessary. This number stays
with that target through the reporting cycle and every time the CGS generates an updated report.
J-18. The CGS crew chief and the battalion FDC chief verify that the geometry, datum, fire mission, and
initialization data in both the CGS and the AFATDS are the same. Any differences must be corrected. This
is easily accomplished by sending the appropriate message (unless geometry is different). It is imperative
that those critical files are the same between both systems prior to conducting the mission. Finally, system
time is verified or synchronized.
J-19. Verify that the unit is postured to accomplish the mission:
• Ensure that necessary database corrections have been accomplished.
• Ensure that all battalion elements are on a common standard time.
• Ensure that the AFOM ammunition is on hand.
• Ensure that launchers are in position and ready to fire.
z Verify the fire mission status.
MISSION REHEARSAL
J-20. The MLRS battalion and CGS operators should practice the decentralized execution procedures
outlined in this appendix. Table J-1 provides a basic list of execution procedures to assist in the rehearsal.
J-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Note: Although the following procedures involve digital message traffic between the CGS and
MLRS battalion, the mission can still be accomplished with voice communications. Collocating
the CGS and battalion FDC/S-3 tracks facilitates communications and coordination; however, it
is not required.
BLOCK I AND BLOCK IA DECENTRALIZED MISSION EXECUTION

DECENTRALIZED EXECUTION MISSIONS TARGET SET
J-21. The target set for Block IA decentralized missions consists of those high-payoff targets that have
short dwell times (as determined during IPB). Some potential targets are:
z SSM TELs in hide positions, reload points, and firing points.
z Heavy multiple rocket launchers.
J-22. The requirements for decentralized execution are identified by the FC/FE. The MLRS battalion
focuses on the delivery of munitions within the target's dwell time. The MLRS battalion follows the same
procedures to attack all decentralized execution targets. To keep this appendix brief, the following
paragraphs focus on SSM TEL target engagement. Figure J-3 depicts the decentralized execution mission.
Figure J-3. Decentralized Mission Communications Channels for MLRS/HIMARS
JSTARS TBM ATTACK OPERATIONS MISSION EXECUTION

J-23. During normal surveillance operations, JSTARS provides surveillance of the NAIs and TAIs
according to predetermined IPB analysis and current intelligence updates. Commanders should prioritize
these for the CGS operator. If theater ballistic missile (TBM) launchers are on the high-payoff target list,
JSTARS focuses its efforts on locations defined by cues from other sensors indicating TBM activity.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 J-5

Appendix J
J-24. Once the launcher has been positively located and identified, JSTARS can provide launch site data to
support TBM attack operations for decentralized execution sensor-to-shooter missions. If the vehicles
depart the area before an attack can be processed, JSTARS can track them to their hide site and provide
vehicle targeting information such as location and formation description.
J-25. The preferred attack locations in declining order are rearm points, hide areas, and firing points
(before and after launch). If the target leaves the area where airspace is cleared, the mission can proceed
using emergency airspace clearance methods (bull’s eye call is a possibility). Successful TBM attack
operations require procedures to provide the flexibility and timeliness required for mission execution.
J-26. JSTARS supports TMD attack operations by:
• Obtaining and disseminating enhanced information or intelligence on fixed and mobile target
locations in near real time MTI and SAR analysis.
• Surveillance of high-probability TBM operating and deployment areas (identified through the
IPB process) and detecting, locating, and tracking potential TBM launchers.
• Providing the attack asset with accurate target and threat information before and during the
mission. This is critical for attack assets diverted from other missions.
• Facilitating timely initial BDA information to support the combat assessment process.
CAUTION
Some CGS operators report a target with multiple target elements as a

circular target; others report this type of target with length and width
dimensions. Either alternative will work; however, during the rehearsal,
the battalion FDC and CGS operator must coordinate on which target
reporting procedure they will use for the remainder of the operation. If
the CGS operator can identify the target critical element (for example,
SSM TEL), he should report its grid as a point target since its value
surpasses all others.
AT MY COMMAND MISSIONS
J-27. The AMC mission provides flexible response to decentralized execution missions. AMC missions
permit launchers to attack targets using an initial fire mission and subsequent fire command message. This
process decreases mission response time and, in some cases, permits fire plan changes. Units must balance
launcher availability and survivability when using this method of control.
J-28. A special use of the AMC mission has been developed to provide responsive fires for decentralized
execution missions. The corps FC and the ACE analyze the battlefield prior to the decentralized execution
mission. They determine areas where these types of high-payoff targets are likely to be attacked. The
FC/FE pairs platoons with specific target areas through a process known as weapon target pairing. To
shorten the command and control timelines, a CGS is attached or placed under the operational control of an
MLRS battalion, or a battalion/battery can be placed under FC/FE control.
J-29. The MLRS launchers are postured on firing points for rapid execution using an amended AMC
mission. The launchers load the fire mission data into the missile. The missile then powers down. The CGS
tracks the TEL until it disappears from the screen. This is often at a reload point where the TEL
rendezvouses with its resupply vehicle (dwell times at such locations are within the response time for the
postured launchers). As time permits, the CGS operator requests a SAR image or confirmation from
another sensor. He also verifies the trigger criteria, and refines the target location.
J-30. AMC missions are “amended” with changes either in target location, time to fire, method of control,
method of engagement, method of attack, or dispersal pattern. For example, using guidance from the
FRAGORD, the CGS operator may change the target grid to the new location and transmit the new target
J-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

location to the MLRS FDC. The FDC then formats an amended MLRS;CFF message with the updated grid
and a WR method of control for transmission to the launcher(s). The launcher activates the missile(s) and
fires the mission at the new target location. Figure J-4 provides an example of the steps involved in
conducting an amended AMC mission.
Figure J-4. Example of Block I/IA Amended At My Command Mission MLRS/HIMARS
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 J-7

Appendix K
Environmental Awareness
Commanders, unit leaders, and soldiers have specific duties and responsibilities
concerning protection of the environment. The following overview builds basic
environmental awareness by describing those expected duties and responsibilities.
Soldiers are expected to do what is right in the absence of specific guidance. Unit
leaders and commanders must be competent and confident in the area of
environmental stewardship. Not all leaders are required to be environmental experts;
however, they must be aware and responsive to compliance and prevention issues
required during the execution of their duties. References to material for further
reading are located throughout this appendix; these documents provide a complete
explanation of legal and ethical responsibilities.
SECTION I—ARMY ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS

K-1. The Army's environmental vision states: “The Army will be a national leader in environmental and
natural resource stewardship for present and future generations as an integral part of our mission.” To
achieve this vision, the Army's environmental strategy places a high priority on sustained compliance with
all environmental laws; takes into account the restoration of previously contaminated sites; focuses on
pollution prevention; and accounts for the conservation and preservation of natural resources.
K-2. The Army environmental ethic calls for the chain of command to establish and support a stewardship
climate that supports compliance—obeying the law; prevention—the concept of reduce, reuse, recycle;
conservation—control and protection of natural resources; and restoration—the cleanup of contaminated
areas. This ethic supports caring for the environment while conducting realistic training.
K-3. Army personnel should become familiar with these policy statements; they are established so our
natural environment will be available for present and future generations.
SECTION II—ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
FIELD ACTIVITIES
K-4. The MLRS is a powerful, highly mobile, and very lethal weapon system capable of providing
devastating fire support from multiple locations. Because of this power and mobility, the MLRS provides
tremendous tactical advantage. The same attributes that contribute to weapon lethality and tactical value
make the weapons a threat to our environment unless they are employed prudently and in consideration of
environmental preservation. This section presents various preventive measures that can decrease possible
environmental damage from the MLRS, associated vehicles, and support personnel involved in training and
operations.
K-5. Key field environmental considerations for the MLRS, associated vehicles, and support personnel
include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Wheeled and tracked combat vehicles should stay on established roads, trails, firing points, and
firebreaks unless conducting specific cross-country maneuver exercises. Additionally, confine
pivot turns and neutral steers to the middle of the roadway.
• Follow land contours rather than driving up and down hills or along creeks.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 K-1

Appendix K
• To minimize siltation of streams, use bridges or low-water crossings when crossing permanent
streams. If it becomes necessary to cross through a stream, then do so by the most direct route
(90-degree angle).
• Establish refueling and maintenance areas away from wetlands and drainage areas, and near or
over water sources.
• Federal law prohibits the removal of artifacts from federal property. Do not excavate, remove,
damage, or otherwise alter or deface any archaeological resource located on a military
reservation.
• Avoid and mark off-limit areas for known archaeological sites during military training exercises.
Penalties can be up to $250,000 for knowingly disturbing a site.
• Be aware of and avoid nesting, bedding, and habitats of all species of birds and animals. Mark as
off-limits, designated threatened or endangered species areas.
• Use camouflage netting instead of live vegetation.
• When planning training activities, conform to installation and community noise-abatement
regulations. Identify and mark the off-limit boundaries.
• Open fires, such as burning garbage, refuse, and rubbish, are not allowed on the range areas.
• Conform to field sanitation and medical standards when using soakage pits for wash water, liquid
kitchen wastes, and grease traps per FM 21-10.
• Establish field satellite-accumulation site and procedures.
• Police field locations and establish field trash collection point and procedures. Remove materials
packed into training area on departure from the training area.
• When the training exercise is complete, repair any field damage such as ruts from vehicles,
foxholes, and other emplacements.
• Conduct all training with a concern for conservation and future use of range training areas.
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AND HAZARDOUS WASTE

K-6. The Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 is the framework for managing hazardous
waste and has established standards for identifying, classifying, and storing these wastes. RCRA
regulations require those involved in managing hazardous substances to be properly trained, and the
training to be properly documented.
K-7. Key hazardous material and hazardous waste environmental considerations include, but are not limited
to, the following items:
• Personnel dealing with hazardous materials should be trained in proper handling, containment,
cleanup, and reporting procedures.
• A material safety data sheet (MSDS) must be on file and made available to all personnel
regarding hazardous material.
• Battery electrolyte (acid) from damaged batteries should be drained and disposed of through turn-
in via installation policy and maintenance SOP. Refer to TB 43-0134 for complete procedures
regarding battery handling and disposal.
• Never allow the accumulation of more than 55 gallons of a hazardous waste, or 1 quart of acutely
hazardous waste, at the satellite accumulation point. Process all hazardous waste in a timely
manner.
• Hazardous waste containers should be kept closed when not in use, kept free of rust and leaks,
and stored separately from incompatible wastes.
• Incompatible wastes must never be transported on the same vehicle.
• Ensure that all departments of transportation (DOT) and hazardous waste transportation
requirements are met prior to transporting hazardous material or hazardous waste on public
highways.
• Check with the local environmental office for transportation procedures within the installation
boundary.
K-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

z For complete information regarding storage and handling of hazardous materials, refer to TM
38-410.
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
K-8. An MSDS is a summary of information on a given chemical identifying material, health, and physical
hazards, exposure limits, and precautions (see table K-1). An MSDS describes the hazards of a material and
provides information on how the material can be safely handled, used, and stored. Insist on receiving a
copy of an MSDS when receiving a hazardous chemical from supply, and retain it for when, or if, you turn
in the material. As time permits, periodically review each MSDS pertaining to your unit. This will ensure a
quick response when identifying symptoms and handling emergencies.
K-9. Unfortunately, there is no specified format for an MSDS, and it doesn't contain all known data of a
chemical, but there are typical components. These are outlined in 29 CFR 1910.1200. Use the following
information as a guide to what to expect on most MSDS forms.
Table K-1. Material Safety Data Sheet

Section/Topic Contents
Section 1—General Manufacturer’s name and address.
Information Trade or common name of product.
Section 2—Hazardous NIOSH and/or CAS number.
Components Chemical name and percentage.
Section 3—Physical For example, boiling point, freezing point, water solubility.
Properties Appearance and odor under normal conditions.
Section 4—Fire & Fire-fighting equipment.
Explosion Hazard Any unusual fire and explosion hazards.
Section 5—Health Routes of entry into the body.
Hazard Emergency and first aid procedures.
Section 6—Reactivity Conditions to avoid.
Data Incompatibility with other materials.
Section 7—Control Recommended respiratory and ventilation.
Measures Personal protective equipment, if needed.
Section 8—Special Handling and storage precautions.
Precautions
Section 9— Applicable regulations.
Transportation Hazards class and required labeling.
MAINTENANCE
K-10. The maintenance officer acts as the hazardous material/hazardous waste (HM/HW) spill
coordinator. He/she ensures the accountability, proper storage, and disposal of all HM/HW, and ensures
that HM/HW spills are immediately contained and reported. Additionally, the maintenance officer reports
nonfunctional/inoperative treatment/collection facilities (such as oil/grease interceptors, floor drains, or
catch basins) to the installation environmental office through the unit environmental compliance officer
(ECO).
K-11. Key maintenance environmental considerations include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Motor maintenance areas require SOPs and close monitoring. This operation is a continuous source of
minor pollution to storm drainage systems due to the constant threat of a spill of fuel or oil. SOPs for
prevention or cleanup of spills should be posted in motor maintenance areas, and should be understood by
all personnel involved in maintenance activities.
• Refueling operation SOPs should address practices to minimize spills.
• Implement preventive maintenance on all heavy equipment to ensure that petroleum products
will not be released from the belly pan.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 K-3

Appendix K
• Ensure that pollutants are not discharged into storm or wash rack drains or poured on the ground
or along fence lines. Some common pollutants are oil, solvents, soap, diesel, gasoline, battery
acid, chemicals, waste antifreeze, paint, and grease.
• Asbestos-containing parts such as brake shoes, clutch plates, and equipment insulation should
be removed, collected, and disposed according to installation policy.
• The least hazardous or, preferably, non-hazardous material to perform a function should be used
unless previous research of options clearly indicates otherwise. The Defense Logistics Agency
(DLA) produces publications to assist in this process.
• Do not mix fuel, oil, or antifreeze together. This is considered a mixed waste.
SUPPLY
K-12. The supply sergeant is required to have a complete inventory of HM/HW generated by the unit.
He/she must also know what chemicals the unit requires, where and how they are stored, how much
hazardous waste is generated, and necessary spill response procedures. The supply sergeant should
coordinate with the unit S-3 or ECO to ensure that this information is incorporated into the unit SOP.
K-13. Key supply environmental considerations include, but are not limited to, the following items:
• Requisition only supplies needed and authorized, avoid stockpiling excessive materials.
• Maintain an accurate inventory in unit SOP of hazardous waste used by the generating unit. This
listing should include waste by volume, type, generating process, and location.
• Use of used oil tanks for disposal of solvents, antifreeze, or other HM/HW is against regulation.
Storage of hazardous material must be in clearly marked DOT-approved containers.
• Actively support a unit-recycling program.
• Ensure that tires and batteries are properly turned in for recycling.
• Ensure that used batteries are turned in on a 1-for-1 basis.
SPILL RESPONSE
K-14. Generally, only persons specifically trained to respond to a spill should handle unit spills. However,
all personnel should, at a minimum, report the spill and be aware of the following 4 basic steps to spill
response:
• Protect yourself. Use personal protective equipment specified in the MSDS.
• Stop the flow. This may be as simple as placing the container upright or closing a valve.
• Contain the spill. Place absorbent material around the spill, and protect drains and ditches.
• Report the spill. Notify supervisor and other key personnel.
K-15. Each unit is responsible for the cleanup of their own spills, as long as no personnel are put in
danger. After the above 4 steps are completed, take the necessary steps to clean up the spill. Information on
cleanup procedures can be found on the MSDS or in the unit SOP, or contact installation environmental
staff for guidance. Turn in the spilled and absorbent material to the defense reutilization marketing office
(DRMO) or another designated point if a DRMO is not available. Also, ensure that there are adequate spill
supplies on hand for future use.
K-16. Key spill prevention, response, and cleanup considerations include, but are not limited to, the
following items:
• A spill prevention and response section should be included in the unit SOPs, outlining
installation spill plan requirements.
• Each unit should make available and maintain a spill cleanup kit near any satellite-accumulation
area, or where a potential for spill exists. The kit should contain, at a minimum, absorbent
material, shovel, brooms, gloves, and appropriate containers. Units that have a potential for
releases or spills that may impact streams should also maintain booms for containment.
• Drip pans should be used under vehicles and equipment where spills are likely to occur.
K-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

• Spills of oil, fuel, or other hazardous pollutants over 5 gallons in volume, 100 square feet in
area, or in any waterway should be reported immediately to the chain of command.
• All topsoil contaminated with oil should be removed, properly disposed, and replaced by the
unit. While awaiting disposal, keep the excavated soil covered to prevent run-off in case of rain.
SECTION III—REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
LAWS AND REGULATIONS

K-17. Military facilities are subject to federal, state, local, and host nation environmental laws; when the
requirements differ, the most stringent applies. Ignorance of environmental laws is not an excuse for
noncompliance; and it will not protect commanders, soldiers, or the military services from civil and
criminal liability. Figure K-1 lists the federal and military laws and regulations that are frequently
encountered by Army personnel; however, it is not inclusive of all requirements.
K-18. Additionally, environmental law varies with differing countries, states, and cities. What is legal in
one area may be illegal in another. Staff at each installation environmental office knows the laws for that
locality and should be consulted on environmental considerations during the planning and execution of
training.
K-19. Army units outside the United States (OCONUS) that are not subject to federal environmental
regulations decreed by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) should comply with the final
governing standards of the host nation. In areas where a host nation has minimal or no environmental laws
and regulations, comply with AR 200-1.
Army Regulations Federal Laws

AR 200-1. Environmental Protection and Archaeological Protection Act of 1979
Enhancement
Clean Air Act of 1970
AR 420-1. Army Facilities Management Clean Water Act of 1972

CERCLA of 1980
EPCRA of 1986
Federal Facilities Compliance Act of
1992
Executive Orders Hazardous Materials Transportation
Act of 1975
EO 11989. Use of off-road vehicles on public National Environmental Policy Act of
land 1969
EO 11990. Wetland protection National Historic Preservation Act of
1966
EO 12114. Effects of federal actions abroad Noise Control Act of 1972
EO 12196. OSHA compliance for federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990
employees
EO 12580. CERCLA duties and powers RCRA of 1976
EO 13101. Pollution prevention and recycling Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976
Figure K-1. Environmental Laws and Regulations
REGULATORY TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

K-20. Regulatory agencies exist that require environmental training. This training may be at the awareness
level for all personnel or at a more specialized level designed for specific personnel. The installation
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 K-5

Appendix K
environmental and safety offices can best assist in determining your training requirements and who to
contact for additional information. Table K-2 provides possible training requirements for the MLRS unit.
Note: The depth or level of training will vary between target audiences. For example, K and E
will need in-depth training, while A will only require broad overviews. The letters K, E, N, or A
denote target audience and are listed below:
Table K-2. Regulatory Training Requirements

Training Topic Regulatory Reference K E N A
Archaeological Resources Protection Act 43 CFR 7.7 (4) ARPA of 1979
*
(ARPA)
Asbestos 40 CFR part 763, 40 CFR 61, part M * * * *
CFC/halon refrigerants EO 11051, 40 CFR 82.40, 40 CFR
* * *
282, 58 FR 92 (p. 28660)
Clean Water Act (CWA) CWA S 311 * * *
Confined space entry 29 CFR 1910.146 * * * *
Department of Transportation 49 CFR172.704 * * * *
Emergency Planning and Community EPCRA/SARA 1986 Title 3,
* * * *
Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) Executive Order 12856
Emergency response to hazardous 29 CFR 1910.120
materials incidents/hazardous material * * *
technician
Endangered Species Act (ESA) ESA 1973 as amended, 50 CFR par
* *
402
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and FIFRA of 1972, 40 CFR 265.16,
*
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) SARA of 1986
Hazard communication standard 29 CFR 1910.1200 * * * *
Hazardous materials/waste compliance 29 CFR 1200; 40 CFR 262.34,
* * * *
training 264.16, 265.16; 49 CFR 172
Hazardous waste operations 29 CFR 1910.120
* *
(HAZWOPER) for IR
Hazardous waste operations 29 CFR 1910.120
* *
(HAZWOPER) for TSDF
Lead based paint Lead Based Paint Exposure
* * * *
Reduction Act of 1992, 24 CFR 35
National Environmental Policy Act NEPA of 1969
* *
(NEPA)
National Historic Preservation Act 36 CFR part 800, 36 CFR part 63,
* *
(NHPA) NHPA of 1966
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination CWA of 1990, 40 CFR 122-129
* * *
System (NPDES)
Native American Graves Protection and NAGPRA of 1990
*
Repatriation Act (NAGPRA)
Occupational exposures to blood-borne 29 CFR 1910.1030
* * * *
pathogens
Occupational respiratory protection 29 CFR 1926.58, 29 CFR 1910.134 * *
Solid waste management 40 CFR 240-257/RCRA Subtitle D * *
K-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Table K-2. Regulatory Training Requirements

Training Topic Regulatory Reference K E N A
Storm water compliance 40 CFR 122-129, WPCA S 319 * *
Storm water pollution prevention CWA S 319
* * *
planning
Underground storage tanks 40 CFR part 280, RCRA Subtitle I *
Knowledge Personnel who administer, implement, or comply with
contents of regulations such as program managers and
technicians in the environmental field. Also includes
organizations that need in-depth knowledge of the
environmental laws/regulations/programs, such as Staff
Judge Advocate.
Executors All personnel who supervise or actually handle
responsibilities dealing with environmental programs, to
include ECOs, technicians, and workers. Also includes
unit personnel required to execute responsibilities with
environmental ramifications as part of their mission.
Need to Know Personnel who may encounter environmental issues as
part of their mission. This may include personnel within
the following activities: engineers, designers,
emergency personnel, safety, Reserve components,
first-line supervisors, crew chiefs, NCOs, and various
unit personnel as identified by the installation
environmental office and their supervisors.
Awareness Public affairs office, Reserve components, other unit
personnel.
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES

K-21. It is the unit commander's duty to appoint an ECO and a hazardous waste coordinator; the same
person can serve in both positions, per AR 200-1. These appointments are made to ensure that
environmental compliance occurs at the unit level. Appointed personnel should—
• Receive formal training and act as an advisor on environmental regulatory compliance during
training, operations, and logistics functions.
• Be the commander's eyes and ears for environmental matters, as the safety officer/NCO is for
safety matters.
• Function as the liaison between the unit and higher HQ regarding environmental matters such as
training requirements, equipment, or supplies that unit personnel need.
• Inspect HM/HW accumulation sites and ensure that soldiers handling these materials are
properly trained.
• Ensure that the unit's SOP covers environmental considerations, conservation, natural resources,
pollution prevention, HM/HW, and spill procedures.
• Support the Army's pollution prevention/recycling program.
• Report hazardous material and waste spills immediately.
• Conduct environmental self-assessments or internal environmental compliance assessments, and
meet with key installation environmental points of contact, as necessary, to remain updated on
any regulatory changes.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 K-7

Appendix K
SECTION IV—ENVIRONMENTAL RISK MANAGEMENT
GENERAL
K-22. Leaders at all levels are required to make timely and appropriate decisions regarding the
environment. Failure to do so may negatively impact the training environment, which could then lead to
personal liability of individuals directly involved, the chain of command, and the U.S. Army. Therefore,
leaders must have a method of managing, assessing, and reducing environmental risks.
FIVE-STEP PROCESS
K-23. Risk management is a 5-step process designed to provide leaders with a methodology for the
identification, assessment, control, and evaluation of environmental risks. The following is a summary of
these steps from FM 3-100.4 and FM 5-19; refer to them for detailed information.
Step 1. Identify hazards. Environmental hazards include all activities that may pollute, create negative
noise-related effects, degrade archeological/cultural resources, or negatively affect threatened or
endangered species habitats. A select listing of common environmental hazards is located in table K-3.
Table K-3. Common Environmental Hazards

Media Area Hazards
Air Equipment exhaust, convoy dust, range fires, open-air burning,
pyrotechnics/smoke pots/smoke grenades, part-washer emissions,
paint emissions, air-conditioner/refrigeration CFCs, HM/HW release,
pesticides, other toxic industrial chemicals or material.
Archeological and cultural Maneuvering and digging in sensitive areas, disturbing or removing
artifacts, demolition/munitions effects, HM/HW spills.
Noise Low-flying aircraft (helicopters), demolition/munitions effects, nighttime
operations, operations near post/camp boundaries and civilian
populations, vehicle convoys/maneuvers, large-scale exercises.
Threatened and/or Maneuvering in sensitive areas, demolition/munitions effects,
endangered species especially during breeding seasons, disturbing habitat or individual
species, HM/HW spills or releases, poor field sanitation, improper
cutting of vegetation, damage to coral reefs.
Soil (terrain) Over use of maneuver areas, demolition/munitions effects, range fires,
poor field sanitation, poor maneuver-damage control, erosion, troop
construction effect, refueling operations, HM/HW spills, maneuver in
ecologically sensitive areas such as wetlands and tundra, industrial
waste runoff, pesticide accumulation in soil, vegetation, and terrestrial
organisms.
Water Refueling operations near water sources, HM/HW spills, erosion and
unchecked drainage, amphibious/water-crossing operations, troop
construction effects, poor field sanitation, washing vehicles at
unapproved sites.
Step 2. Assess environmental hazards to determine risk. A risk assessment is a tool used for evaluating
the most pressing or most hazardous potential environmental damage. It considers 2 factors:
probability—how often a hazard is likely to occur; and severity—the effect in degrees a hazard will
have on personnel, equipment, environment, and mission. Unit leaders should conduct risk assessments
before conducting any training, operations, or logistical activities that are not previously addressed in
the SOP, or when conditions differ significantly from the SOP. Complete information on how to
perform an environmental risk assessment can be obtained from FM 3-100.4.
K-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Step 3. Develop controls and make a decision. This step is designed to reduce the probability or
severity of each hazard, which in turn lowers the overall risk. Control types fall into the categories of
educational, physical, or avoidance. Table K-4 outlines examples of environmental controls. Section II
contains the specifics pertinent to the MLRS unit.
Table K-4. Environmental-related Controls

Control Type Examples
Conducting unit environmental-awareness training.
Conducting an environmental briefing before deployment.
Educational Performing tasks to environmental standards.
Reviewing environmental considerations in after action reviews.
Reading unit's environmental SOPs and policies.
Providing spill-prevention equipment.
Establishing field satellite-accumulation site and procedures.
Physical Policing field locations.
Practicing good field sanitation.
Posting signs and warnings for off-limit areas.
Maneuvering around historical/cultural sites.
Establishing refueling and maintenance areas away from wetlands and
drainage areas.
Avoidance Crossing streams at approved sites.
Preventing pollution.
Limiting noise in endangered and threatened species habitats.
Step 4. Implement controls. Leaders must inform subordinates of risk-control measures, state how
each control is to be implemented, and assign responsibilities. They must also ensure that these
controls are in place prior to the operation. This is accomplished by using the before, during, and after
checklists and the environmental risk-assessment process. Examples of checklists can be obtained from
TC 3-34.489 to determine the environmental considerations that may affect MLRS training and
operations.
Step 5. Supervise and evaluate. Leaders should monitor controls to ensure effectiveness and determine
whether controls require modification. They should ensure that the after action review process includes
an evaluation of environmental-related hazards, controls, soldier performance, and leader supervision.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 K-9

Appendix L
Raid Planning Checklists
RAID PLANNING CHECKLIST (BATTALION)
Verify that raid order contains all pertinent data.
If not specified by higher HQ, what size MLRS unit is necessary for successful mission?
Who is the raid force commander (maneuver, FA)?
What force protection will support the raid force?
• Maneuver force?
• Fire support?
• Air defense?
• Reconnaissance and security?
• Radar?
• Observers?
What are the abort criteria?
What frequencies will be used to C2 the raid (Command, Retransmission)?
Any updates on enemy/friendly situation that impact on raid?
What is the route (does it require clearance by a force commander)?
Passage of lines.
• Link-up grid and time?
• Routes?
• Maneuver graphics?
• Engineer plan (mobility/countermobility)?
• Air defense plan and coverage?
• Fire support and observation plan?
• Command and control (raid battle handover line)?
• MEDEVAC support?
• Maintenance support?
What survey support is optimal/adequate for raid force?
Will ammunition need to be brought forward? How much?
What is the reload plan (approved location for reload operations)? Need to conduct reload to
complete the mission?
Will the firing point require clearance by a maneuver force? Will this be in addition to the security
force?
What is the link-up grid for coordinating with the raid force commander? When will the link-up take
place?
What are the name, frequency, and call sign of the raid force commander/security force?
Notify the raid battery commander of the raid mission and time/place of briefing.
Plot firing positions, passage lanes/points/routes to OPAREA.
Determine/verify firing elements, number of launchers and C2 structure.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 L-1

Appendix L
RAID PLANNING CHECKLIST (BATTALION)

Develop timetable (SP, TOT).
Brief the battery commander of the raid element battery.
Track planning and rehearsal schedule coordinated by battery and progress of actual raid.
RAID CHECKLIST (BATTERY COMMANDER)

What force protection will support the raid force?
• Maneuver force?
• Fire support?
• Air defense?
• Radar?
• Observers?
What are the abort criteria?
What frequencies will be used to C2 the raid (CMD, RTS)?
Any updates on enemy/friendly situation that impact on raid?
What is the route (does it require clearance by a force commander)?
Passage of lines.
• Routes?
• MEDEVAC support?
• Maintenance support?
What survey support is optimal/adequate for raid force?
Pre-position pods for reload (if required).
Coordinate sustainment, sustainment operations, or support for follow-on missions (if required).
Brief raid OIC/NCOIC on the raid mission. (The battalion checklist should be used for this brief.)
Brief the raid OIC/NCOIC on the higher headquarters’ concept of the operation.
Maintain voice and digital with battalion and raid element (possible re-trans).
Provide any changes to the mission to the OIC/NCOIC.
L-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

COORDINATION MEETING WITH FORCE COMMANDER CHECKLIST

(PASSED FORCE)
Mission
Provide a description of vehicles (if possible use photographs).
• HIMARS launcher.
• FDC HMMWV.
• M998/1038 HMMWV.
• M985 HEMTT (if reload required).
• Maintenance/recovery vehicle.
Number of personnel in raid party.
How long you will remain in this area.
Route from link-up point to firing point.
Recognition Signals
NEAR FAR
DAY
NIGHT
Force protection.
• Maneuver force protection?
• Security force fire support and observation plan?
• Raid force air defense?
• Radar?
• Observers?
Passage of lines.
• Routes?
MEDEVAC support?
Maintenance support?
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 L-3

Appendix L
BRIEF TO RAID ELEMENT CHECKLIST (RAID LEADER)
Situation
Friendly forces.
• Maneuver force protection.
• Fire support/observers.
• Raid force air defense.
• Reconnaissance and security.
• Radar.
• Enemy forces.
Mission
Execution
Target number(s), grid(s), munitions type(s), and quantity (provide hard copy to each chief).
OPAREA/FP grids (recon, map recon if time constraint).
Route of march/order of march/movement formation.
Rally point grid(s).
SP, CP, RP times and locations (reported to BOC).
SP CP CP RP
GRID
TIME
Survey plan.
• Take survey to provide SCPs at link-up point.
• Launchers will update/realign prior to occupying OPAREA.
• SCPs or global positioning system (GPS) at FP will be used as needed.
Follow-on missions (if required).
Miscellaneous:
• Actions upon enemy contact.
• Air guards.
• UBL distribution.
• Radio listening silence.
Service and Support

Reload location(s), grid and route to them (if required).
Maintenance support.
Command and Signal
Link-up grid and procedures.
Frequencies, call signs, abort code word/phrase.
Recognition Signals
NEAR FAR
DAY
NIGHT
Time hack (GPS).
L-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

BRIEF TO RAID ELEMENT CHECKLIST (RAID LEADER)
Safety
Risk assessment.
Control measures.
RAID CHECKLIST (LAUNCHER SECTION CHIEF)

Receive brief from OIC/NCOIC of raid party.
Fire mission buffer clear except for raid target.
Fire mission hard copy on hand and posted.
Target Number Target Grid/Alt Ammunition Type/Quantity
Link up grid.
Firing point grid.
Rally point grid.
SRP aligned, PDS updated.
Time hack (GPS).
Adequate fuel.
Adequate ammunition (LPCs and small arms).
Adequate food and water.
Communication checks complete.
PMCS (batteries, charging system).
Other Details
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 L-5

Appendix M
ATACMS Block II Employment
The capability to attack enemy ACV formations is an essential component of fires.

Block II is designed to attack moving enemy maneuver forces equipped with ACVs.
The process involves targeting procedures, mission flow, and techniques for rapid
processing of targets, de-conflicting operations, and synchronizing target attack. The
corps/JTF typically engages battalion-size units with Block II. The Block II fires
support the overall plan to—
• Destroy enemy capabilities before they can be used on friendly forces.
• Limit the enemy's freedom of action.
• Alter the tempo of operations in favor of friendly forces.
• Deny the enemy the capability to concentrate his forces.
• Control the rate of introduction of enemy forces into the close battle.
The Block II contains the BAT submunition. The BAT with its infrared seeker is only
effective against moving ACVs. After dispense, the 13 BAT submunitions
independently locate, attack, and destroy moving ACVs. Each BAT has passive
acoustic and infrared sensors designed to resist enemy countermeasures. BAT
submunitions can be used day or night.
Block II missiles should be deployed into the theater with early-entry contingency
forces as part of a task organized force with an integrated intelligence/fire support
organization and self-deployable sensors such as JSTARS. These sensors can provide
real time or near-real time information to the targeting cell to attack unassigned area
targets with Block II missiles.
BLOCK II OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS

z M-1. Platoon Air Hazard Area Refer to Paragraph 5-72When an ATACMS family of munitions
(AFOM) fire mission is processed, a PAH area is computed. The PAH describes the aircraft danger
area around the platoon selected to fire. The area is defined by 4 grid locations on the ground
(depicted in figure M-1 by the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4) and an altitude (depicted as ZALT). This area
is used to warn all flight operations of the restricted airspace associated with the launch area and to
gain clearance to fly through the airspace.
• This area can be increased or decreased in size by manipulation of the ZALT and XDIST values
via the LMM manager within AFATDS.
• The XDIST value indicates the size of the platoon area in which the launcher is operating and
defaults to the value of 3,000 meters, which is the doctrinal size of a platoon area. Since AFATDS
tracks the launcher locations and draws the PAH area around the launch platform, the XDIST can
be reduced to 150 meters. A value less than doctrinal standard can be included if the known
location of the firing point is used. A size greater than 3,000 meters can be used if the firing area
being used is larger than the doctrinal platoon area.
• ZDIST2 is a buffer zone left and right of the gun-target-line. This buffer zone is hard coded and
provides airspace for the missile’s off-axis launch capability.
• ZALT depicts the altitude above which the flight of the missile is unrestricted. ZALT defaults
to 5,000 meters. The size of the PAH is directly related to the ZALT value used. The larger
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-1

Appendix M
the ZALT value, the further downrange the missile must travel for its trajectory to attain the
ZALT altitude entered, thereby increasing the PAH size. Correspondingly, a low ZALT
enables the missile trajectory to attain ZALT closer to the launch area, thereby reducing the
PAH size.
• If more than 1 launcher is required to fire the mission, separate messages are displayed for each
launch platform. The messages are munition specific and only generated for those launchers that
are listed in the computer as having the munition. If a fire unit was specified in the fire mission
message, that fire unit is used. If a fire unit was not specified, the computer provides the best
solution based on available information. The operator can enter an effective date-time group
indicating when the platoon air hazard area is valid. The PAH may be passed to other
organizations as a ROZ.
Note: A ROZ is a volume of space that the Air Force uses to restrict airspace. The same 4 points
(1, 2, 3, and 4) and altitude (ZALT) define the ROZ.
Figure M-1. AFOM Platoon Air Hazard Area
TARGET AIR HAZARD AREA

M-2. The TAH area describes the area where the missile dispenses the submunitions. It is used to warn all
flight operations and to gain airspace clearance. The Block II TAH volume of space is larger than the
other ATACMS missiles due to the BAT submunitions’ flyout trajectory. Unlike the Block I and IA
target air hazard area, the Block II target air hazard area is a volume of space that is shaped like 2
M-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

cylinders instead of a box (see figure M-2). The top cylinder defines the space where the Block II
missile dispenses the BATs. The bottom cylinder defines the space the BATs use to fly to the target.
A-1. M-3. The Block II software segments large targets and targets with a large number of ACVs into
separate segments comprised of a maximum of 2 aim-points to improve effects. Each aim-point has
a separate TAH. As up to 16 aim-points can be associated with a single Block II fire mission, a
maximum of 16 TAHs can therefore be generated. The Block II software describes the volume of
space each TAH occupies as an aim-point grid, a radius, and an altitude for airspace clearance. The
operator should send both the target air hazard coordinates and the coordinates for the missile
location to clear target area airspace.
Figure M-2. Typical Block II Target Air Hazard Area
MISSILE FLIGHT PROFILE

M-4. Figure M-3 depicts a typical Block II missile flight profile. The launcher and missile perform pre-
launch procedures to prepare the missile for launch. After arrival on the firing point, all pre-
launch functions occur automatically during the firing sequence, requiring no special actions by
the crew. The launcher provides the missile with its initial location and elevation information
through alignment transfer. After the fire switch has been toggled and before launch, the launcher
activates the missile’s internal batteries, loads mission data for the missile and BAT payload, and
initializes the missile’s global positioning system (GPS) receiver. The missile motor is then
armed and ignited.
TERMINAL FLIGHT SEQUENCE

M-5. Once the missile enters its descending trajectory, it initiates terminal guidance and activates each
BAT's thermal battery. The BAT navigation function begins and the missile downloads mission data.
The missile then concludes its guidance and dispenses the submunitions. After the submunition
dispense event, the empty missile continues on its trajectory to the ground. Figure M-4 illustrates the
BAT submunition dispense sequence.
BAT SUBMUNITION TRAJECTORY

M-6. Each BAT is pre-programmed to divide the target array into sectors and attack a specific target
sector (see figure M-5). The BAT engagement sequence begins when the submunition stabilizes its
flight after dispense, decelerating to a speed that enables the deployment of the wings and
parachute. Once the primary parachute is deployed, the submunition begins its acoustic search for a
target, conducts a maneuver to position itself above the acoustic signature, deploys its secondary
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-3

Appendix M
parachute, and conducts an IR search for the target. Once the target is acquired with the BAT’s IR
seeker, the BAT releases its secondary parachute and glides to the target (see figure M-6).
Figure M-3. Missile Mission and Flight Profile
Figure M-4. BAT Submunition Dispense Sequence
M-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure M-5. BAT Target Attack Profile
Figure M-6. BAT Engagement Sequence
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-5

Appendix M
BLOCK II TARGETING
M-7. FM 6-20-10 discusses targeting objectives in terms of limit, disrupt, delay, divert, or destroy. These
terms describe the effects of attack on enemy capabilities. We can limit the enemy's options or disrupt
his plans by interfering with the enemy's combat and combat support systems. Delay alters the time
that forces arrive at a point on the battlefield. This denies the enemy the ability to project combat
power from a point on the battlefield. We can also cause the enemy commander to divert or shift
capabilities or assets from one area (activity) to another.
M-8. Block II engagements are planned, on-call fires. The Block II targeting process begins when the staff
analyzes enemy capabilities, movement norms, and estimated enemy COAs to determine where and
when the enemy is likely to deploy follow-on forces. The targeting staff uses the D3A process to
properly plan and execute Block II fires.
DECIDE
M-9. The staff planning performed in the decide function is crucial to the success of Block II missions.
The fact that the Block II target is moving makes the task more difficult. Effective employment of
Block II on moving enemy targets requires careful planning, coordination, and preplanning missions
to perform the following tasks:
• Determine where to track the enemy by use of named areas of interest (NAIs) and TAIs.
• Establish trigger events associated with NAIs (decision trigger events [DTEs]) and TAIs
(engagement trigger events [ETEs]) to trip as the enemy enters or crosses the geometries
(automated process with AFATDS,).
• Determine which sensor(s) will track the enemy.
• Determine how to attack the target, including:
Which MLRS unit(s) will fire (with respective firing platoon centers).
How many missiles each unit will fire.
Generating and distributing the PAH/TAH and missile flight path for airspace clearance.
• Create and store posture instructions for MLRS unit(s) to fire.

• Determine how to clear airspace for fire missions such as for a timed window or on-call target.
NAIs
M-10. NAIs are locations where targeting information is gathered to determine if the enemy activity meets
attack guidance. NAIs should be placed in areas that:
• Confirm the enemy’s movement decision (for example, after a “fork” in the road).
• Track the enemy’s movement progress.
• Are accessible to sensors (visible to, or sensor can operate there).
• Provide enough distance between them (NAIs) and their respective TAIs to permit launchers to be
positioned on firing points—ready to fire.
M-11. Target information from sensors reporting enemy activity in NAIs near TAIs is more time sensitive
than that needed for the initial NAIs. Therefore, sensors should function in their most responsive
mode when reporting target information in these NAIs. Sensors should report:
• Type of enemy units (for example, armor, mechanized infantry, or infantry.
• Size of the moving elements (length, width, and, if possible, number of ACVs).
• Force-march columns and serials (if possible).
• Estimation of target speed and direction.
• Last known location.
• Time of detection.
M-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

DTEs
M-12. A DTE is the enemy activity in an NAI that initiates the Block II fire mission on a target. DTE
criteria must be clearly defined and sent to the appropriate elements. An example of enemy activity
that meets DTE criteria is: the enemy force arrives at full strength at the DTE at the predicted time,
speed, and direction of travel. An example of enemy activity that does not meet DTE criteria is: the
enemy force arrives at DTE and stops in a final deployment area. DTE criteria are based on the
commander's defeat criteria and the unique performance characteristics of Block II. When a DTE is
“tripped,” the mission controller sends an AMC fire mission to unit(s), which causes launchers to
go to their firing points and prepare to fire.
TAIs
M-13. Block II engagements occur at planned target locations (PTLs) located within TAIs. The staff
places TAIs on routes of advance that enemy forces will likely use. The TAIs can be placed in
depth to provide multiple engagement opportunities against a target that does not stop or to engage
multiple elements of a large target. As with NAIs, the number of TAIs varies with the terrain and
enemy situation. TAIs should not be placed in urban areas, canyons with very deep slopes, and
heavily forested areas. The BAT submunitions could collide with objects before getting to the
target in these types of terrain.
ETEs
M-14. An ETE is the enemy activity that causes the fire command to be executed. The staff establishes an
ETE where the enemy is expected to be and a sensor can observe. The purpose of the ETE is to
confirm that the target still meets engagement criteria. The criteria may be as simple as confirming
that the target is still moving at the speed and in the direction predicted in the NAI. When the ETE
criteria are met, the fire mission is executed. The staff places the ETE based on enemy travel speed
norms or observed enemy travel speeds. They establish the ETE by “backing off” a distance from
the PTL along the enemy’s route based on:
• Sensor/processor response times.
• Command, control, communications, and computers (C4) processing times.
• Time the launcher requires to reapply power to the missile(s) and execute the fire command.
• Missile time of flight.
M-15. This interval is the minimum time required between the ETE and PLT to engage the target. Sensors
should be in their most responsive mode for reporting enemy activity at the ETE. However, the
tactical situation may not permit this. The sensors will typically be shared assets. In the case of
Joint Stars, the wide area search mode may be the only mode available. If so, that is the sensor
response time to use when determining where to put the ETE.
M-16. Table M-1 provides guidelines for determining the ETE-PTL distance based on a nominal 180-
second timeline. It assumes the 4 time components listed above. The table displays target speed and
launcher to target range; the ETE distance (in meters) is where these factors intersect in the table.
Figure M-7 is a job aid that enables manual calculation of the engagement and decision trigger
events.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-7

Appendix M
Table M-1. Planned Target Location to Engagement Trigger Events Distance
Target Speed Launcher to Target Range

(kilometers
35-60 km 61-80 km 81-100 km 101-120 km 121-145 km
per hour)
10-15 900 m 1,000 m 1,200 m 1,300 m 1,400 m
16-20 1,300 m 1,500 m 1,700 m 1,800 m 2,000 m
21-25 1,700 m 1,900 m 2,100 m 2,300 m 2,500 m
26-30 2,100 m 2,300 m 2,600 m 2,800 m 3,100 m
31-35 2,500 m 2,800 m 3,000 m 3,300 m 3,600 m
35-40 2,800 m 3,100 m 3,500 m 3,800 m 4,100 m

41-45 3,200 m 3,600 m 4,000 m 4,400 m 4,700 m
46-50 3,600 m 4,000 m 4,400 m 4,900 m 5,300 m
Km = kilometers m = meters
Note: Once the ETE-PTL distance has been established, new targets whose speed varies
significantly from the planned speed will be evaluated to determine if the target requires a different
PTL. The fire support (FS) computer operator should only change the PTL for targets that cause a
1,000-meter or greater variation from the value derived from table M-1. For example, if the ETE-
PTL distance was 1,400 meters, based on a target speed of 15 kph and range to target of 130 km,
a target moving at 20 kph would not require a different PTL (since the ETE-PTL distance of 2,000
meters is not 1,000 meters greater than the 1,400-meter distance derived earlier). However, if the
target were moving at 23 kph (an ETE-PTL distance of 2,500 meters), a new PTL should be
calculated. This procedure can only be used before the target trips the DTE.
M-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Total System Time

Establish the time for the common ground station (CGS) to process the track and pass the target
array to the AFATDS in seconds. (Default time is 40 seconds.)
Establish the time required for each AFATDS in the fire mission chain to process and transmit the
FIRE command in seconds. (Default time is 7 seconds for each system.)
Establish the time required for each AFATDS in the fire mission chain to process and transmit the
FIRE command in seconds. (Default time is 5 seconds for each system.)
Add in the launcher time. (Default time is 50 seconds.)
Add the totals from steps 1-4.
Enter the time of flight (TOF) from the mission calculator on the AFATDS in seconds.
Add in the 23 seconds from dispense to state 4.
Add the totals from steps 6 and 7. (This is the time to state 4.)
Add the totals from steps 5 and 8. (This is the total system time in seconds.
Engagement Trigger Event (ETE)
Enter total system time from line 9.
Enter the speed of the target in kph.
Multiply steps 10 and 11.
Divide step 12 by 3.6. (This is the total distance the target array will move in meters.)
Take the value of step 13 and trace back along the route of march of the target array to find the
placement of the engagement trigger event. Place the ETE geometry perpendicular to the route of
march.
Decision Trigger Event (DTE)
Enter the time desired between the DTE and the ETE in seconds. (Default time is 1,200 seconds/20
minutes.)
Enter the speed of the target in kph.
Multiply steps 15 and 16.
Divide step 17 by 3.6. (This is the total distance in meters that the DTE should be placed from the
ETE.)
Take the value of step 18 and trace back along the route of march of the target array from the ETE
point to find the placement of the DTE. Place the DTE geometry perpendicular to the route of march.
Note: Round numbers up to the next whole number.
Figure M-7. Manual Calculation of Trigger Events Job Aid
M-17. Though DTEs and ETEs may be established as a box, circle, or line, it is recommended that DTEs
and ETEs be established as lines since it is the easiest method for the sensor to view enemy progress
and report when the center of the enemy force passes through them. It is important to note that
AFATDS treats line that any event set to “trip” a trigger in 1 DTE or ETE will trip the trigger
whenever that event occurs anywhere along that line. DTEs and ETEs can be placed independently
or in conjunction with NAIs. Figure M-8 graphically portrays the Block II target engagement
process.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-9

Appendix M
Figure M-8. Block II Target Engagement Process
Mission Cancellation
M-18. Guidelines should be established for cancellation of missions. A mission may be canceled anytime
prior to missile launch. The executing operational facility (OPFAC) should cancel missions based
on the following parameters:
• Maximum acceptable deviation of target speed at the ETE from the reported calculated speed
of the fire mission.
• Minimum number of ACVs that still constitutes a target if forces split.
• Unavailability of the sensor or an acceptable substitute to report target data at the ETE.
Automated Fire Mission Planning

M-19. The AFATDS operators have automated tools to perform preliminary analysis of a moving target
fire mission without allocating ammunition or committing a unit to fire. AFATDS operators use
the munitions calculator AFATDS operators use the capabilities of fire mission processing.
Ammunition and Fire Unit Management

M-20. The decide function includes estimating the number of missiles needed to meet operational
objectives. The staff considers ammunition and launcher allocation when they wargame the
courses of action. The wargaming should include how many targets can be attacked
simultaneously. The required number of launchers is based on time available, number of missiles
needed, and the projected launch rates. The staff should allocate 2 missiles for each enemy unit
with 26-50 ACV targets (unless commander's attack guidance specifies desired effects on the
targets). They must use intelligence estimates to determine the number of battalion-sized targets
expected on the battlefield and the total quantity of launchers required. The staff must be careful
not to overestimate the number of launchers required since targets will not all move at the same
time.
M-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Note: The ammunition estimate is critical. Since MLRS units require pre-positioned
ammunition, mistakes in ammunition allocation are costly in time and assets required to
redistribute ammunition.
DETECT
Sensors Supporting Block II Fires

M-21. Numerous sensor systems support target development for Block II. Sensors include TENCAP,
JSTARS, UAS, and SOF. The staff needs sensor information to operate in near-real time. Sensors
such as JSTARS or UAS support target coverage through automated interfaces with intelligence
and fire support C2 facilities.
M-22. The JSTARS CGS receives processed intelligence data from a variety of platforms and sensors. It
can display JSTARS and UAS imagery and receives a wide variety of information from a JTT.
JSTARS imagery consists of data that includes continuously updated direction, location, number and
rate of movement of enemy force vehicles, plus location of movers that have stopped. The JTT
provides the capability to receive and transmit SIGINT from guardrail common sensor (GRCS) and
intelligence broadcasts. In addition, the CGS (if co-located with the ground control station) can
receive and display video and telemetry from UAS sensors.
M-23. JSTARS can locate, track, and potentially identify wheeled versus tracked vehicles (out to a certain
range), and predict arrival times and coordinates of moving targets. The system can bracket areas and
provide an estimated count of targets in that area (target density). This targeting information can be
auto-filled into fire support messages. To maximize effectiveness, the AFATDS uses both target size
and target density when they process Block II fire missions. The CGS should be co-located with the
supported fire support node if at all possible to facilitate coordination. The CGS has a remote
workstation (laptop portable computer) that can be brought directly into the FS tactical operations
center.
M-24. JSTARS and UAS complement each other. The UA's ability to conduct general search and
detection over unfamiliar terrain is extremely limited. However, the UA is effective in observing
point targets or conducting route reconnaissance. JSTARS can locate targets with area coverage and
direct the UA to confirm the targets. The intelligence community calls this process “observation-cue-
observation”; in other communities, it may also be referred to as “cross cueing.” A short scenario of
this process follows:
• JSTARS locates moving targets through MTI radar (observation); UAS flies to confirm (cue);
CGS operator identifies and observes (observation).
• UAS identifies moving targets; JSTARS tracks the target, updates its disposition, and passes
information on for targeting.
• UAS observes a temporary stationary target; JSTARS confirms the target through SAR mode,
CGS operator observes for movement.
• JSTARS takes a SAR image of a given area based on other intelligence; UAS flies to confirm,
identify, and provide the command more visual intelligence.
DELIVER
Weapon Aimpoint and Target Engagement

M-25. Target engagement is the process of determining when, where, and how targets should be attacked
within TAIs. The target size and composition determines the number of missiles required. The FS
computer determines the optimum placement of the BATs’ dispense for each missile to be fired. This
is the missile’s aim-point. The sensor should be tasked to provide more frequent updates as the target
approaches the ETE.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-11

Appendix M
Fire Missions with Multiple Launchers

M-26. The FS computer software segments large targets (with a length of 6,000 meters and/or width
of 5,000 meters) or smaller targets with 70 or more ACVs to achieve the desired effects. The
C2 system generates up to 8 child targets, each containing a maximum of 2 aim-points. A
single target can require a maximum number of 16 missiles per target (maximum 4 segments
per target, maximum 2 aim-points per segment, and maximum 2 missiles per aim-point) (see
paragraph M-56.M-57 on target segmentation).
M-27. The AFATDS performing the target segmentation assigns new target numbers to all child
targets and associates them back to the original parent target number. The AFATDS uses the
original parent target number as the first target and assigns additional child target numbers as
required, all associated back to the parent. When each launcher receives an AMC fire mission,
they report “ready” for the target they are assigned. The controlling AFATDS will consolidate
these commands and present the final “ready” when all units have reported “ready.” If the
controlling system is AFATDS, and if it executes the mission prior to receiving the ready
commands for all segments, the launchers that had not reported ready will automatically be
sent an EOM for their assigned target. The ready launchers will receive a fire command.
ASSESS
M-28. The Block II assess function differs from the other AFOM in that it will usually take longer to
perform. This is due to the targeting objectives of these fires: to divert, disrupt, or delay the
enemy forces. For example, the evaluation of mission success may take hours to perform if
the commander's attack guidance directs such a delay. The focus for Block II assessment
should be on the functional damage caused to the enemy. If possible, this should include an
estimate of the time the enemy unit needs to recover from an attack. The collection manager
must know precisely what to report as battle damage assessment (BDA) so he can task the
appropriate sensor(s). In some cases, it may be as simple as “monitor enemy activity and
report if and when they resume movement.”
FUNCTIONAL FLOW OF MISSIONS

M-29. The Block II C2 process includes both planning and execution functions. The planning
function consists of decision making and guideline development. The execution function
involves trigger points, fire mission processing, and tactical/technical direction. Fires may be
centrally controlled and executed or centrally controlled but de-centrally executed.
Centralized execution is the most frequent scenario. Figure M-9 provides a summary of the
Block II mission functional flow.
M-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure M-9. Block II Mission Functional Flow
USING AFATDS TO EXECUTE BLOCK II FIRE MISSIONS

M-30. In AFATDS, mission processing begins when a fire mission is received or initiated at an OPFAC.
The AFATDS then goes through a series of “filter” checks (for example, duplication, TSS) to see if
it qualifies as a fire mission. If it passes these filters, the AFATDS provides the operator with a list
of munitions that are effective against the target, along with a list of available units capable of firing
the mission. AFATDS also provides enhanced communications capabilities.
Note: AFATDS limits Block II to the attack of the target types/subtypes listed in table M-2.)
M-31. The AFATDS operator specifies to the CGS operator that he wants moving armor targets reported
to him as they are acquired and how often he wants to receive target updates (based on METT-TC).
He can predict the number of launchers needed to execute the Block II fire missions, based on
intelligence reports of the number of targets he can expect, with the AFATDS munitions calculator
function. He also uses the munition calculator to derive PAHs, TAHs, and missile flight paths for
airspace clearance.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-13

Appendix M
Table M-2. AFATDS Target Type/Subtypes Applicable to Block II

Target Type Target Subtype
arty, hvy SP
Fire Support arty, med SP
arty, lt SP
APC
armored vehicle
Maneuver tank, hvy
tank, med
tank, lt
ADA ADA, lt
Legend:
AMD— air and missile defense lt—light
APC—armored personnel carrier med—medium
arty—artillery SP— self-propelled
hvy—heavy
CREATING NAMED AREAS OF INTEREST AND DECISION TRIGGER EVENTS

M-32. Create the NAIs along the projected route the enemy unit is expected to travel. Use the “general
geometry” type and name each NAI (for example, NAI 12). Create an NAI for the following:
• To send posture instructions to the fire unit(s). This NAI should be located far enough away
from the next NAI to enable the fire unit to move to the postured location prior to the arrival
of the enemy unit there.
• To trigger initiation of the preplanned mission. This NAI contains the DTE that serves as the
trigger. The DTE must be located far enough away from the ETE to enable final coordination
of the PAH, TAH, and missile flight path (MFP) geometries as well as any FSCMs or
clearance to fire prior to the enemy arrival at the ETE.
CREATING TARGETED AREAS OF INTEREST AND ENGAGEMENT TRIGGER EVENTS

M-33. TAIs must be created with the same general geometry type used to create NAIs. Name each in a
similar manner used to name the NAIs. The ETE serves as the trigger for the fire command. It
must be located at a distance from the PTL to permit C4 actions, account for missile time of flight
(TOF) (obtained from the data for the MFP geometry), and the enemy’s movement speed. For
example, if expected C4 time plus time of flight is 4 minutes and the enemy is expected to be
moving at 30 kph (that’s 0.5 kilometers—or 500 meters per minute), then the ETE should be
placed 2 kilometers from the PTL (500 meters x 4 minutes = 2,000 meters). The formula is: ETE-
PTL distance = speed of enemy unit (in meters/minutes) x expected C4 time + TOF (in minutes).
Note: Important. When creating DTEs and ETEs in AFATDS, always draw the line from left to
right. This ensures that the trigger will trip properly when the trigger activity is reported
“forward” of the geometry.
CREATING SENSOR ORDERS

M-34. AFATDS may create orders for the sensors supporting the mission. For example, if JSTARS is
available, use the “ATI;TCRIT” message format. For PK 10 JSTARS, this is under “Alerts &
M-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Messaging” Æ “Messages” Æ “New.” Select “ATI; TCRIT,” then “Joint STARS.” Fill out the
message specifying search areas and target type. If the enemy is an armored vehicle column, select
“Armored Vehicle.” The initial sensor tasking may be sent immediately. The ATI;TCRIT window
permits geometries to be defined as either circles (grid and radius) or rectangular (2 grids and a
width). These geometries appear on the CGS operator’s screen after the CGS receives and
processes the message. The AFATDS operator must build a separate ATI;TCRIT window for each
NAI and TAI geometry. Create and save (don’t send) additional sensor orders (if necessary) to be
used based on enemy movement.
AFATDS TARGET PROCESSING PROCEDURES
Establishing On-Call Targets

M-35. The AFATDS operator establishes on-call targets (using the planned target location grids) for each
ETE using the procedures in figure M-10. The AFATDS operator will later use these on-call targets
to execute the Block II fire missions. The operator must build the on-call targets in the “Current”
window or the triggers associated with the targets will not activate them. He must also specify the
target direction in the “Moving Target Information” window to convey this information to
AFATDS.
Figure M-10. Block II On-Call Target Establishment Procedures
Associating On-Call Targets with Trigger Events

M-36. Once the AFATDS operator establishes the on-call target, an association must be made with the
trigger event. AFATDS initiates the on-call target when the trigger is tripped. The operator does this
using the procedures in figure M-11. When the operator completes the association of all the on-call
targets with a trigger event, the target planning preparation is complete.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-15

Appendix M
Figure M-11. Block II Trigger Event Establishment Procedures
M-37. Caution: Do not select target location based on the vector map display (remember, the vector map
is not accurate enough for determination of targeting data). Target location should be coordinated
using accurate map data such as a paper or digitized map.
Tripping Trigger Events

M-38. The AFATDS operator can automate the “tripping” of DTEs and ETEs by using up to 200 trigger
events. The trigger event may be based on target (type/subtype or target number) or enemy unit
data (by name) that is reported in a specific (by name) geometry (for example, in an NAI or TAI).
Trigger events may also be based on specific times. A rule based on time will simply “trip” when
the system clock reaches the specified time.
M-39. This rule is not used for Block II fire missions. The AFATDS operator can establish criteria to trip
a trigger event once a certain number of ACVs enter a defined area on the battlefield (for
example, NAIs and TAIs). These methods are discussed below.
Tripping Trigger Events by Target Type/Subtype

M-40. The AFATDS operator establishes the trigger to trip when the specified target type/subtype (with
the specified strength) enters a specific geometry (DTE) or crosses a line (ETE).
CAUTION
The target type/subtype the AFATDS operator uses must be the same
as the target type/subtype reported by the CGS (for example,
armor/heavy) for the trigger to trip. If the systems do not agree in this
respect, the CGS will report the enemy activity but the AFATDS will not
trip the trigger.
Tripping Trigger Events by Target Number

M-41. The AFATDS operator establishes the trigger to trip when the enemy force with the reported target
number enters a specific geometry or crosses a line. The CGS operator must continue to use the target
M-16 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

number generated by his system when he first reports the enemy activity to track the target. He should
inform the AFATDS operator (by voice or free text message) that the target number is associated with
that particular target. Once he “hooks” the target (identifies it with an internal tracking number), the
CGS uses that same target number every time he updates it in his system. The CGS operator must
ensure that he does not report the target as a new target when using this method since the CGS will
assign a new target number. Tripping trigger events by target number is the preferred method because
it is less likely to trip due to false reports.
M-42. Figure M-12 provides an example of how the “Trigger Event” screen appears to the operator and a
recommended procedure for using trigger events. The shaded areas and numbers within the circles
do not appear on the AFATDS screens. They identify zones in the “Trigger Event” window where
specific activities discussed in the figure occur.
Engagement of Targets with Gaps Between Subunits

M-43.. If gaps between subunits (groups of vehicles) are 500 meters or less, the array should be treated as
a homogeneous linear array and engaged as 1 target. When gaps are greater than 500 meters
between subunits, engagement of these subunits provide the most effective results. The subunits
could be attacked all at the same time or when the individual units trip their separate engagement
trigger event. The engagement timing is situation dependent. If the subunits maintain the same
speed (and therefore the gaps remain constant), all targets could be engaged as soon as the first
subunit trips its trigger event. If the gaps between subunits get larger or smaller, then each subunit
should be engaged separately as it trips its trigger event (see table M-3).
Table M-3. Engagement of Targets with Gaps Between Subunits

Target Formation Method of Engagement Engagement Guidance
Gaps of 500 meters or less between Off road for clear weather, on road
1 segment.
subunits. for cloudy weather.
Gaps greater than 500 meters between Off road for clear weather, on road
Engage subunits.
subunits. for cloudy weather.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-17

Appendix M
Trigger Event
Trigger Event: State: Implement Plan Phase
Execute Fire Plan
Initiate Fire Mission

DTG-Related Trigger Time (DTG):
Interval (hours;minutes): Activate Geometry

Unit Target Related
2
Item ID: Transmit Message
Reported:
1 Geometry: Send Move Order
Location: Radius:
To:
Activity: Direction Moving: Send Sensor Order
Send Posture Order
From (DTG): To (DTG):

To:
Item ID: Reported Location:
Time of Report (DTG): Reported Activity:

3
Trigger Tripped (DTG): Direction Moving: Movement Speed (kph):
Comments:
OK Cancel 4 Execute Delete Help
Window
Activity
Zone
The operator uses this section of the screen to identify the events that will cause
AFATDS to trip the trigger event. He uses the Trigger Event field to give it a name.
He sets or suspends the trigger event in the State field. The trigger event is tripped
based on either a specified date-time group (DTG) or unit target related activity. The
operator selects the Unit Target Activity trigger event option for Block II fire
missions. He selects “navigation aids” or another unlikely target type from the Item
ID menu options. The operator can either use the reported options of “behind” or
1 “forward of” to tell AFATDS when to trip the trigger based on linear DTEs and ETEs
(recommended procedure). IMPORTANT: AFATDS uses the same methodology
TACFIRE used to draw lines; it interprets lines drawn from left to right differently
than those drawn from right to left. This affects whether the operator selects the
“behind” or “forward of” option to cause the trigger to trip. Thus, the operator needs
to ensure that he selects the appropriate one based on how he built the DTE and
ETE lines. He then specifies “moving” from the Activity menu options and selects
the enemy’s general heading from the Direction Moving menu options.
This section of the screen defines the actions AFATDS will take once the trigger
2 event is tripped. The operator selects the “on-call target list” from the Initiate Fire
Mission menu options and selects the on-call target he previously built.
This section of the Trigger Event window is where AFATDS displays the sensor’s
3
trigger event activity report once the trigger is tripped.
The AFATDS operator uses this section to send comments (to himself or others);
4 ask AFATDS for help; and cancel, execute, or delete the trigger event. He will type
instructions to himself that AFATDS will display once the trigger event is tripped.
Figure M-12. AFATDS Trigger Event Window
M-18 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Analyzing Targets
M-44. The AFATDS operator opens the munition calculator and types in the target number for the target
he created earlier. After the operator tabs out of the field, AFATDS will retrieve the target data and
place it on the window.
M-45. Select the FS system (rocket/missile), and then select the munition type (ATACMS BAT). No other
entries are required.
M-46. Select the “Next” button.
M-47. On the ATACMS BAT window, selected target information will be displayed. If this is the first
time this target was analyzed, the bottom section of the window will be blank. Otherwise, the
results of the most recent analysis will be displayed.
M-48. To conduct an analysis to determine the number of missiles (“Total Qty”) required to achieve a
specific “effects desired,” select the “Calculate Qty” button. This will segment the target (if
necessary). The bottom of the window will now be filled out with a row for each target segment.
Each row identifies the coverage achieved on the segment, the quantity to be fired on that segment
(this will always be 1 or 2 missiles), a “Go/No-Go” status and a “No-Go” reason (if applicable). If
the number of missiles or number of segments is too large, reduce the “effects desired” value and
try again
M-49. To conduct an analysis to determine the expected effects (“effects desired”) achieved by a
specified number of missiles, select the “Calculate Coverage” button. Enter the quantity of
missiles desired/available. AFATDS divides the total number of missiles among the required
target segments (a segment may be assigned a maximum of 2 missiles). For example, if the target
requires 2 segments (due to target strength or size) and “4 missiles” is entered, each segment will
be assigned 2 missiles. If “6 missiles” is entered, AFATDS will segment the target into three
segments. If the number of missiles or number of segments is too large, reduce the “Total Qty”
value and try again.
M-50. Once segmentation and volume of fire processing is complete, enter a desired fire unit ID or firing
point location for each segment. If a specific location is required, enter the firing location (not the
fire unit). If the fire unit (but not the firing point) is entered, that fire unit’s current location will be
used to run the analysis.
M-51. Select the “Calculate PAH/TAH” button. This will compute the PAH, TAH, and MFP for each
segment. Each segment will also be assigned a target number at this time. The PAH, TAH, and
MFP will be displayed on the map. You may change firing points and perform this step again if
desired.
M-52. Once the PAH, TAH, and MFP locations are calculated, enter fire unit ID for each segment. Select
the “Store” button (this will close the window and save the target segments, now called “child
targets,” of the original “parent target”).
Pre-coordinate Mission
M-53. The AFATDS operator may “push” the PAH/TAH and MFP geometries to the AFATDS unit
responsible for clearing ATACMS missions with the supporting air components (typically the
battlefield coordination detachment). This provides that OPFAC with a graphic of what these
geometries look like. For airspace clearance, set up the AFATDS data distribution to distribute
“This Unit’s” “PAH/TAH/MFP” geometries to the OPFAC responsible for clearing ATACMS
missions.
Creating Posture Instructions

M-54. Select the MLRS fire unit(s) assigned to each segment and then select “Posture.” Create a new
posture and when the window opens, type the target number into the target number field and tab
out. The firing location used in the munition calculator will be automatically placed in the posture
instruction. The volume of fire (1 or 2 missiles) will also be placed in the munitions to be
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-19

Appendix M
uploaded portion of the instructions in the “greater than 20 min” column. Move the quantity from
the greater than 20 minute column to the 2-minute quantity. OK the form and send it when the
target requires posture action.
ATI and Suspect Target Processing.

M-55. The CGS operator uses the ATI; CDR message format to report, update, or delete the current
location of a target. This message type is only available to the CGS operator as an outgoing
message. The ATI;CDR message is especially useful for tripping trigger events. The CGS
operator can auto-fill this message. However, the grid the CGS enters will be the enemy’s
location at the time the activity was reported. This is okay for early warning reports and reports
concerning enemy activity in DTEs. However, the AFATDS operator must not use the grid
reported in the ATI;CDR message as the target location (the stored on-call target contains the
PTL coordinates). The CGS operator should send all ATI;CDR reports dealing with enemy
activity in the engagement trigger event (ETE). The ATI; CDR message does not report the
enemy’s speed or heading. The CGS operator can report enemy speed and heading in a follow-up
free text or voice message. Or the AFATDS operator can provide the CGS operator the maximum
allowable deviation in the ETE from target speed reported in the Decision trigger event (DTE)
and allow the CGS operator to decide whether the target meets the engagement criteria.
A-2. Suspect Target Processing

M-56. The basic functionally of ST processing is that if a FR/ATI is received that fails TSS checks and is
denied by an operator action or a system recommendation, it will be processed as a Suspect
Target Processing). If the target is an ATI and the TSS checks fail, the target is submitted for ST
processing. Otherwise the ATI is processed normally. FR processing is dependent on whether
intervention is on or off. If intervention is on, the target will be submitted for attack analysis even
if an initial filter check fails. With intervention off, AFATDS will deny the FR if a filter check
fails. If the failure is TSS, the target is sent to ST processing; otherwise the target is placed on the
Inactive Target List. Since attack analysis is performed on a target that fails filter checks only
when intervention is on, all denials will be as a result of an operator action at the Intervention
window. When a denial is issued, the target is checked for TSS failure. If the failure is TSS, the
target is sent to ST processing; otherwise the target is placed on the Inactive Target List.
Target Segmentation
M-57. Target segmentation occurs at the executing echelon where the target engagement decision is
made, normally at the FC/FE. The executing echelon has the sensor information required to
perform the target segmentation (target length, width, and strength). Very large targets must be
segmented into individual targets according to sizes, which are most efficient for BAT attack
(figure M-13). Target segmentation occurs when targets are either 6,000 meters in length, 5,000
meters in width, or have a target strength of greater than 70 ACVs. Target segmentation in
AFATDS will also occur based on operator-specified effects. The BAT “acoustic footprint” is the
circular area on the ground where the acoustic sensor can acquire targets.
M-20 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure M-13. BAT Acoustic Footprint
AFATDS Segmentation
M-58. When an AFATDS is in the command and control flow and passing data to a non-AFATDS device ,
AFATDS executes 1 additional segmentation step. The difference is the view to the operator on the
number of child targets (AFATDS view). AFATDS, during the analysis of the mission, will
execute an additional segmentation whenever the volume of fire for any segment is greater than 2
missiles. The entire process results in the generation of child targets (segments) for each parent.
M-59. When 2 missiles are required for a child target, the AFATDS will automatically compute the aim-
point offset for the second missile. The aim-point-offset routine will increase the effectiveness of the
ATACMS Block II. For example, a linear target that is 8,000 meters in length with a strength of less
than 141 ACVs will result in the creation of 2 child targets linked to the initial target. If each of
those targets required 4 missiles to meet the defeat criteria, they would be segmented again with
each containing 1 aim-point for a total of 4 child targets. AFATDS software also precludes the
creation of more than 8 child targets (segments) and complies with the restriction of 16 missiles
maximum against any target. Figure M-14 depicts the segmentation as a result of the AFATDS
processing.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-21

Appendix M
Figure M-14. Block II Linear Target Segmentation—AFATDS View
Figure M-15. Target Segmentation in NAI and TAI
M-22 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

OTHER EMPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
Target Engagement and Battle Damage Assessment

M-60. The trigger event is initiated as targets move into the leading edge of the TAI. The location of the
leading edge, relative to the planned target location, is based on expected (nominal) total system
response time and target velocity. Soon after the fire mission is initiated, the operator requests a
SAR if JSTARS is to provide the BDA. However, the JSTARS SAR may prove inconclusive due to
its low resolution. SAR capabilities are further discussed in appendix A. If the BDA does not
require reporting damage to individual targets, the JSTARS MTI mode can report how many
vehicles are still moving after the attack.
Safety
M-61. Mission planners and executors must keep the safety of friendly forces in mind when employing
Block II. The following minimum safe distances should be observed: 10-kilometer radius from aim-
point for vehicles, and 5-kilometer radius from aim-point for personnel.
Environmental Conditions
M-62. Block II is a robust system that is capable of effective employment in a wide range of environmental
conditions. However, maximum performance cannot be achieved in all conditions. Table M-4 lists
those target area environmental conditions where Block II (with basic BAT) fires should not be used.
The probability of the environmental conditions listed in the table occurring is low. Environmental
conditions that don’t exceed the values in the table may degrade BAT performance. However, these
conditions usually must occur in combination to have any significant effect.
Table M-4. Block II (with Basic BAT) Target Area No-Go Environmental Conditions
Environmental Condition No-Go Criteria
Sandstorms
Thunderstorms Present in target area
Snowstorms
Advective fog Less than 500 m AGL
Cloud ceiling Less than 150 m AGL
Whole gale winds at altitude 15 m/sec (54 kph, 29 knots, 33 mph) or greater
surface winds, OR 25 m/sec (90 kph, 49 knots, 55
mph) or greater winds between 2,500 m and 5,000
m AGL
Legend
AGL = above ground level
kph = kilometers per hour
m = meters
mph = miles per hour
m/sec = meters per second
Fire Mission Recomputation

M-63. The FS computer will re-compute the Block II fire mission if 1 or more of the following occurs:
• If the target strength changes more than 15 ACVs.
• If the number of missiles changes.
• If the target location changes more than 1,000 meters.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-23

Appendix M
• If the firing platoon’s location changes more than 1,000 meters.

• If changes in target segmentation causes the target location to change more than 1,000 meters.
Target Patterns
M-64. The Block II targets fit into 1 of 2 target pattern categories: linear and dispersed. The FS computer
treats on road targets as linear targets. Off road targets are evaluated based on the rules discussed
earlier in the target segmentation section to determine if they are linear or dispersed targets. Figure
M-16 portrays how these targets would look on the CGS operator's screen. Note that there are 2
dispersed target patterns—those moving in parallel columns and clusters of vehicles. The FS
computer operator can enter the target pattern in the DP:_; field of the FM;THMTGT message.
Entries are not required in the DP field to employ the BAT. However, if the target dispersal pattern
is provided in the message, BAT performance will be enhanced.
LINEAR DISPERSED
Figure M-16. Target Dispersal Patterns
Total System Error

M-65. The size of total system error (TSE) has a direct impact on weapon effectiveness. Block II
effectiveness is defined in terms of kills per launcher load (2 missiles). Kills per launcher load
should be evaluated with respect to the commander's defeat criteria, battlefield conditions, IPB, and
the scheme of operations. The TSE increases as the time from target acquisition to target attack
increases. While BAT submunition performance is relatively unaffected by TSE until excessive
values occur, the staff should understand the performance degradation that may occur.
M-66. BAT performance may also be affected by severe weather and/or countermeasures that tend to
aggravate the impact of TSE. Countermeasures to BAT include: foliage, camouflage nets, infrared
kits, infrared decoys, sandbags, flares, and smoke. The staff may enhance kill capabilities during
degraded conditions by sensor reprioritization, ensuring that processing time lines are minimized,
and by fast launch response. Mission processing time lines account for more than half of the TSE.
The major components of TSE are:
• Sensor errors (includes TLE and target speed estimation error).
• Variations from predicted total system response time (C2).
• Changes in target movement speed and/or direction (enemy actions).
• Delivery error.
M-67. Block II effectiveness depends on the accuracy of the predicted moving target location. Variations
in target positions around the predicted attack point are known as “down-road” and “cross-road”
errors. The down-road error is the largest since it is based on target speed and response time
estimations. Since road locations are accurately defined within terrain data, the crossroad error is
negligible for targets attacked on roads.
M-68. The sensor must be able to monitor the target's behavior, observe the TAI, and quickly relay the
required targeting information. Targeting teams evaluate the TLEs of available acquisition systems
and fire support system response times. The total fire support reaction time includes:
• Target reporting time (including sensor processing).
M-24 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

• Fire mission processing.

• Communication times between nodes.
• Missile time of flight to dispense point.
• Launcher operations.
M-69. As these time line components increase, the probability that weapon performance will degrade
also increases. Intelligence sources can provide threat IPB templates and movement norms. Time
lines drive the appropriate method of mission execution (centralized or decentralized), unit
posture, and methods of control.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 M-25

Glossary
SECTION I – ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

1LT first lieutenant
1SG first sergeant
ABCS Army battle command system
ACE analysis and control element
ACV armored combat vehicle
ACUS area common user system
AMD air and missile defense
ADDS Army data distribution system
admin administration
AFATDS advanced field artillery tactical data system
AFOM Army tactical missile system family of munitions
AFU ammunition and fire unit
AGM attack guidance matrix
AHA ammunition holding area
ALOC administrative and logistics operations center
alt altitude
ALZ assault landing zone
AM amplitude modulated
AMC at my command
ammo ammunition
ANR active noise reduction
AO area of operations
AOE Army of Excellence
APAM antipersonnel and antimateriel
ARTY/POS artillery, type position (mnemonic)
ARTY/UNK artillery, type unknown (mnemonic)
ASIP advanced lightweight single channel ground and airborne radio system
improvement package
ASL authorized stockage list, above sea level
ASP ammunition supply point
ATACMS Army Tactical Missile System
ATCCS Army tactical command and control system
ATHS airborne target handover system
ATI;CDR artillery target information coordinate report (mnemonic)
ATI;TCRIT artillery target information target criteria
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 Glossary-1

Glossary
ATIZ artillery target intelligence zone

ATK Attack
ATLASS asset tracking for logistics and supply system
ATOSUM automatic message processing summary (mnemonic)
ATP ammunition transfer point
AVN Aviation
AZ Azimuth
BAO battalion ammunition officer
BAS battalion aid station
BAT brilliant antiarmor technology submunition
BC boom controller
BCS battery computer system
BCT brigade combat team
BDA Battle damage assessment
BDAR battlefield damage assessment and repair
BDE brigade
BER bit error rate
BFV Bradley fighting vehicle
BIT built-in test
BITE built-in test equipment
BLK block
BMT battalion maintenance technician
BN battalion
BOC battery operations center
BPS bits per second
BSA brigade support area
BSB brigade support battalion
BSFV Bradley stinger fighting vehicles
BSOC battalion supply operations center
BTRY battery
C Change
C2 command and control
C2AP command and control application software
C2V command and control vehicle
CAS close air support
CAV Cavalry
CBRN chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear
CCB center core burster
CD compact disc
Glossary-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Glossary
CD-ROM compact disc-read only memory

CDR commander
CEP circular error probable
CEU central electronics unit
CFF call for fire
CFFZ call-for-fire zone
CFL coordinated fire line
CFZ critical friendly zone
CGS common ground station
CI civilian internee
CMD command
CMP communications processor
CNR combat net radio
CNTDN countdown
COA course of action
COLT combat observation and lasing team
comm communications
COMMZ communications zone
COMSEC communications security
CONUS continental United States
COP common operational picture
CP command post; control point
CPT captain
CSA Corps storage area
CSB common sensor boundary
CSEU control system electronics unit
CSM command sergeant major
CSN circuit switched network
CSR controlled supply rate
CSU communications service unit
CTA common table of allowances
CVC combat vehicle crewman
CZ censor zone
D digital
D3A decide, detect, deliver, and assess
DA Department of the Army
DAGR Defense advanced global position system receiver
DAO division ammunition officer
DC Direct current

Glossary
DD Department of Defense (form identification)

DF direction finding
DIV division
DLA defense logistics agency
DMD digital message device
DNVT digital non-secure voice terminal
DOD Department of Defense
DODAC Department of Defense accounting code
DODIC Department of Defense identification code
DOP degree of protection
DOS days of supply
DOT department of transportation
DP dispersal pattern
DPICM dual-purpose improved conventional munition
DRMO defense reutilization marketing office
DS direct support
DSA division support area
DSB division support battalion
DSS deceleration and stabilization subsystem
DST decision support template
DSU data service unit
DSVT digital secure voice terminal
DT distance traveled
DTD data transfer device
DTG date-time group
DTE decision trigger event
DTO division transportation officer
EA engagement area, each
EAC echelons above corps
EAD echelons above division
EBC embedded battle command
ECO environmental compliance officer
ECOF effects cutoff factor
ED emergency destruction
EDM enhanced data mode
EDPS encapsulation and dispensing protection subassembly
EEI essential elements of information
EGR embedded GPS receiver
ELINT electronic intelligence

Glossary
ELMC electronics maintenance company

EMC electromagnetic countermeasure
EMI electromagnetic interference
EOM end of mission
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
EPCRA Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
EPE estimated position error
EPLRS Enhanced Position Location Reporting System
EPLU Embedded Program load unit
EPUU EPLRS user unit
EPW enemy prisoner of war
ER extended range
ER-MLRS extended range MLRS rocket
ESA Endangered Species Act
ESAD electronic safe and arm device
ETE engagement trigger event
EU electronics unit
EVAC evacuate
EW electronic warfare
F Fahrenheit
FA field artillery
FAIO field artillery intelligence officer
FARP forward area resupply point
FASP field artillery support plan
FATDS field artillery tactical data systems
FAX Facsimile
FBCB2 Force XXI battle command, brigade and below
FC fires cell
FCE fire control element
FCP fire control panel; functional command post
FCS fire control system,
FCSB forward corps support battalion
FCU fire control unit
FD fire direction
FDC fire direction center
FDNCO fire direction noncommissioned officer
FDO fire direction officer
FE fires element
FED forward entry device

Glossary
FH frequency hop
FIB fires brigade
FIST fire support team
FLOT forward line of own troops
FM field manual; frequency modulation, fire mission
FM;CFF fire mission; call for fire (mnemonic)
FOB forward operating base
FOM figure of merit
FOS forward observer system
FP firing point
FRAGORD fragmentary order
FS fire support
FSC forward support company
FSCL fire support coordination line
FSCM fire support coordination measure
FSCOORD fire support coordinator
FSEM fire support execution matrix
FSK frequency shift keying
FSO fire support officer
FSE force support element
FSSG force service support group
ft feet
FU fire unit
FWD forward
FWR fire when ready
G&C guidance and control
GCA guidancne and control assembly
GCE ground combat element
GCS guidance and control section
GCSS-A ground combat support system-Army
GEN generator
GMLA guided missile launch assembly
GMLRS guided MLRS rocket
GPS global positioning system
GRCS guardrail common sensor
GRT ground receiver terminal
GS general support
GSR general support reinforcing
GTA graphic training aid

Glossary
HA hide area
HE high explosive
HEMAT heavy expanded mobility ammunition trailer
HEMTT heavy expanded mobility tactical truck
HET heavy equipment transport
HF high frequency
HHB headquarters and headquarters battery
HHC headquarters and headquarters company
HIMARS high mobility artillery rocket system
HM/HW hazardous material/hazardous waste
HMMWV high-mobility, multipurpose wheeled vehicle
HNS host nation support
HOB height of burst
HPT high-payoff target
HPTL high-payoff target list
HSL helicopter sling load
HQ headquarters
HTU hand-held terminal unit
HUMINT human intelligence
HVT high-value target
HVTL high-value target list
ICOM inputs, controls, outputs and mechanisms
ICP Increased Crew Protection
ID identity
IETM interactive electronic technical manual
IEW intelligence and electronic warfare
IFCS improved fire control system
IGAMMUNITION ignore ammunition (mnemonic)
ILMS improved launcher mechanical system
IMGS improved missile guidance set
IMINT imagery intelligence
IMU internal measurement unit
in inch
INC Internet controller
INOP inoperational
INS inertial navigation system
INTEL Intelligence
IP intervention points
IPB intelligence preparation of the battlefield

Glossary
IR infrared, information requirements

ISA inertial sensor assembly
ISC inertial sensor computer
IWIU Improved Weapon interface unit
JMEM/SS joint munition effects manual for surface to surface
JP joint publication
JSOTF joint special operations task force
JSTARS joint surveillance and target attack radar system
JTF joint task force
JTT joint tactical terminal
JVMF joint variable message format
JWES joint munitions effectiveness manual surface-to-surface weapon effectiveness
systems
kg kilogram
kHz kilohertz
km kilometer
kph kilometer per hour
kW kilowatt
LAN local area network
lb pound
LFCP Low Cost Fire Control Panel
LCHR LAY launcher lay (mnemonic)
LCHR LST launcher list (mnemonic)
LCAC landing craft air cushioned
LCM landing craft mechanized
LDS launcher drive system
LIU launcher interface unit
LM launcher module
LMM loadable munition module
LNO liaison officer
LOC lines of communication; logistics operations center
LOGPAC logistics package
LOGSTAT logistics status
LOS line of sight
LP listening post
LPC launch pod container
LRP logistics release point
LRSD long range surveillance detachment
LRU line replaceable unit
m Meter

Glossary
MAGTF Marine air ground task force

MARFOR Marine forces
MAXRKTS maximum rockets (mnemonic)
MCC movement control center
MCS maneuver control system
MDMP military decisionmaking process
MDU Mass storage unit
MEB Marine expeditionary brigade
Mech mechanic
MEDEVAC medical evacuation
MEF Marine expeditionary force
MET Meteorology (message format)
METT-TC mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops, time available, and civil
considerations
MFOM MLRS family of munitions
MFP missile flight path
MFR mission fired report
MGRS military grid reference system
MHE material handling equipment
MI military intelligence
MICOM U.S. Army Missile Command
MIJI meaconing, intrusion, jamming, and interference operations
min minute
M/LPA missile launch pod assembly
MLRS multiple launch rocket system
MLRS;CFF MLRS call for fire (mnemonic)
MLRSIZ multiple launch rocket system size (mnemonic)
mm millimeter
MMS metrological measuring set
MOBL Mobile (launcher status)
MOPP mission-oriented protection posture
MOS military occupational specialty
MP military police
MRL multiple rocket launcher
MSD mass storage device
MSD-FR maintenance support device field ready
MSDS material safety data sheet
MSE mobile subscriber equipment
MSL missile
MSR main supply route

Glossary
MSRT mobile subscriber radio telephone

MST maintenance support team
MSU Mass Storage Unit
MTF message text format
MTI moving target indicator
MTP mission training plan
MTOE modification table of organization and equipment
MTS movement tracking system
MVR maneuver
mW milliwatt
MWR morale, welfare, and recreation
NAD net access delay
NAI named area of interest
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NCO noncommissioned officer
NCOIC noncommissioned officer in charge
NCS net control station
NET no earlier than
NFA no fire area
NKT net key time
NLT not later than
NMC not mission capable
NRT near real time
NTDR near term digital radio
OIC officer in charge
ONC on call
OP observation post; operational
OPAREA MLRS platoon operations area
OPCON operational control
OPER Operational (launcher status)
OPFAC operational facility
OPLAN operation plan
OPORD operation order
Opr operator
OPS/F operations/fire net
OPS operations, operations (radio net)
OPSEC operations security
OPSTAT operational status
ORF operational readiness float

Glossary
PA physician’s assistant; position areas

PAC personnel and administration center
PADS position and azimuth determining system
PAH platoon airspace hazard
PART Partial (launcher status)
PASR personnel accounting and strength reporting
PBO property book officer
PCC precombat check
PCI precombat inspection
PCMCIA personnel computer memory card international association
PDB power distribution box
PDS position determining system
PE probable error
PI probability of incapacitation, product improved
PIM payload interface module
PIR priority intelligence requirements
PLGR precision lightweight GPS receiver
PLL prescribed load list
PLS palletized load system
PLT platoon
PLU program load unit
PMCS preventive maintenance checks and services
PNU position navigation unit
POC platoon operations center
POL petroleum, oils, and lubricants
PSU power switching unit
PTL planned target location
QE quadrant elevation
QM Quartermaster
QRU quick reaction unitary
R reinforcing
RAM random access memory
RAU random access unit
RCRA Resource Conservation Recovery Act
RDF radio direction finding
RETRANS retransmit; retransmission
RF radio frequency
RKT relative key time
RL reload point

Glossary
ROE rules of engagement

ROZ restricted operating zone
RP release point
RS radio set
RSOI reception, staging, onward movement, and integration
RSOP reconnaissance, selection, and occupation of position
RST resupply trailer
RSV resupply vehicle
RT radio transmitter
RWS remote work station
S-1 adjutant
S-2 intelligence officer
S-3 operations officer
S-4 battalion logistics officer
S-6 signal officer
S/N signal to noise
SA situational awareness
SALUTE size, activity, location, unit, time and equipment (memory aid)
SAR synthetic aperture radar
SCP survey control point
SEAD suppression of enemy air defenses
SHSF Stay hot shoot fast
SIGINT signal intelligence
SINCGARS single-channel ground and airborne radio system
SIP submunition interface processor, system improvement package
SITREP situation report
SIU sequencer interface unit
SNVT short/no-voltage tester
SOF special operations forces
SOI signal operating instructions
SOP standing operating procedure
SP start point, self propelled
SPCE survey, plans, and coordination element
SPLL self-propelled loader launcher
spt support
SQDN Squadron
SRP stabilization reference package
SSB single side band
SSM surface to surface missile

Glossary
STAMIS standard Army management information system

STANAG standardization agreement
SVF standard volleys factor
SYS;PTM plain text message (mnemonic)
TA target acquisition
TAB target acquisition battery
TAC tactical
TACSAT tactical satellite
TAH target airspace hazard
TAI target area of interest
TBM theater ballistic missile
TCIM tactical communications interface module
TDA target damage assessment
TEL transporter erector launcher
TFC tactical fire control
TFDMD tacfire digital message device
tgt target
TI tactical internet
TLE target location error
TM technical manual, team
TMD theater missile defense
TMM target management matrix
TOC tactical operations center
TOE table of organization and equipment
TOT time on target
TPN tactical packet network
TPU tactical processing unit
TRADOC U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command
TRP target refereence point, troop
TSE total system error
TSOP tactical standing operating procedures
TSS target selection standards
TTF time to fire
TTP tactics, techniques, and procedures
TTT timed time on target
TWR timed when ready
UA unmanned aircraft
UAS unmanned aircraft system
UBL unit basic load

Glossary
UFFE unit to fire in effect

UHF ultra-high frequency
ULLS unit level logistics system
ULLS-G unit level logistics system-ground
UMCP unit maintenance collection point
UMT unit ministry team
URO user read out
USAF United States Air Force
USMC United States Marine Corps
USMTF United States message text format
UTM Universal Transverse Mercator
V voice (net)
VA Veterans Administration
Veh vehicle
VHF very high frequency
VIC vehicle internal communications
VINSON secure device for voice and FM communications
VMF variable message format
WARNORD warning order
WGS world geodetic survey
WILCO will comply (mnemonic)
WIU weapon interface unit
WO2 warrant officer 2
WO warrant officer
WR when ready
WSRO weapons system replacement order
XO executive officer
ZALT zone altitude
ZUPT zero velocity update
Z-VEL zero velocity
SECTION II – TERMS
None

References
These are the sources quoted or paraphrased in this publication.
ARMY REGULATIONS
AR 25-52. Authorized Abbreviations, Brevity Codes, and Acronyms. 4 January 2005.
AR 200-1. Environmental Protection and Enhancement. 13 December 2007.
AR 385-10. The Army Safety Program. 23 August 2007.
AR 385-63. Range Safety. 19 May 2003.
AR 420-1. Army Facilities Management. 12 February 2008.
AR 700-8. Logistics Planning Factors and Data Management. 23 July 2007.
AR 700-138. Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability. 26 February 2004.
DA PAMPHLETS
DA Pam 25-30. Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms. 1 January 2007.
DA Pam 385-63. Range Safety. 10 April 2003.
DA Pam 700-19. Procedures for U.S. Army Munitions Reporting System. 18 January 2007.
DA Pam 710-2-1. Using Unit Supply System (Manual Procedures). 31 December 1997.
DA Pam 750-8. The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual.
22 August 2005.
FIELD MANUALS
FM 1-02. Operational Terms and Graphics. 21 September 2004.
FM 3-0. Operations. 27 February 2008.
FM 3-07. Stability Operations and Support Operations. 20 February 2003.
FM 3-09.8. Field Artillery Gunnery. 31 July 2006.
FM 3-09.12. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Field Artillery Target Acquisition. 21 June 2002.
FM 3-09.15.. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Field Artillery Meteorology.
25 October 2007.
FM 3-09.21. Tactics, Techniques and Procedures for the Field Artillery Battalion. 22 March 2001.
FM 3-09.22. Tactics, Techniques and Procedures for Corps Artillery, Division Artillery, and Field
Artillery Brigade Operations. 2 March 2001.
FM 3-09.31. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Fire Support for the Combined Arms
Commander . 1 October 2002.
FM 3-11. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Nuclear, Biological,
and Chemical Defense Operations. 10 March 2003.
FM 3-11.3. Multiservice Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological,
and Nuclear Contamination Avoidance. 2 February 2006.
FM 3-19.1. Military Police Operations. 22 March 2001.
FM 3-19.40. Internment/Resettlement Operations. 4 September 2007.
FM 3-25.26. (O)Map Reading and Land Navigation. 18 January 2005.
FM 3-28.1. Multiservice Tactics, Techniques and Procedures for Civil Support Operations.
3 December 2007.
FM 3-34.214. Explosives and Demolitions. 11 July 2007.
FM 3-35.1. Army Pre-positioned Operations. 1 July 2008.
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 References -1

References
FM 3-50. Smoke Operations. 4 December 1990.

FM 3-90.5. The Combined Arms Battalion. 7 March 2008.
FM 3-90.6. The Brigade Combat Team. 4 August 2006.
FM 3-100.4. Environmental Considerations in Military Operations. 15 June 2000.
FM 4-0. Combat Service Support. 29 August 2003.
FM 4-01.30. Movement Control. 1 September 2003.
FM 4-01.011. Unit Movement Operations. 31 October 2002.
FM 4-02.1. Combat Health Logistics. 28 Sep 2001.
FM 4-02.2. Medical Evacuation. 8 May 2007.
FM 4-02.6. The Medical Company Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures. 1 August 2002.
FM 4-20.197. Multi-Service Helicopter Sling Load: Basic Operations and Equipment. 20 July 2006.
FM 4-30.1. Munitions Distribution in the Theater of Operations. 16 December 2003.
FM 4-30.3. Maintenance Operations and Procedures. 28 July 2004.
FM 4-30.13. Ammunition Handbook: Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Munitions Handlers.
1 March 2001.
FM 5-0. Army Planning and Orders Production. 20 January 2005.
FM 5-19. Composite Risk Management. 21 August 2006.
FM 5-103. Survivability. 10 June 1985.
FM 6-2. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Field Artillery Survey. 23 September 1993.
FM 6-20. Fire Support in the Airland Battle. 17 May 1988.
FM 6-20-10. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for the Targeting Process. 8 May 1996.
FM 6-20-30. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Fire Support for Corps and Division
Operations. 18 October 1989.
FM 6-20-40. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Fire Support for Brigade Operations (Heavy).
5 January 1990.
FM 6-20-50. Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Fire Support for Brigade Operations (Light).
15 January 1990.
FM 6-99.2. Us Army Report And Message Formats. 30 April 2007.
FM 10-450-4. Multi-service Helicopter Sling Load: Single-Point Load Rigging Procedures.
30 May 1998.
FM 10-450-5. Multi-service Helicopter Sling Load: Dual-Point Load Rigging Procedures.
30 August 1999.
FM 19-25. Military Police Traffic Operations. 30 September 1977.
FM 20-3. Camouflage, Concealment, and Decoys. 30 August 1999.
FM 21-10. Field Hygiene and Sanitation. 21 June 2000.
FM 21-60. Visual Signals. 30 September 1987.
FM 24-1. Signal Support in the Airland Battle. 15 October 1990.
FM 27-10. The Law of Land Warfare. 18 July 1956.
FM 31-70. Basic Cold Weather Manual. 12 April 1968.
FM 54-30. Corps Support Groups. 17 June 1993.
FM 55-1. Transportation Operations. 3 October 1995.
FM 55-15. Transportation Reference Data. 27 October 1997.
FM 55-30. Army Motor Transport Units and Operations. 27 June 1997.
FM 63-2. Division Support Command, Armored, Infantry, and Mechanized Infantry Divisions.
20 May 1991.
References-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

References
FM 63-3. Corps Support Command. 30 September 1993.

FM 63-20. Forward Support Battalion. 26 February 1990.
FM 63-21. Main Support Battalion. 7 August 1990.
FM 71-100. Division Operations. 28 August 1996.
FM 90-3. Desert Operations. 08/24 /1993.
FM 100-15. Corps Operations. 29 October 1996.
FMI 3-35. Army Deployment and Redeployment. 15 June 2007.
FORMS
Except where otherwise indicated below, the following forms are available as follows: DA Forms are available
on the APD web site (www.apd.army.mil). DD forms are available on the OSD web site
(http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/infomgt/forms/formsprogram.htm).
DA Form 1156. Casualty Feeder Report.

DA Form 1594. Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer's Log.
DA Form 7232-R. MLRS FDC Fire Mission Log(LRA).
DA Form 7233-R. MLRS Launcher Fire Mission Log(LRA).
DD Form 93. Record of Emergency Data.
VA Form SGLV 8286. Servicemembers’ Group Life Insurance Election and Certificate. (This form is
available from the Veterans Affairs Web site at www.va.gov/vaforms.)
PUBLICATIONS for ADVANCED FIELD ARTILLERY TACTICAL DATA SYSTEM “CD”

(AFATDS)
TB 11-7025-354-10-3 Technical Fire Direction MLRS Operations for AFATDS V6.4.0.1. 1 August 2006.
TM 11-7025-297-10 -1,2&3. Operator’s Manual Advanced Field Artillery Tactical Data System (AFATDS)
Operational System Software . 20 July 2006.
TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM 5-6675-308-12. Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual for Position and
Azimuth Determining System, AN/USQ-7, Part No. 880500-1 (NSN 6675-01-071-5552).
28 October 1988.
TM 9-1425-646-L. List of Applicable Publications (LOAP) for Multiple Launch Rocket System.
22 June 2007.
TM 9-1055-647-13&P. Interactive Electronic Technical Manual (IETM) for the Multiple Launch
Rocket System (MLRS) M270A1 Launcher and M993/M993A1 Carrier. 22 June 2007.
TM 9-1055-1646-13&P. Interactive Electronic Technical Manual (IETM) for High Mobility
Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS) (Multiple Launch Rocket System) Operator's, Organizational,
and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for High
Mobility Artillery Rocket System Model No. M142, Part Number 13541000 (EIC AAD).
15 May 2008.
TM 9-1425-648-13&P. Operator, Organizational, and Direct Support Maintenance Instructions,
Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use Battlefield Damage Assessment and Repair,
Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Launcher, Rocket, Armored Vehicle Mounted: M270
(NSN 1055-01-329-6826) EIC: QBU, Part Number 13029700-203. 15 June 2006.
TM 9-1450-646-10. Operator's Manual for Carrier, Multiple Launch Rocket System, M993 (NSN
2350-01-091-5405). 31 August 2007.
TM 9-2320-279-10-1. Operators Manual for M977 Series 8 x 8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical
Trucks (HEMTT), Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M977 (NSN 2320-01-097-0260) Truck, Cargo,
with Winch, M977A2 (2320-01-493-3774) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M977A2R1 (2320-01-493-
3782) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M977 (2320-01-099-6426) Truck, Cargo, without Winch,
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 References-3

References
M977A2 (2320-01-493-3779) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M977A2R1 (2320-01-493-3785)

Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch, M978 (2320-01-097-0249) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch,
M978A2 (2320-01-492-8216) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch, M978A2R1 (2320-01-492-8226)
Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch, M978 (2320-01-100-7672) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch,
M978A2 (2320-01-492-8215) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch, M978A2R1 (2320-01-492-8225)
Truck, Tractor, with Winch, without Crane, M983 (2320-01-097-0247) Truck, Tractor, with
Winch, without Crane, M983A2 (2320-01-492-8223) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, without Crane,
M983A2R1 (2320-01-492-8231) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, with Crane, M983 (2320-01-099-
6421) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984 (2320-01-097-0248) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984A1
(2320-01- 195-7641) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984A2 (2320-01-492-8224) Truck, Wrecker-
Recovery, M984A2R1 (2320-01-492-8233) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985 (2320-01-097-0261)
Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985A2 (2320-01-492-8214) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985A2R1
(2320-01- 493-3787) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M985 (2320-01-100-7673) Truck, Cargo,
without Winch, M985A2 (2320-01-492-8201) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M985A2R1 (2320-01-
493-3789) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985E1 (2320-01-194-7032) Truck, Cargo, with Winch,
M985E1A2 (2320-01-493-3790) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985E1A2R1 (2320-01-493-3792).
21 November 1986.
TM 9-2320-279-10-2. Operator's Manual for M977 Series, 8x8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical
Trucks (HEMTT) Truck, Cargo, with Winch M977 (2320-01- 097-0260) Truck, Cargo, with
Winch, M977A2 (2320-01-493-3774) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M977A2R1 (2320-01-493-3782)
Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M977 (2320-01-099-6426) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M977A2
(2320-01-493-3779) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M977A2R1 (2320-01-493-3785) Truck, Tank,
Fuel, with Winch, M978 (2320-01-097-0249) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch, M978A2 (2320-01-
492-8216) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch, M978A2R1 (2320-01-492-8226) Truck, Tank, Fuel,
without Winch, M978 (2320-01-100-7672) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch, M978A2 (2320-01-
492-8215) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch, M978A2R1 (2320-01-492-8225) Truck, Tractor,
with Winch, without Crane, M983 (2320-01-097-0247) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, without
Crane, M983A2 (2320-01-492-8223) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, without Crane, M983A2R1
(2320-01-492-8231) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, with Crane, M983 (2320-01-099-6421) Truck,
Wrecker-Recovery, M984 (2320-01-097-0248) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984A1 (2320-01-195-
7641) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984A2 (2320-01-492-8224) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery,
M984A2R1 (2320-01-492-8233) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985 (2320-01-097-0261) Truck,
Cargo, with Winch, M985A2 (2320-01-492-8214) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985A2R1 (2320-
01-493-3787) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M985 (2320-01-100-7673) Truck, Cargo, without
Winch, M985A2 (2320-01-492-8201) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M985A2R1 (2320-01-493-
3789) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985E1 (2320-01-194-7032) Truck, Cargo, with Winch,
M985E1A2 (2320-01-493-3790) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985E1A2R1 (2320-01-493-3792).
15 June 1987.
TM 9-2320-279-20-1. Maintenance Instructions for Organizational Maintenance M977 Series, 8 x 8
Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks (HEMTT) Truck, Cargo, with Winch M977 (NSN 2320-
01-097-0260) Truck, Cargo, without Winch M977 (2320-01-099-6426) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with
Winch M978 (2320-01-097-0249) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch M978 (2320-01-100-7672)
Truck, Tractor, with Winch, without Crane M983 (2320-01-097-0247) Truck, Tractor, with Winch,
with Crane M983 (2320-01-099-6421) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery M984 (2320-01-097-0248)
Truck, Wrecker-Recovery M984E1 (2320-01-195-7641) Truck, Cargo, Truck, Cargo, with Winch
M985 (2320-01-097-0261) Truck, Cargo, without Winch M985 (2320-01-100-7673) Truck, Cargo,
with Winch M985E1 (2320-01-194-7032) Truck, Cargo without Winch M985E1 (2320-01-194-
7031). 7 April 1987.
TM 9-2320-279-20-2. Maintenance Instructions for Organizational Maintenance for M977 Series, 8 x 8
Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks (HEMTT) Truck, Cargo, with Winch M977 (2320-01-
097-0260) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M977A2 (2320-01-493-3774) Truck, Cargo, with Winch,
M977A2R1 (2320-01-493-3782) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M977 (2320-01-099-6426) Truck,
Cargo, without Winch, M977A2 (2320-01-493-3779) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M977A2R1
(2320-01-493-3785) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch, M978 (2320-01-097-0249) Truck, Tank, Fuel,
with Winch, M978A2 (2320-01-492-8216) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch, M978A2R1 (2320-01-
492-8226) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch, M978 (2320-01-100-7672) Truck, Tank, Fuel,

References
without Winch, M978A2 (2320-01-492-8215) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch, M978A2R1
(2320-01-492-8225) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, without Crane, M983 (2320-01-097-0247)
Truck, Tractor, with Winch, without Crane, M983A2 (2320-01-492-8223) Truck, Tractor, with
Winch, without Crane, M983A2R1 (2320-01-492-8231) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, with Crane,
M983 (2320-01-099-6421) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984 (2320-01-097-0248) Truck, Wrecker-
Recovery, M984A1 (2320-01-195-7641) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984A2 (2320-01-492-8224)
Truck, Wrecker-Recovery, M984A2R1 (2320-01-492-8233) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985
(2320-01-097-0261) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985A2 (2320-01-492-8214) Truck, Cargo, with
Winch, M985A2R1 (2320-01-493-3787) Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M985 (2320-01-100-7673)
Truck, Cargo, without Winch, M985A2 (2320-01-492-8201) Truck, Cargo, without Winch,
M985A2R1 (2320-01-493-3789) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985E1 (2320-01-194-7032) Truck,
Cargo, with Winch, M985E1A2 (2320-01-493-3790) Truck, Cargo, with Winch, M985E1A2R1
(2320-01-493-3792). 7 April 1987.
TM 9-2320-279-20-3. Maintenance Instructions Organizational Maintenance M977 Series, 8 x 8
Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical (HEMTT) Truck, Cargo with Winch M977 (NSN 2320-01-097-
0260) Truck, Cargo, without Winch M977 (2320-01-099-6426) Truck, Tank, Fuel, with Winch
M978 (2320-01-097-0249) Truck, Tank, Fuel, without Winch M978 (2320-01-100-7672) Truck,
Tractor, with Winch, without Crane M983 (2320-01-097-0247) Truck, Tractor, with Winch, with
Crane M983 (2320-01-099-6421) Truck, Wrecker-Recovery M984 (2320-01-097-0248) Truck,
Wrecker-Recovery M984E1 (2320-01-195-7641) Truck, Cargo, with Winch M985 (2320-01-097-
0261) Truck, Cargo, without Winch M985 (2320-01-100-7673) Truck, Cargo, with Winch
M985E1 (2320-01-194-7032) Truck, Cargo, without Winch M985E1 (2320-01-194-7031).
8 April 1987.
TM 9-2330-383-14&P. Operator's Unit, Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual
(Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists) for Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded
Mobility, 11-Ton, M989A1(NSN 2330-01-275-7474) (EIC: CAG). 13 December 1991.
TM 9-6920-647-13&P. Operator, Organizational, and Direct Support Maintenance Manual, Trainer,
Launch Pod Assembly: M68 Part Number: 13288848 (NSN 6920-01-299-2216) EIC: (QAM)
Multiple Launch Rocket System: M270. 22 June 2007.
TM 9-7440-648-12. Operator and Organizational Maintenance Manual for Communications System
Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS). 10 January 1996.
TM 11-5820-890-10-1. Operator's Manual for SINCGARS Ground Combat Net Radio, ICOM
MANPACK Radio AN/PRC-119A (NSN 5820-01-267-9482) (EIC: L2Q) Short Range Vehicular
Radio AN/VRC-87A (5820-01-267-9480) (EIC: L22) Short Range Vehicular Radio with Single
Radio Mount AN/VRC-87C (5820-01-304-2045) (EIC: GDC) Short Range Vehicular Radio with
Dismount AN/VRC-88A (5820-01-267-9481) (EIC: L23) Short Range Vehicular Radio with
Dismount and Single Radio Mount AN/VRC-88C (5820-01-304-2044) (EIC: GDD) Short
Range/Long Range Vehicular Radio AN/VRC-89A (5820-01-267-9479) (EIC: L24) Long Range
Vehicular Radio AN/VRC-90A (5820-01-268-5105) (EIC: L25) Short Range/Long Range
Vehicular Radio with Dismount AN/VRC-91A (5820-01-267-9478) (EIC: L26) Long Range/Long
Range Vehicular Radio AN/VRC-92A (5820-01-267-9477) (EIC: L27). 1 September 1992.
TM 11-5840-355-20-2. Organizational Maintenance Manual (Antenna Removal and
Installation Procedures) for Radar Set, AN/TPQ-37(V)1 (NSN 5840-01-043-4258) (EIC: IYB)
AN/TPQ-37(V)2 (5840-01-084-5374) (EIC: IYD) AN/TPQ-37(V)5 (5840-01-270-5101) (EIC:
IYG) AND AN/TPQ-37(V)6 (5840-01-270-5100) (EIC: IYF) 1 October 1981.
TM 11-7025-297-10-2 Advanced Field Artillery Tactical Data System (AFATDS) Operational
Systems Software Version 6.4.0.1 Volume 2. 1 October 2007.
TM 38-410. Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials. 13 January 1999.
TM 55-2320-279-14. Transportability Guidance Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck (HEMTT),
10-Ton, 8 x 8 Truck, Cargo, Tactical, 10-Ton, 8 x 8, with Light Crane, M977 WOWN (NSN 2320-
01-099-6426) WWN (2320-01-097-0269) Truck, Fuel-Servicing, 10-Ton, M978 WOWN (2320-01-
100-7672) WWN (2320-01-097-0249) Truck, Tractor, 10-Ton, 8 x 8, M983 with 2-Inch Fifth
Wheel (2320-01-099-6421) (w/Crane) with 3.5-Inch Fifth Wheel (2320-01-097-0247) (w/o Crane)
Truck, Wrecker, Recovery, 10-Ton, 8 x 8, M984E1 (2320-01-195-7641) Truck, Cargo, Tactical,
10-Ton 8 x 8, with Medium Crane, M985 WOWN (2320-01-100-7673) WWN (2320-01-097-0261)
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 References-5

References
Truck, Wrecker, Recovery, 10-Ton, 8 x 8, M984 (2320-01-097-0248) Truck, Cargo, Tactical, 10-
Ton, 8 x 8, M985E1, Guided Missile Transporter (GMT) WOWN (2320-01-194-7031) WWN
(2320-01-194-7032). 29 January 1987.
OTHER DOCUMENTS
JP 1-02. Department of Defense Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms. 12 April 2001.
JP 3-0. Joint Operations. 17 September 2006.
STANAG 2934. Artillery Procedures – AArty-1(A). Edition 2. 31 March 2004.
STANAG 5620. Standards for the Interoperability of Fire Support ADP Systems. 27 March 1987.
TB 43-0134. Battery Disposition and Disposal. 19 May 2008.
TC 3-34.489. The Soldier and the Environment. 8 May 2001.
TOE 06465G000. Field Artillery Battalion, Multiple Launch Rocket System Fires. 20 July 2005.
TOE 06465G100. Field Artillery Battalion, High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS), Fires.
29 June 2005.
TOE 06466G000. Headquarters and Headquarters Battery, Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS),
Battalion Fires Brigade. 10 January 2005.
TOE 06466G100. Headquarters and Headquarters Battery, Field Artillery Battalion, High Mobility
Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS), Fires Brigade. 29 June 2005.
TOE 06467G000. Field Artillery Battalion, Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) Battalion (Fires
Brigade). 21 July 2005.
TOE 06467G100. Field Artillery Battery, Field Artillery Battalion, High Mobility Rocket System
(HIMARS), Fires Brigade. 29 June 2005.

Index
A battalion maintenance section, command, control, and

3-5 communications (C3)
adjutant (S-1), 2-9, 3-4 system, 1-3
battalion maintenance
administrative and logistics technician, 2-12 commander
operating center (ALOC), 2- battalion, 2-9
5 battalion operations. See
Section I, Chapter 5. battery, 2-12, 3-9
advanced field artillery tactical HHS, 2-12
data system (AFATDS), 1-3, battalion unit maintenance
collection point (UMCP), 2- common ground station (CGS),
1-21, 4-20, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8, all- 4-32
source analysis 11, 5-1, battery
system/analysis control headquarters, 2-5 common sensor boundary
altitude. See survey battery headquarters, 2-7, 3-6, (CSB), 4-29
3-7, 5-10, 5-11 jungle terrain, 5-40
ambulance team, 2-5, 3-4 processor (CMP), 1-5
ammunition, 1-3, 1-4 battery operations. See Section
II, Chapter 5. communications security
aerial transport, A-1 (COMSEC), 1-4, 4-14, C-9
battalion ammunition officer, battery operations center
2-5 (BOC), 2-7, 5-10, 5-12 control system electronics unit
battalion ammunition officer (CSEU), 1-16
battery operations officer
(BAO), 2-11, 3-4 duties and responsibilities, ccounter fire, 4-20
holding area (AHA), 2-14, 5- 2-13 counter fire officer, 3-10
12, 5-21,
boom controller, 1-5, 1-8 crest clearance tables, 5-32, 5-
management, 2-5
built-in test (BIT), 1-4, 40, G-1
resupply vehicle and trailer
(HEMTT/HEMAT), 1-20 critical friendly zone (CFZ), 4-
C 16, 4-17, 4-19, 4-25, 4-26
supply point (ASP), 2-15,
transfer point (ATP), 2- calibration
PDS, 5-21 D
15,
central electronics unit (CEU)., decide-detect-deliver-assess
amphibious assault, 5-43
1-17 (D3A), 4-2
antipersonnel and antimateriel
chaplain, 2-11 unassigned area operations, 4-
(APAM)
1
M74 grenades, 1-14 chemical officer, 2-11
defensive operations, 4-17, 4-
Army Tactical Missile System circular error probable (CEP), 19
(ATACMS), 1-1 1-6
deployment, 4-14, 5-37, 5-39
at my command (AMC) close operations, 4-2 checklist, L-4
mission, 4-5, J-8 combined operations, 5-39 desert operations, 5-42, 5-43
ATACMS, 4-1, 4-3 command and control (C2), 4-
Block I, 1-14 direct support, 4-10
22, 4-35, 6-1, C-5, C-15
Block IA, 1-15 battalion automated dDOD identification code
Block II, 1-16 systems, 5-6 (DODIC), 1-3
missiles, 1-13 command, control, and dual-purpose improved
Quick Reaction Unitary communications (C3), 1- conventional munitions
missile, 1-18 20 (DPICM). See M77
Unitary missile, 1-19 fire direction system, 1-21 submunition
automation management, 3-3 platoon, 5-18
radar, 4-12 E
B electronic countermeasures
command post, 5-43
battalion commander, 2-9, 5-1 (ECM), 5-36
duty location, 4-12 command post (CP), 5-11, C-4,
C-14, E-1 electronics unit (EU), 1-4
field artillery, H-2 central, 1-17
FSCOORD, 4-10 battalion, 5-1
command sergeant major emergency destruction (ED), 5-
battalion headquarters, 2-2, 3-2 14, C-7, C-16
(CSM), 2-9
battalion maintenance officer enemy prisoner of war (EPW),
(BMO), 2-11 5-13,
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 Index -1

Index
estimated position error (EPE), graphic resection. See launcher drive system (LDS),
1-22 Appendix F. 1-2, H-3
executive officer (XO), 2-9, 5-1, guidance and control section liaison function, 4-13
extended range rocket (ER), 1- (GCS), 1-13, 1-15, 1-16 liaison officer (LNO), 2-3, 2-11,
12, 4-3, 4-11 guided missile launch 5-4, 5-5, D-3
assembly (GMLA), 1-2, 1-10, line replaceable unit (LRU), 1-
F A-1, A-2, L-3 4,
figure of merit (FOM), 1-6, 1-22 Guided Unitary rocket, 1-19 listening post (LP), 5-12, 5-13
fire control panel (FCP), 1-3, 1-
4, 1-7 H logistics officer (S-4), 2-10, 3-5
fire control sergeant, 2-13 hasty survey technique, 4-17, logistics operation center
See Appendix F. (LOC), 5-11
fire control system (FCS), 1-2,
1-4, 1-5, 5-6, H-3 headquarters, headquarters logistics release point (LRP), 5-
and service battery (HHS), 11
fire control unit (FCU), 1-5 2-1, 3-1 logistics release points (LRPs),
fire direction center (FDC), 1-3, heavy expanded mobility 2-14,
2-3, 3-3, 5-11, fire direction ammunition trailer (HEMAT),
officer (FDO), 2-10 1-3, 1-20
M
fire support coordination line heavy expanded mobility M26 rocket, 1-12, 4-2, 4-3
(FSCL), 4-4 tactical truck (HEMTT), 1-3, crest clearance tables, G-1
fire support element (FE) 1-20 M269 launcher module (LM), 1-
attack helicopter battalion, hide area (HA), 5-14 2, 1-4
3-5 M270/270A1 launcher, 5-23, 5-
aviation brigade, 3-5 hide area (HA), 5-19, 5-20, 5-
24, 5-42, J-3 39,
cavalry squadron, 3-6 check data, H-39, H-41
fire support execution matrix high mobility artillery rocket
system (HIMARS), 1-9, 1-19, M270/M270A1 launcher, 1-2,
(FEM), 4-7 1-3, 1-7, 1-9, 1-10, 1-15, 4-5
See Appendix H.
fire support officer M28A1/M28A2 rocket, 1-13, H-
attack helicopter, 3-9 human intelligence (HUMINT),
5-13 1, See appendix H.
aviation brigade, 3-8
M39 missile, 1-13, 1-14, 1-19,
firing platoon leader, 2-7, 2-13, I 4-6, M74 submunition, 1-14,
H-2 imagery intelligence (IMINT), 5- 1-15, 4-4, M77 submunition,
firing platoon sergeant, 2-14, 13 1-12, 1-19, 4-3, 5-40
firing point (FP), 5-19 improved fire control system M993 carrier vehicle, 1-2, 1-3
computation of safety data, (IFCS), 1-2, 1-7, 1-8
H-6 maintenance support team
improved launcher mechanical (MST), 2-5, 2-11, 4-22, 5-18,
firing section chief, 2-14 system (ILMS), 1-7 marches, 5-15
first sergeant (1SG), 2-12 improved position determining Marine air ground task force
food service, 2-6, 2-8, 2-15, 3- system (IPDS) launcher, 1-2, (MAGTF), 4-14, 4-15,
6, 3-8, 5-12 1-6, 4-4, 5-22, See Appendix masks, 5-19, 5-31, 5-32, 5-40
formations H.
medical services team, 3-4
special, 5-16, 5-43 intelligence officer (S-2), 2-3, 2-
medical treatment team, 2-4
f 9, 3-3, 4-28
meteorological data, , H-3
forward line of own troops intelligence preparation of the
(FLOT), 1-1, 4-2, 4-23, 4-24, battlefield (IPB), 2-3, 5-30, 5- ministry team, 2-4, 3-4
5-31, 5-34 34 mission, enemy, terrain and
frequency modulated (FM), 1- weather, troops, time
J available, and civil
6, 2-4
joint operations, 5-38 considerations (METT-T), 2-
G joint surveillance target attack 10, 4-14, 4-23, 5-11, 5-30, 5-
general support, 4-9 radar system (JSTARS). 34, 5-39, MLRS family of
See appendix J. munitions (MFOM), 1-1, 1-9,
general support (GS) 1-11, B-1
maintenance, 3-9, jungle operations, 5-40
reinforcing, 2-3, 4-9, 4-10 mountainous terrain
L operations, 5-40
global positioning system
launch pod container (LPC), 1- movement control center
(GPS), 1-8, 1-22, 5-20, 5-23,
2, 1-3, 1-10, 1-19, A-1 (MCC), A-9
5-25, 5-29,
Index-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Index
N counterbattery, 4-8 (SRP/PDS), 1-2, 1-5, 5-21,

nonstandard mission, 4-11 cueing, 4-29 5-28
offensive operations, 4-17 stay hot, shoot fast, 4-5, 4-37,
northern operations, 5-41 operational control, 4-12 J-3
O zones, 4-25
supply sergeant, 2-8, 2-15, 3-6,
observation post (OP), 5-12, 5- radio direction finding, 4-8 3-8
13 radio direction-finding (RDF) support platoon leader, 2-14
offensive operations, 4-15, 4- equipment, 5-13
suppression of enemy air
16 raid, 4-23, 4-24 defense (SEAD), 4-20
OPAREA, 5-18, H-15, H-24 contiguous area operations, 4- survey, 2-3
computation of safety data, 2 chief of party, 3-3, 5-3
H-6, H-7, H-8, H-10, H- reconnaissance, 5-29, 5-30, 5- equipment, 1-22
14, H-16, H-17, H-18, H- 42, L-2 graphic resection. See
19, H-22, H-23, H-24 OH-58D(I) Kiowa Warrior, Appendix F.
operations officer (S-3), 2-9, 2- 4-32 survey control point (SCP), 5-
10, 2-13 sergeant, 2-14, 5-18 20, 5-21, 5-23
supervision of BOC, 2-7 survey officer, 3-7
reconnaissance, selection, and T
P
occupation of position tactical communications
payload interface module (RSOP), 2-12, 4-7, 5-17, 5- interface module (TCIM), 1-
(PIM), 1-5 30 21,
petroleum, oils, and lubricants rehearsal, 4-3, 4-6, 4-7, L-3 tactical operations center
(POL), 2-14, 5-12, physician (TOC), 5-1, 5-2, E-3
reload point (RL), 5-20,
assistant, 2-4, 3-4, physician
retransmission (RETRANS), tactical standing operating
assistant (PA), 2-12
2-4, 3-3 procedures (TSOP), 4-6, 5-
planning, 4-3 1, 5-14, 5-18, See Appendix
rockets
platoon headquarters, 2-7, 3-7, general, 1-11 C.
5-17, 5-21, E-13 target acquisition (TA), 4-12, 4-
platoon operations center S 17, 4-25
(POC), 2-7, 5-18, E-13 safety. See appendix H. battery commander, 3-9
position azimuth determining sensor-to-shooter operations, radar technician, 3-10
system (PADS), 1-22, 4-31 target acquisition battery
positioning, 4-2 shoot and scoot, 5-13 (TAB), 3-6, 5-33,
precision lightweight GPS short/no-voltage tester (SNVT), U
receiver (PLGR), 1-22, 1-5 unmanned aerial vehicle
prescribed load list (PLL), 2-6 signal officer (S-6), 2-10, 3-3 (UAV), 4-15, 4-32, J-2
preventive maintenance signals intelligence (SIGINT), urban operations, 5-41
checks and services 5-13
(PMCS), 5-26, program load W
single-channel ground and
unit (PLU), 1-4 when ready (WR), J-8
airborne radio system
property book officer (PBO), 2- (SINCGARS), 4-30, stability
12 Z
and support operations, 4-
33, 4-34, 4-35, 4-36 zones, 4-25, 4-26, 4-27
R
stabilization reference
radar, 1-23, 3-7, 3-8, 4-25, 5-
package/position
33, 5-34, 5-35, 5-36
determining system
12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 Index-3

FM 3-09.60
12 August 2008
By order of the Secretary of the Army:
GEORGE W. CASEY, JR.

General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0820401
DISTRIBUTION: Active Army, Army National Guard, and U.S. Army Reserve: To be distributed in
accordance with the initial distribution number 114317, required for FM 3-09.60
PIN: 085000-000

MLRS Operations Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MLRS Operations Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FM 3-09.

Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS)

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

Field Manual Headquarters

Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS)

*This publication supersedes FM 6-60, 23 April 1996.

AN/TPQ-36 Radar ............................................................................................. 1-31

ii FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Deployment ...................................................................................................... 4-33

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 iii

iv FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure 5-6. Fire Mission Support Function ........................................................................... 5-18

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 v

vi FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 vii

viii FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 ix

This chapter implements STANAG 2934, chapter 11.

MLRS EMPLOYMENT CONCEPT

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-1

LPC AND GUIDED MISSILE LAUNCH ASSEMBLIES

AMMUNITION RESUPPLY VEHICLES AND TRAILERS

1-2 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

COMMAND, CONTROL, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

SECTION II – LAUNCHER AND SUBSYSTEMS

Figure 1-1. M270 Launcher

M993 CARRIER VEHICLE

M269 LAUNCHER MODULE

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-3

Primary Power Supply

FCS M270 Launcher

1-4 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-5

Table 1-1. M270A1 Launcher Characteristics

FCS REFERENCE IETM 1055-647-13&P

1-6 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-7

• Monitors the status of built-in tests.

M142 HIGH MOBILITY ARTILLERY ROCKET SYSTEM

1-8 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure 1-2. M142 HIMARS Launcher

Figure 1-3 M142 Chassis Frame

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-9

Figure 1-4. Crew Cab

1-10 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure 1-5. Firing Platform

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-11

Figure 1-6 Sponsons

Figure 1-7 Turret Assembly

1-12 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

Figure 1-8 Base Assembly

Figure 1-9 M142 Reload System

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-13

SECTION III – MLRS FAMILY OF MUNITIONS (MFOM)

Figure 1-10. Launch Pod

1-14 FM 3-09.60 12 August 2008

MISSILE/LAUNCH POD ASSEMBLY TRAINER

Figure 1-11. M26 Rocket

12 August 2008 FM 3-09.60 1-15

M26 Warhead Function

M77 Submunition Description

Figure 1-12. M77 Submunition